(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "A dictionary of the New Zealand language, and a concise grammar; to which is added a selection of colloquial sentences"

Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionThe Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books, google .com/l 



DICTIONA^IY 



OF THE 



NEW ZEALAND LANGUAGE, 



AND 



A CONCISE GRAMMAR^ 



TO WHICH IS ADDED 



A SELECTION OF COLLOQUIAL SENTENCES. 



BY 



WILLIAM WILLIAMS, D.C.L., 

ARCHDEAnON OF WAIAPU. 



SECOND EDITION. 



t m 



•t 



LONDON : 
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, 

HENRIETTA STREET, COYENT GARDEN. 



MDCOCLII. 



DIOTIONA'ilY 



OF THE 



NEW ZEALAND LANGUAGE, 



AND 



A CONCISE GRAMMAK; 



TO WHICH IS ADDED 



A SELECTION OF COLLOQUIAL SENTENCES. 



BY 



WILLIAM WILLIAMS, D.C.L., 

ARCHDEAfiON OF WAIAPU. 



SECOND EDITION, 



• •••• * • • ••*• 



• 



• • • • • • 



4* • •• 



LONDON : 
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, 

HKBTRUTTA STREET, COYENT GARDEN. 



• • • * • ^* , " • " • • 

*•••• • • • ■• 

• «^» • *•• • • •• 

• !• «•»•• •• 
•••• ••••• •; 

« •• ••• ••• • • 

• •••••* • • •• 

• • ••• ••••• 

• •• ■•• • •• •• • 



■ K : 



MDCOCUI. 



PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 



TThb following Compilation was prepared for the press 

mekx. years ago, butj, .for reasons which it is not necessary 

*o enter into, the publication has been delayed. At that 

]perk)d the study of the New Zealand language was a 

"anatter of little importance to our countrymen, because 

'ftheir intercourse with the Native Race was too limited 

'to pay for the labour of acquiring it. But now, the cir- 

tmmstances of the country are wholly changed ; the two 

Races are brought into frequent communication ; and, 

it is found by experience that, when we are able to 

speak upon equal terms with the Native Inhabitants, 

not only is there the satisfaction of expressing what we 

wish, and of knowing that which is said in reply, but 

man; causes of misunderstanding are prevented' which 

otherwise might lead to serious results. 

It has indeed been proposed by some, that the New 
Zealand language should be discouraged as much as 
possible, and that the Natives should at once be in- 
structed in English. It must be allowed that, if such 
a plan were practicable, the advantages arising from 



r 



Tl't. '. 



pn^ 



A " 

Tti.r 



• 




• 


• •• 






• 




« 


« 






, • « 


• 




• « 


• 


# 




• . 


• 


• * * 


• 






, • ^ 


ff 




• 


• • 




', • 


• 


• • * 


• 


• 


f: 






• 


• • 


» 


• 






• 




• 


• 


•.. 






• 


• 


• 


• 






• • 




• • 


• 






• 
* 




••• 


• 
• 


to 




• 




• « 


» • 


» 


w 





PREFACE Td THE FIRST EDITION. 



I* 



! The foUowing Compaation wa« prfepared for the press 
six years ago, butj^.for reasons whicli it is not necessary 
to enter into, the publication has been delayed. At that 
period the study of the New Zealand language was a 
matter of Uttle importance to our countrymen, because 
their intercourse with the Native Race was too limited 
to pay for the labour of acquiring it. But now, the cir- 

* cumstances of the country are wholly changed ; the two 
Races are brought into frequent communication ; and, 
it is found by experience that, when we are able to 

L speak upon equal terms with the Native Inhabitants, 
T not only is there the satisfaction of expressing what we 
ij wish, and of knowing that which is said in reply, but 
irnany causes of misunderstanding are prevented, which 
otherwise might lead to serious results. 

It has indeed been proposed by some, that the New 

Zealand language should be discouraged as much as 

b possible, and that the Natives should at once be in- 

Istmcted in English. It must be allowed that, if such 

u» plan were practicable, the advantages arising from 



IV PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 

it would be great; and civilization cannot advance 
so favourably without it. Let this difficulty be once 
overcome, and the immense fund of information to be 
gathered from books in our own language is thrown open 
to this interesting people. But a knowledge of facts 
tells us the acquisition of English by the New Zealanders 
will only be partial, even in those districts in which oui* 
principal settlements are made, while the larger portion 
of the Natives will hold but little intercourse with our 
countrymen, who wiU have no inducement to settle in 
those districts which the Natives generally prefer. That 
it will be difficult to persuade the Natives, as a people, 
to adopt our language to the disuse of their own, may 
be inferred from the fact, that the Irish and Welsh, 
even though living in the heart of English towns, con- 
tinue to use their favourite tongue, and that, too, after 
our connection, as one people, has continued for many 
centuries. While, therefore, every encouragement should 
be given to the Natives to learn English, it will not be 

the less necessary for those, whose position brings them 

« 

into frequent communication with this people, to learn 
their language j and, it is interesting to know that many 
are ready to make use of every help which may be 
afforded them. As these attempts are persevered in, it 
is likely that a great accession of valuable materials will 
ere long be made from various sources. If, in the mean- 
time, the present Compilation shall be the means of 
assisting those who are disposed to prosecute the study, 
— though it be only as a ground- work for something 



PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION, Y 

more extensively useful hereafter, it will have served the 
purpose for which it was undertaken. 

Ihiring the interval which has elapsed, a valuable 
Grammar has been given to the public, by the Rev. R. 
Maunsell, which is a work of much utility to those who 
have already obtained a knowledge of the first princi- 
ples. The present compendium is rather suited to 
beginners, and only points of leading consequence are 
touched upon, and those too are stated with as much 
brevity as the nature of the subject will allow. 

It will be seen from the'number of words in the Dic- 
tionary, that the language is far from being poor in 
variety of expression, and there is still much to be col- 
lected, particularly words expressive of abstract ideas, 
and of the passions and emotions of the mind, in which 
an uncultivated language is generally defective. Some- 
times expressions of this kind are found which belong 
to a particular district, and may be brought, with ad- 
vantage, into general use. 

Those words against which there is no mark to denote 
the district to which they belong, are either peculiar to 
the Ngapuhi, or they are common to most of the tribes. 



TCTBAITGAy 1844. 



DICTIONA'ilY 



OF THE 



NEW ZEALAND LANGUAGE, 






AND 



A CONCISE GEAMMAR; 



TO WHICH IS ADDED 



A SELECTION OF COLLOQUIAL SENTENCES. 



BY 



WILLIAM WILLIAMS, D.C.L., 

ARCHDEAfJON OP WAIAPXJ. 



• « 



SECOND EDITION, :'::-- ^ : 



■ • 






LONDON : 
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, 

HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN. 



- •- 



• 






MDCCCLII. 



prn 



A " 

Tti r 



••*-> 



« 
• % 



• • • 



•«• > 



•• •• 



* ** 



t* 



• ^ •• • • 






PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 



h« 



The foUowing Compilation waa prepared for the press 
six years ago, butj^.for reasons. wUch it is not necessary 
to enter into, the publication has been delayed. At that 
perk)d the study of the New Zealand language was a 
matter of little importance to our countrymen, because 
their intercourse with the Native Bace was too limited 
to pay for the labour of acquiring it. But now, the cir- 
cumstances of the country are wholly changed ; the two 
Races are brought into frequent communication ; and, 
it is found by experience that, when we are able to 
speak upon equal terms with the Native Inhabitants, 

I not only is there the satisfaction of expressing what we 
wish, and of knowing that which is said in reply, but 

H many causes of misunderstanding are prevented, which 

1^ otherwise might lead to serious results. 

It has indeed been proposed by some, that the New 
Zealand language should be discouraged as much as 
possible, and that the Natives should at once be in- 
structed in English. It must be allowed that, if such 
a plan were practicable, the advantages arising from 



IV PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION. 

it would be great; and civilization cannot advance 
so favourably without it. Let this difficulty be once 
overcome, and the immense fund of information to be 
gathered from books in our own language is thrown open 
to this interesting people. But a knowledge of facts 
tells us the acquisition of English by the New Zealanders 
will only be partial, even in those districts in which oui* 
principal settlements are made, while the larger portion 
of the Natives will hold but little intercourse with our 
countrymen, who wiU have no inducement to settle in 
those districts which the Natives generally prefer. That 
it will be difficult to persuade the Natives, as a people, 
to adopt our language to the disuse of their own, may 
be inferred from the fact, that the Irish and Welsh, 
even though living in the heart of English towns, con- 
tinue to use their favourite tongue, and that, too, after 
our connection, as one people, has continued for many 
centuries. While, therefore, every encouragement should 
be given to the Natives to learn English, it will not be 

the less necessary for those, whose position brings them 

« 

into frequent communication with this people, to learn 
their language ; and, it is interesting to know that many 
are ready to make use of every help which may be 
afforded them. As these attempts are persevered in, it 
is likely that a great accession of valuable materials will 
ere long be made from various sources. If, in the mean- 
time, the present Compilation shall be the means of 
assisting those who are disposed to prosecute the study, 
— though it be only as a ground-work for something 



PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION, Y 

more extensively useful hereafter, it will have served the 
purpose for which it was undertaken. 

During the interval which has elapsed, a valuable 
Grammar has been given to the public, by the Bev. R. 
Maunsell, which is a work of much utility to those who 
have already obtained a knowledge of the first princi- 
ples. The present compendium is rather suited to 
beginners, and only points of leading consequence are 
touched upon, and those too are stated with as much 
brevity as the nature of the subject will allow. 

It will be seen from the*number of words in the Dic- 
tionary, that the language is far from being poor in 
variety of expression, and there is still much to be col- 
lected, particularly words expressive of abstract ideas, 
and of the passions and emotions of the mind, in which 
an uncultivated language is generally defective. Some- 
times expressions of this kind are found which belong 
to a particular district, and may be brought, with ad- 
vantage, into general use. 

Those words against which there is no mark to denote 
the district to which they belong, are either peculiar to 
the Ngapuhi, or they are common to most of the tribes. 



TCTBANOA, 1844. 



PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. 



In the present edition of the New Zealand Dictionary 
considerable improvements have been made ; the most 
important of which is the addition of a second part, 
English and New Zealand, which has long been asked 
for, and which it is hoped will materially assist the stu- 
dent of the Maori language. ^ 

The first part is much enlarged, but is still far from 
being perfect, as there are many words, and probably 
some eveji of those in most common use, which are 
omitted. 

The short Grammar is left as in the former edition, 
with the ex;ception of a few verbal alterations and cor- 
rections ; the author not having been able to bestow 
upon it that amount of time and study which would be 
requisite in order to make any great improvement in it. 



London, 
September, 1852. 



A GRAMMAR. 



THE ALPHABET. 



Form. 


Sound. 


A 


a 


as in father, or aa in water. 


E 


8 


aa a in pare. 


H 


h 


as in /louse, or witli a aouud almost ap- 
proaching to «A in shell, as iaiongi, 
a salute, mahara, to rememlier ; but 
this last Hoimd is reaoh'ed into an 
ordinary aspirate by the inbabitiints 
of the Moutlieni part of the lakud. 


I 


i 


as ee in/eel. 


K 


k 


as in kinff. 


M 


m 


oā Ja mind. 


S 


11 


as in KOMM. 


o 


o 


>isiapoh. 


p 


P 


m in pan. 


E 


"■ 


aa in rope, or with a sonnd somewhat ap- 
proaching to that ol' d in den, as in 
kauri, the name of a tree. 


T 


t 


as in tieo. 


IT 


u 


as 00 in hoot. 


W 


w 


as in water. 


SQ 


i^g 


a nasal sonnd, aa ng in ring, which in the 
Bay of Plenty loaes its naaal charac- 
ter, and Ī8 changed into n; thus 
tangata, uian, becomes lanata. 



A QKAMMATl. 

A e i o u are Vowels ; the rest are Consonants. 
The Diphthongs are : ae ai ao au ei on. 



THE PARTS OF SPEECH. 

The Parts of Speech are nine : The Article, Substantivey 
AdjectiTe. Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition, Conjiiiiction« 
and Interjection. 



I.— THE ARTICLES. 

Thebe are two Articles, he and te, with the Plural nga 
common to both. 

He is indefinite, and has the same signification as the Eng- 
lish Article a or ar^ 

Te is definite, and has the same signification as the English 
Article the^ 

Examples, 

He kaipuke, a ship, Te kaipuke, the ship, 
Nga kaipuke, ships, or the ships. 

He kuri, a dog. Te kuri, the dog. 
Nga kuri, dogsy or the dogs. 

He whare, a house, Te whare, the house, 
Nga whare, homes, or the houses. 

The Article he is not, however, always restricted to Nouns 
of the Singular Number, but is often used before Nouns 
Plural. 

Examples. 

He kai maori, .... sweet potatoes. 
Hetamariki, children. 



A GBAlOiAB. XI 

II.-THE SUBSTANTIVES. 

StrBsTAimvES have two JyTumbers, the Singular and the 
Plural. The Plural ia formed by prefixing the Article n^a 
to the Singular. 

Examplee, 

He ika, ajlsh, Nga iks^Jishes. 

He wai, water, Nga wai, waters, 

iQe whao, a nail, Nga whao, nails. 

He kotiro, a girl, Nga kotiro, girls. 

The relation of Nouns to each other, or to other parts of 
Speech, is not designated by inflection, but by Prepositions 
or particles prefixed, as will appear from the following ex- 
amples. 

Examples, 
Tangata, Man. 

SnfGTTLAB. PLUBAL. 

Te tangata, the man, Nga tangata, the men. 

SSSK} "/'^^ -«• SSfaS::,] ^/'^« -• 

Xi te tangata, to the man, Ki nga tangata, to the men, 
I te tangata, the man (obj.) I nga tangata, the men (obj.) 
B te tangata, O man, E nga tangata, men. 



men. 



Ngakuku, A proper name. 

A Ngakuku, . . . Ngakuku. 

AN^S}- • • ofNgfikvku. 

£i a Ngakuku, • • to Ngakuku. 

I a Ngakuku^ . . • Ngakuku (objectively.) 

E Ngakuku, , , , O Ngakuku. 

BN^fflM • • »y Ngakuku. 



Xll A aSAMMAB. 

GEKDEB. 

The distinction of Gender is generally made by adding the 
word signifying male or female. 

The words which denote the different sexes are the follow- 
ing, viz. : 

Tane, a male, Wahine, afemale^ 

applicable to the human species. 

Tourawhi, a male, XJwha, a female^ 
applicable exclusively to the brute creation. 

Hxam'plee. 

He matua tane, a father. 

He matua wahine, a mother. 

He pononga tane, a man servant. 

He pononga wahine, a woman servant. 

He kararehe tourawhi, a male beast. 

He kararehe uwha, a female beast. 



III.— THE ADJECTIVES. 

The Adjective has neither Case nor Number, and is placed 
immediately after the Noim. 

Examples. 

He rakau roa, a long tree. 

He ngaru nui, a great wave. 

He ngakau hou, a new heart. 

He kanohi ma, a clean face. 



COMPAEISON". 

The Comparative and Superlative degrees are generally 
formed by particles or other words affixed. 



A GEAHMAB. 



xm 



Examples, 



!He waka nui, 

Nui atu tenei waka i tera, 

!He waka nut whakaharahara, 

Nui rawa atu tenei waka, 

He hanga pai, 

Pal atu te hanga a te tangata 
nei i ta tera, 

Pai rawa te hanga a te ta- 
ngata nei, 



A large canoe. 

This eanoe is larger than that. 

A very large canoe. 

This canoe is the largest. 

A good performance. 

The performance of this man is 

better than that (man^s) . 
The performance of this man 
■ is best. 







SUMEBALS. 








1. Cardinal Numbers. 




1 


Tahi . . 


, One. 6 Ono . . 


. Six. 


2 


Eua . , 


, . Two. 


7 Whitu. . 


. Seven. 


3 


Tom . 


. , Three, 


8 Warn . . 


-. Eight. 


4 


Wha . , 


, , Four. 


9 Iwa . . 


, Nine. 


5 


Eima . 
Tekau 


. , Five, 
u or Tahi tekf 


10 Ngahuru • 
lu • . • Eleven. 


. Ten. 



The Native mode of counting is by elevens, till they amve 
at the tenth eleven, which is tneir hundred ; then onwards 
to the tenth hundred, which is their thousand :* but those 
Natives who hold intercourse with foreigners have, for tlu» 
most part, abandoned this method, and leaving out ngahun/, 
reckon tekau or tahi tekau as 10, rua tekau as 20, &c, 

11 Tekau ma tahi, or 1 
Tahi tekau ma tahi j 



12 Tekau ma rua 

13 Tekau ma torn . 

14 Tekau ma wha . 

15 Tekau ma rima • 

16 Tekau ma ono . 
J 7 Tekau ma whitu 

18 Tekau ma waru 

19 Tekau ma iwa . 



Eleven. 



Twelve, 

Thirteen. 

Fourteen. 

Fifteen. 

Sixteen. 

Seventeen, 

Eighteen. 

Nineteen. 



• Thifl seems to be on the principle of putting aside one to every ten 
a tally. A parallel to this obtains among the English, as in the case of 



as 



the baker's dozen. 



xir A GBAKHAB. 

20 Sua tekau • . . . ^ Twenty, 

21 Bua tekau ma tahi . . Twenty-one. 

22 Bua tekau ma rua . • . Twenty-two, 
30 Tom tekau Thirty. 

40 Wha tekau Forty. 

50 Eima tekau Fifty. 

60 Ono tekau Sixty. 

70 "Whitu tekau Seventy. 

80 Waru tekau Eighty. 

90 Iwa tekau Ninety. 

100 Ko talii rau One hundred, 

101 Ko tahi rau ma tahi . . One hundred and one. 

102 Ko tahi rau ma rua . . . One hundred and two. 
200 Bua rau Two hundred. 

300 Toru rau Three hundred. 

400 Wha rau Four hundred. 

500 Bima rau Fivehundred, 

600 Ono rau Six hundred. 

700 Whitu rau Seven hundred* 

800 Waru rau Eight hundred, 

900 Iwa rau Nine hundred. 

1000 Ko tahi mano .... One thousand. 

1001 Ko tahi mano ma tahi . One thousand and one. 
2000 Bua mano Two thousand. 

Any number indefinitely great is called tiniy mano, or mano 
tini : as, Mano tint nga tangata, Very many men. 

Tahi generally takes the prefix ko ; the other units take e, 
except when the auxiliaries ka or kua are used before them. 

Examples, 

Ko tahi mano, e waru rau, e One thousand, eight hundred, 
toru tekau ma whitu, and thirtyseven. 

Ka rua nga oranga noatanga My dog has had two narrow 
taku kuri, . escapes. 

The New Zealanders, for the most part, count by pairs, 
when the words pu or topu are added to the numeral adjec- 
tive : thus, Ko tahi pu, rua pu, &c., One pair^ two pairs, &c. 
In counting singly they not unfrequently add the words taki 
tahi, " once told :" as, Ka waru taki tahi nga kete^ There are 
eight baskets once told.* 

* Like the Israelites of old, when taking a census^ the iNew Zealanders 



A GBJlMHAB. XT 



2. Ordinal Numbers, 

Te taM or Tuatahi . . , The first. 

Te rua or Tuarua . 

Te tekau .... 

Te tekau ma tahi • 

Te ma tekau, or I 

Te rua o nga tekau ^ 

Te toru tekau . . 

Terau 

Te rua o nga rau . 



The second. 
The tenth. 
The eleventh. 

The twentieth. 

The thirtieth. 
The hundredth. 
The two hundredth. 



IV.— THE PEONOUNS. 

I. PERSONAL PBONOUNS. 

The Personal Pronouns have three Numbers, the Singular," 
the Dual, and the Plural. 

SINOTJLAB, 

1st Person^ Ahau, or Au . . J. 

2nd, Koe .... Thou: 

3rd, la Me, She, or It. 

DUAL. 

1st Person, ^ ^^^ \ • ^^ ^«;o. 

2nd, Korua . . . . Te two. 

3rd, Baua .... They two. 

PLTJEAL. 

1st Person, \ ^^^^^ \ . . . We. 

2nd, Koutou . . . Ye. 

3rdy Eatou .... They, 

Taua and tatou include the person or persons spoken to ; 
but maua and matou exclude them. 



inalce no account of women and children ; but only of those who, being 
from twenty years old and upwards, are capable of bearing arms. 

* Taua and maua are sometimes used for taiou and matou ; in a man- 
ner, however, in w4iich the principle of the Dual is still preserved. A chief 
calling upon his troops to proceed on their march will say, Taua lea haere, 
We two will proceed. 



XIT A GBAHHAB. 

20 Sua tekau • . . . ^ Twenty, 

21 Bua tekau ma tahi . . Twenty'On&. 

22 Bua tekau ma rua . • . Twenty-two. 
30 Tom tekau Thirty. 

40 Wha tekau Forty, 

50 Eima tekau Fifty, 

60 Ono tekau Sixty. 

70 "Whitu tekau Seventy, 

80 Waru tekau Eighty. 

90 Iwa tekau Ninety, 

100 Ko talii rau One hundred. 

101 Ko tabi rau ma tabi . . One hundred and one, 

102 Ko tabi rau ma rua . . . One hundred and two, 
200 Bua rau Two hundred, 

300 Toru rau Three hundred, 

400 Wba rau Four hundred. 

500 Bima rau Five hundred, 

600 Ono rau Six hundred. 

700 Wbitu rau Seven hundred. 

800 Warn rau Eight hundred, 

900 Iwa rau Nine hundred. 

1000 Ko tahi mano .... One thousand. 

1001 Ko tabi mano ma tabi . One thousand and one, 
2000 Bua mano Two thousand. 

Any number indefinitely great is called tini, mano, or mano 
tini : as, Mano tint nga tangata, Very many men, 

Tahi generally takes tbe prefix ko ; tbe otber units take Cy 
except wben tbe auxiliaries ka or kua are used before tbem. 

Examples, 

Ko tahi mano, e warn rau, e One thousand, eight hundred, 
toru tekau ma wbitu, and thirtyseven, 

Ka rua nga oranga noatanga My dog has had two narrow 
taku kuri, . escapes, 

Tbe New Zealanders, for tbe most part, count by pairs, 
wben tbe words pu or topu are added to tbe numeral adjec- 
tive : tbus, Ko tabi pu, rua pu, &c., One pair, twā pairs, &c. 
In counting singly tbey not unfrequently add tbe words taJti 
tahi, " once told :" as, Ka waru taki tahi nga kete^ There are 
eight baskets once told.* 



» 



Like the Israelites of old, when taking a census^ the iNeir ZealandeiB 



A GBiL^MAB. XT 



2. Ordinal Numbers, 

Te tahi or Tuatahi , . , The first. 

Te rua or Tuania . ~ 

Te tekau . . • . 

Te tekau ma tahi • 

Te rua tekau, or \ 

Te rua o nga tekau ^ 

Te toru tekau . . 

Te rau 

Te rua o nga rau , 



The second. 
The tenth. 
The eleventh. 

The twentieth. 

The thirtieth. 
The hundredth. 
The two hundredth. 



IV.— THE PEONOUNS. 

I. PERSO^TAL PEONOTTNS. 

The Personal Pronouns have three Numbers, the Singular,' 
the Dual, and the Plural, 

SINOTJLAE, 

Ist Person, Ahau, or Au . . J. 

2ndj Koe .... Thoui 

Zrd, la jffe, She^ or It, 

DUAL. 

1st Person, ^ ^^\ • We two, 

2nd, Korua . . . . Fe two. 

Srd, Eaua .... They two. 

PLUEAL. 

Ut Person, | J^^^J . . . TFe. 

2nd, Koutou . . . Te. 

Srd,, Eatou .... They. 

Tana and iatou include the person or persons spoken to ; 
but maua and matou exclude them. 

: \ 

inake no account \of women and children ; but only of those who, being 
from twenty yean; old and upwards, are capable of bearing arms. 

* Taua and ind?ia are sometimes used for tatou and matou ; in a man- 
ner, however, in w^ich the principle of the Dual is still preserved. A chief 
calling npon his troops to proceed on their march will say, Taua ka haere, 
We two will proceed. 



XVI 



A OBAMMAB. 



Examples» 

Ka haere iaua ki te Kerikeri . . | ^]^^?^^'^ *^ ^ •"'" ^" '" ^* 

Kahore ; ko fitauOf ko Hamuera te ( No s we two (J and) Samuel will 

haere • ••(' ffo, 

Tukua mai to waka ki a matou • . Let go {or lend) your eanoe to u». 
Erangi kia waiho mo tatou tahi . . Rather let it be for us (all) together. 

Declension of Personal Pronouns. 

The distinction of Case is more properly applied to Personal Pronouns 
than to Substantives, inasmuch as the Pronoun, in some instanceSy under- 
goes a change in the Genitive and Dative Cases. 

Ahau ... J. 

DUAL. 

Taua 



SIIfOTTLAB. 

N. Ahau ... J. 



G. mku ^ 

Oku ; 



me. 



D, Ki ahau, To me. 



Maku ) 
MokuJ 



A. I ahau , 

r.*E ahau 
Ab.J. ahau 
E ahau 
Xaku 
Maku 



For 
me. 



. Me. 

O me. 

By 
me. 



We two. 



Y 



Of us 
two. 






Maua S 
Na taua 
Wo taua 
A taua 
O taua 
Wa maua 
No maua 
A maua 

maua 
Ki a taua ^ To us 
Kj a maua ) two. 
Ma taua ■^ 

Mo taua. / For us 
Ma maua f two. 
Mo maua J 

1 a taua ^ tt ± 

T \ Vs two, 

1 a maua S 

I a taua 

E taua 

Na taua 

Ma taua I By us 

I a maua i two. 

E maua 

ISTa maua 

Ma maua 



^ 



PLUBAIi. 

Tatou \ 
Matou) • • 
Na tatou 
No tatou 
A tatou 
O tatou 
Na matou 
No matou 
A matou 

matou 
Ki a tatou 
Ki a matou 
Ma tatou 
Mo tatou 
Ma matou 
Mo nJatou 

1 a tajtou 
I a mktou 

I a tntou 
E tatiou 
Na tktou 
Ma ^»fcou . 
I a I joatou ( 
E m tintou 
Nakjuatou 
Ma ^ matou 



We. 



Of 

us. 



To 
us. 

For 

us. 

Us. 



By 

us. 



* This Vocative is used by a person giving an accoiilh|||t to a third pemm 



A aBjLmuLR. 



xvu 



Koe • • • Thou. 



N. Koe , , Thou, 

Nou f Of 
Au C thee. 

ou ; 

D. Kiakoej .p 

A, 1 2k koe, TAtftf. 

J^. E koe, O Mo«. 

u^ô. I a koe ^ 
Ekoe f By 
Nau f /Aetf . 
Mau J 



DUAli. 

Korua . . Y(m two, 
Na korua ^ 
No konia 7 (y yow 
A korua y #u?o. 

korua J 

Ma korua 1 Far yow 
Mo korua) two. 

1 a korua, Tou two, 
E korua, O ye two, 
I a korua "X 

E korua f jBy you 
Na korua C ^s&o. 
Ma korua ) 



PLUBiJ:.. 



Koutou. • . 
Na koutou ^ 
No koutou ! 
A koutou f 

koutou J 

Ki a koutou \ 

Ma koutou 
Mo koutou 

1 a koutou, 
E koutou, 
I a koutou 
E koutou 
Na koutou 
Ma koutou 



You. 

Of 

you. 

To 




la 



Re, She. 



SDTGULAIl. 

iV. la . • He, 

G, Nana) 

Nonaf Of 
Ana I him. 
Ona J 

D. Ki a ia, To him, 

Mana) For 

Mona) him, 

^. I a ia» Him, 

r.*Eia» - Ohe. 

Ah,l a ia ^ 

Mana J 



DUAL. 

Eaua, They two, 
Na raua^ 
No rauaf Of them 
A raua ^ two. 

raua 3 

XT' ^ (To Mew 

Ki a raua< . 

[ two. 

Ma raua) For them 

Mo raua) two. 

1 a raua. Them two, 
E raua, O they two, 
I a raua "J 

E raua f By them 
Na raua^ two. 
Ma raua) 



PLUEAL, 

Eatou . • They, 
Na ratou' 



No ratoul 
A ratou 
O ratou 



Of 

them. 



Ka a ratou, To them. 

Ma ratoul For 
Mo ratou) Me»2. 
I a ratou. Them, 
E ratou, O they. 
I a ratou "J 
E ratou f 5y 
Na ratou f them. 
Ma ratou} 



of a conyersation which has passed between himself and a second person. 
Thus, Thomas, speaking of the approach of William towards him, says — 
That he (William) called out, not ** E Tamati." but ** E ahau." 

* This Vocative case is often used instead of the Yocatiye of the second 



penon. 



h2 



XVIU 



A QBAMMiJl. 



The following will serve as a general illustration of the 
application of the Personal Pronouns : 

Examples, 

Ka kite ahau^ I see, 

NaJcu i hanga te whare, . » The house was made by me, 

NoTcu tenei kakahu, . . , This garment is of me, or he» 

longs to me, 

Homai hi ahau, Crive (it) to me, 

Maku tetahi rongoa, . . . For me some physic, 

Maku e hanga tou whare, . By me thy house shall be made. 



Moku tetahi kakahu, , . . 

E whakaako ana te tangata i 
ahau, 

Ka ora koe i ahau, ... 

Ka whakaorangia koe e ahau, 

Te tamaiti ona e noho nei, . 

Na tenei tamaiti aku i hopu 
to tahaē. 



For me a garment. 

The man is teaching me. 

Thou wilt be safeby ov through 
me. 

Thou wilt be saved by me. 

The son of Mm who sits here. 

By this child of mine the thief 
was caught. 



II. POSSESSITB PBOKOTJITS. 

There are eleven Possessive Pronouns, viz. — 

Taku . Mine or My. Ta korua } 
Tataua ^ Ta koutou i^^^'- 

Ta maua I ^ Tana . . His 

Tatatou \^^''' 
Ta matou J 

Tau . . Thine or Thy, 



Ta raua > 
Ta ratou j 



Theirs. 



The Possessive Pronoims, with the exception of tahu, tau, 
and tana, are formed from the Genitive Cases of the Dual 
and Plural Numbers of the Personal Pronouns. Thus, To 
taua kainga, is properly — Te kainga o taua, The abode of us 
two: the Article te and the Preposition o being coalesced by 
an elision of the letter e. 

The Possessive Pronouns are subject to the variations of 
Number and Person. 



A GBAMMAB. 



XIX 



Ist Person : — Taku^ 

SINGULAR. 

Taku. Toku. 

Ta matou, 

SIKGTJLAB. 

Ta matou. To matou. 



Ml/. 

PLUBAL. 

Aku. Oku. 
. . Our, 

PLUEAL. 

A matou. O matou. 



2nd Person : — Tau, . . Thine or Thi/, 

SINGTJLAB. PLUBAL. 

Tau, Tou, or To. Au, Ou, or O. 

Ta korua^ , . , Your. 

SINGULAB. PLUBAL. 

Ta korua. To korua, A korua. korua. 

Ta koutou, . , Your, 

SINGULAB. PLUBAL. 

Ta koutou. To koutou. A koutou. O koutou. 



Srd Person : — Tana^ 

SINGULAB. 

Tana. Tona. 

Ta raua, 

^ SINGULAB. 

Ta raua. To raua. 

Ta ratou, 

SIKGULAB. 

Ta ratou. To ratou. 



His, 



PLUBAL. 

Ana. Ona. 



. • 



Their, 

PLUBAL. 

A raua. O raua. 
Their. 

PLUBAL. 

A ratou. O ratou. 



TaJcu, tnUj and tana, are used when speaking of anything 
done by or proceeding from a person ; that is, when he is 
active. Toku, tou, to, and tona, apply to something suffered 
by, or that is in the possession of, a person. Thus : Taku 
kakahu, is, The garment I am making ; Toku kakahu, is. The 
garment. which belongs to me, or which I am wearing. Ka 
matutu toku mate, My complaint is better. — There are, how- 
ever, many cases in which either form is used indiscriminately. 



XX ▲ GBAMMAB. 

The same rule applies to a and o, and to na and no^ &c., 
as, Te patunga tenei a Ngatiporou, •This is the place where 
Ngatiporou killed certain persons: Te patunga tenei o Nga- 
tiporou. This is the place where Ngatiporou were killed. 
iVa Ngapuhi tenei parekura, This is the place where certain 
persons fell in battle by the hand of ISTgapuhi : No Ngapuhi 
tenei parekura. This is the place where Ngapuhi fell in 
battle. 

So also in the use of ma and mo, maJcUf mokuy <$bc. Mahu 
e hanga to whare, Thy house shall he made by me, Mana te 
whakaaro ki te haere ranei, ki te noho ranei, The purpose to go 
or to remain is for or by him, i. e. It is for him to determine 
whether he will go or remain, Mona ano tona mate. His calo' 
mity is for himself alone. To say, Hoatu he kohua mo te 
tangata ra, would be regarded as language particularly offen- 
sive: it means, Let an iron pot he given for the man to be 
cooked in ! The nicety of the distinction will be seen in the 
following example : Homai he kohua maku, me tetahi parai«- 
kete moku. Let an iron pot be given for me, and a blanket for 
me f'^-^-maku, for me to act with, i, e. to boil my food ; m^oTeu^ 
for me to be acted upon, t. e, to be cpvered. 



Examples of the Possessive Pronouns, 

Ka mea tetahi he whakapono Someone will say thine is faith, 
tau, he mahi aku, mine are works, — Jas.ii.18. 

He aha 7a tatou e kai ai ? he TThat is our (food) which we 
aha ta tatou e inu ai ? shall eat ? what is our (li- 

quid) which we shalldrink? 
—Matt, vi. 31. 

Ko ta raua tamaiti tena e 2%«^ is their child who is 
haere na, walking there. 

Nana Bijio tana msthi, » . % This work is his own. 



▲ OBAHMAB. 



XXI 



ni. DEMONSTRATIVE PEOWOUNS. 

The Demonstrative Pronouns are the following, viz. — 

Tenei, . . . This. 

PLURAL. 

Enei, or Anei. 
. That at a little distance. 



siyauLAB. 
Tenei. 



Tena, . . 

SIKOTJLAR. 

Tena. 
Tera, . 

SiyOTJLAR. 

Tera. 
Taua, . ( 

SINGULAR. 

Taua. 



PLURAL. 

Ena. 
. That more remote. 

PLURAL. 

Era. 
That before mentioned. 



PLURAL. 

Aua. 



la, 



That. 



Examples, 
ICa whakangaromia aua kai Tliose workmen will be c/e- 



mahi, 

Iīe aha ra tenei kua oti te 
tuhituhi ? 

Na te aha tatou ka rongo nei 
ia tangata ia tangata i o 
tatou reo, i whanau ai ta- 
tou? 

Ko wai ka tae ki ia whenua ? 

Mo taua mea hoki e hiahia- 
tia ana e Iharaira ka herea 
nei ahau ki tenei meka- 
meka. 



stfoyed. 

What ia this which has been 
written ? 

From what cause do we now 
hear that man and that man 
(i. e., every man) our own 
language, to the use of which 
we were bom ? — Acts ii. 8. 

Who visited those countries ? 

For that thing which is de- 
sired by Israel I am here 
bound with this chain. — 
Acts xxviii. 20. 



IV. RELATIVE PRONOUN. 



The Relative Pronoun is not found in the Nominative Case, 
but a sentence in which it is to be supplied may always be 
recognized by those who have had a little practice in the lan- 
guage ; as, Horoia te kakahu i kawea mai inanahi. Let the 
garment be washed which was brought here yesterday. In 



xxu 



A GBAHIMABj 



this sentence hawea is a passive verb, and the relative to be 
supplied is in the Nominative Case ; but if the active verb be 
used, the relative, being in the Accusative Case, will be ex- 
pressed ; as, Horoia to kakahu i kawe mai ai koe inanahi. Let 
thy garment he washed which thou hroughtest here yesterday. 
Ko wai te tangata e haere ki te waka ? Who is the man who 
will go to the canoe ? Ka titiro ki te rangi, e paroro ana, ka 
noho, J3^e looks at the heavens, which are cloudy, and remains. 

For the genitive the personal pronoun is used ; as, 
I tu hoki i taku taha i tenei po The angel of God^ whose I am. 



te anahera o te Atua, nona 
nei a hau, 
Ko te tamaiti tenei nona te 
ringaringa i wera i te ahi. 



stood by my side this night, 
— Acts xxvii. 23. 
This is the child whose hand 
was burnt by the fire* 



But sometimes the relative may be understood in this case ; 
as, Ko te tangata tenei i tika te whakaaro. This is the man 
whose idea was correct ; or we might say, Ko te tangata tenei 
nona te whakaaro i tika. In other cases it is expressed by 
ai, following the Verb ; as, 



Ko te tangata tenei i haere ai 

ahau ki te kainga, 
Kahore he hanga a te tangata 

nei e mate ai, e herea ai 

ia, 
Kei hea te pukapuka i tuhi- 

tuhi ai koe ? 
Ko te kuri tenei i pau ai te 

hipi, 
Erangi ra kia kaua e rere mai 

i Kariti, i pa mai ai tenei 

kino. 



This is the man on account of 
whom I went to the village. 

There is not an action of this 
man for which he shall die, 
for which he shall be bound. 

Where is the letter which you 
wrote ? 

This is the dog by which the 
sheep was eaten. 

It had been better not to have 
sailed from Crete, through 
which (sailing) this evil has 



befallen us, — Acts xxvii. 21. 

When the Adverb nei occurs in the clause, ai vrill be 
omitted ; as. 



Ka tonoa nga tangata ki nga 
wahi katoa meake nei haere 
ia ; or, Ki nga wahi katoa e 
haere ai ia, 

Kua ringihia mai tenei e kite 
nei, e rongo nei koutou, 



Men are sent to all places to 
which he is about to go ; or. 
To all places to which he 
will go, 

Thishath beenpouredoutwhich 
you see, and which you hear. 



A 6SAMKAB. ZXIU 

The Particle ai which follows the Adrerbs noreira, wo- 
reira, mokonei, nomua, nomuri, nonanahi, apopo, &c. seems 
also to come under the same rule, as will appear from the 
following 

Examples : 

Akuanei ahau te haere ai, [will be commonly rendered,] 
I shall go to-day, [but more literally,] To-day is the time 
in which I shall go. 

He whanaunga ia noku, mokonei ahau ka karanga ai i a ia ki 
te whare, lie is a relative of mine ; for this, or hence {the 
reason) for which / shall call him to the house. This may 
perhaps be more fully expressed. Mo konei te wahi e ka- 
ranga ai ahau i a ia. 

Noreira hoki i koa ai toku ngakau, i hari ai ano hoki toku 
arero. Therefore also, or from thence also (is the reason^ 
for which my heart rejoiced, for which my tongue was glad. 
— Acts ii. 26. 

Nonanahi te tamaiti i mate ai. The child died yesterday ; 
[literally,] From yesterday (is the time) at which the child 
died. 

Ko te wahi i te tupapaku, koreira huihui ai nga kahu, The 
place where the carcase is, there (is the place) a,t which the 
eagles will gather. 

Ma au kupu hoki koe ka whakatikaia ai, ma au kupu hoki koe 
ka meinga ai kia mate. By thy words (is the rule) by which 
thou shalt he justified, hy thy words (is the rule) by which 
thou shalt he condemned, — Matt. xii. 37. 

He aha koe te tomo ai ki roto ? What (is the reason) on account 
of which thou wilt not come inside ? 

Kola matou i hiahia ai kia haere atu ki a koutou : [Koia is 
usually translated Therefore, but it is properly Ko ia. It ; 
and the sentence will be correctly rendered] — It (is the 
reason) on account of which we wished to go to you. 

Kahore ona mate i taku kitenga ai i a ia. He had no sicTcness 
at the time of my seeing him, or at the time at which I saw 
him, 

Nana ahau i ora ai. His (was the effort) by which / was 
saved. 



XXIV A GEAMMAB. 

V. INTERROGATITE PEONOrNS. 

The Interrogative Pronouns are three, viz. — 

Wai Who. 

Aha ...... What. 

Ehea I • • • ^^"'''- 

Examples. 

I hoatu taku hoe ki a wai ? To whom was my paddle 

given ? 

He aha te mea i haere ai ? What is the thing /or which 

you went ? 

Ko tehea o nga waka i pa- Which of the canoes was 
karu ? broken ? 



v.— THE VEEBS. 



Veebs are of three kinds : Active, IsTeuter, and Causative, 
each of which admits of a Passive Voice. 

The Active Verb expresses the action of an agent upon 
some object ; but not having that which can be rightly termed 
conjugation, it may be distmguished by the cases connected 
witn it ; as, E kite ana ahau i te tangata, I see the man. 
Ahau is the agent, e kite ana is the Verb expressing the action, 
i te tangata is the object acted upon. 

The Passive Verb expresses an action done by some agent ; 
as, E kitea ana te tangata e au, The man is seen by me. It 
is formed by adding to the Active one of the following 
terminations : a, ia, tia, hia, kia^ ria, na, ina, ngia, <fec., ac- 
cording to the termination of the Verb ; as, E horongia ana 
te rongoa e te turoro, The medicine is being swallowed by 
the invalid, Kua uakina te tatau e te tamaiti. The door has 
been shut by the child. 

But if in the simple form of the Verb there be a redupli- 
cation of the first syllable, the reduplication is cut off in the 
Passive ; as, 

Kokoti, To cut Kotia, To be cut, 

Titiro, To look at Tirohia, To be looked at, 

Wewero, To strike with a spear . . Werohia, To be struck with a spear. 



A 6BAMMAB. XXV 

The following examples will shew the formation of the 
Passive Verb. 

ACTIVE. PASSIVE. 

Niko, To tie, Nikoa. 

Hao, . . To enclose as with a net* Haoa. 

TJtu, To pay. TJtua. 

Tuwha, . ... .To divide, {^^^'a. 

Ta, . To tattoo. Tarn. 

Tata, To hale water out of a canoe. T&ngia. 

Tata, To split. Tata^'a. 

Xau, To swim. Kaui'a. 

Kaukau, ..... To anoint. Kaukaun'a. 

Para, . . . .'To cut down trees. Paraia. 

Pa, To block up. /J^2a. 

Hohou, To bind. {HoljJr' 

Wewero, To pierce. Werohia. 

Pikau, . . To carry on the back. < p;t^^^* 

Makutu, To bewitch. Makutuna. 

Manako, To like. ManakoAio. 

Mahanga, .... To ensnare. Mahanga^ia. 

£okomo. . .... To put in. 'Komotia. 

Whawhao, .... To put in. i^^l^J""' 

Oro, ... To sharpen on a stone. Oronffia. 

Uta, • To take on board a vessel. Utama. 

Ota, To eat raw. Otsiina. 

Ako, ...... To teach. A^ona. 

Tiki, To /etch. Tikma. 

Hapai, To lift. Hapaiit^a. 

Ao, . . To take up by handfuls. Aowhia. 

But, if the Passive Verb is preceded by na, ma, naku, 
nana, mana, or the particle Me, it retains the form of the 
Active; as, 

Ha te turoro e horo te ro- Let the medicine be swallowed 
ngoa, , by the invalid. 

c 



XXIV A GEAMMAB. 

V. INTERROGATITE PEONOrNS. 

The Interrogative Pronouns are three, viz. — 

Wai Who. 

Aha ...... What. 

Tehea ) Trri- i 

Ehea I • • • '^*'**- 

Examples. 

I hoatu taku hoe ki a wai ? To whom was my paddle 

given ? 

He aha te mea i haere ai ? "What is the thing /or which 

you went ? 

Ko tehea o nga waka i pa- Which of the canoes was 
karu ? hroJcen ? 



v.— THE VEEBS. 



Veebs are of three kinds : Active, Neuter, and Causaiive, 
each of which admits of a Passive Voice. 

The Active Verb expresses the action of an agent upon 
some object ; but not having that which can be rightly termed 
conjugation, it may be distinguished by the cases connected 
with it ; as, E kite ana ahau i te tangata, I see the man. 
Ahau is the agent, e kite ana is the Verb expressing the action, 
i te tangata is the object acted upon. 

The Passive Verb expresses an action done by some agent ; 
as, E kitea ana te tangata e au, The man is seen by me. It 
is formed by adding to the Active one of the following 
terminations : o, ia, tia, hia, kia^ ria, na, ina, ngia, <fec., ac- 
cording to the termination of the Verb ; as, E horongia ana 
te rongoa e te turoro. The medicine is being swallowed by 
the invalid, Kua uakina te tatau e te tamaiti. The door has 
been shut by the child. 

But if in the simple form of the Verb there be a redupli- 
cation of the first syllable, the reduplication is cut off in the 
Passive ; as, 

Kokoti, To cut Kotia, To be cut, 

Titiro, To look ai Tirohia, To be looked at. 

Wewero, To strike with a spear . . Werohia, To be struck with a spear. 



A GBAMMAB. 



XXV 



The following examples will shew the formation of the 
Passive Verb. 

ACTIVE. 

Niko, To tie. 

Hao, . . To enclose as with a net. 
TJtu, To pay* 

Tuwha, ....'. To divide, 

Ta, . To tattoo, 

Tata> To hale water out of a canoe, 

Tata, To split, 

Xau, To swim, 

Kaukan, . . . . • To anoint. 
Para, . . . ,' To cut down trees. 

Pa, To block up. 



Pa, To touch, 

Hohou, To bind, 

Wewero, To pierce, 

Pikau, . . To carry on the back, 

Makutu, To bewitch, 

Manako, To like. 

Mahanga, .... To ensnare, 
Eokomo. . . • . . To put in, 

Whawhao, .... To put in, 

Oro, • • . To sharpen on a stone, 
Uta, • To take on board a vessel, 
Ota, ...•,. To eat raw, 

Ako, • ; To teach. 

Tiki, .J To /etch, 

Hapai, .) To lift. 

To take up by hand/uls. 



Ao, 

But, if the 
nana, tnana, or 
Active; as, 

Ha te turoro 
ngoa 



PASSIVE. 

Nikofl. 

Haoa. 

TJtua. 
TTuwhatfl. 
\Tuwhaena. 

Taia, 

T&ngia, 

Tata^'a. 

Kauia. 

Kaukaun'a. 

Paraea. 
rPaio. 
\P&nia, 
cVdJcia. 
\ "Psinffia, 
C'Konhia, 
\lLo\iia, 

Werohia, 
rPikaua. 
\Pikaiina. 

Makuturea. 

ManakoAza. 

Mahanga^ta. 

Komo^ia. 
^Whaon^ia. 

Orongia, 

JJiddna, 

Otsdna, 

Akona, 

Tikiwa. 

Hapaiit^a. 

A^owhia, 



Passive Verb is preceded by na, ma, naku, 
the particle Me, it retains the form of the 

e horo te ro- Lei the medicine be swallowed 

by the invalid, 
c 



XXYl A 6BAMMAB. 

Na, te pakeha i uaki te ta- The door was opened by the 
tau, foreigner. 

Is^ana i kawe taku kete ki te My basket was carried by him 
wai, to the water. 

Me hoko nga kapana nei e Let these potatoes be bought 
koe, by thee. 

Some Verbs have the same form in the Actiye and Passiye 
Voice; as, 

E hanga ana ia i te pouaka, Se is making the box, 

Kua hanga te pouaka e ia, The box has been made by him. 

The accent in this case is upon the first syllable in the 
Active, and upon the second in the Passive Verb. So also 
the words Panga, and Maka, To throw, are both Active and 
Passive.* 

To the forms already given may be added a class of Verbs 
which are Passive in signification but have no Active form; as, 

Kua pareho aku kapana i te My potatoes are devoured by 
poaka, the pig, 

Kua pau te kereru i te The pigeon is eaten up by the 
kahu, hawk. 

The Neuter Verb expresses the quality, circiunstance, or 
condition, of its subject ; as, 

E moe ana te tamaiti, . • The child is sleeping. 

Poupou tonu te pikitanganei, This ascent is quite steep, 

Hei kona taeki ai nga peka. There is the place in which 

the firewood shall lie, 

Kia man te hotiki kei pa- Let the tying be fast lest it 
heno, come undone, 

Akuanei heuheu ai nga ta- The men will wander away 
ngata ki te mahi, presently to work, 

Ka umere te tangata nei, . . This man wonl^ers. 

Some few Neuter Verbs admit of a Passi^^e Voice, which 
is formed in a regular manner ; as, 

E pai ana ia, He is good. 

* But the Natiyes of the East Cape use the Passi^ forms Hangaia, 
and Makaia, 



!E paingia ana ia, .... Sets praised or esteemed good. 

£ uoho ana ia, Se is sitting. 

Nohoia te kainga nei, . . . Let this place he sat upon or 

occupied. 

£ mataku ana ia, • . . . He is afraid, 

£ matakuria ana ia, . • • He is feared. 

The Causative Verb is formed by prefixing Whaka to 
iS'euter Verbs, and sometimes to Verbs Active ; as, 

Pono, . , . To be true ; "Whakapono, . To believe. 
Mate, ... To he sick ; Whakamate, To make sick. 
Kite, To see; "Whakakite, . . To reveal. 

The Passive of this form is made as in the simple Active 
Verb; as, 

"Whakaponohia, . . To he believed. 
Whakamatea, : . • To he made sick* 
Whakakitea, . . . To he revealed. 

Some Verbs become frequentative by a reduplication of the 
whole, or part of the word, — sometimes rejecting the first 
syllable ; as, 

Kokoti, . To cut ; Kotikoti, . To cut up into many pieces. 
Titiro, . To look ; Tirotiro, . To look round on every side. 
Korero, To speak; Korerorero, . To speak frequently. 



^OODS. 

The distinction of Mood may be expressed with great pre- 
cision ; but it is by the use of Particles, and not by an 
inflexion of the Verb, There are four Moods : the Indica- 
tive, the Imperative, the Subjunctive, and the Infinitive. 

1« The Indicative ; as, 

£ ngaki ana ia i te whenua^ He is cultivating the ground. 



XXVUl 



A GBAMMAB. 



2. The Imperative ; as, 
E tu koe ki runga, 
Haere koutou ki roto, 
Tena, korero, . . . 
Titiro o kanohi, . . 



Stand up. 

Go all of you, inside. 
Go on, speak. 
Let your eyes look. 



Kia karanga ahau i te waka, Let me call for the canoe, 

Ngakia taku m^ e koe, ^^^^ ^^^^ j^ cultivated 

Mau e ngaki taku mara, > » f^^ 
Meiigakiekoetakumara,J ^ 



3. The Subjundtive ; as, 

Me kaua te marangai kua 
tae ke matou ki te kai- 
nga. 

Mehemea ka karanga koe 
ka whakatika au, 

4. The Infinitive ; as, 

Ko te tikanga ia hia akona 
e koe tamariki, 

I penei atu 'tana ki hei 
wkakamatau i a ia, 

Homai he taura hei to i 
te rakau, 

Homai he kai hei whaka- 
rata i taku tamaiti, 

E kore au e kaha te haere 
i te mamae i a au, 

I hoki mai ahau kia ata 
rongo ai koe ki te manu- 
hiri e haere mai nei, 



If there had not been bad wea- 
ther we should have arrived 
at the place. 

If you call I shall rise up. 



The correct mode is for your 
children to be taught by you. 

Sis speech was thus, or he 
spake thus to try him. 

Give me a rope to drag the 
tree with. 

Give me some food to quiet my 
child, 

I am not able to go in conse* 
quence of my pain, 

I returned in order that you 
might correctly hear about 
the visitor who is coming here. 

This latter sentence furnishes another example of the Re- 
lative ai, which is of very frequent occurrence. When coming 
after a Verb in the Infinitive Mood, the Verb maybe rendered, 
as in this case, " in order that something may be done ;" but 
we have only to examine the structure a little more closely, 
and we shall find, that it is a simple use of the Relative. In 
every such use of the Infinitive, there is always a clause going 
before which gives the reason, on account of which, or the 
means by which, something is done. Thus, in the example 



▲ eBJJTHJLB. XXIX 

given above — ^I hoki mai ahau, / came back, is the means, ai, 
by wkiehj kia ata rongo koutou, you {are) correctly to hear. 
So in Li^e XX. 20 : £a tonoa he kai whanga, e whakaahua 
ana i a ratou hei him^a tika, Spies were sent, who feigned 
themselves just men, — this is the means, ai, by which, kia hopu 
ratou i a ia i tana korero, they (are) to catch him in his speech^ 
— ai, by which, kia tukua ia ki te rangatiratanga ki te kaha o 
te kawana, he (is) to be delivered to the power and authority 
of the governor. 

The following examples belong to this place, and seem to 
come under the head of Q-enmds : 

No te tua ahau i te totara hei I {am come) from felling the 
waka maku, totara <is a canoe for myself 

I hoki mai ahau t te hauhake I came back from digging up 
parareka, potatoes, 

£ haere ana ahau ^' ^e urAaXra- lam going to collect people 
emi tangata mo te taua, for the fight. 

Ko te ta kupenga ahau, • . / {am going) to make a net, 

I te ki ika ahau, . • • . I{am come) from catching fish. 



TENSES. 

As in the Moods, so in the Tenses, all the ordinary dis- 
tinctions of time are made by the help of Particles and 
Adverbs. There are six Tenses : the Present, Imperfect, 
Future-imperfect, the Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future-perfect. 

1. The Present is formed by Ka before the Verb, or by E 
before and ana after it ; as, 

Ka rere te kaipuke ki Tan- The ship sails to Tauranga. 
ranga, 

E karanga ana te tamaiti ki The child is calling to his 
tana matua, parent. 

But in certain cases either j^or ana may be used alone ; as, 

E haere nei te tira o Nga- The company of Ngapuhi are 
puhi, proceeding along. 

In the sentence, Tenei te haere nei te tira o Ngapuhi, we 
have the same sense ; but the word te seems to be a coales- 

c 2 



XXX 



A GBAMMAB. 



cence of the Article te and the Particle e. The sentence 
^mtten in full would be — Tenei te tira o ISTgapuhi, te tira e 
haere nei, Here is the company ofNgapuhi^ the company which 
is proceeding along. Haere atu ana a Hoani te Kai iriiri i 
aua ra, kauwhau ana i te koraha e Hnna, John the Baptist 
goes in those days and preaches in the toildemess of Judea. 
This form is of frequent use in narration. 

2. The Imperfect is expressed by the Particles E and ana, 
as in the Present form, with a combination of words, shewing 
that the action was incomplete at the time referred to ; as, 

Ka penei inanahi e haere ana At this time yesterday I was 



ahau ki Otahuhu, 

la ia e korero ana ka puta 
mai te rongo o te mate, 

Waiho atu e au e hoehoea ana 
nga pouaka ki uta. 



going to Otahuhu, 

While he was speaking the 
report of the death arrives. 

When I lefty or when the place 
was left by me, the boxes 
were being rowed to theshore. 



3. The Future4mperfect is formed by the Particle Ka or 
E before the Verb, by Ka before the Verb and ai after it, 
and by ai alone after the Verb. The two latter forms are 
used in connection with future Adverbs, and the Particle ai 
is properly the Eelative Pronoun, as has been explained under 
the head of Pronouns. 



Ka tere te waka aianei, . . 

E hoki mai ano ahau, . . . 

E kite koutou i ahau ; no te 
mea e ora ana ahau, e ora 
ano hoki koutou. 

He mea tuhituhi ahau ki te 
pukapuka, koia ahau ka ha^ 
ere ai, 

Akuanei ano riro ai te kai- 
puke, 

Maku e hoatu ki a koutou he 
mangai, he maharatanga, e 
kore ai ratou e ahei te wha- 
kakahore,te whawhai ranei, 

Meake koe mate^ .... 



The canoe will be adrift 'pre^ 

sently, 
I will come back again. 

Ye shall see me; because I 
live ye shall live also, 

I was written for by letter, 
therefore I shall go. 

To-day the ship will be gone, 

A mouth and wisdom will be 
given by me to you, which 
they mil not be able to deny 
or to resist, 

Tau will soon die. 



A OBAMMAB. XXXI 

'. The expression— Ko ahau te haere, I will go, is elliptical. Te is pro- 
nonnoed longer thau the Article, and is a combination of te, the Article, 
and e, the future Particle. The sentence is fully expressed thus— Ko ahau 
te tangata e haere, / am the man who will go. So also the sentence, Ko 
apopo koe te mate ai. To-morrow thou unit die i might be written, Ko 
apopo te wahi e mate ai koe. To-morrow is the season in which thou wilt 
dit. 

The Present and. Future, when fonned by Ara, will gene- 
rally be distinguished by the sense. 

4. The Perfect is formed by the Particle kua or i before 
the Verb ; as, 

Kua ara mai te Karaiti i te Christ has risen from death. 
mate, 

I kite ahau i a Te Potanga- I saw Te Potangaroa yester^ 
roa inanahi, day, 

6. The Pluperfect is formed by hua before the Verb, and 
is distinguished from the Perfect by the construction of the 
sentence ; as, 

Xa penei inanahi kua tae ma- At this time yesterday we had 
tou ki Puketona. arrived at Puketona, 

Waiho atu e au kua hemo When the place was left by me 
mai nga papa, the boards had all arrived» 

Hoki rawa mai au ki te kai- When I came back to the place 
' nga kua mate noa atu taku my father had been dead 
papa, some time, 

6. The Second Future is also expressed by kua being de- 
fined by the construction of the sentence ; as, 

E kore e po akuanei kua tae Before night, I shall have ar- 
ahau ki Hokianga, rived at ITokianga, 

Akuanei ka tae koutou ki ta- By and by when you arrive at 
tahi, kua rere te waka, the seaside the canoe mil 

have sailed. 

The Tenses of the Subjunctive Mood are expressed by the 
help of Conjunctions or Adverbs, as in the following examples: 

Kua kite pea ahau i taua ta* Perhaps I may have seen that 
ngata, otira e wareware ana man, but I forget, 
ahau, 



ZXXU ▲ GBAMMAB. 

Mari ano Ida noho, penei kua It was well far you to remain^ 
rokoMna koe e te awha, otherwise you would have 

been overtaken by the rain. 

Me kaua taku boa kua paremo If it had not been for my com* 
abaUy panion I should have been 

drowned. 



ACTIVE VEEB. 
Karanga, . , , To calL 

INDICATIYB MOOD. 
Present Tense. 

Sing, E karanga ana aliau> • . . I am calling, 

E karanga ana koe, . . . Thou art calling, 
E karanga ana ia, . . . . He is calling. 

Dual, E karan&:a ana taua, 7 nr x n- 

El ° ^ I f • • 1^6 two are calling, 

karanga ana maua, ) ^ 

E karanga ana korua, . . . You two are calling. 

E karanga ana raua, . . • They two are calling. 

Plu. E karanga ana tatou, ) t^ ,.. 

E karanga ana matou, j ' e re c ing, 

E karanga ana koutou, . . Ye are calling, 
E karanga ana ratou, . . . They are calling. 



or 



Ka karanga abau, . . . . / call. 

Ka karanga koe, .... Thou callest, ^c. 



Future Imperfect Tense, 

Sing, Ka karanga ahau, .... J will call. 

Ka karanga koe, .... l^hou wilt cally ^c. 

or 

Sing. E karanga ahau, .... J will call, ^c. 

or unth a future Adverb : 

Sing, Meake au karanga, . . . Soon I shall call, 

Meake koe karanga, . . . Soon thou wilt call, 

Meake ia karanga, .... Soon he will call, ^c. 



• • • 



A OBAMMAB. X2Xm 

Perfect Tente. 

8inff. Eua karanga ahau, . • I have called, 

Kua karanga koe, . • . Thou hast called, ^c, 

or 

I karanga ahau, .... 7 called, 

I karanga koe, .... Thou calledst, ^c. 



IMPBEATIVB MOOD. 

Sing. Eia karanga au^ . . . Let me call, 
£ia karanga koe, . • . Call thou, 
Kia karanga ia, . . . . Let him call, ^c. 

The Imperative is also expressed without the addition of 
any Particles, as ; 

Tena, korero, . . . . Go on, speak, 
Whakatika, haere, • • . Rise up, and go. 

Sometimes by prefixing iS^ as in the Future, as ; 

E tu ra koe, Stand up. 

The Passive form is generally used to express the Impera- 
tive Mood, as ; 

Karangatia e koe te tamaiti. Let the child be called by thee. 

There are again other vrays of expressing the Imperative by 
the pronouns Maku, Mau, Mana, &c., or by the Particle Me, 
in wliich the Verb retains the active form, but is clearly used 
in a passive sense, as ; 

Mau e karanga te tamaiti, . By thee the child shall or must be called. 
Me karanga e koe te tamaiti, The child must be called by thee. 



PASSIVE VEEB. 

The formation of the Tenses is the same as in the Active 
Verb. It is not necessary therefore to write them out at length. 

Present Tense, 

E karangatia ana ahau, . I am called, 
Ka karangatia ahau, . . I shall be called, 
Eua karangatia ahau, . . I have been called, Sfc, 

See the Active Verb for the formation of the other Tenses. 



xxnr 



A GRAMMAB. 



VI. -THE ADTEEBS. 

Examples to illustrate the use of the Adverbs will be found 
in the Dictionary. 

Adverbs of affirmation, 

• ■ « • ^ Co» 



Ae, 

Ae, 

Koia, 

Aheiha, 

Ahua, 

Anakoia, 

Ina, 

Ara, 



Kei, . . 

Kahore, . 

Kanape^ . 

Kaua, 

Aua, 

Kauaka, 

Aiiaka, 

Kei, 

Ehara, 
Ehake, 

Here, . 
Hori, . 
Kiano, 
Kihai, . 



Truly. 



1 



Adverbs of negation* 
Take care lest ; lest. 
Not; no. 
Not. 



Not : (imperative :) -« 



expressing that aE 
action is not tc 
be done. 



^ - y Ehara tenei i ahau. This u 

. JSot : as, ^ ^^^ ^.^^ 

. . Not : as, Here rawa rawa, Not at all. 

. . . Not. 

. . . Not yet. 

. . . Not : (relating to an act past.) 
Kihai au i kite ; / did not see. 

Ekore, . . . Not : (present or future.) 

Ekore au e haere ; I will not go. 

Au, 

Aua, i- ; . I do not know. 

Auake, 



J 



Aianei, 

Inaianei, ^ 
JN'onaianei,) 



Adverbs of time. 
To-day. 

To'day : (past.) 



A aaAlOCAB. 



XXXT 



Inakuara, 1 
Nonakuara,) 

Houange, 

Inapo, I 
Nonapo> ) 

Inanahi, 7 
ISTonanaliiy ) 

Inaoake, ) 
Nonaoake, J 

Inaoakenui, 

Inamata, . 

Nonamata, 



A Utile while ago, 

A little while ago ; hereafter. 

Last night. 

Yesterday. 

The day hrfore yesterday. 

Three days ago. 
Formerly; quickly. 
Formerly. 



Mohoa noa nei, 7 ^^^ ^^ the present time. 
Moroki noa nei, ) •'^ 



Imua, ") 
Nomua, ) 

Akuanei, . . , 

Apopo, ■) 

Akengokengo, ) 

Auinake^ . . 

Meake, . . 

Inangeto, 

Akenei^ ") 

Ake ake ake, ) 

Amua, ") 
Amuri, [ . 
Anamata, ) 

Ina, . • 

Katahi, 



Be/ore ; formerly. 

Presently ; by and bye. 

To-morrow, 

On the morrow. 
Soon; presently. 
Quickly. 

henceforth. 

Sereafter. 

When; since. 

Then; for the first time. 



Katahi ia ka korero atu ; Then he spoke. 



Inahea, *> 
Nonahea, ) 

No, . . 

Tae noa, . 

Ana, > 
Ano, i • 

Keiwha, . 

£o reira, . 



When. 

When. 
Until. 

When ; at the time when. 

Whilst; before. 

On that occasion ; then : (future.) 



XXXIV 



A GRAMMAB. 



VI. -THE ADTEEBS. 

Examples to illustrate the use of the Adverbs will be found 
in the Dictionary. 

Adverbs of affirmation. 

Tea. 



Ae, 

Ae, 

Koia, 

Aheiha, 

Ahua, 

Anakoia, 

Ina, 

Ara, 



Kei, . . 

Kahore, . 

Kanape, . 

Kaua, 

Aua, 

Kauaka, 

Auaka, 

Kei, 



• • • • 



• • 



Truly, 



■> 



Adverbs of negation. 
Take care lest ; lest. 
Not; no. 
Not, 

^expressing that au 
Not : (imperative :) -{ action is not to 

(^ be done. 



Ehara, 
Ehake 



; }• 



Hore, . . . 
Hori, . . . 
Kiano, 



. . • 



,, - (^ Ehara tenei i ahau. This is 

Not: as, < - . 

Not : as, Hore rawa rawa, Not at all. 

Not. 

Not yet, 

Kihai, .... Not : (relating to an act past.) 
Kihai au i kite ; / did not see, 

Ekore, . . . Not : (present or future.) 
Ekore au e haere ; / will not go, 

Au, "^ 

Aua, > z . I do not know, 

Auake, , 



Adverbs of time, 
Aianei, . , • To-day. 



A OBAMICAB. 



XXXV 



Inakuara, 1 
NonakiiaraJ 

Houange, 

Nonapo, j 

Inanabi, 1 
Nonanalii, j 

īnaoake^ 



A little while ago, 

A little while ago ; hereafter. 

Last night. 



Nonaoake, ) 
Inaoakenui, 
Inamata, . 
Nonamata, 



Yesterday. 

The day before yesterday. 

Three days ago. 
Formerly; quickly. 
Formerly, 

Mohoa noa nei, 7 ^^ ^^ the present time. 

Moroki noa nei, ) 

S^.,] • • More ; formerly. 
Akuanei, . . . Presently ; by and bye. 

To-morrow, 

On the morrow. 
Soon; presently. 
Quickly, 

Henceforth, 



Apopo, ■) 

Akengokengo, ) 

Aninake, . . 

Meake, . . 

Inangeto, 

Akenei, ") 

Ake ake ake, ) 

Amua, 
Amuri, 
Anamata. 

Ina, . 

Katabi^ i 



Sereafter. 



When; since. 

Then; for the first time, 
Kata^i ia ka korero atu \ Then he spoke, 

Inahea, 71 jpr. 

When, 
Until, 



No, . A . . 

Tae noa, . I . . 

Ana,) I 

Ano,J '\ • 

Keiwha, . I . 

»ira>. .\ . 



Kg reira^ 



When ; at the time when. 

Whilst; before. 

On that occasion ; then : (future.) 



) 



r 



xnvi 



A GBAMMAB. 



Mo amua, . . At a future time, 

Matua, . . . First, 

Kia matua horoia ; Let it be first washed» 

Mataora^ . . . While living. 

Ua, . • . . After. 

Ka mohio ia ua akona ; He will know after being taught. 

Ano, .... Again; get. 

Mekari, 
Mekore, 



ii ■■ 



Within a little. 



Adverbs of interrogation. 
When ? at what time ? 
Whether ? 
How? 



AbeaP . . • 
Oti? . . . , 
Pehea? ... 
lanei, .... Then : (in an interrogative sentence.) 

Ekore ianei koe e whakatika ? Will you not then rise up t 

Oti? .... Else? 
Heahaoti? What else? 

KoheaP . . . Whither? 

Ehia ? ) 

Erawe P [• . . How many ? 

Hokoliiap) 

NeP 1 
NeraP ) ' ' 

HeiheaP . . . 



. Is it not so ? 
, . At what place ? 

, . Whether? whether . . . or f 

E kaha ana ranei koe ? kahore ranei ? Are you stro\ig or no ? 
Pea, .... Perhaps. 



E>aneiP 
BainaP 



!• 



Kg, ) 

Kona, > • 
Koina, ) 

Konei, ) 
I^ei, j • 

Na, . 

Ake, . 

Atu, . 



Adverbs of place. 



. . There. 



Here. 



... 



There. 

Upwards; mwards. 

Onwards. 



A GBAMMAR. 



XXXVU 



Aua noa atu, 
Pahaki, 
Mai, . 
Iho, 
Inonira, 
Tua, . 
Mua, . 
Muri, . 
Roto, . 
Waho, . 



Petapeta, 

Anake,') 
Anahe, ) 

Ngahoro, 

Haunga, 

Kau, 

Ke, 

Ki, . 

I, . 

Ara, 



At a distance. 

Beyond. 

Hither, 

Downwards, 

Behind. 

Behind, 

Before. 

Behind, 

Within, 

Without. 





Adverbs of circumstance. 


Puku, . . 


. . Secretly; without food. 


Pokere, . 


. , In the dark. 


Maika, *) 
Marie, J 


, . Quietly, 


Ata, . . 


, . Gently, 


Tahanga, . 


, . Nakedly, 


Momote, . 


, , Clandestinely, 


Hirearea, , 


. . Indistinctly : (of sound.) 


Noa, . . 


. . In vain. 


Maumau, . 


, . To no purpose. 


Penei, . . 


. . In case that ; otherwise. 



Adverbs of number, ^c. 
All at once. 

Only, 

Upwards in point of number. 

Besides, 

Only, 

Quite. 

Very, 

Than, 

Namely. 

d 



XXXmi A aUAMMAB. 

VII.— THE PEEPOSITIONS. 

1, , , At ; hy ; from ; in comparison of; in; with; during. 

O, . . 0/ 

Whaka, In a direction to. (Prefixed to Nouns, &c.) 
Haere whaka-te-mauDga ; Go towards the mountain. 

A, . . Of; at. 



E, . . 


By. 


To, . 


Up to. 


U, . . 


According to. 


Ina, . 


According to. 


Kei, . 


With; at. 


Hei, . 


For. 


Ki, . 


At ; with ; for ; in. 


Ki, •) 

Ko, J 


To. 


Ma, . 


By ; for. (Relating to the future.) 


Na, . 


By. (Relating to the past.) 


No, . 


From ; belonging to. 


Mo, . 


For ; because of 


!Ro, 


Within. 



YIII.— THE CONJUNCTIONS. 

Waihoki, And also ; and in like manner. 

A, . . And; as. 

Ma, . And. 

Hoki, . And ; also. 

Me, . And ; if 

Mehemea, | ^ >, 

Ki, r-'- 

Ano, . As if ; like as, 

Koia, . Therefore. 

Heoi . So then; therefore ; but. 

Kitemea, ") j^ 
Kapatau, ) *^.* 



A aBAMMAB. XXSIX 



Motemea, > » 

Notemea, i ' ' ^'""''^'- 

Ahakoa, . . . Although, 

Oti, ) 

Ofciia, > . . . But, 

Otira, ) 

Tena, 5 * ' ' ^**^' 

Ara, . . , . And then, 

Engari, . . . But, 



IX.— THE INTEEJECTIONS. 

mL\\ ' • • ^'^^' 

O ! O! 

E ! Sign of the Vocative Case. 

Ano': ^ , , , Sow great ! 

. Eai 1 . ^ . • How many ! 

Are! , . . . What! 

Aue ! . . • , Alas ! 

Ha! , , , , Ah! 

laua! .... Hold! 

Taukiri ! . . . (An expression of surprise.) 



END OF TlIE GBAMMAK. 



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. 



art Article. 

s Substantive. 

a Adjective. 

pron Pronoun. 

t». Verb. 

iuL Adverb. 

eo7iJ Conjunction. 

prep Preposition. 

ifit Interjectior 

W. Waikato di» .acci. 

J? Rarav lalect. 

.1- 

T. Taurr ^^a dialect. 

JE, C. £a8c Cape dialect. 

Ngt." Ng^atitoa dialect. 

Xg ^' "ipuhi dialect. 



A DICTIONARY 



OF THE 



NEW ZEALAND LANGUAGE. 



A 



A, f» '^' drive. 

Anoi . 

-pj-^ f vaka e te au ; The 

uoncH, '(-by the tide. E a 

ana ia i nga g^t'fi^ ', He is driving 
thepi^. 

A, conj. And; an then. 

£a haere matou,' . ka tae ki te 
whare ; We went, add^ arrived at 
the house. 

As. 

£ whakatokia a tinai tangata 
ana ; It is sown as a hut body. 

A, prep^ Of. 

Hokona a matou riwai; Let 
our potatoes be bought ; literally. 
The potatoes of us. Nga toki a 
te paJieha; The axes of the fo- 
reigner. 

At ; as at a future time. 

A te raumati ; At the time of 
summer* 

A, A Particle prefixed to the 



AHA. 



names of persons and to Per- 
sonal Pronouns. 

A Te Waharoa ; The person 

named Te Waharoa. A koutou ; 

You. A koe ; Thou. 

Ae, ad. Yes. 

Ae ra hoki, naku ano ; Yes, 
indeed, it was done by me. 

Aha, pron. Wha t ? 

I tikina ake ahau ki te aha? 
For what was I fetched ? 

Aha, V. To do what ? 
Pass. Ahatia. 

E aha ana te tangata ? What is 
the man doing ? I ahatia koe ? 
What was done to you ? or, You 
were done what with ? Ma tana 
kupu ka aha ai ? What will be 
done by his word ? 

Ahakoa, conj. Although ; not- 
mtltstanding ; whether — or. 

Ahakoa pakeha ahakoa tangata 
I maori, e kore e tohungia ; Whe- 



AHA 

ther foreigner or native, he will 
not be spared. 

Ahatangai €. What thing or 

event. 

Ha! koia te ahatan^? Ah! 
what event will come of that ? 

Ahdu, prow. J. 

Ahea, ad. When ? 

£o ahea koe haere ai ? When 
will you go ? 

Ahei, V, To he able. 

E kore au e ahei te ki atu ; I 
am not able to say. 

Aheiha, ad. Truly. 

Ahere, s. Snare for birds. 

Ahi, 8. Fire, 

Maka atu ki te ahi ; Let it be 
cast into the fire. 

Ahidhi, 8, Evening. 

Hei te ahiahi ^au ka haere 
atu ai ; I shall go in the evening. 

Ahiahi, v. To be evening, 
£ua ahiahi ; It is evening. 

Ahiahitanga» 8. Time of even' 
ing. 

I te ahiahitanga o te ra ; At the 
evening of the day. 

Ahiki, V, To make haste, 

Ahiki mai ; make haste hither. 

Aho, 8. Strings cord; cross 
threads of a mat ; the woof, 

Ahu, 8, A heap, 

Ahu, V, To move towards, 

E ahu mai ana te waka ; The 
canoe is moving towards us. 

Ahua, 8, Likeness; form ; 

shape, ' 

Me he tangata te ahua; The 
likeness is that of a man. < 



( 2 ) AHU 

Ahua, V, To be pregnant. 

E ahua ana te wahine; The 
woman is pregnant. 

Ahtia, ad. Truly, 

. Ahudhu, V, To be diminished; 

to descend. 

Eahore rawa kia ahuahu nga 
peka ; The firewood is not at all 
diminished. Kia ahuahu te nl ka 
karakia tatou; When the sun 
descends we will have prayers. 

{E. C.) 

Ahudhua, v. To resemble» 

Ahuahua ana te kanohi o te ta- 
maiti nei ki tona papa ; The face 
of this child is like his father's. 

Ahuarêka, s. Pleasantness, 

Ahuarêka, v. To like, 

E kore ahau e ahuareka ki tera 
mea ; I shall not like that thing. 

Ahuawaimarie, a. Quiet. 

Ahukahuka, v. To agree, 

Kihai i ahukahuka mai tau 
korero i runga i taku ; Your story 
did not agree with mine. ( W,) 

Ahunga, 8, A moving towards. 

No te ahunga mai o te tangata 
a hau i whakatika ai ; From the 
time of the man's moving towards 
me I rose up. 

Ahurêwa, s, A heap of stone» 
or earth, (^0 

Ahuriri, «. A close fence put up 
in a cultivation to break the 
force of a flood, 

Ahtiru, 8, The name of a fish. 

Ahiiru, a. Warm, 

He whare ahuru ; A warm 
house. 

Ahtiru, V, To be warm, 

E ahuru ana te kainga nei; 
. This place is warm. 



AI 



(3) 



AKO 



Aifpran, Who; which: used 
only in the oblique cases, 

io te tangata tenei i akona ai 
ahau ; This is the man by whom 
I was taught. 

Aianei, ad. To-day ; directly. 
Hei aianei ka kopania mai te 
taupoki; Let the lid be shut down 
directly. 

Aio, V* To be calm. 

Em aio te moana, ka hoe ; Let 
the sea be cahn, then row the 
canoe. (j^, C.) 

Aitua, s. An ill omen. 

He aitua ina mahue te whare ; 
It is an ill omen when a house is 
forsaken. 

Aka, s. The name of a creeper, 

(Metrosideros,) 

Akaaka, s. Fibrous roots of a 
potatoCf ^c, 

Akaaka, v. To throw out many 

small roots, 

Eia pakeke te whenua, kei aka- 
aka te tupu o te uwhi ; Let the 
ground be hard, lest the uwhi 
should throw out many small 
roots. 

Akakiore, s» The name of a 
creeper. 

Akakdngohe, s. The name of 
a creeper. 

Ākaktira, *. The name of a 
creeper. 

Akatêa^ s. The name of a 
creeper, 

Ake, s. The name of a tree. 

{Dodotusa spathukUa.) 

Ake, ad. Onwards, in time, 
Ake ake ake ; For ever. 

Upwards, 



Haere ake koe ki a matou; 
Come thou up to us. 

Own, 

Tona ake kakahu; His own 
gparment. 

Akenei, ad. Henceforth, 

Akêngokêngo, ad. To-morrow, 

Akepiro, s. The name of a shrub, 
(Haxtoniafurfuracea,) 

Akerautangi, s. The name of 
a tree, 

Aki, V, To dash ; to strike. 
Pass, Akina. 

E aki mai nei te tai ; The tide 
is dashing up. 

Akidki, s. An urging. (E, C) 

Akiaki, v. To urge, {E. C) 

AkiAki,a. Urging; importunate. 
Ka mate au i te mahi akiaki a 
tena tangata ; I am annoyed with 
the importunity of that man. 

{E, a) 

AkikOf ad. At a distance 

from home, 

E noho akiko ana taua tangata ; 
That man is sojourning at a dis- 
tance. 

Akinga,*. A dashing. 

Akiri, V, To toss, 

Akiritia nga otaota ki wahcf; 
Let the rubbish be tossed out. 

Akiritanga, s. Tossing, throw- 
ing ; a thing thrown away. 

Ako, V. To teach. 
. Pass. Akoua. 

Ma wai koe e ako ? By whom 
wilt thou be taught ? 

Ako, a, Teaching. 

He tangata ako; He kai ako ; 
A person teaching. 

Akodko, V, To split. 

E kore tenei rakau e akoako; 
This tree will npt splits 



AEO 



Akoako, a. TKat may be easily 
split. 

He rakau akoako tenei; This 
is a tree that may be easily split. 

Akonga, s. A scholar» 

Aku, pron^ My, 

Kei a wai aku mea? With 
whom are my things ? 

Akuaku, V, To clear stones out 
of, an oven preparatory to 
heating it. 

Akuakuna te umu ; Let the oven 
be cleared from the stones. 

Akuenei, ad. This evening; 
presently, s 

*Akuliata, s. The month of 
August, 

Akuto, a. Slow / late. 

He tan akuto ; A late season. 
He ope akuto e kore e hohoro te 
ara ; A company slow in travel- 
ling', they do not rise up quickly. 

Amai| s. Swell on the sea.. 

Amai, V, To be giddy. 

E amai ana tona mateng^; His 
head is g^ddy. 

Amene, s. Desire, 

Kei te amene te ngtikau ki te 
kino ; The heart is desiring evil ; 
literally, At the desire towards 

evil. 

Amiki, V. To consume. 

Eua amikia katoatia nga kai ; 
All the food has been consumed. 

To go round about; to be 
prosy. 

Eaua ē amikitia*te korero; 
Don't be prosy in your speech. 

To gather fruit f to collect. 

(E. C.) 

Amikitanga, s, A consuming. 



( 4 ) ANA 

Eua pau nga wahie i te amiki- 
tanga a te tangata ; The firewood 
is spent through the consuming 
of the mah. 

Amikuy V, To go round about, 

Amiomio, r. To turn round ; 
to be giddy, 

Alno, s, A bier or litter 
upon which a sick man is 
carried. (JS, C) 

Amo, V. To carry on the 

shoulders. 

Amohia te rakau nei ; Let this 
tree be carried on the shoulders. 

To rush ; to charge* 
Amohia! Charge. 

Amohanga, s. A carrying; 
rushing ; time of carrying, 

Amiia, ad. Hereafter, 

'Hei amua a hau ka haere ai ; I 
shall go hereafter. 

Amuamxi, s, A grumbling, 

Amuilmu, V. To grumble. 

He aha tau e amuamu ? WbAt 
are you grumbling about ? 

Amuamu, a. Grumbling, 

He tangata amuamu tenei ; 
This is a gi'umbling man« 

Amuri, ad. Hereafter. 

Waiho mo amuri ; Leave it for 
a future time. 

Ana, A particle used inform* 
ing the present tense of a 
verb. 

£ baere ana ahau kiTauranga 
I am going to Tauranga. , 

Ana, s^ A cave. 

Ana, pron. His, 

Tukua ata ana taonga ; Let his 
property go. {First syllable very 
long.) 



ANA 



(5) 



AO 



Ana men; Tbose thmgs. 

Ana, ad. When. 

Ana tae koe Id te kainga; 
When you arrive at the place. 
Fe». (W.) 

Anahe» ad. Otdy. 

An&e, ad. Only. 

Anakdia, ad. Truly» [W.) 

Anamata, ad. Hereafter, 

Aneane, v. To he sharp, 

Aneane tonu te mata o te rakau; 
The point of the stick is very 
sharp. 

Anehu, a. Misty. 

He rangi anehu ; A misty at- 
mosphere, ( ^0 

Anei^ pron. These, 

Anewa, v. To he weak; to 
he listless. 

Eahore he iwi i te ng^unga o 
te ra, anewa noa ai ; There is no 
strength by reason of the heat of 
the sun; he is listless. ( W,) 

Anga, *. The act of driving, 
{First eyllable very long.) 

Anga, s. Aspect as of a house 

or garden. 

He anga ora tenei e kore e roa 
ka tupu te kai ; This is a good 
aspect, it will not be long before 
the food springs up. 

Cockleshells. (W,) 

Anga, V, To proceed towards ; 
to turn; to face. 

Katahi ano ka anga mai te 
tangata nei ki a au : Now for the 
first time the man proceeds to- 
wai'ds me. 

Angdnga, s. Head, 

£ mamae ana taku anganga ; 
My 'head is in pain. 



Angantii, v. To he opposite to ; 
to he direct towards, 

Eia anganui mai ton korero. 
Let your words be direct to me, 

^Angarite, s. The name of a 

shellfish, 

Syn. with Kokota. (i2.) 

Angednge, v. To he thin, 

Eia angeange kia pai ai ; Let 
it be thin, that it may be good. 

(TT.) 

Arigednge, a. Thin, 

He rakau angeange; A thin 
board. 

Angêngi, «. The name of a fish, 
Anioi, s. Criddiness. 

Anini, v. To he giddy, 

E anini ana taku upoko; My 
head is g^ddy. 

Aniwaniwa, s. Rainbow, 

Ano, ad. Again ; indeed^ 

Eorerotia ano kia rongo ai 
ahau ; Let it be spoken again, that 
I may hear. 

Yet ; and when, 

Kahore ano i haere noa ; He is 
not yet gone. 

And, int. How great! how 

good ! 

Ano te kakahu te pai! How 
good is the garment ! 

Ann, s. Cold, 

Anuanu, v. To emit an offen- 
sive smell, 

E pa, neke atu, anuanu tahi 
tou ; Move off, your garment is 
offensive. ( W,) 

Anube, s, A large caterpillar. 

Syn. with Hotete. (E, C) 

Ao, s. Day ; light ; world. 

I te ao i te po; By day and by 
night. 

Ao, V. To he light, 

Kua ao te ra ; It is daylight. 



itU 



(«J 



tlim; /wi «riD die. ; Apo, «. CoBBta». 

5*te *w^»ke iapBla; He;^POpo.«*- To-morrow 



Aowhêog^0. AkoMdfwl. ; Apu, r. TobmryiUelf. 
Apa, #, >f eompamf ofworhmem. \ Ko te vain e apa ana e kerf 

Ifa apa tnatou 00 īhm^; We 
ar « workman of licm^i* 



u bmying' itself 
: in tbeaaadyit i8di^g;i]ig'dow]i. 

Hide or fold of a gamunt. K * 

if4faparoatek«kalm;Tbcgar-i Apu, #. ^ company of la^ 

ttumt ba« two tixUff, a« a dcmble , bourers. 



blanket* 

Afmt&ri| r. T<? carry; to conr 
vey, 

ffati boki i apatari mai te 
iWQ^n. k{ tene{ wabi ; You brougrht 
property to tbi« place. 

•Aperira, $, The month of 
April, 

Apidpi, V. To be close, 

Apliipi totm t« nobo te ta- 
iigrntu ; The iittiog^ of the men is 
quite oloie. 

Apiti, a, A curse. {W,) 

Syu. with Kang^a. 

A thing joined or added, 

]I0 apiti tenei mo te poaka; 
Tliia 1h an addition to the pig ; 
n» tu ouuipltftt) tlie payment. 

Thfi email bone of the arm; 
the radim, 

A narrow pass, 

Apiti, t»t To join. 

ApiUa \\jf\x kete kia ko talii te 
kt^uika i l^X tht> batukt^ta be joined ; 
\p\ thci'tf bt» ouo h««p* 



£ mahi mai ra te apn; The 
labourers are working-. 

Apnm, ». To crowd together^ 
Kia takitahi, kaua e apurua 
mai; Let them be single, do not 
let them be crowded. 

Apumnga, s, A crowding to- 
gether, 

Ara, 8. Road, 

Eei hea te ara ki to kainga ? 
Where is the road to your resi- 
dence ? 

Ara, V, To rise up; to awake. 
Kua ara to tamaiti ; Your child 
has awoke. 

Ara, ad. Namely. 

E ki ana ahau ki te rangatira 

tenei kainga, ara ki a Tuma ; 

1 am speaking about the chief of 
this place, namely about Tuma. 

Ara, pron. Those. 

Whakahokia mai ara kahem ; 
Return those hoes. {First syllabiU 
vtrjf long.) 

Araira, s. The name of a fish. 



ARA 



( 7 ) 



ARO 



Arabanga> «. A leading^ cori' 

ducting. 

He ^la te utu mo te arahanga 
i akoutou? What is the payment 
for conducting you ? 

Arahi. v. To lead; to conduct. 
Pass, Arahina. . 
E arahi ana la i nga manuhiri ; 
He is conducting the strangers. 

Arahi, a. Leading, 

Kei hea te kai arahi ? Where 
is the person leading ? 

Ārai^ s, ' An obstruction. 

Homai te pouaka hei arai ; 
Give me the box to block up the 
way. 

Arai, a. Blocking up. 

Kei hea he papa arai mo te wahi 
nei? Where is a blocking-up 
board for this place ? 

Arai, V. To block up ; to ob- 

struct, 

Araia te kuwaha kei puta ; Let 
the doorway be blocked up, that 
he ma; not get out. 

Aranga, s. A rising up, 

Arataki, v. To lead; to con- 
duct. {E, C.) 

Arawhata, s, A bridge; a lad' 
der. 

Are, int. What! 

Are! ka tohe koe ki a au? 
What ! do you contend with me ? 

Areare, v. To be excavated, 
Ka areare te parenga o te tai ; 
The shelving bank made by the 
tide is excavated. 

Arero, s. The tongue. 

Aria, s. Strength. 

Ka puta te aria o te rongoa ki 
nga waewae ; The strength of the 
medicine passes to the legs. 

(E, C.) 



Aridrid, V, To resemble. 

Ka ariaria tenei tangata ki a 
Witiwiti; This man resembles 
Witiwiti. (E. C.) 

Ariki, s. A chief; a priest. 

Aritarita, a. Angry. 

Katahi ano te tangata aritarita 
ko koe ! What a very angry man 
you are ! 

Aritatanga, s. Anger. 

Ko te aritatanga i hoatu ki te 
pokeha ; His anger was shewn to 
the foreigner. 

Aro, 8. Turning ; inclination, 
Kei a ia anake te aro ; The in- 
clination is alone towards him. 
Ko wai i tohu ai e tae mai tona 
aro ki te patu i a au ? Who sup- 
posed his inclination would be to 
kiUme? 

Aro, V. To turn up; to incline. 

Ka aro mai koe ki a au ka hoatu 

enei rakau mou ; If you turn to 

me these trees shall be given to 

you. 

Aroaro, s. The front of any' 
thing. 

Tahuri mai to ai'oaro ; Turn 
your front this way. 

Aroarowhaki, v. To flap the 

wings. 

E aroarowhaki ana te parera ; 
The duck is flapping its wings. 

Arolia, s. Love. 

Ardha, a. Loving, 

He Atua aroha to tatou Atua ; 
Our Grod is a God of love. 

Ar6ha, v. To love ; to pity. 
Pass. Arohaina. 

E aroha ana koia koe ki a aut 
Do you love me ? 

Ardhirdhi, v. To turn round; 
to be giddy. 



ARO ( 

Arontii^ «• A native mat* 

Āron6i, v. To turn to ; to in- 
cline towards. 

Kia aronui mai te Atua ki a 
matou; Let God incline towards 
us. 

Arotdin, V. To turn one way, 
E arotahi ana te whakaaro a te 
tangata ; The thought of the man 
is turning one way. 

Am, s. Pursuit, 

Tang^ ana te aru a te taua ; The 
pursuit of the army resounds. 

Aru, a. Pursuing ; follounng, 

Na te kai aru i hopu ; He was 
caught hy the person pursuing. 

Aru, V, To follow ; to pursue, 

Arumia te tahae ; Let the thief 
be pursued. 

Amaru, r. To woo. 

Amaru, s. A wooing. 

Eei te aruaru wahine mana; 
He is wooing a wife for himself. 

Ambe, *. Fernroot, 

Arumanga, s. The act of fol- 
lowing, 

Ata, s. Morning. 

Shadow; reflection, 

Tirohia to ata i roto i te wai ; 
Look at your reflection in the 
water. 

Ata, ad. Gently. 

Eia ata haere ; Go gently. 

Quite, 

£ihai i ata maoa; It is not quite 
cooked. 

Ataahua^ s. Pleasantness, 

Ataahua, a. Pleasant. 

Ataahua, v. To be pleasant, 
Ka ataahua tenei kainga ; This 
place is pleasant. 



8 ) ATE 

Atahapara, s. Break of dag, 

Atamai, a. Liberal, 

Atam4i, v. To be liberal, 

Atamarama, e. Moonlight, 

(E, C) 

Atapongipdngi, s. Dawn of 
day. 

Atarangar£ng^^ v. To blow 

gently, 

£ atarangaranga ana te *ta; 
The wind blows gently. (TF.) 

At^rangl, s. Shadow* 

£ua roa ke te atarangi o te ta- 
ngata ; The shadow of Ulq man is 
long. 

Atardu, s. Moonlight, 

Ka titi te atarau, marama tonu ; 
The moonlight shines, it is quite 
light. 

Atatii, s. Break of day, 

Atawhai, s. Liberality. 

Mahue rawa te atawhai o te 
pakeha; The liberality of the 
foreigner is excessive. 

Atawhai, a. Liberal; kind. 

Atawhai, v. To be liberal; to 

be kind. 

Pass, Atawhaitia. 

E atawhai ana Te Porua ki a 
au ; Te Porua is liberal to me. 

Ate, s. Liver. 

Atea, a. Clear. 

Hei konei takoto ai hei te wahi 
atea ; Let it lie here in the clear 
place. 

Atea, V. To be clear. 

Tarakea atu nga otaota kia atea ; 
Let the rubbish be removed, that 
the place may be clear. 

To be jealous; to be cautious. 



ATE 



( 



Kia atea te mea kei kitea ; Be 
cautious lest it be seen. 

Āteatênga, «. Calf of ike leg, 

{E, C) 

Atiiti, r. To drive away ; to 
expel. {Ê. C.) 

Atlutiu, 8, A wandering about, 

Ato» a. Thatching. 

He kai ato ; A person thatching. 

Ato« V. To thatch. 

Atohia te wbare mo te manu- 
biri ; Let the house be thatched 
for uiQ stranger. 

Atu^ ad. Onwards; hence. 
Haere atu koe i konei ; Go on- 
wards from this place. 

Attia, 8, God. 

Atua, adv. First 

Atua haere klAkerana; Go first 
to Auckland. 

Ātuap6; 8, A stingy person» 

Atubakono^ s. The name of a 
fish. 

Aturere, s. The name of a fish. 

AUipron. L 

Au, *. Smoke, 

Ka puia aku kanohi i te au ; My 
eyes smart with the smoke. 

Current. 

£ kore e puta te waka i te au ; 
The canoe will not pass by reason 
of the current. 

Cloud; mist; fog. 

Gall. {E. C.) (W,) 

Au, V, To he firm; to he 
sound, 

E kore e au te moe ; My sleep 
is not sound. Kia au te noho ; 
Sit firmly. {E, C.) 

Au, pron. Thy. 

Ko wai ka kite i au mea? Who 
has seen thy things? 



9 ) AUH 

Ana, 8. The name of a fish. 
Aua, V, def, I know not. 

Eua tae mai ranei a Piripi? 
Aua. Has Philip arrived? I know 
not. 

Aua, ad. Not, 

Aua koe e haere; Do not go. 

Aua, pron. Those hefore men' 

tioned, 

Mauria mai aua ika ki a au ; 
Bring those fish to me. 

Auaatu, adv. At a distance. 

Auahi, 8, Smoke. 

Auake, V. def I know not. 

(E. C.) 

Auanoaatu, ad. At a distance. 
Kei auanoaatu nga tangata ; 
The men are a long way off. 

(E.G. 

Auau, s, A hasket of seedpO" 

totoes, 

Kia rua auau ka kapi te mara ; 
Let there be two baskets, and the 
garden will be covered. 

Auau, a. Frequent, 

He korero auau ; A speech fre- 
quently repeated. (E, C) 

Aue, s. Lamentation. 

He aue, he tiuigi, he teteatanga 
no nga niho ; Lamentation, weep- 
ing, and gnashing of teeth. 

Aue, V. To lament, 

E aue mai nei te tamaiti ; The 
child is lamenting. 

Aue, int, Alas ! 

Aue ! ka mate te tangata i te 
rakau ; Alas I the man is hurt 
with the tree. 

Auha, V. To jump out of the 
water, 

Ka auha te ika ; The fish jumps 
out of the water. 

Auhaha, v. To seek after. 



AUH 



Ea anhaha noa ia Id tetahi kai 
mana ; He isaeekingfor flome food 
for himself. 

Auh6ki, s. Backwater; an 
eddy, 

Auinake, ad. On the morrow. 

CW.) 

Aukalia, ê. The act of fasten- 
ing the sides of a canoe with 

. cord. 

Kei te aukaba waka a Knrei 
ma; Kurei and his people are 
fastening the sides of the canoe. 

(£. C.) 

Ai^ha, V. To fasten the sides 
of a canoe with a cord. 

Auraki, v. To hasten ; to do 
a thing in a hurry. 

Aua ra e aurakina ; Let it not 
be done in a hurry. 

Aurara, »• To search; to pene- 
trate. 

Kia uui te rong^a kia aurara 
ai ; Let the medicine be great in 
quantity that it may penetrate. 

Aurere, v. To groan. 

E aurere mai ana a Tairi ; Tairi 
is groaning. 

Atiritiri, v. To he free from the 
law of separation. 

Ka auriuri pea koe ; Perhaps 
you are free from the law of sepa- 
ration. 

Auru, V. To break off; to pluck 
up. 

Aurutia mai nga tarutaru ; Let 
the grass be plucked up« 

Autdia, s. A pest ; a nuisance; 
a troublesome fellow. (E. C.) 

Autak&uta,^. To pass from one 
to another. 
Kb. mate a HoDgi, a autakauta 



( 10 ) AWE 

koTeWhaieoma; Hongidie8,and 
(the shaft of death) paaaes from 
him to Te Whareomiu 



Autaki, a. Bound about; 
prosy. 

He knpu aataki; A romid about 
story. (W.) He ara aataki; A 
round about road. ' {E, C.) 

Autane, s. Brother-in-law, 

Autdua, s. A person who bears 
news of ■ a fighting party 
which is about to approach. 

Ante, *. A tree; the paper 

mulberry. 

(Brouuonetia papyr\fera.) 

A band' for the hair, made 
from the bark of a tree. 

Auwahine, *. A sister-in-law, 

Awa, *. A river; the channel 
of a river. 

A valley, 

A ditch. (E. C.) 

A ditch. (Ngm) 

A ditch. {W.) 

Awdngawanga, «. Anxiety, 

Awangawanga, v. To be anx- 
ious. 

E awangawanga ana te nga- 
kau ; The heart is anxious. 

Awatea, *• Daylight. 

Awatêa, V. To be daylight. 
Kua awatea ke, ka haera tatou ; 
It is quite daylight^ let us go. 

Awe, *. Soot. 

Awe, V. def To be quick. 

Kia awe tatou te haere ; Let us 
be quick to go. 

Aweawe, v. To be far off; to 
be out of reach. 



Awaawa, s. 
iwakiri, «. 
Awaken, *. 
Awarda, s. 



AWE 



(11 ) 



EKE 



Aweawe ana nga ran; The 
leaves are far ont of reach. 

Aweke, s. A teazing ; an aU' 

noyanee, 

Katabi te aweke o tau haere ; 
Oreat is the aonoyanoe of thy 
walking. 

Aweke, a, Teazing; annoying. 

Aweke, V. To teaze; to be 

angry. 

He aha tan ka aweke tonu? 
What are you always angry at ? 
E aweke tonu mai ana koe ki a au ; 
Thou art always teazing me. 

Āwha, s. A gale. 

Rain mthout wind, (E. C.) 

Awhi, V, To embrace; to draw 
near. 

Pass, Awhitia. 

Awhina, r. To assist, (^.) 

AwhiowMo, s, A whirlwind. 

A winding. 

He awhiuwhio tenei ara ; This 
road is circuitous. 

AwhiowMo, V, To wind; to go 
round about, 

Awhitu, V, To regret; to long 
after, 

E awhitu ana taku ngakau ki 
nga kai kihai i nui mai ki a au ; My 
heart is longing after food which 
was not abundimt for me. 



E 

E, jprep. By. 

I hanga koe e wai ? By whom 
wast thou made? 

JF, int. Used in forming the 
vocative case. 
Etama! Oson! 



E, A particle used in eonju» 
gating the present and future 
tenses of verbs. 

E haere ana au ; I am going. 
E haere au ; I will g^. 

Ea, V. To equalise the pay» 
ment, 

Eua ea te utu ; The payment is 
equalised ; or, The payment is 
made. Kahore ano i ea toku ka- 
kahu ; My garment has not heen 
paid for. 

To be hauled on shore as a 
net. 

£ua ea te kupenga; The net 
has heen hauled on d^ore. 

Eahua, v. def Make haste, 
Eahua mai koutou ; Make haste 
all of you hither. 

Eai, prep. According to, 

£ai ta wai? According to 
whose saying? that is. Who said 
it? 

Eai, int. How many ! 

Eai au tini kakahu ! How many 
are thy garments ! 

Ehara, ad. Not, 

Ehara tenei kakahu i a au ; This 
garment is not mine. 

Ehea, pron. Which, (Plural 

of Tehea.) 

£o ehea koia nga pbu kia unu* 
hia ? Which are the posts to he 
taken up ? 

Ehia, a. How many, 

Ehia nga waka o e taua ? How 
many are the canoes of the expe* 
dition ? 

Ehinu, s, A part or portion. 
*Kei hea ehinu o nga toki? 
Where are some of the axes ? 

Eke, V, To go on board a ves* 
sel. 



■EKE 



( 12) 



Kua . eke ki runga ki te kai- 
puke ; He is gone on board the 
vessel. 

To. go up ; to mount as a 
horse. 
Pass, To be sul^ect to, 

Ka ekengia ahau e te ktipu ; I 
am the subject of reproach or 
blame. 

To he aground, 

Ka eke te waka ; The canoe is 
aground. 

Ekenga, s, A going on hoard ; 
a running aground» 

Emiemi, s, A tree; a plant 
growing in the woods, 

Emiemi, v. To assemhle. 

Kua emiemi nga tangata ki te 
whare ; The men are assembled at 
the house. 

Ena, pron. Those. ' (Plural of 
Tena.) 

Enei, pf'on. These, (Plural of 
Tenei.) 

Engari, adv. Rather; hetter. 

Era, pron. Those, (Plural of 
Tera ; ) denoting things at a 
greater distance than those 
expressed hy Ena. 

Erangi, adv. Rather ; better, 

Erawe, a. How many, 

Erawe au? How many are 
thine? (B,) 

Etahi, «. Some, (Plural of 
Tetahi.) 

Epa, 5. A throwing, 

E kore e hemo taku epa ; My 
throwing will not miss. 

Jipa, V, To throw, 

Epaina ki te kowhatu ; Let it be 
thrown at with a stone. 



HAE 



H 



Ha, s. Taste; flavour, 

Kahore he ha o tena kai ; There 
is no taste of that food. 

Ha, V, To taste, 

Ka ha taku waha ; My mouth 
tastes.' 

Ha, int. Expressive of indig' 
nation. What / 

Hae, «• Envy ; jealousy, 

Hae, a. Envious ; jealous. 

He ngakau hae; A jealous 
heart. 

Hae, V, To envy, 

. ' He aba koe ka hae neiki te utu 
o tera tangata ? Why are you en- 
vious at the payment of that man ? 

Haeata, s» Dawn of day, 

Ka rere te haeata ; The dawn 
• appears. (JE, C) 

Haehae, v. To cut, as with a 
shell in orying. 

To tear, as a garment. 
Pass, Haea. 

Na wai i haehae toku? By 
whofm was my garment torn ? 

To he jealous; to he' sus' 
picious. 

Haebae, a. Cutting ; tearing. 
He tangi haehae ; A crying, 
accompanied with cutting of the 
skin. 

Haehaenga, «• A cutting ; a 

tearing, 

Haere, *. A going or walking. 

Ka kino te haere o te iwi nei ; 

The walking of this people is bad. 

Hdere, a. Going; walking. 
He ngakau haere toku ; Mine 
is a desire to go. 



HAE 



Haere, ». To go; to walk. 

Haere koutou ki te kai ; Go all 
of you to food. * 

Haerenga» 8. Act or time of 

going; deparature, 

Eia kite an i te haeren^ o Te 
Ngahue ; Let me see the depar- 
ture of Te Ngahue. 

Hiereere, s. A going about, 

Haereêre, a. Going about, 

Haereere, v. To go about ; to 
go backwards and forwards, 

Haereerenga, s. The act of 
going about» 

H^ha» V, To seek after, 

£ haha ana au ki taku toki ; I 
am seeking^ after my axe. ( W,) 

Hah^a, s. Shining or glisten- 
it^ of fire, 

Hahana, v. To shine or glisten, 
£a hahana te kapura nei; This 
fire shines. 

Hahariy s. The name of a shell- 
fish. 

Halidu, V, To dig; to chip as 
with an adze, 

Eahdu, «• The name of a fish* 

♦Hdhi, *. Church, 

Hahii« V, To remove the bones 
of the dead. 
Pass, Hahua. 

Ma wai e hahu te tupapaku? 
By whom shall the dead body be 
removed ? 

To scatter. 

To search for. 

£ hahu noa ana ia i tetahi kai 
ma tona puku ; He is searching 
for some food for his stomach, 

Hahunga, «. Removal of bones. 



( 18 ) HAK 

A feast on occasion of removal 

of bones, 

Kua riro a Eawiti ki te ha- 
hunga; Kawiti is gone to the 
feast. 

Haka, s, A dance, 

Turia te haka ; Commence the 
dance. 

Hdka, V, To dance, 

HakaMka, a. Small; dwarfish. 

He hoiho hakahaka; A small 

horse. (B, C.) 

Hdkahaka, v. To be low. 

Kia hakahaka te kete ; Let the 
basket be held low down. {E, C) 

♦Hakaramêta, *. Sacrament, 

Hakari, *. A present, generally 
of food; a feast. 

Roe of a fish. 

Hake, *. A bowl. (TF.) 

Hake a. Crooked. 

Hake, v. To be crooked, 

Ka hake te tuara o te tamaiti ; 
The back of the child is crooked. 

Hake, ad. Not, 

£ hake tenei tangata ; This is 
not the man. 

Hakihaki, s. The itch, 

A worn out mat. 



Hakiki, v. To be angry with- 
out cause. 

Ka hakiki noate tangata nei; 
This man is angry without cause. 

{£. C.) 
Hakiri, v. To hear, 

Kahore i hakiritia e au te reo o 
te tangata ; The voice of the man 
was not heard by me. (JH, C.) 

Hako, s, A spoon. 

Hakdakda, s. The name a 
bird, 

C 



EKE 



( 12) 



Kua . eke ki runga ki te kai- 
puke ; He is g^one on board the 
vessel. 

To, go up ; to mount as a 
horse. 
Pass, To be su^ect to, 

Ka ekengia ahau e te ktipu ; I 
am the subject of reproach or 
blame. 

To be aground, 

Ka eke te waka ; The canoe is 
aground. 

Ekenga^ s, A going on hoard ; 
a running aground. 

Emiemi, s, A tree; a plant 
growing in the woods, 

Emiemi, r. To assemble, 

Kua emiemi nga tangata ki te 
whare; The men are assembled at 
the house. 

Ena, pron. Those. ' (Plural of 
Tena.) 

Enei, pYon^ These, (Plural of 
Tenei.) 

Engari, adv. Rather *y better. 

Era, pron. Those, (Plural of 
Tera ; ) denoting things at a 
greater distance than those 
expressed by Ena. 

Erangi, adv. Rather ; better, 

Erawe, a. How many, 

Erawe au? How many are 
thine? (i?.) 

Etahi, a. Some, (Plural of 
Tetahi.) 

Epa, 5, A throwing. 

E kore e hemo taku epa ; My 
throwing^ will not miss. 

Epa, V, To throw, 

Epaina ki te kowhatu ; Let it be 
thrown at with a stone. 



HAE 



H 



Ha, s. Taste; flavour, 

Eahore he ha o tena kai ; There 
is no taste of that food. 

Ha, V. To taste, 

Ka ha taku waha ; My mouth 
tastes.' 

Ha, int. Expressive of indig- 
nation. What ! 

Hae, «• Envy ; jealousy, 

Hae, a. Envious ; jealous. 

He ngakau hae; A jealous 
heart. 

Hae, V. To envy, 

• He aha koe ka hae neiki te utu 
o tera tangata ? Why are you en- 
vious at the payment of that man ? 

Haeata, s» Dawn of day. 

Ka rere te haeata ; The dawn 

• appears. (JE, C) 

Haehae, v. To cut, as with a 
shell in prying. 

To tear, as a garment. 
Pass, Haea. 

Na wai i haehae toku? By 
whofm was my garment torn ? 

To be jealous; to be^ sus- 
piciotis. 

Haebae, a. Cutting ; tearing. 
He tangi haehae ; A crying, 
accompanied with cutting of the 
skin. 

Haehaenga, «• A cutting ; a 

teurmg. 

Haere, *. A going or walking. 

Ka kino te haere o te iwi nei ; 
The walking of this people is bad. 

Haere, a, Groing; walking. 
He ngakau haere toku ; Mine 
is a desire to go. 



HAE 



Haere, ū. Togo; to. walk, 

Haere koutou ki te kai ; Go All 
of you to food. * 

Haerenga» *. Jet or time of 

going; deparature, 

Eia kite an i te haeren^ o Te 
Ngahue ; Let me see the depar- 
ture, of Te Ng^ue* 

'Hiereêre, 9, A going about, 

Haereêre, a. Going about 

Haereêre, v. To go about ; to 
go backwards and forwards. 

Haereerenga, *. The act of 
going about, 

Hdha» V, To seek after. 

£ haha ana au ki taku toki ; I 
am seeking after my axe. ( W.) 

Hahana, s. Shining or glisten- 
ing of fire, 

Hahana, r. To shine or glisten, 
£a habana te kapura nei; This 
fire shines. 

Hahariy s. The name of a shell- 
fieh. 

HaMu, V, To dig s to chip as 
with an adze, 

Hahdu, s* The name of a fish* 

♦Hahi, s. Church, 

Hahiif V, To remove the bones 

of the dead. 
Pass. Hahua. 

Ma wai e hahu te tupapaku? 
By whom shall the dead body be 
'* removed ? 

To scatter. 

To search for, 

£ hahu noa ana ia i tetahi kai 
ma tona puku ; He is searching 
for some food for his stomach. 



( 18 ) HAK 

A feast on occasion of removal 

of bones, 

£ua riro a Eawiti ki te ha- 
hunga; Kawiti is gone to the 
feast. 

Haka, s, A dance, 

Turia te haka ; Commence the 
dance. 

Hdka, V. To dance, 

Hakahdka, a. Small; dwarfish. 

He hoiho hakahaka; A small 

horse. {B. C) 

Hdkahaka, v. To be low. 

Kia hakahaka te kete ; Let the 
basket be held low down. {E. C, ) 

*Hakaramêta, s. Sacrament, 

Hakari, «. A present^ generally 
of food; a feast. 

Roe of a fish. 

Hake, s. A bowl, (W.) 

Hake a. Crooked. 



Hdhunga, «• Removal of bones. bird. 



Hake^ v. To be crooked. 

Ka hake te tuara te tamaiti ; 
The back of the child is crooked. 

Hake, ad. Not, 

£ hake tenei tangata ; This is 
not the man. 

Hakihaki^ s. The itch. 

A worn out mat, (^O 

Hakiki, v. To be angry with- 
out cause, 

Ea hakiki noa te tangata nei ; 
This man is angry without cause. 

Hakiri, v. To hear. 

Kahore i hakiritia e au te reo o 
te tangata ; The voice of the man 
was not heard by me. (B, C.) 

Hako, s. A spoon, 
Hakoakda, s. The name a 



HAK 

Hakoro, s. An old man, 
Haku, *. The name of a fish, 

Hakuhaku, v. To grumble. 

(E. C.) 

Hakui, s. An old woman, 

(U, C) 

Hakuku, v. To scrape flax. 

Hakukua te korari nei; Let 
. this flax be scraped. 

Hama, v. To he consumed, 

Eua hama ke te kai i te poaka ; 
The food is consumed by die pi^. 

(i2.) 

Hamama, v. To he open, 

Ka hamama tona mangai ; His 
mouth is open. 

To he vacant; to he free from; 
to he exempt, 

' Eei hea te wabi o te ao i ha- 
mama i te raru ? What part of 
the world is free from perplexity ? 

Hamartiru, s. Part of an in- 
piemen t for digging, upon 

which the foot is pressed. 

{R.) 
Hameme, v. To mutter. 

£ hameme ana te turoro ; The 
sick man is muttering^. 

Hamoko, «. The spaces be- 
tween the small bundles of 
raupo which form the sides 
of a house. 

Hamu, V, To eat scraps, 

Ka ongeonge ng^ kai ka hamu- 
hamu ai i nga puka ; When the 
food is consumed we will eat up 
the cabbages. 

Hamumu, s. Sound of voices 
at a distance ; an indistinct 
sound. 

Hamlimii, v. To mutter ; to 
speak indistinctly. 



( 14 ) HAN 

Hamure, v. To eat a portion 
of food before others ; to 
pick, 

Hanahdna, s, A garment be- 
smeared with red ochre and 
oil, 

Hane, v. To be ^shamed ; to 
he confused, {E, C) 

Hanga, s. A work. 

Goods; property. 

Ma wai e hoehoe nga hanga ki 
uta? By whom shall the goods 
be rowed to the shore ? (E, C.) 

JL&ngSLf a. Made, 

He mea hang'a marie te toki ; 
An axe is a tbing deliberately 



made. 

Hanga, v. To make, 

Matua tenei e hanga ; Let this 
be made first. 

Hangahanga, v. To spread 
over the land, as the leaves 
of a plant, 

Ea hangahanga te tupu o te ka- 
pana ; The shoots of the potatoes 
spread over the land. 

Hangai, v. To he astride, 

Hangpai pu nga waewae; The 
legs are astride. 

To stand facing one; to be 
direct. 

Eia hangai mai to kanohi ; 
Turn your face towards me. 

Eia hangai to korero ; Let 
your speech be direct. {E, C) 

Hanganda, s, A small basket 
for cooked food. 

Hangardu» s, A jest ; deceit. 

Hangardu, a. Jesting ; deceit- 
. ful. 



HAN 



( 15) 



HAP 



H&ngardo, v. To jest ; to be 
deeeitjvl. 

Hangarêka, Ajeat ; deceit. 
He hazig^areka kau te mahi a 
tend tangatii ; The work of this 
man is only deceit. 

n&ogarêka, a. Jesting; de- 
eeitfid. 

H&ngarêka, v. To jest ; to he 

deceitfuL 

I hang^ekatia ahau e te tang^ta 
net ; I was deceived by this man. 

Hingehinge, s, the name of 
a shrub, 

( Geniostotna ligtutrifolium, ) 

H&ngehaDge, ad. Quite, 

Maroke hangehan^ te waka ki 
mnga ki te kohatu ; The canoe 
ran quite dry upon the stones. 

H&igere, s, A basket half full. 

He hangere tenei kete; This 
basket is half full. 

H^gif s. An oven. 

Taona ki te hang^ ; Let it be 
baked in the oven. 

Hangdangtfa, s. The name of 
a plant, 

Hangohdngo, s. An implement 
for digging, 

Hdngohango, «. To dig or plant 
with the hangohango, 

Eei te hangohango riwai nga 
tangata o tenei kainga ; The men 
of this place are planting potatoes. 

H&ngoro, v. To slip down; to 
be loose, 

Hangoro noa taku pikau ; My 
back load is slipping down. 

Hangdmngdni, r. To be loose; 
to hang in collops, as fat. 

'Hêngu, a. Quiet; not given 
to scolding. 



He wahine hang^; A quiet 
woman. 

Hdni, *. An implement of war, 

Hanihani, v. To disparage; 
to speak ill of, 

Kati ra te hanihani i tou hoa; 
Leave off speaking ill of your 
companion. ( W,) 

Hdniktira, s. The name of a 
shell-fish, 

♦BLdnuere, *. The month of 
January, 

Hdnumi, a. Mixed. (E. C.) 

Hao, s. A basket in which 
cockles are collected, 

Hao, V, To enclose ; to encom- 
pass. 
Pass, Haoa. 

Me hao ki te kupenga; Let 
them be enclosed widi the net. 

♦Haona, s, A horn, 

*IIapa, s. Supper. 

Hapa, a. Crooked, 

He rakau hapa; A crooked 
stick. 

Hapa, V. To be crooked. 

To be neglected in the serving 
of food, 

Tokorua nga tangata i hapa; 
Two men were not served. 

To pass by, 

Ea hapa koe ki Ruatahuna ka 
puta mai nga pukapuka mou ; 
When you had passed by to Rua- 
tahuna the letters for you arrived. 

Hapai, v. To lift up ; to rise up. 

Hapainga tera pito o te rakau ; 

Let that end of the tree be lifted 

up. , 

Hapdinga, s, A lifting up, 

A basket of food carried in the 
hand. 



HAP 

Hdpardngi,*. Noise ; bawling, 

(E. C.) 

ndpardogi) v. To 6awl. 

Ea haparangi te waha o te ta- 
mariki ; The mouths of the chil- 
dren hawl. {JE. C) 

Hdpaoru, v. To make common ; 

to desecrate. 

£a haparua aku mea e koe; 
My things are desecrated by you. 
*Hdpati. Sabbath. 

Hdpe, a. Crooked; applied 

to the feet. 

Hewaewaehapetona; His foot 
is crooked. 

Hdpe, r. To be crooked, 

Hapi, s. A native oven, 

"Ei&piro, s, gating at a sacred 
place. 

He aha koe i mate ai ? He ha- 
piro; What was the cause of your 
sickness ? Eating at the sacred 
place. 

Hdpoki, s, A potatoe house, 

H4poro, V. To cut asunder, as 
a junk of wood, 

Haporoa to rakau ki konei; 
Let your tree be cut off here. 

Hapu, s. A tribe. 

He hapu ke to tenei tangata ; 
This man's is a different tribe. 

Hdpu, a. Pregnant. 

To be pregnant, 

A valley, (W^.) 

To be hollow, as a 
valley, 

Hoake tatou ki te wahi e ha- 
• pua mai ra ; Let us go on to the 
part yonder which is hollow. 

Hapuku, s, A cod-fish. 
Haputanga, s. Pregnancy, 



Hdpu» V. 
Hapua, s, 
Hi^pua, V, 



( 16 ) EAR 

Hara, s, A sin ; a crime. 

He hara tawhito i mate ai ; It 
was an old crime from which he 
fell sick. 

An odd number, 

£o tahi rau e iwa nga hara ; One 
hundred and nine odd ones. 

Hdra, a. Sinning ; offending. 
He tangata hara ; A sinner, 

Hdra, v. To sin, 

Kua hara katoa tatou; We 
have all sinned. 

Harahara, v. To lessen, 

Ka harahara nga kai i roto i te 
rua ; The food in the store is di- 
minishing. 

Harakêke, s. The flax plant. 

H^raktiku, v. To scrape along 
the surface, 

HaraJiiuku ana te rakau e toia 
mai nei ; The tree which is being 
dragged hither is scraping along 
the surface. 

• Hdra mai, v. Come hither, 

Syn. with Ha^re mai. {E, C) 
Harangdte, v. To eat up scraps; 
to eat before others; to 
nibble, 

E harangote ana te ika; Th& 
fish is nibbling. 

Hdrau, v. To seek, 

E harau ana te ngoingoi i te 
kai mana; The old woman is 
seeking for food for herself. 

H&ehdre, s. An eruption ; the 
itch. 

Hdri, s. A dance ; gladness ; 

joy- 

Hari, v. To dance ; to be glad. 
E hari ana ahau ; I am glad. 

Hari, v. To carry. 
P<U9, Haria, 
E hari ana nga tangata i te 



HAR 

poaaka ki te whare ; The men are 
oarrying the box to the house. 

H&rJTiga, s, A dandng ; a 
carrying, 

H&roy a. Scraping. 

He kai haro muka; People 
acrajniig flax. 

Haro, V. To scrape flax. 
Pat9, Haroa. 

£ haro muka ana nga tangata ; 
The men are sorapingp flax. 

H&ronga» «. Place or time of 
9eraping fla». 

A garment made from the 
coame part of flax, 

H&rore, s. Fungus on trees. 

{JE. C.) 

H&rori, «. Fungus on trees. 

Har6tor6to, s. A pond ; a 
pool. (JS. C.) 

fiarotu^ V. To be overdone; 
to be soft. 

Harotu kau ta matou poaka; 
Our pork is overdone. 

Hdniru, s. A rumbling noise. 

H^ururu, v. To rumble. 

He whatitiri tenei e haruru mai 
nei; This is thunder which is 
rumbling. 

H4ruru, s. A disagreeable 
smell. 

(The ^* a** is sounded much 
broader than in the preceding 
word.) 

H4niru, V. To emit a dis- 
agreeable smell. 

Ka haruru te rongoa nei ; This 
medicine smells disagreeably. 

H^rurutdnga, s, A rumbling. 

Hatea, v. To be fadedy as 



( 17 ) HAU 

when a garment is dyed but 

the colour does not stand. 

Eua hatea te mang^ o to ka- 
kahu ; The black dye of thy gar- 
ment is of a fiunt colour. 

Hi.tea, s. Salt efflorescence 
which forms upon anything 
which has been wet with salt 
water. {T.) 

Hdtepe, V. To cut asunder, 
Hatepea ng^ pou o te vhare 
Let the posts of the house be cut 
asunder. 

Hdtete, s. Fire. (JV.} 

Hau, s. Wind. 

He aha tenei e keke mai nei i 
roto i te hau ? What is this which 
sounds in the wind ? 

Corner. 

Kei te hau o te taiopa te ara ; 
The road is at the corner of the 
fence. 

A remainder; an excess. 

Eawhai hau te kakahu ; The gar- 
ment is longer than the measure. 

Hau, r. To be illustrious. 

Ea hau te rongo o Hoani Heke ; 
The fame of John Heke is illus- 
trious. 

Haua,«. Anger tcithout a cause. 

Hani., a. Angry ; cowardly. 
He iwi haua matou, kahore he 
utu ; We are a bowardly people, 
there is no satisfistctiop (sought by 
us.) 

Haui, V. To be lame. 

Ea haua te waewae ; Tlie foot 
is swollen. {£, C.) 

HauAitu, V. To be benumbed. 
To be lean. 

Hauiitu, a. Thin ; lean ; cold. 

He kuri hauaitu ; A thin ani. 
mai. {E. C.) 

c2 



HAP 



Hdpardngi,*. Noise; bawling, 

(JE, C) 

ndparaogi, v. To bawl. 

Ka haparangi te waha o te ta- 
xnariki ; The mouths of the chil- 
dren bawl. {E. C) 

Hdpaoru, v. To make common ; 

to desecrate, 

£a haparua aku mea e koe; 

My things are desecrated by you. 
*Hdpati, Sabbath, 

Hape, a. Crooked; applied 

to the feet. 

Hewaewaehapetona; His foot 
is crooked. 

Hape, r. To be crooked, 
Hapi, s, A native oven, 

Hdpiro^ s, Sating at a sacred 

place. 

He aha koe 1 mate ai ? He ha- 
piro; What was the cause of your 
sickness ? Eating at the sacred 
place. 

Hapoki, s, A potatoe house. 

(W.) {B,) 

H4poro, V, To cut asunder^ as 
a junk of wood, 

Haporoa to rakau ki konei; 
Let your tree be cut off here. 

Hapu, s, A tribe. 

He hapu ke to tenei tangata ; 
This man's is a different tribe. 

Hdpu, a. Pregnant. 

To be pregnant. 

A valley, (W^.) 

To be hollow, as a 



Hdpu, V. 
Hapua, s, 
Hapua, V, 



valley, 

Hoake tatou ki te wahi e ha- 
. pua mai ra ; Let us go on to the 
part yonder which is hollow. 

Hapuku, s, A cod-fish. 
Haputanga, s. Pregnancy, 



( 16 ) EAR 

Hdra, s, A sin ; a crime. 

He hara tawhito i mate ai ; It 
was an old crime from which he 
fell sick. 

An odd number, 

£o tahi rau e iwa nga hara ; One 
hundred and nine odd ones. 

H&a, a. Sinning ; offending. 
He tangata hara ; A sinner. 

Hara, v. To sin. 

Kua hara katoa tatou; We 
have all sinned. 

Hdrahara, v. To lessen, 

£a harahara nga kai i roto i te 
rua ; The food in the store is di- 
minishing. 

Harakeke, s. The flax plant, 

Haraktiku, v. To scrape along 
the surface, 

Harakuku ana te rakau e toia 
mai nei ; The tree which is being 
dragged hither is scraping along 
the surface. 

• Hdra mai, v. Come hither. 

Syn. with Ha^re mai. {E. C) 
Hdrangdte, v. To eat up scraps; 
to eat before others; to 
nibble, 

£ harangote ana te ika; Th& 
fish is nibbling. 

Hdrau, v. To seek. 

E harau ana te ngoingoi i te 
kai mana; The old woman is 
seeking for food for herselfl 

H&ehdre, s. An eruption ; the 
itch. 

Hari, s. A dance ; gladness ; 



joy, 

Hari, r. To dance; to be glad. 
E hari ana ahau ; I am glad. 

Hari, v. To carry. 
Pass. Haria. 
£ hari ana nga tangata i te 



HAR 

pouaka ki te whare ; The men are 
carrying the box to the house. 

(TT.) 

Haringa, s, A dancing ; a 

carrying, 

H&ro, a. Scraping, 

He kai haro muka; People 
scrainngflax. 

Haro, V, To scrape fiax. 
Pom, Haroa. 

E haro muka ana nga tangata ; 
The men are scraping flax. 

Haronga, «. "Place or time of 
scraping Jia», 

A garment made from the 
coarse part of flax. 

H&rore, s. Fungus on trees. 

{E. C.) 

Hirori, s. Fungus on trees, 

Har6tor6to, s. A pond; a 
pool. (JS, C) 

Harotu, v. To be overdone; 

to he soft, 

Harotu kau ta matou poaka; 
Our pork is overdone. 

Haruru, s. A rumbling noise, 

H&ruru, v. To rumble. 

He whatitiri tenei e haruru mai 
nei; This is thunder which is 
rumbling. 

Haruru, *. A disagreeable 

smell. 

(The ** a** is sounded much 
broader than in the preceding 
word.) 

Haruru, v. To emit a dis- 
agreeable smell, 

Ka haruru te rongoa nei ; This 
medicine smells disagreeably. 

Harurutdnga, s. A rumbling. 

Hatea, v. To be faded, as 



( 17 ) HAU 

when a garment is dyed but 

the colour does not stand, 

Eua hatea te mangu o to ka- 
kahu ; The black dye of thy gar- 
ment ii of a faint colour. 

Hatea, *. Salt efflorescence 
which forms upon anything 
which has been wet with salt 
water, {T,) 

Hdtepe, V, To cut asunder. 

Hatepea nga pou o te -whare 
Let the posts of the house be cut 
asunder. 

Hdtete, *. Fire. (W.} 

Hau, s. Wind, 

He aha tenei e keke mai nei i 
roto i te hau ? What is this which 
sounds in the wind ? 

Corner, 

Kei te hau o te taiopa te ara ; 
The road is at the corner of the 
fence. 

A remainder; an excess, 

Kawhai hau te kakahu ; The gar- 
ment is longer than the measure. 

Hau, V. To be illustrious, 

£a hau te rongo o Hoani Heke \ 
The fame of John Heke is illus- 
trious. 

Haua,«. Anger without a cause. 

Haud, a. Angry ; cowardly. 
He iwi haua matou, kahore he 
utu ; AVe are a bowardly people, 
there is no satisfaction (sought by 
us.) 

Haua, V. To be lame, 

£a haua te waewae ; The foot 
is swollen. {E. C.) 

Hauiitu, v. To be benumbed. 
To be lean. 

Hauaitu, a. Thin ; lean ; cold. 

He kuri hauaitu ; A thin ani- 

mai. (E, a.) 

c2 



f 



/ 



HAU 



( 18) 



HAU 



Hauajigi, v. To be copL 

£a pai, ka hauangi ; It is plea- 
sant ; it is cool. ( W,) {E, a) 

Hduangi, s. Coolness, 

Katahi ka n^ro te hauangi ki 
roto ki a koe ; Now at length the 
coolness reaches you. (E, C) 

Hauarahi, *. West mnd, 

H&uarêa^ a. Thin; lean, 
Syn. with Hauaitu. 

Hduatiu, «. North-weH wind. 

Hauauru, *. West wind, 

Hauhake, a. Taking up a 

crop. 

He kai hauhake; A person 
taking up a crop. 

Hduhake^ v. To take up a 

crop, 

A te maramaki tua nei hauha- 
kea ai te mara ; The crop of the 
field will be taken up next month. 

Hauhdkenga, s. Harvest. 

Hauhau, a. Brisk; active. 

Cool, (E. C) 

Hauhau» v. To be brisk; to 

be active. 

£ia hauhau te mahi ; Let the 
work be brisk. 

To be cool (E. C.) 

Hauhauaifcu, v. To be faint, 
Ka hauhauaitu ahau, he pouri 
no roto i a au ; Ī am faint^ I feel 
uncomfortable within, 

Hauhunga, *. Frost ; ice, 

Ka pirau nga kai i te hauhunga ; 
The food is rotten through the 
frost. 

Hauk6ti, v. To meet in front ; 

to intercept ; to cut off, 

Kahaukotia e te mate; He is 
cut off by sickness. ( TT. ) 



Hduku, s. Dew ; moisture, 

{E, C.) 

Hamndku, v. To be moist^ a* 
from dew, 

Haumaniru, v. To be dim, 
Ka haumaruru nga kanohi i te 
mate ; The eyes are dim through 
sickness. ( W.) 

Haumi, s. A piece of wood by 
which a canoe is lengthened; 
the joint by which it is con- 
nected to the canoe, 

A junction of tribes for the 
purpose of fighting. 

E mea ana a Hongi he haumi 
ten^ ki a ia ; Hongi says this is a 
confederacy against him. 

Hdumi, V. To join, 
Passi Haumitia. 

Haunga, s, A smeU. 

Haunga, v. To emit a smell. 

He ngohi tenei e haunga mai 
nei ; This is fish which smells. 

Hdimga, adv. Besides ; not. 

E rua mano o te tane haunga te 
wahine te tamariki; Two thou- 
sand men besides women and 
children. 

Hdimiii^ s. Dew, 

Hauora, v. To be convalescent, 

Kua hauora te tupapaku, kua 
maranga ; The invaUd is conva- 
lescent, he is risen up. ( W.) 

Hdupapa^ s. Frost; ice. 

An ambush. 

Haupapa, v. To attack by 
stealth ; to lie in ambush, 

Akuenei ka haupapatia tatou e 
te taua ; We shall be attacked by 
stealth this evening by the enemy ^ 

Haupdngi, *. An eddy wind. 



HAU 



(I^) 



HAW 



H&ipii, 9, A heap, 

H&upii* V, To lie in a heap ; 
to heap up. 

Hanpuria nga makoi ki konei ; 
Let the ahells be heaped up here. 

(W.) 

Haupdrorohii, s. An eddy 
wind. 

m 

Hi&urahi^ e. Dew, 

Haurangiy «. A verandah, (W.) 

H&urangiy a. Deranged; mad, 

Haurangi, v. To be deranged. 
JPate, Haurang^tia. 

Hauripo, s. An eddy wind. 

Haardkurdku, v. To he un- 
settled. 

E haurokuroku ana te korero, 
he korero pai i tetahi rangi, he 
korero kino i tetahi ; The tidings 
. are unsettled, it is a good re- 
port one day, a bad one the next. 

(TT.) 

H&urutu, ê. Dew ; an eddy 
wind. {W.) 

H&utai, s. Sponge. (E. C.) 

"H&atak&^ s. Moisture; damp- 
nese. 

Tera pea kei te hautaku a roto 
o te kaho ; Perhaps the inside of 
the cask is damp. (£. C.) 

Hiutaorda, s. Dew. {E. C.) 

Hdutete, V. To jabber, 

Hautu» s. A man who stands 
in a canoe to keep time for 
the rowers. ' 

H&atuinu, s. Wind a head, 

Hduware, s. Saliva. 

ISAvLwere, v. To hang down, 
as the lip. 



HĀwa, V. To be broken; to 
be chipped, 

Ea hawa te karaha nei i te ta- 
maiti ; This calabash is broken by 
the child. 

HdwaMwa, s. Belly of a fish. 

Hdwahaw&i, s. Hillocks in 
which weeds are buried, and 
are afterwards planted with 
potatoes. 

Hawai, s* Fungus on trees. 

Hdware, s. Saliva. 

H^wareware, v. To be full of 

saliva. 

£ hawareware ana te mangai ; 
The mouth is full of saliva. 

Hawareware, a. Lean, 

He poaka hawareware ; A lean 

Hawata, v. To mutter. 

£ hawata ana te tupapaku; 
The sick man is muttering. 

Hdwato, s. A caterpillar. 

Hdwera, s. A wood which has 
been consumed by fire. 

Kei tera hawera te ara ; The 
road is at that burnt place. 

Hawhe, s. That part of a net 
which is last in the water, 
and which completes the en- 
closure. 

*Half of any thing, 

Hawhe, v. To beat in, as wind 
or rain. 

Ea hawhe mai nei te ua ki 
roto; The rain beats in. ^See 
Whawhe,] 

To come in, 

Kua hawhe katoa nga ika ki 
roto ; All the fish are come in. 



HAU 



(18) 



HAU 



Hauangi, v. To be cool, 

Ea pai, ka hauangi ; It is plea- 
sant ; it is oool. ( W.) {E. a) 

H&uangi, 9. Coolness. 

Katahi ka n^ro te hauangi ki 
roto ki a koe ; Now at length the 
coolness reaches you. (E, C.) 

Hauarahi, *. West mnd, 

H^uarêa, a. Thin ; lean. 
Syn. with Hauaitu. 

Hduatiu, s, North-weH wind. 

Hau^uru, *. West wind. 

Hauhake, a. Taking up a 

crop. 

He kai hauhake; A person 
taking up a crop. 

Hauhake, v. To take up a 

crop. 

A te marama ki tua nei hauha- 
kea ai te mara ; The crop of the 
field will be taken up next month. 

Hauhdkenga, s* Harvest. 

Hauhau, a. Brisk ; active. 

Cool. (E. C.) 

Hduhau, v. To he brisk; to 
be active. 

Kia hauhau te xnahi ; Let the 
work be brisk. 

To be cool (JE. C.) 

Hauhauaitu, v. To be faint. 
Ea hauhauaitu ahau, he pouri 
no roto i a au ; I am faint^ I feel 
uncomfortable within. 

Hauhunga, s. Frost ; ice. 

Ea pirau nga kai i te hauhunga ; 
The food is rotten through the 
frost. 

Hauk6ti, v. To meet in front-, 

to intercept ; to cut off, 

Eahaukotia e te mate; He is 
cut off by sicknesst ( ^- ) 



Hauku, s. Dew ; moisture. 

{E. C.) 

Haumdku, v. To be moisty as 
from dew. 

Haumaruru, v. To be dim. 

Ea haumaruru nga kanohi i te 
mate ; The eyes are dim through 
sickness. ( W») 

Haumi, s. A piece of wood by 
which a canoe is lengthened; 
the joint by which it is con- 
nected to the canoe, 

A junction of tribes for the 
purpose of fighting, 

E mea ana a Hong^ he haumi 
tenei ki a ia ; Hongi says this is a 
confederacy against him. 

Hdmni, v. To join. 
Passi Haumitia. 

Haunga, s. A smell. 

Haunga, v. To emit a smell. 

He ngohi tenei e haunga mai 
nei ; This is fish which smells. 

Hdimga, adv. Besides; not. 

E rua mano o te tane haunga te 
wahine te tamariki; Two thou- 
sand men besides women and 
children. 

HAimiii, s. Dew. 

Hauora, v. To be convalescent, 

Eua hauora te tupapaku, kua 
maranga ; The invalid is conva- 
lescent, he is risen up. ( W.) 

Hdupapa, s. Frost; ice. 

An ambush. 

Hdupapa, V. To attack by 
stealth ; to lie in ambush, 

Akuenei ka haupapatia tatou e 
te taua ; We shall be attacked by 
stealth this evening by the enemy^ 

Haupdngi, *. An eddy wind. 



HAŪ 



(19) 



HAW 



Haapu, ê. A heap. 

H&apu» 9. To lie in a heap ; 

to heap up, 

Baupuria ng^ makoi ki konei ; 
Jjet the shells be heaped up here. 

(TT.) 

Haap4rorohti| s. An eddy 
wind, 

H&urahiy 9. Dew, 

Haurangi, 9. A verandah, (W.) 

H^urangi» a. Deranged; mad, 

H^urangi, v. To be deranged, 
JPau, Haurangitia. 

Hauripo, 9* An eddy wind, 

Haordkurdki^ v. To be un- 
settled, 

E haurokuroku ana tekorero, 
he korero pai i tetahi rangi, he 
korero kino i tetahi ; The tidings 
. are unsettled, it is a good re- 
port one day, a bad one Oie next. 

(TT.) 

H&orutUy 9. Dew ; an eddy 
wind. {W.) 

H&atai, «• Sponge, (E. C.) 

H4utaktif 9. Moisture; damp- 

ne99, 

Tera pea kei te hautaku a roto 
o te kaho ; Perhaps the inside of 
the cask is damp. {E. C) 

Hiutaorua, 9. Dew. {E. C.) 

Hdutete, v. To jabber. 

Hautu, 9, A man who 9tand9 
in a canoe to keep time for 
the rowers* ' 

H&utumu, 9, Wind a head. 

Hduware, 9, Saliva, 

Hduwere, v. To hang down, 
as the lip. 



H^wa, V. To be broken; to 
be chipped. 

Ea hawa te karaha nei i te ta- 
maiti ; This calabash is broken by 
the child. 

Hiwahdwa, s. BellyofaJUh. 

Hdwahaw^, 9. Hillock9 in 
which weede are buried, and 
are afterwards planted with 
potatoe9, 

Hawdi, 9. Fungus on treee. 

Hdware, 9. Saliva. 

Hdwareware, v. To befall of 
9aliva. 

E hawareware ana te mangai ; 
The mouth is full of saliva. 

Hawareware, a. Lean. 

He poaka hawareware ; A lean 
pig- 

Hawata, v. To mutter. 

£ hawata ana te tupapaku; 
The sick man is muttering. 

Hawato, 9. A caterpillar, 

Hdwera, 9. A wood which ha9 
been con9umed by fire. 

Kei tera hawera te ara ; The 
road is at that burnt place. 

Hawhe, 9. That part of a net 
which 19 last in the water, 
and which completes the en* 
closure, 

*Half of any thing. 

Hawhe, v. To beat in, as wind 

or rain, 

Ea hawhe mai nei te ua ki 
roto ; The rain beats in. \^See 
Whawhe.] 

To come in. 

Kua hawhe katoa nga ika ki 
roto ; All the fish are come in. 



HE 

He, «r^. A; en. 

He, «. Mistake; offence. 

E tora nga be o tenei tangata ; 
There are three mistaJiies of this 
man. 

He, a. Mistaken; torong. 

He mea he tenei; This is a 
wrong" thing. 

He, V, To he mistaken; 

to he wrong. 

He rawa te mahi nei; This 
work is altogether wrong. 

Pass, Hengia ; To he mistaken 
Jor another person, 

£ei hengia koe ; Take care that 
you are not mistaken for some one 
else. 

Hea, ad. Where; when. 

Ko hea te tangata ra ? Where 
is the man going ? 

Hea, s. Multitude. 

Tena ko te hea o te tangata e 
kore e whakapono ; But the mul- 
titude of the people * will not be- 
lieve. 

Hehengi, s, Blomng of wind, 

(TF.) 

Hehengi, ». To hlow, 

Ano te matangi e hehengi mai 
nei ; How the wind blows. ( TF.) 

Hei, «. An ornament for the 
neck. 

Hei, prep. At ; for, 

Hei konei takoto ai ; Let it lie 
here. Hei mara tenei wahi; This 
place is for a farm. 

Heihei, s, A ham-door fowl. 

Heinga, s. A parent ; an an* 
cestor. 

Heitiki, s. An ornament for the 
neck made of green stone, 

Heka, v. To he mouldy. 



( 20 ) HEN 

Eua heka nga kao nei ; These 
dried kumara are mouldy. 

Hêkahêka, s. Mould; mildew, 

Heke, s. Rafter of a roof, 

A person who ahandons his 
native residence, 

A species of eel. 

Heke, v. To descend; to 

drop ; to ehh. 

Ka kake ka heke; We as- 
cended and descended. Ka heke 
te wai te kaho ; The water of 
the cask drops. 

To ahandonone^s native abode; 
to swarm. 

No Matakitaki matou i heke 
ai ; At the time of the taking of 
the fort Matakitaki we abandoned 
our abode. 

To miss a mark, 
Hekemai, s, A species of shark, 
Hekenga, s, A descent, 

Hêketanga, s. The act or time 
of descent, 

Hemanga, s, A ^basket half -full, 

Hêmihêmi, s. Back of the 
head, 

Hemo, V, To die; to faint; to 
he consumed; to be done; to 
miss, 

Ea hemo te pakeha te mum ; 
The sti'anger has been plundered. 
Eahemo te patu a Huka; The 
blow of Huka missed. 

Hêmonga, s. Consumption; 
dying ; fainting, 

Hênga, s. Strip of wood on 

the side of a canoe, 
Syn. with Tokai. 

Hêngahênga, s, A girl. 
Hengia, s, A black skin. 



HEN 



(21 ) 



HIA 



H^umi, 9. To be out of sight. 
Kua henuxni nga uwhi ki raro 
kitewhenua; The potatoes are in 
the ground. 

He<$i^ ad. Enough; but. 

Heoi ano ra; It is enough. Ea 
mea ahau kia haere, heoi kahore 
he waka ; I thought of going, but 
there is not a oanoe. 

Hedti, ad. Enough; but. 

^Hêpora, «• A shepherd. 

^Hêpet^ma, s. The month of 
September. 

Here» V. To tie. 

Herea to kakahu; Let your 
garment be tied. 

Hêrehêre, s. A slave. 

"HerengSL^s. Act of tying; place 
where anything is tied. 

HêreumUi s^ A cooking house. 

Hêru, s. A comb. 

Hem» V. To comb. 
Pass. Herua. 

£ heru ana au i taku upoko ; I 
am oombing my head. 

To flow, as the tide. 

Ka heru te tai ; The tide flows. 

Hêrunga» s. Act of combing ; 
place or time of combing. 

♦Heu, s. A razor. * 

♦Heu, V. To shave. 

Hêiihêu, s. Brushwood. 

Hênhêu» V. To be dispersed. 

Akuenei heuheu ai nga tang^ta 
ki te mahi ; The men idll be dis- 
persed by and bye to their work. 

(E. C.) 
To clear away. 

Heuheutia nga otaota i roto i 
te whare; Clear away the rubbish 
out of the house. 



Hêwa, a. Bald. (E. C.) 

Hi, interjec. Pshaw ! 

Hi, s. Diarrhcea. 

Hi, V. To be affected with 
diarrhoea. 

Hi, a. Fishing. 

He waka hi tenei; This is a 
fishing canoe. 

Hi, V. To fish. 

Haere, hiia he ngohi ma tatou ; 
Gk>, let fish be caught by thee for 
us. 

Hia, a. Many. 

Kihai i hia nga ra ka u matou 
ki Poneke ; There were not many 
days before we arrived at Port 
Nicholson. 

Hiahia, s. Desire. 

Hiahia, a. Desirous* 

Hiahia, v. To desire. 

E hiahia ana au ki te haere; I 
am desiring to go. 

Hiakai, s. Hunger. 

Ea mate au, i te hiakai ; I am 
affected with hunger. 

Hiakai, v. To be hungry. 

Pass. Hiakaitia; To be desired. 

*E kore tenei kai e hiakaitia; 
This food will not be desired. 

Hiako, s. Skin; bark; rind. 

Hiamde, s. Drowsiness. 

Hiamde, v. To be sleepy. 

Hianga, s. Deceit. 

Hianga, a. Deceitful. 

Hianga, v. To deceive; to use 
treacherously. 

Eua hiang^tia ahau e te kai 
hoko ; I have been deceived by 
the seller. 



HIA 



(22) 



HIM 



Hiawaero^ s* Tail of an ani- 
mal (E, C.) 

Hiawêro, a. Tail of an ani- 
tnal, 

TTihi, ê. Ray of the Sun. 

Singing of water in boiling, 

^ TTihi, t?. To sing, as water in 
boiling, 

Hihiko, V, To be quick, 

Kia hihiko te haere; Be quick 
ingoing. {W.) 

Hihira, v. To be afraid; to 

be stispicious, 

Ea hihira au ki tena ara kei 
mate au ; I am suspicious of that 
road lest I should suffer evil. 

HiMri, V, To be quick; to be 

active. 

£a hiriri ki te mahi; He is 
quick at work. 

To occur suddenly^ as of 

thought, 
£a hihiri ake te ngakau; The 
thought suddenly springs up. 

Hika, s, A term of address to 

a girl, 

E hika, kawea tenei ki to papa ; 
Girl, carry this to your father. 

Hika, V, To kindle fire by 
rubbing two sticks together, 
Hikaia he kapura ma tatou; 
Kindle a fire for us. 

Hika, V, To 'perform a reli- 
gious ceremony^ by which 
people are supposed to be 
preserved from the evil effects 
of eating at a sacred spot, 

Hikaka, a. Rash, 

Hikaka, v. To advance rashly 
before the main body. 



Eaua e hikakatia to haere; Bo 
not go rashly. 

Hikaro, v. To pick out, 

Hikarohia te rakau nei ; Let 
this splinter be picked out. 

Hikiy a. Nursing, 

Eei hea te kai hiki? Where is 
the nurse ? 

Hiki, V, To nurse. 

Pass, Hikitia. 

£ hiki ana a Hemi i tona teina^ 
James is nursing his younger 
brother. 

Hiko, a. Selected; picked out. 

He mea kape ng^ rangatira, he 

mea hiko nga ware ; The chie& 

are passed by, the populace are 

selected. 

Hikohiko, v. To pick out; to 
dodge. 

Me hikohiko te whakaako ; Go 
from one to another in teachings 

Hikoi, s. Step, 

Te kaha te hikoi o te tangata ; 
The step of the man is not strong. 

Hikoko, V, To be hungry, 

Kū. hikoko nga tamariki o Tau- 
naha; The children of Taunaha 
are hungry. 

Hiku, s. Tail of a fish. 

The hindermost of a body of 
people, 

Kia tapeke te hiku; Let the 
hindermost arrive. 

Hikuhiku, s. The extremity 
or point of a leaf as of the 
flax plant, 

Hikupeke, v. To pull up the 
clothes, 

Pukorukorua kia hikupeke tou 
ki runga; Let your clothes be 
gathered up. ( W,) 

Himu, s. The hipbone. 




Hina» a. Grey-headed, 

Hina, o. To he grey-headed, 

Hinaki^ 9, A basket in which 
eeU are caught, 

ikiptfiiri, 9, Pitchy dark- 

pduri, V, To be quite 

dark, 

Ea hinakipouri kahuaki ; When 
it was quite dark they rushed to 
the attack. . 

Hinamde^ v. To be sleepy. 

Hinana, v. To stare, as when 

angry, 

Hinana ana nga kanohi Rewa ; 
The eyes of Rewa stare. 

Hinau^ v. The name of a tree, 
{El€B0carpu9 Hinau,J 

Hine, s. A girl, term of ad- 
dress to. E hine. 

HineDgaro, s. Mind; heart, 
£ kitea koia nga whakaaro te 
hinengaro ? Are the thoughts of 
the heart indeed seen ? 

Hinga» s. The act of fishing, 
{First syllable very long,) 

Hinga, r. To fall down ; to 

lean, 

Nau koe i hinga ai ; Tou fell 
through your own fault. 

Hinganga, s. Act of falling, 

Hingongi, s. A species of por 
tatoe, 

Hinu, s. Oil. 

Hioi, s. The name of a plant. 
The name of a bird, 

Hipa, V. To turn aside, 

1 hipa hoe ki tahaki i ora ai ; 
You were saved because you 
turned on one side. 



( 23 ) HIE 

To exceed, 

Ka hipa ke tenei rakau, kotia 
iho ; This stick exceeds in length, 
let it he cut off. 

*Hipi, s. Sheep, 

Hipoki, s, A cover; a cover- 
ing, 

Homai he rahurahu hei hipoki ; 
Give me some fern leaves as a 
covering. 

Hipoki, V, To cover, 

Hipokina ki te kakahu ; Let it 
he covered with a garment. 

Hira, s. Multitude, 

Katahi ahau ka kite i te hira 
te tangata ; I see for the fii*st 
time the multitude of the people. 

(TT.) 

Hira, ». To he numerous, 

Ea hira aku hara ; My sins are 
many. ( W,) 

Hirau, «. A paddle. {JF.) (R,) 

Hirawerawe, a. Cumbersome, 

Hirawerāwe, v. To be cumber- 
some, 

Hirawerawe ana te whatinga o 
taku ringarlnga; The hrokenpart 
of my arm is cumhersome. 

Hirêarêa, ad. Indistinctly, as 

in sound, 

Rongo hirearea ake ahau ki te 
tangata e karauga roai nei ; I 
heard indistinctly the man who 
calls. 

Hirihiri, v. To perform a re- 
ligious rite for the purpose 
of removing a tapu, 

*Hiriwa, s. Silver. 

Hiroki, a. Thin; lean, 

Hirori, V, To stagger. 

Hirori ana nga waewae i to tai- 
maha te wahanga; The legs are 



HIA 



(22) 



HIM 



Hiawaero, s* Tail of an ani- 
mal (E, C.) 

Hiawero, a. Tail of an ani- 
tnal. 

TTihi, 8, Ray of the Sun. 

Singing of water in boiling, 

^ Hihi, t?. To sing y as water in 
boiling. 

Hihiko, V. To be quick. 

£ia hihiko te haere; Be quick 
ingoing. {W.) 

Hihira, v. To be afraid; to 

be suspicious. 

Ka hihira an ki tena ara kei 
mate au ; I am suspicious of that 
road lest I should suffer evil. 

Hihiri, ». To be quick; to be 

active. 

Ea hiriri ki te mahi; He is 
quick at work. 

To occur suddenly, as of 
thought. 
£a hihiri ake te ngakau; The 
thought suddenly springs up. 

Hika, s. A term of address to 
a girl, 

E hika, kawea tenei ki to papa ; 
Girl, carry this to your father. 

Hika, V. To kindle fire by 

rubbing two sticks together. 
Hikaia he kapura ma tatou; 
Kindle a fire for us. 

Hika, V. To perform a reli- 
gious ceremony y by which 
people are supposed to be 
preserved from the evil effects 
of eating at a sacreid spot. 

Hikaka, a. Rash, 

Hikaka, v. To advance rashly 
before the main body. 



Eaua e hikakatia to haere; Bo 
not go rashly. 

Hikaro, v. To pick out, 

Hikarohia te rakau nei ; Let 
this splinter he picked out. 

Hikiy a. Nursing. 

Eei hea te kai hiki? Where is 
the nurse ? 

Hiki, V. To nurse. 
Pass, Hikitia. 

£ hiki ana a Hemi i tona teina; 
James is nursing his younger 
hrother. 

Hiko, a. Selected; picked out. 

He mea kape ng^ rangatira, he 
mea hiko nga ware ; The chiefe 
,are passed hy, the populace are 
selected. 

Hikohiko, p. To pick out; to 
dodge. 

Me hikohiko te whakaako ; Go 
from one to another in teachings 

Hikoi, s. Step. 

Te kaha te hikoi o te tang^ta ; 
The step of the man is not strong. 

Hikoko, V, To be hungry. 

Ea hikoko nga tamariki o Tau- 
naha; The children of Taunaha 
are hungry. 

Hiku, s. Tail of a fish. 

The hindermost of a body of 

people. 

Eia tapeke te hiku; Let the 
hindermost arrive. 

Hikuhiku, s. The extremity 
or point of a leaf as of the 
flax plant. 

Hikupêke, v. To pull up the 
clothes. 

Pukorukorua kia hikupeke tou 
ki runga; Let your clothes be 
gathered up. ( W.) 

Himu, s. The hipbone. 



HIN 

Hina, a. Grey-headed, 

Hina, v. To be prey-headed* 

Hinald, s. A basket in which 
eeU are caught, 

Hinakipdiiri, 8, Pitchy dark- 
ness, 

Hinakipduri, v. To be quite 
dark, 

Ea hinakipouri kahuaki ; When 
it was quite dark they rushed to 
the attack. , 

"FTinamde, v. To be sleepy. 

Hinana, v. To stare, as when 
angry. 

Hinana ana ngakanohi o Rewa ; 
The eyes of Rewa stare. 

Hinau^ v. The name of a tree, 
{Elaoearpus Hinau,) 

Hine, s. A girl, term of ad- 
dress to. E hine. 

HineDgaro, s. Mind; heart. 
£ kitea koia ng% whakaaro o te 
hinengaro ? Are the thoughts of 
the heart indeed seen ? 

Hioga» s. The act of fishing. 
{First syllable very long.) 

Hinga, v. To fall down ; to 

lean, 

Nau koe i hinga ai ; Tou fell 
through your own fault. 

Hinganga, s. Act of falling, 

Hingongi, s, A species of por 
tatoe. 

Hinu, s. Oil. 

Hioi, «. The name of a plant. 
The name of a bird, 

Hipa, V. To turn aside. 

1 hipa hoe ki tahaki i ora ai ; 
You were saved because you 
turned on one side. 



( 23 ) HIE 

To exceed, 

Ka hipa ke tenei rakau, kotia 
iho ; This stick exceeds in length, 
let it be out off. 

*Hipi, s. Sheep. 

Hipoki, s. A cover; a cover- 
ing. 

Homai he rahurahu hei hipoki ; 
Give me some fern leaves as a 
covering. 

Hipoki, V. To cover. 

Hipokina ki te kakahu ; Let it 
be covered with a garment. 

Hira, s. Multitude. 

Katahi ahau ka kite i te hira 
o te tangata ; I see for the first 
time the multitude of the people. 

(TT.) 

Hira, v. To be numerous. 

Ea hira aku hara ; My sins are 
many, ( W.) 

Hirau, «. A paddle. (W,) (R,) 

Hirawerawe, a. Cumbersome. 

Hirawerdwe, v. To be cumber- 
some, 

Hirawerawe ana te whating^ o 
taku ringaringa; The broken part 
ofmy arm is cumbersome. 

Hirêarêa, ad. Indistinctly, as 

in sound, 

Rongo hirearea ake ahau ki te 
tangata e karauga roai nei; I 
heard indistinctly the man who 
calls. 

Hirihiri, v. To perform a re- 
ligious rite for the purpose 
of removing a tapu, 

*Hiriwa, s. Silver. 

Hiroki, a. Thin; lean, 

Hirori, v. To stagger, 

Hirori ana nga waewae i to tai- 
maha o te wahanga; The legs are 



HIT ( 24 ) 

stumbling through the weight of 
the burden. 

Hitari, «. A sieve, 

Hitau, 8. A small narrow mat 
for the waist, (i2.) 

Hitawetawe, a. Tall ; long, 

Hitawetawe, v. To he talL 

Hitawetawe ana te roa o to ta- 
ngata; The leng^ of your per- 
son is great. 

Hiteki, v. To hop, 

Hitekia atu ki ko ; Hop tliither. 

Hitoko, V, To hop. 

Hiwa, V, To be watchful, 

Eia hiwa, kia hiwa ; Be watch 
ful, be watchful. [A cry used 
in war when expecting an attack 
by night.] ( TT.) 

Hiwai, 8. A general name for 
potatoe, (W',) 

Hiwakaw&a, s. The name of 

a bird. 

Syn. with Piwakawaka. (JS,C,) 

Hiwi, s. Ridge of a hilL 

(E. C) 
HiwiMwi, s. The name of a 
. fsh, 

Hoa, s, A companion. 

Ea whiwhi ia ki tona hoa haere ; 
He has obtained his companion 
for the journey. 

Hoa, V. To throw. 

Hoaina ki te kohatu ; Throw 
with a stone. 

Hdanga, s. A grindstone; 

a whetstone. 

*H6ari, s. A sword, 

H(5ata, s. s, A long spear, 

(E, C) 

Hoatu, V, To give to another. 
Hoatu te weJtaeke ; Give him 
the rope. 



HOH 

To proceed. 

Hoatu tatou ki te whare ; Let 
us proceed to the house. 

Hdatutanga, s. Act of giving 
to another person. 

II6e, s, A paddle; an oar, 

Eia ngawari te hoe; Let the 
paddle move briskly. 

H6e, V. To paddle; to row. 
Hoea ki tera taha ; Paddle to 
the other side. 

Hdenga, s. Act of paddling, 

Ea ngenge au i te hoeng^ ; I 
am weary with paddling. 

H6ha^ s. Weariness. 

H6ha, a. Wearisome. 

He tangata hoha koe ; Yoa are 
a;wearisQme man. 

H6ha, V, To be weary. 

Ea koha an i tau mahi whaka- 
toi ; I am weary of your teasing. 

H6heh6he, v. To shake with 

laughter. 

Hohehohe ana ng« papanngs o 

Ngapuhi ki a koe ; The cheeks of 

Ngapuhi shake with laughing at 

' you. (TT.) 

H6here, s. The name of a tree. 

(Eokeriapopmlnuu) 

Hoho, V, To drop ; to trickle. 
Hoho ana te toto; The blood 
is trickling. 
To grin. 

Ho1i6ko, V. To exchange. 

Hohdiii, V. To graze. 

I hohoni kau te mata kihai i 
ngoto ; The ball only grazed, it 
did not go deep. 

Hohonu, s. Depth. 

Holidnu, a. Beep. 

He wai hohonu tenei ; This is 
deep water. 



HOH 



Hohdnu, v. To be deep. 

Siahobonu te kering^ ; Let the 
digg^ing be deep. 

Hohdro, s, Quiekneee; speed, 
Midiue rawa te hohoro o te ta- 
ngata nei ; The quickness of this 
man is very g^reat. 

Hohdro^ a. Quick; nimble. 

Hobdro, v.- To be quick, 

Kia hohoro to tatou haere ; Let 
our going be quick. 

Hobdu, V. To bind. 

Pass. Houbia. 

£ hohou ana ia i te taepa ; He 
is binding the fence. Ka houhia 
te rongo ; Peace is made. 

Hdi, «. Lobe of the ear. 

m 

Deafness. 

He hoi toku; I have a deaf- 
ness. 

Obstinacy, 

Distance. 

^ei hoi noa atu; It is at a 
great distance off. 

ji patch. 

Teta^i wahi kakahu bei hoi mo 
toku ; A piece of cloth as a patch 
far my/ g^ment. 

Holy a. I Obstinate; deaf. 



henua hoi tera ; This is a 
land. 

A soldier. 

A horse. 

NoUe. (W.) 

To be noisy. 
oi tahi koutou; You are 
isy. ( W.) 



( 26 ) HOK 

To be small at the top. 
H6ka, s. A screen made of 




▼ery : 

HdiHrJ 



To run off to a point, 
oiki tonu te upoko ; The 
s 0Ô* to a point. 



bushes. 

H6kai, s. Large feathers of the 
wing. 

A stay or brace. 

Breadth. (W.) 

Hokai, V* To be ready to step 

out. 

Ka hokai nga waewae o Ruru 
ki te rere ; Ruru*s legs are just 
ready to run. 

Hokaikai, a. To strike in swim- 
ming. 

Eo nga waewae anake te ho- 
kaikai ana ; The feet only are 
striking. 

Hoki, V. To return. 

Tatou ka hoki ki te kaiuga; 
Let us return to the village. 

Pass, Hokia. 

Hokia to tatou hoe ka mabue 
atu ra ; Go back for our paddle 
which is left behind. 

H6ki, ad. Also; because; 
even; likewise. 

Ka haere hoki ahau ; I also 
am going. 

Indeed. 

Ka pehea koe? Ka haere r:i 
pea hoki ; What are you going tu 
do ? I am indeed going. 

Hokinga, s, A returning. 

No taku hokinga ki uta i mate 
ai ; He died at the time of my re- 
turning inland. 

H6kio, V. To descend, 

Ka taea a runga o te mnunga 
nei ka hokio atu ki raro ; W ben 
the tup of this mountain is reached 
you descend. {^E. C) 

HcSkiotanga, *. A descent. 



Hitaii, t. A sieve. 
Hitau, «. A small narrow mat 
for the viaUt. (JI.) 

Hitawetawe, a. Tall -, Itmg. 
Hitawetawe, ». To be tall. 

Uitairetawe ana ts roa o to ta- 
Dgr&Ca; The length of jgur p«r- 

MD is fTBBt 

Hiteki, e. To hop. 

Hitcfcia atu kilto; Hop tUther. 
HItoko, V. To hop. 
Hiwa, e. To be toatchjvl. 

£ia hiwa, kia hiira ; Be watch 
fu], be watohliil. [A cry UBcd 
in war when expectmg an attack 
^byn^ht] (TT.) 

Hivai, t, A general name/or 
potatoe. (F".) 

Hiwakawika, t, T}u name of 

Syn. with Fiwakawaka. (f.f?.) 
Hiwi, ». Ridge of a hill. 

{E. C.) 

Hiwihiwi, ». The name of a 

. fih. 

Hoa, «. A companion. 

Ea whiwbi ia ki tona hm baere ; 
He haa obtained hi» campanion 
fbr the journey, 
Hoo, e. To throw. 

Hoains U te kobatu ; Throw 
witb a BtODG. 

H(5aEga, *. A grinditone; 

a whetstone. 
•Hdwi, #. A tword. 
H(5Bta, s. ». A long tpear. 

(£. C.) 

Hoatn, 0. To give to another. 

Hoatu tew^BCke; Give him 



To proceed. 

Hoatu ttttou ki te whare ; Let 
TIE proceed tt> the bouse. 
Hrfatut^ga, t. Act of giving 

to another perton. 
Hi5e, «, A paddle; an oar. 

£ia Dgawori te boe ; Let the 
paddle more briskly. 

Hde, V. To paddle; to row. 

Hoea ki ten tabs ; Paddle la 
tbe other tide. 

H(5eiiga, *. Act <if paddling. 

Ea D^enge an i te boenga ; I 
tuD weary with paddling. 
n<5ha, a. Wearixeia. 
lloha, a. Wearisome. 

He lau^atii liolia koe ; Ton an 



toi ; I am weary of your teasiiig. 
H<iheb(5he, t>. To shake with 
laughter. 

Eohebobe ana oga paporiagB o 
Ngapuhi ki a koa ; The cheeks of 
Ngapuhi shake with laug-hing at 
■ you. { IT.) 

ndhere, s. The name of a tree. 
{Saitriapcpulmsa.) 
H(9)o, e. To drop ; to trickle. 
Hobo ana te toto; Tbe bkwd 
is trickling. 
To grin. 
Hohtiko, V. To exchange. 

HoMni, V. To graze. 

I hohoni kau te mata kiboi i 
ngoto ; The ball only graied, it 
did not go deep. 
Hoh<iDU, s. Depth. 
Hobdnu, a. Deep. 

He wai hobonu tcnei ; This is 
deep water. 



HOH 



Hohdnu, 0« To be deep, 

Siahobonu tekering^a; Let the 
digs^ing be deep. 

Hobdro, «. Quickness ; speed, 
Midiue rawa te hohoro o te ta- 
ngata nei ; The quickness of this 
man is very g^eat. 

Hohdro^ a. Quick; nimble. 

Hohdro, v, - To be quick, 

Eia hohoro to tatou haere ; Let 
our g^ing be quick. 

Hobdu, V, To bind. 

Pass. Houbia. 

£ hohou ana ia i te taepa ; He 
is binding the fence. Ea houhia 
te rongo ; Peace is made. 

Hdi, «. Lobe of the ear, 

Deafness, 

He hoi toku; I have a deaf- 
ness. 

Obstinacy, 

Distance, 

^ei hoi Hoa atu; It is at a 
^eat distance off. 

ji patch, 

Tetapi wahi kakahu hei hoi mo 
toku ; JA. piece of cloth as a patch 
for myi garment. 

Hoi, a. I Obstinate; deaf 

Distan 

He Jrhenua hoi tera ; This is a 
distant! land. 



( 26 ) HOK 

To be small at the top, 
H6ka, s, A screen made of 



♦H6ia, 
•Hoiho, 
K6Mi, 
Hdihdi, 



A soldier. 
A horse. 
Noise, 



(JF.) 



To be noisy. 
Hone }oi tahi koutou ; You are 
▼cryaT^isy, (17.) 



HdiH». 

htad 



To run off to a point, 
iki tonu te up( 
s off to a point. 



Kal»floiki tonu te upoko; The 
fcdf? JUS 



s, 
bushes, 

H6kai, s. Large fea thers of the 
wing, 

A stay or brace. 

Breadth, {W,) 

H6kai, v. To be ready to step 

out, 

Ka hokai nga waewae o Ruru 
ki te rere ; Ruru's legs are just 
ready to run. 

Hokaikai, a. To strike in swim- 
ming, 

Eo nga waewae anake te ho- 
kaikai ana; The feet only are 
striking. 

H6ki, V. To return, 

Tatou ka hoki ki te kaiuga; 
Let us return to the village. 

Pass, Hokia. 

Hokia to tatou hoe ka mahue 
atu ra ; Go back for our paddle 
which is left behind. 

H6ki, ad. Also; because; 
even; likewise. 

Ea haere hoki ahau ; I also 
am going. 

Indeed, 

Ea pehea koe? Ea haere ra 
pea hoki ; What are you going to 
do ? I am indeed going. 

Hokinga, s, A returning. 

No taku hokinga ki uta i mate 
ai ; He died at the time of my re- 
turning inland. 

H6kio, V, To descend, 

Ea taea a runga o te mnunga 
nei ka hokio atukiraro; When 
the tup of this mountain is reached 
you descend. {E, C) 

Hdkiotanga, *. A descent. 

{E. C) 



HOE 



(26) 



HOP 



Hoko, 8» Traffic ; a sale. 

He hoko tenei ka u ; This is a 
sale, or something for sale which 
has arrived. 

Hoko, a. Belonging to traffic, 
Ko te kainga hoko tenei ; This 
is the place of traffic. 

Hoko, V, To traffic ; to buy ; 
to sell. 

Pass, Hokona. 

Ka hoko ahau i toku ; I shall 
sell my (garment.) 

HokoMa, ad. How many, ( W,) 

Hokoiwa, o. Ninety, (W,) 

Hokonga, s. Act or time of 
buying or selling, 

Hokoono, a. Sixty, (W,) 

Hokorima, a. Fifty, (W.) 

Hdkortia, a. Twenty, (W,) 

Hokotdhi, a. Ten, {W.) 

Hokotoru, a. Thirty. (W,) 

Hokowha, a. Forty, (W.) 

Hôkowaru, a. Eighty, (W,) 

H6kowMtu, a. Seventy, {W,) 

Homai, v. To give, 

Homai ki a au tetahi wahi ; Give 
me a portion. 

Homaitanga, s. Act of giving 
to the person speaking, or 
to some one in company with 
him. 

Hone, s, A plundering. 

No te hone matou katoa ; We 
are all returned from plundering. 

H6nga> v. To lean on one 

side, 

Hongaia mai te waka kei eke 
ki te tahuna ; Let the canoe he 
tilted lest it ground upon the sand- 
hank. (TF.) 



Hdngere, s. Channel, 

Hongi, s, A salute with the 
nose; a smelling, 

Hongi, V. To salute with the 

nose; to smell. 
Pass, Hongia. 

*H6ni, s. Honey. 

Honia, v. To be thin; to be 

wasted. 

Ea honia e te mate ; He i» 
wasted hy sickness. 

Honia, a. Wasted, 

H<5no, V, To splice. 

Honoa te aho nei ; Let this line 
he spliced. 

Honohonda, v. To be vexed. 
No reira ka honohonoa ahau ; 
For that reason I was vexed. 

Hdnonga, s. A splicing, 

*H6nore, s. Honour. 
H6nu, s. Water, 

Hope, s. Loins ; the waist. 
To nga hope te wai ; The water 
is up to the loins. ; 

Hdpekiwi, s. A potaioe house 
underground. (W') 

Hdpi, s, A native oven. 

E kongange ana te 1: lopi ; The 
oven is heating. (R,) 

*Soap. 

H6poh<5po, V, To fXer; To 
feel awe or reverence Uuwardt 
a superior ; to be cajrqfuL 

Na konei ano taku ra^akaii i 
hopo ake ai ; For this i|ecuM>ii my 
heart was careful. 

Hdpu, V, To catch ; ffp êtue^ 
to snatch. 

Pass, Hopukina or H( 



HOP 



( 



Nana i hopn te mataika ; The 
first prisoner was made by him. 

Htfpua, ê. ApooL 

Htfpiia, V. To lie in pooU, 

Ka hopaa te wai i te marae ; 
The water lies in pools in the 
yard. 

H6piLh6pu, s, A porpoise, 

ndpukanga, «, Act of seizing, 

H<$rah<5ra, v. To spread out, 
Horahia te kakahu; Let the 
garment be spread out. 

Hdrahdranga, «. A spreading 
out, 

Hdrapa, v. To spread; to 
cover over. 

H(Htipa katoa te pakeha ki hea 
ki hea ; The foreigners are spread 
oyer the whole country. {E, C) 

H(Jpe, ad. Not. 

Here rawa kia puta; It will 
not pass. 

Hdreh<5re, *. A stripping off. 
Kiano i oti noa te horehore; 
The stripping off is not yet com- 
pleted. 

HiJrehore, v. To strip off the 
tkin or bark, 

Horehorea te hiako; Let the 
sldn be taken off. 

HdrehiSrenga, s. Act of strip- 
ping off. 

H<Sri, V, To cut ; to slit. 

Horia te taringa o te poaka ; 
Let the pig's ear be slit. 

H(5ri, V, To pass by, 

Eua hori atu nga tangata ina- 
kuara ; The men passed by a little 
while ago. (JS7. C) 

Hon, fl^f. Not, {W.) 

H(5rih6ri, s, A lie. 

He aha te pai o te horihori? 
What is the good of a lie? ( W,) f 



27 ) nOR 

Hdrihdri, a. False, 

H6rih6ri, v. To speak falsely. 

He aha tau e horihori ? What 

are you telling lies about ? ( W,) 

H6ringa, «. Act of cutting^ 
H6ro, s, A land slip. 
H6ro, a. Fallen, 

Ea hia nga pa horo a te taua o 
Hongi? How many fortifications 
were taken by the army of Hongi ? 
literally, How many fallen fortifi- 
cations 7 

Hdro, V, To fall down, as 
earth ; to crumble, 

Ea horo te pari ki te moana ; 
The cliff has fallen down into the 
sea. 

T6 fall into the hands of the 
enemy, 

Ea horo te pa o Ngatipo ; The 
fort of Ngatipo has fallen into the 
hands of the enemy. 

Pass, Horoa; To cause to fall 
down, 

Horoa te oneone o runga ; Let 
the earth above be made to fall. 

Horo, V. To swallow. 

Pass, Horomia. 

E horo ana te ngohi i te mau- 
nu; The fish is swallowing the 
bait. 

H(5ro, a. That may be swal- 
lowed, 

Hei te rongoa horo tetahi mo- 
ku ; Some of the medicine for me 
that may be swallowed. 

H(5roêka, s. The name of a 
small tree, 

(AreUia crass\folia,) 

Hor6i, s. Material to wash 
with. 



HOR 



(28) 



HOU 



Act of washing. 

Hordi, a. Washing. 

Eahore he wai horoi kakahu; 
There is no water for washing 
clothes. 

Horoi, V, To wash, 

Haere horoia te poti ; Go and 
wash the boat. 

Hordinga, s. Act of washing. 

Hdrokio, *• The name of a 
shrub. 

Hdromanga, s. Act of swallow- 
ing. 

Hdromiti, v. To eat raven- 
ously. 

Nana i horomiti nga kai i pau 
wawe ai ; The food was quickly 
consumed because he eat it raven- 
ously. (TT.) 

Horonga, s. Sacred food 
which is carried to the priest 
to he eaten by him, to free a 
person from the tapu. 

A falling down. 

Hdropito, s. The name of a 
shrub. 

Horua, s. Red ochre. 

Hdrua, v. To descend. 

Ka haere ka horua ki roto ki 
Pakihi; You go and descend to 
the river Pakihi. {E.C.) 

Hdruhdru, s. Wild turnip. 

Hdtete, *. A caterpillar. 

Hdtiki, s. Tattoo on the fore- 
head of females. 

Hdtiki, V. To tie. 

Hotikina te kuwaha o te teneti; 
Let the door of the tent be tied. 

(B. C.) 

Hdto^ s. A wooden spade* 



Hdto, V, To begin. 

Hdtohdto, a. Cold. 

He wai hotohoto ; Cold water. 

(B.y 

Hdtohdto, V. To be cool. 

Hotohoto ana te wai ki taku 
hiako ; The water is cool to my 
skin. 

Hdtoke, s. Winter. 

Hei te hotoke ahau ka hoki atu 
ai ; I shall return in the winter. 

Hdtoke, a. Cold. 

He wai hotoke ; Cold water. 

Hdtoke, V. To be cold. 

£a hutuke te kai ; The food is 
cold. 

Hdtu, V. To be urgent. 

E hotu ana taku ngakau ki te 
haere ; My heart is urgent to go. 

To sob. 
Hou, s. A feather. 

Hou, a. New. 

He whare hou; A* new house» 

Hou, V. To be new, 

Hou tonu ana te ketunga a te 
X poaka ; The rooting of the pig is 
quite new. 

To creep under. 

Ea hou te kuri i raro o te 
rakau ; The dog creeps under the 
timber. 

Hduange, ad. A little while 
ago; hereafter. 

Mo a houange nei ka hoatu; 
It will be given hereafter. ( W.) 

Hduhou, a. Cool. 

He kainga houhou tenei ; This 
is a cool place. 

Hduhou, V. To be cool. 

Ea houhou tatou i te puhang^ 
o te hau ; We are cool from the 
blowing of the wind. 

Hduhou, *. Act of digging fem-^ 
root. 



HOU 



Kei te hoohou roi mana ; He is 
engaged in digging fern-root for 
himself. 

Hdiinga, 9. Newnese, 

Me i rongoatia i te hounga o te 
mate; If medicine had heeng^ven 
when the disease was recent. 

Houwere, 9, To tie; to bind 

together. 

Houweretia te takitaki; Let the 
fence be tied up. {E, C.) 

Syn. with Hobou. 

Hou^banga» «. Act of binding. 

Act of making peace, 

£ pehea ana koe ki te houwha- 
ng^ rongo ? What do you think 
of making peace ? 

Ha, 8, A «warnp ; mud, 

Kua tapoko Id te hu ; He has 
fiillen into the swamp. ( W.) 

Hu, V, To boil up, 

Ka hu te ngawha ; The hot 
spring boils up. 

Hu, adv. Silently, 

£ noho hu ana, kei whakaae kei 
eke koe ki runga i te hoiho ; He 
sits silent, that he may not consent 
for you to get upon the horse. 

Hua, s. Fruit, 

Ka ngahoro te hua o te pau- 
kena ; The fruit of the pumpkin 
falls off. 

An egg, 

d screen from the wind. {W.) 

A division of land, 

Eo tahi hua ka riro i Ngati- 
rangi; One division is gone by 
Ngatirangi. 

Hua, a. Bearing fruit. 

He rakau hua ; A tree bearing 
fruit. 

Hua, V, To bear fruit; to 
abound. 



( 29 ) HUA 

£ kore e hua tenei rakau; This 
tree will not bear fruit. 



To be at the full. 

Ka hua te marama; The moon 
is at the full. 

To think ; to know. 

Ea hua e kore e mate ; He 
thinks he will not die. Eo wai ka 
hua? Who knows? 

Hua, V. To name. 

Pass, Huaina. 

Na wai i hua to tama? By 
whom was yoiur child named ? 

Hua, s. A handspike. (Differs 
from Hua, fruity in having a 
soft breathing.) 

Hua, V. To raise by a lever, 
Huaia te rakau nei; Let this 
tree be raised by a lever. 

To overturn, 

Ea huaia mai e Te Eoikoi a 
taua tatai ; Our plans are over- 
turned by Te EoUcoi. 

Huahua, *. Rails of a fence. 

{W.) 

Any solid food steeped in 
liquid; a stew. 

A small pimple, 

Hliai, s. The name of a shell- 
fish, 

HiiakaDga, s. A rushing. 

No te huakanga i mate ai ; He 
died at the time the rush was 
made. 

Hiiaki, s. A rush. 

Ea paia te huaki ; The rush is 
made. 

Htiaki, v. To rush, 

Ea huaki te taua; The army 
rushes. 

To dawn. 

Huaki ake te ata ka haere; 
d2 



HUA 



(30) 



Hur 



When the morning dawned we 
went. (TT.) 

Htiamdngo, «. A species of 
potdtoe, 

Huamo, s. Swell on the sea, 

(TF.) 

Htiamtitu,*. The name of a fish. 

The name of a shell-fish. 

Htianga, s, A relation: 

E^ore aku huanga I konei; I 
hay^ no relations here. 

A naming, 

Htiare, s. Spittle, 

Hiiatare, v. To pant; to catch 
the breath, 

E huatare kau ana te tupapaku ; 
The sick man is only just breath- 
ing. ( W,) 

Hue, s. Fruit of the melon 
kind. 

The name of a fish, 

Htihu, s, A grub living in rot' 
ten wood. 

A math. 

Looseness; diarrhoea. 

Noise of steam issuing from a 
confined place, 

Htihu, V, To strip off, as bark. 
Pass, Huhua. 

To slip off, as a rope from a 
piece of timber. 

Hiihu, V. To make a noise in 

boiling, 

Ka huhu ake te whanake ; The 
steam is boiling up. 

Huhtia, s. Abundance, (E,C,) 

Huhtia, a. Abundant, 



Huhua, V. To be abundant; 

numerous. 

Ea huhua nga tamariki o te 
kainga nei ; The children of thn 
place are numerous. 

Htihuakore, adv. Causeless, 

E pai oti kia tangohia huhuako^ 
retia te waka? Is it right that 
the canoe should be taken without 
cause I 

Htihuatdnga, s. Goodness ; 

excellence. 

Eahore he fauhuatanga o ena 
kakahu ; Those garments have no 
good qualities. 

Huhuti, V. To pull up ; to 

hoist. 

Hutia nga tarutaru; Let the 
g^ass be pulled up. 

Hui, s. A starting in the sleep, 

I pehea te hui o Tohitapu ? 
Which way was the starting of 
Tohitapu ? 

Hui, V. To startle. 

Ea hui taku maui ; My left 
hand startles. 

Hui, V. To strip off, 

Ea huia nga kakahu, ka patua; 
The clothes are stripped off, and 
^ then he is killed. 

Huia, s. The name of a bird. 

Htiihtii, v. To gather together ; 
to join; to add. 

Huihuia nga kaheru; Let the 
hoes be gathered together. 

Huihuinga, s. A gathering to- 
gether. 

Htiinga, a, A stripping off, 

Huirdpa, s. Grasping, 

Eatahi tana huirapa mona ana- 
ke; His gi'asping is great for 
hidiself alone. 



HUK 



(81 ) 



HUN 



Htika» a. Foam ; lather. 

Frost; snow, {E. C.) 

Htika, V, To be long, in time, 
E kore e huka ka tae ; It will 
not be long before he arrives. 

H^ikahtika, 8. Strings of a mat, 

Htikahiika, adv, Managing in 

shreds. 

I mahue bukahuka te whare; 
The house was left with the loose 
pieces of raupo banging down. 

Hdkap&pa, s. Ice, (E, C.) 
Hukarêre, s. Snow, 
Htikari, «. Young of birds, 

Hfike, o. To uncover by scratch- 
ing, as earth. 

JPtus, Hukea. 

E huke ana te wahine i te ba- 
ng^; The woman is uncovering the 
oven. 

Htikeke, a. Reeling, 

He tangata bukeke; A man 
who stumbles. 

H^eke, v. To reel, 

Htikeketanga, s. A reeling, 

Htikenga, s. Act of uncovering^ 
by scratching up the earth, 

Hdkihtiki, s, A stick upon 
which is put fishy ^c, to be 
roasted, 

A starting ; convulsion, 

Ka mate taku ringaringa i te 
hukibuki; My band is affected 
with starting. 

Htikihtiki, v, a. To. roast upon 
a stick, 

Hukihukia te ngohi ; Let the 
fish be roasted upon a stick. 

HtUdlitiki, v, n. To contract 



with convulsive motion; to 
throb, 

Hdmene, v. To be ruffled or 

crumpled, 

Ka humene te kakahu ; The gar- 
ment is ruffled. 

Htimu, s. The hipbone, 

Tu kau ana te humu o taku 
papa ; My hipbone stands out, as 
from disease. 

Htimuhtimu, v. To be bare, or 
shorn of their branches, 

Kei nga rakau e bumuhumu 
mai ra ; At the trees which were 
shorn of their branches. ( W,) 

Htina, a. Concealed, 

Huna, V, To be concealed, 

' I buna toku e wai ? My gar- 
ment was concealed by whom ? 

Htinanga, s. Act of concealing, 

Hundonga, s. Son-in-law ; 
daughter-in-law, 

Hunarêi, s. Father-in-law ; 
mother-in-law, 

Hdnarere, s. Father-in-law; 
mother-in-law, (JE, C) 

Hune,«. The doum of the seeds 
of raupo. 

*The month of June, 

Htinga, s. People. 

He hunga warahoe koutou ; You 
are an unbelieving people. 

Htingahiinga, s. Refuse of the 
flax leaf; the down or nap 
which comes off a garment, 

Htingawai, s. Father-in-law ; 
mother-in-law, 

Hungdingoi, a. Trembling, 
Syn. with Huoioi. 



HUN 



( 32) 



HUT 



Htinuhtinu, v. To remove hair 
by scalding or singeing, 

Hunuhunua te poaka ; Let the 
pig be scalded. 

Huoioi, a. Shaking with weak- 
ness; trembling, 

Ea huoioi oga waewae ; The 
legs are trembliog. 

Htipe, s. . Secretion from the 
nose, 

Hupeke, v. To be drawn up ; 
to be contracted, 

£ia hupeke o waewae kei maku ; 
Let your legs be drawn up that 
they may not be wet. 

Hupeke,*. An old woman. (T) 

Hupenupenu, 1?. To be mashed, 
as potatoes overboiled, 

£a hupenupenu noa iho nga 
kai i roto 1 te kohue ; The kumara 
are mashed in the 'Saucepan. 

Htira, v, a. To uncover; to 
draw aside, 

Hura te kakahu ; Let the gpar- 
ment be drawn aside. 

Htira, v, n. To flow, 

£a hura te mata o te tai ; The 
surface of the tide flows. 

*Hurae, s. The mjonth of July, 

Hurahura, s, A body of people 
who come on friendly termSy 
to see those who have been 
plundered, 

Hurangi, s, A fly, (22.) 

Hurangi, adv. Fearfully, as 
people before an enemy, 

Ka hurangi haere tatou ki tona 
matenga ; We go in fear to hv9 
death, or to witness his death. 

Huri, s. Seed. 

Ka waiho enei parareka hei 
huri mo taku mara ; These pota- 



toes are left as seed for my gar- 
den. (E. C) 

A mill for grinding wheat, 

Htiri, V, To turn; to over- 
flow; to grind, 
P.ass, Hurihia. 

Na wai i huri te pouaka ? By 
whom was the box turned ? Huri 
katoa te waipuke ki te ara ; The 
flood entirely overflowed the road. 

Htirikdaro, v. To turn inside 

out. 

Hurikoarotia te kakahu; Let 
the garment be turned inside out. 

Htirikdarotanga, s. Turning 

inside out. 

Huringa, s. Act of turning. 

Htiripoki, V, To turn upside 

down, 

Huripokia te kohue; Let the 
cooking vessel be turned upside 
down. 

Htiru, s, A dogskin mat. 
Brushwood, 
Htiruhuru, s. , Hair. 

Huruhuruwhenua, s. The 

name of a plant. 

{Asplenium Incidum.) 

Hururoa, s. The name of a 

shell-fish. 

Htirurua, s. Brushwood. 

Hlirurtia, v. To be overgrown 
' with brushwood, 

Ka hururuatia te ara; The 
road is overgrown with brush- 
wood. 

Hurutete, v. To be stunted. 

E kore e mataara ake te witi i 
te whenua ka hurutete ; The 
wheat will not rise from the 
ground, it is stunted. 

Htitihuti,*. A rope. (W.) (22,) 



fiUT 



Htitinga, *. A 'pulling up ; a 
place cleared from weeds 
preparatory to cultivation, 

Na Te Eauae tenei butinga; 
This pulling^ up was done by 
Te Eauae. 

Htitiwai, 8» The name of a 
plant, 

Hutditdi, V. To be dishevelled. 
£ butoitoi ana ng^ huruburu o 
te matenga ;- The hair of the bead 
is dishevelled. 

H^toke, «. Winter, {E. C.) 

Hiitotoi, V, To be weak or di- 
minutive, as the shoot of a 
plant. 

£ butotoi ana te tupu o te ka- 
pana ; The shoot of the potatoe is 
weak. 

Hdwha, s. The thigh. 



( 38 ) IHI 

arrival of the company from in- 
land. 



I. 



T, J. particle u^ed in forming 
the past tense, / 

I korerotu^^if^u ki a koutou ; 
It was spoikufty me to you. 

I, AparHelt used in forming 

the aeeusmive case. 

£ nati wti abau i taku wbare ; 
I am tyin^up (the raupo of) my 
home. 

Ii 9, Ttf hi sour ; to be pu- 
trid; iū/krment. 

Kmi i ka te kai nei ; This food 
k qidle piibrid. 

1 ta palrku matua e nobo ana 
i te fhwmyTi' te tira i uta ; My 
Ltting at the pa at the 



During. 

I taku baerenga ; During my 
journey. 

By. 

Ka riro te pukapuka i a au ; The 
book is gone by me. I te ao i te 
po ; By day and by night. 

From. 

I baere mai abau i Waikato -, 
I came from Waikato. 

In comparison of. 

He kakabu aba te kakabu i te 
tangata ? What is a garment in 
comparison of a man? 

I, ad. Than ; while ; when. 
£ rangi tenei kakabu i tera; 
This garment is better than that. 

la, s. Current. 

E kore e tore te waka i te ia ; 
The canoe will not move swiftly 
by reason of the cun*ent. 

J^ypron. pers. He; she; it, 

la, pron, dem. That, 

Ka baere te kai korero ki ia 
wabi ki ia wabi ; The speaker is 
going to that place and that place ; 
t. e., to several places. 

lanei, ad. Then. 

E kore ianei koe e baere ? Will 
you not go then ? 

laua, int. Hold! 

laua ! maku e here ; Hold ! I 
will tie it. 

Ihe, s. The name of a fish, 

Syn. with Takeke. 

Ihi, V. To blow ; to make a 
rushing noise. 

Ka ihi mai te hau, kia maranga 
te wbakawbiti ; The wind blows» 
let the sail be hoisted. ( W.) 

ihiihi, V. To be afraid; to 
thrill. 



IHO 

Ea ihiihi ka heke iho te wera- 
wera; He is afraid, he becomes 
hot. 

Iho, ad. Down, 

Noho iho ; Sit down. 

Lower, 

Ei raro ibo ; Lover down. 

Ihu, *. The nose ; head of a 
ship or boat, 

Ea ihi mai te ihu o te poti; 
The head of the boat makes a 
rustling noise. 

fhuptiku, s. A novice, 

Eo wai koia te ihupuku ki tena 
meakia tangohia? Who indeed 
is the novice with respect to that 
thing that it should be received ? 

Ihuptiku, a. Grasping; stingy, 

Ihupuni, s, A dogskin mat, 

linu, V, To drink often, 

Ika, s. A fish, 

Eua kfUBpotia nga ika ki roto 
ki te kupenga ; The fish are in> 
closed within the net. 



A tribe; a body of men,, 

Ike, V. To strike^ as with a 
hammer» 
Pass. Ikea. (B.) 

Ikeike, s. Height, 

Eia pehea te ikeike o te whare ? 
What shall be the height of the 
house? 

ikeike, a. High; raised; 

lofty. 

He whare ikeike ; A lofty house. 

ikeike, tr. To be high; to be 

raised, 

Eia ikeike te taepa ; Let the 
fence be high. 

ikenga, s. Act of striking. 
Iktiiku, s. Eaves of a home. 



( 34 ) INA 

ina, ad. When. 

Eia mahara mai koe ki a au ina 
tae koe ki tawahi ; Think of me 
when you arrive on the other side. 

Truly. 

Since- 

He maia oti koe ina koe ka 
tohe ? Art thou brave, since thou 
art urgent ? 

in&,prep. According to. 

Meake au taka ina te ahua ; I 
shall soon fall according to ap- 
pearances. 

inahêa, ad. When, 

In^anei, ad. To-day; just 
now. 

inaina, a. Warming: 

Hei konei'te ahi inaina ; Let the 
fire, to warm oneself by, be l^ere. 

inaiQa, v. To warm oneself, 

inaki-, v. To fiy, as before a 

foe. 

Ea inaki ki runga ki nga ma- 
tua ; They fly back to the divi- 
sions of^e army. (^O 

Inakuara, ad, A little while ago. 

inamata, ad. Formerly, 

Quickly; immediately. (W,) 

inamdki, s. A species of rat. 

inanahi, ad. Yesterday. 

inanga, s. A sma^ fresh water 
fish. ! 

inangêto, ad. Quicfdy. 

Inangeto kua i^iaoa ; It will be 

quickly cooked. *; 

Inaoake, ad, TAJretf days ago, 
inaoakentii, ac?. Fbur days ago, 
Inapo, ad. Last\mght. 
inati, s, VexatVk 



iNa 



He inati te ng^ung^ o tenei mea 
kino ; The sting^g of this evil 
thing* is a yexation. 

Ingoa, s. The name of a per- 
eon or thing, 

inohi, *. Scale of a fish, {E. C) 

Inoi, «. A prayer; an entreaty, 

inoi, a. Asking, 

He pu]uipuka inoi tenei ; This 
is a begging letter. 

inoi, V. To ask ; to pray for ; 
to entreat, 

Inoia he kai ma tatou; Let 
some food for us be asked for. E 
inoi ana hoki ia; Behold^ he 
prayeth. 

Inoinga, s. Act of asking. 
Indnira, ad. Behind, (12.) 
Inu, 9. To drink, 

Inumia katoatia, kia pau ; Let 
it all be drank up, let it be con- 
sumed. 

Inukdrokdro, s. One who likes 
eating better than work. 

{E. C.) 

Inmndnga, s. Act of drinking. 

loio, V. To be unripe ; to be 
, hard, 

Kihai i maoa a tatou paukena, 
ioio ana; Our pumpkins were not 
cooked, they were hard. 

f pu> s, A calabash, 

1v2l, s, Mark on the skin of a 
child at its birth. 

iraira, s, A freckle. (JF.) 

Iram^tu, s, A nephew or niece. 

Irêirai ad. There, 

in,». To hangup. 

iriiri, V. To baptize ; to per- 



( 85 ) IWI 

form a native ceremony re- 
sembling baptism. 

Pass, Iriiria. 

Eua iriiria ranei te tamaiti? 
Has the child been baptized ? 

Iriiringa,*. Baptism. 

Iringa, *. Act of hanging up. 

Irirangi, s, A voice from hea* 
ven ; a voice from a deity, 

Irirangi, v. To sound, as if by 

inspiration from God. 

Tenei ano te irirangi nei nga 
kupu, he whakaaro ke ki raro; 
Thy words sound as if by divine 
inspiration, but there is a different 
thought bpi\eath them. 

Iro, V, To be satisfied. 

Whiua kia iro ai ; Let him be 
whipped, that he may be satisfied. 

Irdiro, s, A maggot ; a thread 

worm, 
Itau, s. A garment worn round 

the waist. 

Itemea, conj. If. 

fti, a. Small, 

Iti, V. To be small. 

Kia itiiti iho ; Let it be a little 
less. 

Itinga, s, Smallness, 

Iwa, a. Nine. 

Iwi, s. A bone. 

Me homai tetahi kakahu hei 
takai mo nga iwi ; Give me a gar- 
ment as a covering for the bones. 

A tribe. 

He iwi tangata ke; He is of 
another tribe. 

iwikore, a. Weak ; feeble, 
Iwituararo, s. The back bone. 



K. 

Ka, A particle med informing 
the presen t, future, and gome- 
times thepagl, tense of verbs. 

Ka, a. Burning. 

Ebara («nei i te wshie kit ; This 
is not burning Arewood. 
Ka, V. To bum. 

Kua ka ke te rakau ; The »tiok 
is quite burnt. 

Kaedea, t. A kawk, 
Kaeiea, ». To look about like 
a hawk. 

E kaeaea ana ki te kiu mans ; 

He is looking about for food. 

Kdeo, *. Tke name of afresh 

water aheU-Jish. (^0 

Kaewa, v. To wander ; to go 

I te vbenuB abati e kaews noa 
ana ; I bave been iranderiDg 
about on tbe earth. 
To be loose ; to be undone. 

"WIwkakMWaIia tt' taura kia 
kaewa ; Loosen the rope that it 
ma; be alack. Ka kacwa laku 
pikaunga; Mj bundle is come 
undone. (B, C.) 

K4ha, «. A boundary. 

'Hihia nga kaha o te maro ; Let 
tbe bouDdaritg of tbe cultivation 
be marked. 
Strength'. 

Kahore he kaha o tenei tanga- 
ta ; There ie no strength of tbii 

A rope. 

Puritia te kaha; Let tbe Tope 
be beld. 
Eiha, a. Strong. 
KAfaa, V. To be ttrong. 

E kore au e kaba i I ahall not 
be strong'. 



Kdhaka, s. A calabash. 
Kdhakdha. ». The name of a 

Kahaki, s. Ropes or straps by 
which a load is carried on 
the back. 

Tea aku kahaki Ī Where «re 
my straps X (B ) 

KSliaki, ti. To carry away by 
stealth. 

I kahakina te wheua e te kara- 
rehe ; The boce was carried awaj 
b; tbe dog. 
KAhanga, s. Strength. 
Kahardro,*. Rope of the ynder 

side of a net. 
Kiharunga, *. Rope of tke 

upper side of a net. 
Kihawai,*. The name of a fish. 
Kah^ko, a. A slipping, (ff'-) 
Kahêko, V. To slip. ( W.) 
Kaheni, s. A digging imple- 

KdBia, *, Tke name of a creep- 
ing plant. 
Kahika, s. Tke name of a tree. 
[Podoearpvs eirctliit». ) 
KnhikaUo.g. Thenameofatree. 

gfn.witbXalLika. 
Kaliikatoa,*. Tkenameofatree. 
(Leptoipermum ievpaTium,) 
Kdhitiia, s. Tke name of a 

skeU-fish. 
Kahiwi, s. Ridge of a kill. 
Kafao, s. Tkin sticks used in 

building ; battens. 
Kah(5re, ad. Not. 

Eabore au e lae ata ; I will not 



KAH ( 37 ) 

Kahu, s. A garment. 

Kahu, s, A hawk, 

(*< a" longer than in the pre- 
ceding word. 

Kahu, c. To grow, 

• Sua kahu te witi ; The wheat 
has grown. 

Kahua, s. Likeness; resem- 
blance. 

Me te kukupa te kahua ; Like 
the pigeon is the resemblance. 

K&bui, s, A herd. 

No wai te kahui poaka nei? 
Whose is this herd of pigs ? 

E^huirangi, v. To be unset- 
tled, 

Eahuirang^ noa iho maua nei ; 
We are living in an unsettled 
state. (W,) 

Kahuktira, s The rainbow, 

{E, C) 

Kahunga, *. Act of growing, 
Hohoro tonu te kahunga o teuei 
taru ; The growth of this grass is 
very rapid. 

Kahupdpa, v. To bridge over, 

£a kahupapangia ki te rakau ; 
It is bridged over with timber. 

Kahupapa, s, A raft. 

Kdhurangi, ad. To no purpose, 
E kahurangi haere ana i runga 
i nga puke ; He is going to no 
purpose over the hills. 

Kai, s. Food, 

Haere koutou ki te kai ; Go to 
the food. 

A person employed in any 

work. 

He kai ngaki; A cultivator. 
He kai tiaki ; A guardian. 

A riddle; a game. 
Kai> V. To eat. 



KAI 



Pase. Kainga. 

E kai ana te poti i te kiore; 
The cat is eating the rat. 

Kii, s, A tree, 

K&ia, s, A thief, 

Kdia, V. To steal, {E. C.) 

Ejiidiot, s, A ^awk, 

Kaihakere, v. To be stingy, 
Kaua e kaihakeretia tou tao- 
nga ; Don't be stingy with your 
property. (E, C) 

^Kaihe, s. An ass. 

K^iboro, a. Greedy ; glut- 
tonous, 

Kdihoro, v. To eat greedily. 
Aua e kaihorotia te kai; Do 
not eat the food greedily. 

Kaihot^a, s, A whipping-top. 

Kaih^a,*. A full-grown palm- 
tree, 

Kaika, v. To be in a hurry ; 
to be impatient for. 

E kaika ana ki te haere ; He is 
impatient to be gone. {E, CJ 

E^aikdha, s. Lower part of the 
stem of the flax plant, 

Kaikaiattia, s. The name of a 
plant. 

{Rhdbdothamnus SolandH.) 

Kdikaiwdiu, s. A person who 
goes secretly to give infor- 
mation of the approach of an 
enemy, 

Kaikdru, v. To sleep. 

Kaikauau, v. To cut off the 
end, as of hair, or the 
branches of a tree, 

Kdike, v. To lie in a heap. 
Te pehanga wabie e kaike mai 



KAI 



(38 ) 



KAK 



ra ; The heap of firewood which 
lies there. ( W.) 

Kaikiri, v. To quarrel. 

E kaikiri ana Ng^apuhi; Nga- 
puhi are quarrelling. 

Kaikdhure, *. The etnaller of 
, two sticks by which fire is 
procured by rubbing, 

Kaikomako, s. The name of a 
tree. 

Kaimata, a. Raw ; uncooked. 

Kaimata, v. To be uncooked. 
E kaimata ana nga kai ma ta- 
tou ; Our food is uncooked. 

Kaimatatanga, s. Rawness; 
newness. 

I mua i te kaimatatanga o te 
oneone; Formerly when the 
ground was new ; i.e.f mi- 
wrought. 

Kainga, s. Place or time of 
eating. 

" Cockle shells. (^0 

Xainga, s. A place of abode ; 

a village. 

Kei hea to kainga ? Where is 
your place of ahode ? 

Kaipakeha, s. A large kind 
of sweet potatoe, 

Kaiponu, a. Stingy. 

He tang^ta kaiponu ; A stingy 
man. 

Kaiponu, v. To be stingy ; to 
hoard. 

Aua ra e kaiponutia o puka- 
puka; Let not your hooks he 
withheld. 

Xaipuke, s, A ship. 

Kairawaru, s. A spear m its 
rough state. (iZ.) 

Kairêperêpe, s. A relation by 
marriage. (^0 



Kditaka, s. A bordered mat. 

Kaitoa, v. impers. It serves 
you right. 

Kaka, s. A parrot. 

{First syllable very long.) 

Kaka, s. Fibres of a root ; a 
single hair. 

A garment. (JE. C) 

K^kahi, s. A fresh water 
muscle. 

Kakaho, s. A reed. 

Kakahu, s. A garment. 

Ea huia nga kakahu o tans 
pononga; The garments of his 
slave are stripped 6^. 

Kdkahu, v. To clothe. 

iKakahuria ou ; Let your clothe» 
be put on. 

Kakai, a. Eating often. 

He tangata kakai ; A man who 
eats often. 

Kakdi, V, To eat often, 

Kakama, a. Quick. 

Kak^ma, v. To be quick. ' 
Kia kakama to haere ; Let your 
walking he quick. 

Kakano, s. Seed. 

Kdkano, s. Grain of timber. 
Tika tonu te kakano o tenei 
rakau ; The grain of this timber 
is quite straight. 

{First syllable shorter than in 
the preceding word.) 

Kakdpu, s. A basket of cooked 
food. 

Kdkara, s. The name of a 
shell-fish. 

Kakara, s. Scent; smell. 

Ka puta te kakara o te ngohi ; 
The smell of the fish is perceiTed. 

Kakdra, v. To emit a scent. 



KAK 

SLakarauri, v. To be dusk, 

Ka kakarauri ka tae matou ki 
te kainga ; When it was dusk we 
arrived at the place. 

Elakari, v. To press ; to urge, 

Ka kakari kia noho matou ; He 

pressed us to stay. {£, C) 

To quarrel. 

E kakari mai ra nga tamariki ; 
The children are quarrelling. 

Kakariki, s. The name of «r 
shrub, j 

A green parrot, {W.) {B. C) 

Syn. with Powhaitere. 

Kakariki, a. Green, 

He kakahu kakariki ; A g^reen 
garment. 

Kakaritanga, a, A valley or 
dip of a hill. 

Kakaro, a. A warding off. 

Kihai i kaha tana kakaro ; His 
warding off was not effective. 

Kakaro, v. To ward off, 

£ua karohia te matia o Tawha. 
rau; The spear of Tawharau wiis 
warded off*. 

Kakdta, v. To laugh often. 

To crack, as the ground, 

E kakata ana te whenua ; The 
ground is cracking. 

Kiikatai, s. The name of a 
bird. 

Kakatardpo, s. The name of 
a bird, 

Kakati, s. A bundle. 

Kia torn kakati korari ka oti ; 
Let there be three bundles of iiax 
and it will be finished. 

Kakdtif s. A sting; a bite. 

Kakati, v. To sting ; to bite, 
Ka kakati te namu; The fly 



( 39 ) KAN 

bites. Kei katia koe e te puwere- 
were ; Take care you are not 
bitten by the spider. 

Kakau, s. A handle of a tool. 

A stalk of a plant, 

Elakawa, *. Sweat. 

Kakawa, v. To perspire. 

Kake, v. To climb ; to ascend. 

Pass. Kakea. 

Maumau kake noa abau ki ru- 
nga ki te taiepa ; I climb up the 
fence to no purpose. 

Kakenga, s. An ascent. 

The act of climbing. 

Kaki, *. Neck. 

E mamae ana taku kaki ; My 
neck is sore. 

Kdmaka, s, A stone ; a rock, 

Kamata, s. End of a branch 
or leaf 

Kame, s. Food. 

Kahore a koutou kame ? Have 
you no food. ( W.) 

Kame, v. To eat. (W,) 

Kamenga, «. Act of eating. 

{W.) 

Kamokamo, «• Eyelash. 

Vegetable marrow. 

Kamokamo, v. To wink. 

Kamu, s. Seeds of cowhage. 

Kdmu, V. To eat. 

Kamukamu, s. Food, 

Kamuri, s. A cooking^house 
or shed, 

Kdnae, s. The name of a fish. 

Kanakdna, s. Mesh of a net, 

Kanaku, *. Fire^ (R.) 



KAN 



(40) 



KAP 



K&napa, s, Brightnese. 

Abo te kanapa o te toki nei ; 
How great is Uie brightness of 
this axe. 

Kanapa, a. Bright, 

Kanapa, v. To be bright ; to 
shine. 

E kore e kanapa nga hn ; The 
shoes will not be bright. 

Kanape, ad. Not» 

Kanape e haere nga tangata ; 
The men will not go. 

Kanapu, r. To he bright ; to 
shine, ( W,) 

Kanêwha, v. To be underdone. 

I kanewha te kai nd, kihai i 

pnta ki tahaki; This food was 

underdone, it was not removed 

from the oven. 

ICanga, s, A burning ; 'place 
where afire is made, 

Nonahea tenei kanga ahi ? At 
what time was this horning of 
fire? 

Kanga, s, A eurse. 

{Shorter than the preceding 
word.) 

Kanga, v. To curse. 
Pass. Kanga. 

Kua kanga ahau e Te Tao- 
tahi ; I have been cursed by Te 
Taotahi. 

Kangafcungatu, s. A verandah. 

(iJ.) 

K&ni, s. A saw, 

KaTiiVanj^ s, A native dance. 

Kanikani, v. To rub back- 
wards and forwards. 

To dance. 

Kaninga, s. A place where 
timber is sawn. 



Kangkano, v. To be lumpy, 
as boiled flour, 

Kanohi, *. An eye ; the face, 

Kdnoti, V. To cover up embers 
with ashes or earth. 

Kanotia te kapora nei; Let 
this fire be covered with ashes. 

Kao, s. A sweet potatoe cooked 
and dried in the sun, 

E^okao, s. Side. 

Kei taku kaokao te mamae ; 
The pain is in my side. 

Kadre, conj. But, 

I mea ahau he tangata pai koe, 
kaore he tangata kino rawarawa ; 
I thought you were a good man, 
but (I see) you are a very bad 
man. 

Kapa, s, A line or ring of 
persons. 

Kia tika te kapa ; Let the line 
be straight. 

Play; sport. 

Kia mahue i a koe te kapa; 
Leave off play. i^fft.) 

Kapa, V. To stand in a line 
or ring. 

Kia kapa nga tangata, kia tika 
ai te korero ; Let the men stand 
in a ring, that the speaking may 
be correct. 

Kapakapa, v. To beat, as the 
heart; to flutter. 

£ kapakapa ana te tau o taka 
ate ; The chord of my liver is 
beating. 

Kapana, *. Potatoe. 

Kapara> s. Resinous wood, 

Kapatau, conj. If 

Kapatau he mea pai ka tango 
au; If it were a good thing I 
would take it. 



KAP 



(41 ) 



KAR 



Kape, 8. Eyehrowa, 

Tenei ano taku mate kei taku 
kape; Here is my complaint in 
my eyebrows. 

£^pe, V, To skip; to pass 
ever ; to omit. 

He aba abau i kapea ai ? Why 
was I passed over. 

To pick out, 

Kapea mai nga kapana; Let 
the potatoes be picked out. 

Kape, a. Passed oter. 

He mea kape nga rangatira; 
The chiefs are passed over, or a 
thing passed over. 

Kapekape, s. West wind. 

Kap^kapeta, v. To flutter ; 
to writhe, 

Kapekapeta ana i roto i te ka- 
pura ; It flatters in the Are. 

Kapekapetdu, v. To be quick, 
Kia kapekapetau o waewae; 
Let your legs be quick. 

Kapenga, v. A passing over. 

Kapi, V, To be covered, 

Kua kapi ke te kainga i te ta- 
ngata ; The place is quite covered 
with men. 

Rapia, s, Besin, 

Kapinga, s. Act or time of 
covering, 

Kapiti, *. A bone, 

A gorge ; a narrow pass. 

He whenua kapiti Whanganui ; 
Whangauui is lying between high 
hills. -^- 

Kapo, a. Caught hold of. 

He mea kapo ; A thing caught 
hold of. 

Kapo, V, To catch hold of," as 
a ball. 



Kapohia te wakaheke ; Let the 
rope be caught hold of. 

Kapo, *. A blind person. 

(First syllable very long,) 

Kapoai, «. Woodcoal, 

Kapowai, s. Dragonfly, 

Kapu, s. An adze, 

Kapu, V, To drink out of the 
hand which is held below the 
mouthy another person pour- 
ing the water into the cavity 
thus formed, (This is done 
to avoid touching the vessel 
with the mouth. ) 

Kapua, s, A cloud, 

E omaki anate kapua; The 
cloud is moving swiftly. 

Kapukapu, s. Sole of the foot, 

Eldpukdpu, v. To curl* as a 

wave. 

Ka kapukapu mai te ngaru ; 
The wave curls over. 

Kapunga, v. To take up with 
both hands held together, 

Kapungatia he kai i te omu ; 
Take up food from the oven. 

(B. C, 

Kapura, s. Fire, 
-' Tahuna he kapura ; Kindle a 
fire. 

Kapurangi, s. Rubbish; weeds, 

Kara, s. An old man, 

Tena korua ko kara ? How are 
you and the old man ? 

Kara, s> Basaltic stone. 

He kara te kamaka nei ; This 
stone is kara. 

Karaha, s. A calabash. 
♦Kardhi, *. Glass, 



KAR 



(42) 



K^rabu, 8, An oven, 

Kirahtie, s. The name of a 
shell-fish» 

Karaka, s. The name of a tree. 
Uoatu tatou ki te ta karaka \ 
Let us go to gather karakas. 

{Corynocarpus l<Bfngata,) 

Karakia, s, A religious service, 

Karakia, a. Belonging to reli- 
gious services. 

He whare karakia; A house 
for religious services. 

Karakia, v. To perform a re- 
ligious rite ; to worship» 
Pass, Karakiatia. 

Karamea, s. Red ochre, 

Karamii, s. The name of a tree, 

Karanga, s, A call. 

He aha koe te rongo ai ki te 
karanga tuatahi ? Why do you 
not listen to the first call ? 

Karanga, v. To call, 

Karangatia nga tangata kia ho- 
ki mai ; Let the men be called to 
return. 

Karangata, v. To remain si- 
lent. 

Ko koe tena i karangata i rou 
whare ? Was it you who remained 
silent in the house ? {E, C.) 

Kdrangi, v» To be anxious; 
to fret, 

Ka mate te katna ka karangi 
kau nga kuao ; When the dam is 
dead her young ones will pine. 

Kardngirangi, v. To he an- 
noyed, 

Karangirangi ki ahau ; I am 
quite annoyed. 

Karangti, s. The name of a tree, 

Kar&pa, a. Squinting» 



KAR 

He kanohi karapa ; A squint 



eye. 



Karapa, v. To squint, 

Karapi, *. Sticks put cross- 
ways, in building a house, to 
keep the reeds or rushes in 
their places, {E, C) 

Karapiti, v. To join together, 
Karapitia nga rakau nei ; Let 
the sticks be joined together. 

To trap. 

Kua k&rapitia taku ringaringa j 
My hand has been trapped. 

Karapitanga, *. The act of 
joining together, 

Karapdti, v. To enclose, 

Kua karapotia nga ika ki roio 
ki te kupenga ; The fishes have 
been enclosed in the net. 

Kararehe^ s» A quadruped, 

Karau, s, A comb, 

Karaua, s. An old man. 

Head of the body, (JR.) 

Kiirawa, *. A bed in a garden, 

Karawhiu, v. To whirl, 

K4re, s. Ripple, 

£ ihi mai ana te tira o te mako 
i runga i te kare o te tai ; The 
fin of the shark rushes above the 
ripple of the tide. 

Kareao, s. The name of a 
creeping plant. 

( Ripoffonum parv^mm.) 

The name of a shrub, 

Karêarêa, s, A sparrow hawk, 

Karehe, v. To run, 

E karehe ra i mua ra ; Run 
before. {R.) 

Karehu, s, A spade, (E» C) 
BIdrekare, v. To ripple. 



KAR 



( 43 ) 



KAT 



B karekare ana te hinu i roto i 
te ipu ; The oil shakes iaside the 
can. 

K&reko» r. To slip, 

*K^reko, *. Calico, 

K&rengo, «. To slip, 

Kei karengo koe ; Mind yon 
do not slip. 

Karengo, s. A slip. 

Short glutinous seaweed. 

{E, C.) 

^Karepe, s. Grape, the fruit 
of the vine, 

Xarerarera, s. The name of a 
water plant, 

Karere, s, A messenger, 

Elareto, v. To be untied, ■ 

Karetu, s, A certain grass, 

(7brre«ia redolens.) 

Karewa, s. A buoy, 

Elari, s. An isolated wood, 

(W.) 

Kari, V, To dig, (T.) 

Karihi, s. The stone of fruit ; 
a kernel, 

Karikari, v. To pull off, 

Haere ki te nehenebe ki te kari- 
kari aka hohou taiepa ; Go to the 
wood to break off aka to tie the 
fence with. (FF.) 

Kariri, v. To sail together in 
a fleet, 

£ kariri mai nga waka ra i te 
rae ; The canoes are sailing to- 
gether from the point. 

Karito, s, A species of flag, 
Syn. with Raupo. (22.) 

Karo, s. The name of a tree. 
Karokaro, s, A slave. 



Karoro, s. The name of a bird. 
The name of a shell-fish, {E, C.) 

Karu, s. The eye. 

Head of an animal, 

Karuhirubi, s. The name of a 
bird, 

Kdrukam, s. An old garment. 

{E. C.) 

Karupango, s. The pupil of 
the eye, 

Kanipe, s. Lintel of a door, 

Kdrure, v. To twist fax, 

Syn. with Miromiro. 

E karore muka ana te wahine 
nei ; The woman is twisting flax. 

Kata, s. Laughter, 

Kata, a. Laughing, 

Kata, V. To laugh ; to senile. 

Pass, Kataina. 

He aha tau e kata ? What are 
you laughing at ? 

K.a,tahi, adv. Just now; then, 

Katao, s. Water, (2J.) 

Katau, s. Right hand, 

Syn. with Matau. 

£ tu mai koe ki katau ; Stand 
thou on the right band. {E. C.) 

Katea, v. To be cleansed from 
flesh; — relating to bones. 

Elatea, s. The name of a tree, 
Syn. with Kahikatea. 

ICatekate, s, A small mat to 
cover the shoulders. 

Kati, V, To be shut or closed, 
Kua kati te tatau ; The door 
is closed. 

Kati, ad. Enough, 

Kati te turituri ; Be quiet. 



KAT 

Katihi, *. A stack of fern- 
root. {W.) 

Katipo, 8. A venomous spider; 
a wasp, . 

Katiramata, a«?. Truly, (E,C.) 
Katirehe, s, A sore throat, 

Kato, V. To pluck, 

Katohia etahi puwha maku ; 
Let some thistles be plucked for 
me. • 



Kato, a. Flowing, 

E kore e puta te waka i te tai 
kato ; The canoe will not move 
by reason of the floodtide. {E, C) 

Kato, V, To flow. 

Ka kato te tai ; The tide is 
flowing. ^ {E, C) 

Kat6a, a. All ; the whole, 

Kia poto katoa mai nga tangata; 
Let all the men arrive. 

Katoa, s. The name of a tree, 
Syn. with Kahikatoa. (TF.) 

Katohanga, s. Act of plucking. 

Katua, *. A dam or mother of 
animals. 

Kau, ad. Naked. 

E haere kau ana te tangata ; 
The man is going naked. 

Only, 

Kia tae kau atu ki te kainga ; 
Let me only arrive at the place. 

*Kau, s. A cow. 

Kaua, ad. Not, 

Kana koe e haere, kei mate 
koe ; Do not go, lest you should 
die. 

Kauae, s. The jaw; the chin. 
The wings of an army. 



( 44 ) KAU 

Beam of a building, 

Kduaehanguru, r. To shiver 

with cold. 

Kanaka, ad. Not. 

Kauati, s, A stick with which 
fire is procured hy friction. 

Kauau, s. The name of a bird. 
Syn. with Karuhiruhi. 

Kauaua, s, A hawk. 
Kauere, s. The name of a tree. 

Syn. with Pariri. 

(22.) (W.) {E,C.) 

Kauhoa, s. A litter in which 
a person is carried, 

Kauhoa, a. Carrying, 

Kei hea te kai kauhoa ? Where 
are the bearers of the litter ? 



Kauhoa, v. To carry in a 

litter, 

Kauhoatia te turoro nei ki uta ; 
Let the sick man be carried in- 
'land. 

Kauhoe, v. To swim, 

Kauika, s, A heap. 

No wai tenei kauika ? Whose 
is this heap ? 

Kauika, v. To heap up. 

Kauikatia ou riwai ; Let your 
potatoes be put in a heap. 

Kaukau, s. A spear, (R.) 

Kaukau, v. To swim; to wade. 
Kauia to tatou waka ; Let our 
canoe be swum after. 

Kaukau, v. To anoint with oil. 
Pass, Kaukanria. 

E kaukau ana a Maru i tona 
matenga ; Maru is anointing his 
head. 



KAU 



Eauki, V. To lie in a heap, 
E kaaki mai te kai i te ma ; 
The food lies in a heap in the 
store. (^0 

Kaumatua, s. An adult, 

E^umatna, v» To be arrived 
at man* 8 estate, 

Kua kaumatuatia te tamaiti 
nei ; The child is arrived at man's 
estate. 

Kaungarda, s. Side fence of 
a fortified village, 

Kaupapa, e, A fleet ; a floor; 
a surface, 

Ka rite te kanpapa o te raa ki 
te kaupapa o te awa ; The floor 
of the storehouse is on the same 
level with the surface of the river. 

Kauranga, *. A ford, 

Kei hea te kauranga o te awa 
nei ? Where is the ford of this 
river ? 

Act of swimming or fording. 

Kauri, s. The name of a species 
of pine, 

[Dammara australia,) 

The gum of the tree, 

Kauru, s. Head or top of a 
tree, 

Poutoa te kauru ; Let the top 
be cut off. 

Kauta, s, A cooking-house, 

Xautahanga> a. Empty, 

Ka haere kantahanga tenei pon- 
aka ; This box is going empty. 

(JS.C.) 

Kautangatanga, v. To be quick. 
Ahea te kautangatanga ai taua ? 
When shall we move quickly ? 

Kauwhau, s, A speaking of 
past events, 

Kauwhau, a. Belonging to 
speaking. 



( 45 ) KAW 

He whare kauwhau ; A house 
for speaking. 

Kduwhau, V, To speak of past 
events; to preach, 

Kawa, s. A heap. 

Me he kawa kamaka ; Like a 
heap of stones. 

A religious ceremony used on 
the completion of a house, 

Kawa, a. Sour; unpleasant. 
He kai kawa tenei ; This is un- 
pleasant food. 

Kawa, V, To be sour; to be 
unpleasant, 

Ka kawa taku waha ; My mouth 
is unpleasant. 

Kawai, *. Runners of a plant ; 
the line of ancestry, 

Takina ou kawai kia mohiotia 
ai ou tupuna ; Tell over your pe- 
digree that we may know your 
ancestors. {E, C) 

Kdwaka, *. Th^ name of a tree. 
(Dacrydium plumosum.) 

Kawakawa, s. The name of a 
shrub. 

{Piper excelsus.) 

Kawari, s. The name of a shell- 
fish, 

Kawariki, s. The name of a 
plant, 

Kawawa, s. Palings of a fence, 

Kawe, *. A handle. 

Straps by which a load is 
carried. 



Runner of a melon plant. 

Tenei ano te take o te kawe ; 
Here is the root of the runner. 

Kawe, V, To carry. 
Pass, Kawea. 

Naku i kawe tou pukapuka; 
Your letter was carried by me. 



KAW 



Kawei, «. Runners of a plant ; 
the line of ancestry» 

Kaweka, s. Ridge of a hill, 
Haere i runga i te kaweka ; Go 
upon the ridge. 

*Kawenata, «. Covenant; the 
testament, 

ICawenga, *. A load. 

Kawhia, s. The name of a fish, 

Ke, a. Different ; strange. 

He tangata ke i mauria mai ai ; 
It was a different person by whom 
it was brought. 

Ke, ad. Quite ; entirely. 

Kua riro ke te waka ; The 
canoe is quite gone. 

Kea, *. The secretion from 
the nose, (E, C.) 

Keha, s. A flea. 

A turnip, 

Kehe, s. The name of a fish. 

Kei, ad. Not; lest, 

Kei toro te whare i te korakora ; 
Take care lest the house bum 
with the spark. 

Whilst, 

Kia hohoro te haere kei ao te 
ra ; Walk quickly whilst it is 
light. 

Kei, prep. With ; at. 

Kei a ia taku pukapuka ; My 
book is with him. 

Keia,*. Theft. (W.) 

Keia, v. To steal. 

Pass, Keiatia. 

Ka keia ka whakama ; If a man 
steals he will be ashamed. 

Kêka,«. A beating of the breast 
in lamentation. 



( 46 ) KER 

Keke, a. Obstinate; stubborn. 

Keke, v. To be obstinate, 

Keke, s. The armpit. 

Keke, a. Distant in point of 
relationship. 

He matua keke ; A parent who 
is distant in point of relationship ; 
t. e., an uncle or aunt. 

Keke, v. To quack, as a duck. 

He aha tenei e keke mai i roto 

i te hau ? What is this which 

makes a quacking sound in the 

wind ? 

Kekeao, s. A dark cloud. 

Na te kekeao i ngaro ai te ma- 
rama nei ; The moon is obscured 
by the dark clouds. 

Kêkeno, s. A seal, 

Kekererii, s. A black beetle. 

Keko, a. Squinting. 

He kanohi keko ; A squint eye. 

Keko, V. To squint. 

A large white ku- 



Kengo, s, 
mara. 

Kengo, s. 

Kengo, V. 



Night, (R,) 

To become night. 
Ka kengo te ra ; The day is 
become night ; or, It is night. 

Keokeo, a. Pointed. 

Me haere ra te puke keokeo ; 
Go by way of the pointed hill. 

Kêokêonga, s. Summit; point. 

Kêrekêrewai, s. Numbness. 

Kêrengêo, s. A lump of earth. 

{R.) 

Kererti, *. A pigeon. {E. C.) 

Kêretêki, *. Outer fence of a 
fortified village. 

Keretu, s, A lump of clay; 



KER ( 47 ) KI 

Kêrewhen6a, s. Yellow clay. \ Keu, v. To pull the trigger of 
Keri, r. To dig. 



Pass, Keria. 
Syn. with Kari. 

Kia keria ra ano e au nga taha ; 
Let the sides he dag by me. 

Keringa, s. Act or time of 
digging. 

Kero, a. Maimed. 
I Ka ki mai te ringa kero ; The 

' man with the maimed hand is 
speaking. 

Kete, 8. A native basket. 

Kêtekête, s. Expression of sur- 
prise or sorrow. 

Kêtekête, v. To express sur- 
prise or sorrow. 

He aha tau e ketekete? At 
what do yon express surprise ? 

Ketoa, V. To become maggoty. 

Kua ketoa ta tatou kai ; Our 

food is become maggoty. (JR.) 

Ketoketo, s. A sick person. 

iW.) 

A maggot, (R*) 

Kêtokêto, V. To be extinct; 
to be gone out. 

Kua ketoketo te ahi ; The fire 
is gone out. 

Ketu, V. To flow y as the tide, 
Ka ketu te mata o te tai ; The 
surface of the tide flows. 

Ketu, V. To rooty as a pig. 

Pass. Ketoa. 

Kua ketua taku mara e te po- 
aka ; My garden has been rooted 
up by the pigs. 

Ketunga, s. The act of rooting. 

Place which has been rooted 
up* 



a gun. 

Keua te pu ; Let the trigger of 
the gun be palled. 

Kêukêu, V. To move; to wrig- 

gle about. 

Takoto tonu ana te turoro nei, 
kahore e keukeu ; This sick per- 
son lies still, he does not move. 

{E. C.) 

Syn. with Korikori. 

Kêunga, s. Act of pulling the 
trigger. 

Kewa, V. To be extinct. 

Kua kewa te ahi ; The fire is 
extinct. 

Kêiwha, ad. Before. 

Kia hohoro te whakapono kei- 
wha mate koe ; Make haste to' 
believe before you die. 

Whilst. 

Kia taria nga mea keiwha noho 
nga tangata; Let the things be 
carried whilst the men are remain- 
ing. 

Ki, s. Speech. 

Thought, 

Ki taku ki ko te rua tena e pi- 
rau ; According to my idea that 
is the store in which the food will 
be rotten. (PT.) 

Ki, V. To speak; to think. 

To be full. 

Kua ki ke te ipu ; The cala- 
bash is quite full. 

Ki, prep. To ; according to ; 
respecting. 

Hoake taua ki te taumata noho 
ai ; Let us go on to the brow of 
the hill and sit down. 

Ki, ad. Very. 

Torituri ki ; Very noisy. 



KI 



Ki, conj. If, 

Kia, A particle used informing 
the imperative and infinitive 
moods. In order that; un- 
til. , 

Kia, s. A calabash. (JE. 0.) 

Kiano, ad. Not yet, 

Kiano taku mahi i oti noa ; My 
work is not yet done. 

Kiatoka, adv. By and bye; 
wait a while. ( W.) 

Kiekie,' s. The name of a 
creeping plant. 

{Freycineta Banhsii,) 

The fruit of the same plant. 

{E. C.) 

Kiha, *. A panting, 

Tu ana te kiha a tou tangata ! 
How you are panting ! 

Kiha, V. To pant, 

Kihdi, ad. Not, 

Kibai i ata maoa; It is not 
quite cooked. 

Kihikihi, s, A chrysalis, 
A grasshopper, 

Syn. with Tatarakihi. (E, C) 

Kiki, V. To be crowded; to be 
strait. 

E kiki ana te kuwaha; The 
doorway is crowded. 

Kiki, v. To speak, 

Korero noa ana ahau, kihai i 
kiki te tangata ; I was talking to 
no purpose, the man did not 
speak. 

Kikini, v. To nip; to pinch. 
Pass, Kinitia. 

Kikohdnga, v. To be putrid; 
to mortify. 

Ka kikohungatia te mate o te 



( 48 ) KIR 

tangata; The man's disease has 
mortified. 

Eokokiko, s. Flesh, 

Kikorangi, s. Blue sky ; fir- 
mament. 

Kimi, s, A calabash. 

Kimi, V. To look for. 
Ptu8, Kimihia. 

He aha tau e kimi mai nei ? 
What are you looking for here ? 

(PT.) 

Kina, s. A sea egg, 

Kinaki, s. Food which is eaten 

as a relish for other food, 

Homai he poaka hei kinaki 
mo a matou kapana ; Let somp^ 
pork be given as a relish for our 
potatoes. 

Kinaki, v. To eat one kind of 

food with another as a relish. 

Kinakitia ou kapana ki te tote ; 

' Let your potatoes be eaten with 

salt. 

Kinga, s. Time of speaking. 

Fulness. 

Kinitanga, *. A nipping. 

Kino, s. Evil ; badness ; wick- 
edness. 

Kino, a. Bad; wicked. 

Kino, V. To be evil ; to dis- 
like. 

Ka kino au ki te hanga o te 
tutu ; I dislike obstinacy. 
Pass. Kinongia ; To be dialiked. 

E kore oti koe e kinongia ina 
penatia tau mahi ? Will you not 
be disliked if your work is done 
in that manner ? 

Kinonga, s. Badness ; evil, 

Kiore, s. A rat. 

Kireatia, v. To be worn out, 
as land. 



KIR ( 49 ) 

Kua kireatia te oneone ; The 
soil is worn out. 

Kirehe, «. A doff. 

Kireira, adv. There; thither. 

Kiri, s. Skin of animals or 
trees, 

KariMri, s. Gravel. 

Klrikopuni, s, A species of eel. 

Kiripaka^ s, Flintstone, 

Kiritai, *. 

Kei te kiritai o te pa. 



Kiritea, s. White skin. 

He pakeha ia ina hoki he kiri- 
tea ; He is a foreigner because he 
has a white skin. 

Kiritdna, s. A pintle on the 
eyelid, 

Kiriwai, s. The inner skin. 

Kita, adv. Quite. 

Man kita te mate ki taku tuara ; 
The complaint keeps fixed to my 
back. {E. C.) 

Kite, V, To see. 

Pats. Kitea. 

Kua kite an i te waka inanahi ; 
I saw the canoe yesterday. 

Kitemêa, conj. If. 

Kitenga, s. Actor time of see- 
ing. 

No taku kitenga i te tangata a- 
hau i oma mai ai ; I ran hither 
from the time of my seeing the 
man. 

Kiwe, s. Handle of a basket. 
Hapainga ki te kiwe ; Let It be 
lifted up by the handle. 

Kiwi, s. The name of a bird. 

Ko, A prefix before the names 
of persons and things. 



KOA 

Ko wai nga tangata e haere m&i 
nei ? Ko Mahu, ko Rum, ko Po' 
tihi ; Who are the men who are 
coming here? There is Mahu, 
and Rurui and Potihi. Tend a 
Parake raua ko Tiki ; Here are 
Parake and Tiki. 



Ko, s. A term of address to a 
girl. (Used only in the vo- 
cative case.) 
E ko ! O girl ! 

Ko, s. An implement to dig 
with. 

Ko, V. To dig. 

Pass. Koia. 

Me ko kia mahua ai ; Let it be 
dug that it may be raised up. 

Ko, ad. There ; thither. 

E haere ana ahau ki ko i a 
Rewa ma; I am going yonder 
where Rewa and his people are. 

'Koy prep. To; towards. 

Ko hea koe e haere ? To what 
place are you going ? 

K6a, V. To be glad ; to re- 
joice. 

Ka koa taku ngakau ki tenei 
korero ; My heart is glad at this 
saying. 

K6a, s. Gladness. 

K6a, ad. Truly. 

Koae, V. To separate. {W.) 

K6alia, a. Shrivelled. 

He koaha te witi nei ; This 
wheat is shrivelled. (£. C.) 

K6aka, s. A calabash. 

A floor mat. (E. G.) 

Koanga, s. Act or time of 
planting. 

Kdangi, s. Diarrhcea. 



KOA 



Kdao, *. An isolated plot of 
fern land in a wood, ( W,) 

Koaoao, v. To choke toith 
weeds, 

Kua koataotia aku kai e te 
otaota ; My potatoes are choked 
with weeds. 

Koara, v. To he split ; to he 
crumhled. 

Kua koara ke te rakau ; The 
tree is quite split. 

Kdare, s. The name of a tree. 

K6aro, s. The name of afresh 
water fish, 

Koauau, s, A flute, (^0 

K6e, pron. Thou, 

K6ea> v. To he quite straight, 
Kia koea te rakau ; Let the 
wood be quite straight. 

Koeae, s. The name of a fish, 

Koeata, s. The first sprout of 
fern after the stalks have 
been humt, 

Koehdperoa, s. A migratory 
bird, which makes its ap' 
pearance in summer, 

Koeke, *. An adult, 

A grasshopper, 

Koeke, v. To grow up to ma- 
turity. 
Pass, Koeketia. 

K6ekoêa, *. The name of a 
bird, 

Kdeo, s. Smell. 

Kua pirau pea te kai, ina ka 
puta te koeo ; The food is per- 
haps putrid, for the smell issues 
forth. 

Koeo, a. Wasting. 



( 50 ) KOH 

He mate koeo ; 
sickness. 



A wasting 



K6era, s. Fear, 

Koêtoêto, s. Small dry branch- 
es of trees. 

Tera he koetoeto he mea kora 
ma tatou ; Fetch some dry 
branches as firewood for us. (72.) 

Koha, s. Endeavour ; effort, 
Kia puta te koha ; Let your 
endeaTOur be put forth. 

Desire, 

Heoi te koha a taua tangata i 
te matenga, kia pai tatou te noho ; 
This was his only desire at his 
deaths that we should live well. 

Respeet' 

He koha ki a te Wherowhero i 
whakarerea ai te pakanga ; It was 
out of respect to Wherowhero 
the contest was given up. 

Remainder ; odd number, 

E wha te roa o te rakau, kahore 
he koha; The tree was four fathoms 
long, there was nothing over. 

Kohdha, s. Fish cut open^from 
which the bones are removed. 

Kohaha, v. To cut fish open, 
and take the bones out, pre- 
paratory to drying. 

Kohdia, s, A girl, 

Kdhakdha, v. To diminish. 
Ka kohakoha nga kai o te rua ; 
The food of the store is dimin- 
ishing. 

Kohamo, s. The hack part of 
the head. 

Kdhangaweka, v. To be crum- 
pled; to be broken, 

Kua kohangaweka nga raupo 
i te hau ; the flags are broken by 
the wind. 



Kahaoh&o, ». A ituket of 

E rima kohaahaa nwhi ; There 
were five baskets of «inter poU- 
toes. 

Kohari, «. A met» of mashed 

He kohari kao ; A mess of 
dried kninai» soaked and msalied. 
Kohdri, v. To mask up food. 
Past. Koharitia. 

Koharitia nga kapana; Let 
the potatoes be mubed. 
To he in pain. 

E koharihari ana a rota o te 
pnku ; M; stomach ie in pain. 

Kohatu, «. A «tone. 

Kobe,». The name of a creep- 
ing plant. 

{Pattiflora tefranJra. 

Kohekdhe, ». Tkt name of • 
tree, 

{HarUghtea tpniabilit. 

Kohêūgihêngi, «, Wind. 

Ka tika te kohengihengi e ihi 
mai nei; The wind whicb blows 
nowisftir. (W. 

Kohera, «. A yawning. 
K<iheraj v. Toyavm; to gape. 
Koheru, «. The name of a ph. 
K<{hi, i. A wasting neknesa. 
Kohia, s. The name of a 
creeping plant. 
Sjn. with Kobe. 
Edhiakiio, s. A wasting aick- 

Kohihi, 9. The name of a bird. 
Kohikdhi, p. To gather i to 



Kohikohiko, c. To dodge ; to 
do a little here and there 

without finishing anijthinff. 

Kati te kobikoliiho me trhaka- 
tepo ata i konei ; Do not vork 
here and tbere, hot do it tbo- 
roughl; from this point. (W.] 

Kdhinga, s. A gathering; a 
eolleeting. 
Time or place of gathering. 
Kiihirfki, *. The plant cow 
hage. 

{Bidens pilota.) 
Kohdho, *. The name of it 
shrub. 

{Sotannm latieinialimt .) 
Kdboi, a. Thin ; lean. 



A fog; 






Kdhu, a. Foggy. 

He rangi kohu; A foggy at- 
mosphere. 

Kdhua, «. An oven excavated 
in the ground, {P') 

Kdhue, s. An iron boiler. 
Kohdhu, s. The name of a 

Kdhukdhu, s. Chickweed ; 



Kohumuhumu, v. To be cut 

Kohamuhumn kaute mahungn 
o Te Pari ( Te Pun'* hair i< ml 
quite sbort. 
To whisper . 



KOH 

Ko wai tera e kohnmuhumu 
mai ra? Who is that who is 
whispering ? {E. C.) 

Kohiimuhumu, *. A whisper- 
ing. 

Kohtingahtmga, 8. A young 
child, (22.) 

Kohtinu, s. Fern land burnt 

of- 

Kohura, v. To sprout up, 

E kohura ake ana i raro i te 
whenua ; It is sprouting up from 
below the earth. 

Kdhurangi, s. The name of a 
parasitical plant, 

KcShure, r. To turn up; to 
turn back. 

Ka kohurea te oneone ki te 
puka; The earth is turned up 
with a spade, Ka kohurea te wai 
maori e te wai tai ; The fresh 
water is turned back by the tide. 

K6hure, «-. Firewood, (jB.) 

Koh^rehlire, v. To take out 

the hones preparatory to 

cooking. 

Kohurehurea a tatou kukupa ; 
Let the bones be taken out of our 
pigeons. 

Kohuru, «. Murder, 

Kohliru, a. Murderous. 

Kohuru, ». To murder. 
Pass, Kohurutia 

Kohtituliutu, s. The name of 
a tree, 

Syn. with Kotukutuku. 

K6i, a. Sharp, 

K6i, V. To be sharp. 

Kia koi te tokinei; Let this 
axe be sharp. 



( M ) KOI 

Kdiata, v. To throtv up a new 

shoot, {w.y 

K(5ina, ad. There, 

Kei koina taka puka e takoto 
ana ; My spade lies there. 

K(5ia, ad. Truly, 

Koia kei a koe ; Truly it is as 
yon say. 

K(5ia, conj. Therefore, 

Koia ahau te haere ai ^ There- 
fore I did not go. 

Kdihi, 8, A verandah. 

Koihiihi, v. To he split, 

Kua koihiihi te rakau; The 
tree is split. 

To thrill. 

, Kdinga, s. A point or edge. 

A species of shark . 

Koikara, s. A finger. (E, C) 

K6ingo, s. Sorrow; love. 

Kdingo, V, To he sorrowful ; 
to love, 

B koingo ana taku ngakau k£ 
taku hoa ka riro ; My heart is 
sorrowful on account of my friend 
who is gone. 

Kdiptiipu, V, To he sore in 
the feet from walking, 

Kdiri, *. Planting. 

Kei te koiri parareka a Kiriahi ; 
Kiriahi is gone te the planting of 
potatoes. (J5. C.) 

K(5iri, v. To plant potatoes, 

{E. C.) 

Kdiri, v. To bend the body in 
rowing, 

Koiria te taha ; Let the side be 
bent. 

K6iro, s. A sea eel, ( fF.^ 
Syn. with Ngoiro. 



KOI 



( 53) 



KOK 



Koiwi, «. A skeleton. 

Strength ; greatness. 

To te mate koiwi ; Tho strength 
of the disease; To te ngenge 
koiwi ; The greatness of the wea- 
riness. (E, C.) 

K6ka> s, A native mat. 

A mother. (E. C.) 

, Koka, a. Dry ; — applied to 
grass, ^c. 

Kna kokatia nga knmara; The 
leaves of the knmara are dry. 

Kokoka, s. The name of a 
bird, 

K6kari, s. A new potatoe, 

Kdke, V, To go ahead, as a 
canoe. 

Kokeke, s. Muscles taken from 
the shell. 

Kokeke, v. To wind; to turn, 

Kokeke mai kokeke atn nga 

piko o te awa ; The windings of 

the river tnrn this way and that 

way. 

Kokewa, r. To wander. 

Koki, *. A small canoe. ( W.) 

Stomach of the shark, used as 
a bottle for oil, 

Koki, V. To go ahead, as a 
canoe. 

To bend. 

Ī kokia kautia te taha i hemo 
ai te tao ; The spear was avoided 
because he bent his side. 

Kokihi, s. The name of a shrub. 

A bottle made of seaweed. 

{E. C.) 

K6kiri, s. The name of a fish, 
A spear. 



K6kiri, v. To dart ; to throw, 
to shove. 

Kokiritia te hoe ki uta ; Let the 
paddle be thrown on shore. 

K6ko, s. A spoon. 

K<5ko, V, To shovel up, as with 
a spade, 

Kokoa nga waro ki roto ki nga 
kete ; Let the coals be shovelled 
up in baskets. 

K6ko, a. Rotten. 

K6k6, v. To rumble. 

E koko ana taku manawa ; My 
inside rumbles. 

K6kô, s. A bird, (E. C.) 

Syn. with Tui. 

Kok6hu, V. To be bent ; to be 
dinted, 

K6koraako, s. The name of a 
bird. 

Kok6mo, s. A contribution of 
food at the time of a feast. 

Kok6mo> V, To thrust in ; to 

put in. 

Komotia nga kakahu ki te kete ; 
Let the clothes be put into the 
basket. 

K6komuka, s. The na^ne of a 
shrub. {Veronica.) 

Kokonga, s. A comer, 

Kokopa, V. To be hollowed out; 

to be concave ; to be bent. 

Kua kokopa noa te taupoki 
The lid is bent. 

Kdkopu, s. The name of a 
fresh water fish. 

A species of eel. 

K<5kor6ke, s. The name of a 
bird, 

r2 



KOK 



(54 > 



KON 



Kokorutinga, 9. A hay; an 
indentation, 

K6kota, s. A species fffshelU 
fish, 

Kokoti, V. To cut ; to inter- 
eept. 

Pass, Kotia. 

E kokoti ana nga tamariki i 
nga taepa ; The children are cut- 
ting the fence. 

Kokoti, a. Premature, 

He tamaiti kokoti tau ;. A 
child bom prematurely. He tan 
kokoti pa ; A year in which win- 
ter comes on prematurely. 

K(5kowai, *. Bed ochre, 

Koma, *. A certain stone — 
\hasaltici] 

Komae, s. Potatoes withered 
in the sun. 

Small sweet potatoes, 

Komama, v. To run through, 

E porara ana a raro o te kete, 
koia i komama ai; llie bottom of 
the basket is open, therefore it 
riins through. 

Komanga, s. A stage upon 
which food is kept in store, 

Syn. with Whata and Tima- 
Bga. 

Kom^oa, s. Raumess; an uU 
eeration. 

He komaoa kei te mangai ; 
There is an ulceration in the 
mouth. 

Komdoa, v. To he raw ; to he 
ulcerated, 

K6maru, s. The sun. 

The sail of a ship or canoe, 

Syn. with Ra. 



Kome, V, To eat, ( W.) 

Kome, s. Food, {W.) 

Komeke, s. Pounded fern- 
root. (Jf\) 

K6mek6iiie, v. To move the 
lips like a fish. 

E komekome ana nga ngutu ; 
The fips are moving. 

Komeme, v. To move the lips; 

to mutter, 

Kahore ona hoa hei korero, 
komeme noa nga ngutu ; He has 
no one to speak to» and yet he 
mutters with his lips. 

Kdmenga, s. The time or act 
of eating, (^) 

Kdmiri, v. To pick out ; to 

select. 

Komiritia a tatou kopura ; Let 
our seed be picked. 

Kdmiritanga,^ s. Time or act 
of picking, 

Komiromiro> s. The name of 
a hird 

K6motanga, s. A thrusting iie, 

Komtitu, V. To surprise, 

Kia tupato, meake ra komutaa 
mai tatou ; Be jealous, we shall 
soon be surprised. 

Kona, ad. There. 

Hei kona takoto ai ; Let it Ke 
there. 

Konae, s, A bending in a path 
or road, 

Konakitanga, s. A corner, 

Syn. with Kokonga. {R.) 

Kdnakona, v. To stnell, 
Konao, «. An oven, (J^^^ 
Diarrhoea. 



KON 



(55 ) 



KOP 



Konatnmatu, v. To mix. 

Me konatunatu te huka ki roto 
ki te paraoa ; Mix the sugar in 
the flour. (B.C.) 

Konei, ad. Here. 

Kaa tae ke mai ki konei ina- 
nahi ; He arrived here yesterday. 

Xoneke^ v. To slip along, 

Whakatakotoria he rango kia 
koneke ai te waka ; Let skids be 
laid down in order that the canoe 
may slip along. 

K6neiie, s. A person belonging 
to a tribe which has been 
broken up or scattered ; an 
emigrant ; a stranger, 

Koaenêhu^ a. Small as dust. 
He ua konenehn ; Small rain. 

Konewlia, v. To wander. 

Konêwhanêwha, v. To be daz- 
zled, 

Ka konewhanewha aka kanohi ; 
My eyes are dazzled. 

KoDga, s, A live coal, 

Kongahu, s, A stone. 

{W.) {R.) 

K6ngak6nga, s. A crumb. 

Kongange, v. To blaze. 

£ kore e kongange te kanaku ; 
The fire will not blaze. (R.) 

Kongehe, r. To be listless; to 
be feeble, 

Kongehe noa iho tona haere i te 
kawenga a te wehi ; He walks in 
a listless manner through fear. 

Kongênge, a. Belonging to 
sickness or disease. 

He mate kongenge ; Death from 
sickness, in opposition to a violent 
death. 

Kongio, V. To be dry ; to be 
shrivelled. 



Kua kongio ke nga kapana ; 
The potatoes are quite shrivelled. 

Kongu, a. Cloudy, 

He rangi kongu ; A cloudy 
sky. 

Kongunu, v. To be broken 
half through. 

Kongtitu, s. Mouth of a river. 

Kei te kongutu awa ; At the 

mouth of the river. ( W.) 

Kdiii, V. To move towards. 
Me koni mai ki tenei taha ; 
Move hither to this side. 

Kdnia, *. A canoe, C^O 

K(5iiihi, V, To graze, as a 

musket ball. i^ff^) 

K6nihi, a. Treacherous; se- 
cret. 

He taua konihi ; A treacherous 
party going to cut off others by 
stealth. (TV.) 

K6no, s. A small basket for 
cooked food, (^0 

K6nohi, *. Love ; sorrow, 

Kdnohi, v. To love ; to be sor- 
rowful. 

Kononi, v. To be crooked, 

K6pa, s. A lame person. 

A native oven. 

E kongange ana te kopa; The 
oven is heating. (fi.) 

K6pa, V. To be lame. 

Kopae, *. A house ornamented 
with carved work. 

Kdpaki, *. The husk of seed; 
a covering, 

Kopakipaki, *. Maize. (So 
called from the husk in 
which it is enveloped.) 



KOP 



(56 ) 



KOP 



K6pako, 8, The back of the 
head, (E. C) 

Kopakopa, *. Plantain, (^.) 

Kopana, v. To desire, 

Katahi ka kopana ake te bine- 
ngaro ki te kai ; Now the mind 
desires after food. 

Kopanga, «• An inner corner. 

Kopani, v. To close up; to en- 
close; to shut, 

Kopania mai te taupoki ; Let 
the lid be closed up. 

Kopaopao, s. A species of eel, 

Kopapa, s. A canoe, (^0 

Kopare, v, A shade for the 
eyes ; a veil, {E, C) 

K(5paru, a. Crushed; bruised, 

Koparu, v. To be crushed, 

Kua koparu ke nga kapana ; 
The potatoes are quite crushed. 

Kopata, s. Dew, (E. C) 

Kope, V. To be soft; to bend. 
He mea penu nga kapana kia 
kope ai ; The potatoes are mashed 
that they may be soft. 

Kopêhupêhu, v. To strike 
down ; to smash, 

Akuenei koe tikina atu ai ko- 
pehupehua ai ; I shall go and 
strike you down presently. 

K6peka, s. Deceit. 

Kopeka, a. Deceitful, 

K6peke, s. Cold. 

K6peke, a. Cold, 

Kdpekdpe, v. To shake in the 
wind, 

E kopekope ana nga ra o te 
poti; The sails of the boat are 
shaking. 



Kopênupênu, r. To crumple. 

Pass. Kopenupenua. 

Kopênupênunga, s, A crump- 
ling. 

K6pepe, v. To pluck. 

Na wai taku hue i kopepe ? By 
whom was my melon plucked ? 

Kdpere, s, A sling, consisting 
of a piece of stick with a 
string attached to it, 

Kdpere, v. To sling ; to push; 

to drive, 

Ka koperea te waka e te au t 
The canoe is driven by the cur- 
rent. Koperea te tangata ra; 
Push away that man. 

K6pi, V, To bend. 

To shut; to close. 

Aua e kopia, kia maro tonu ; 
Let it not be bent, let it be 
stretched out. Kopia iho te tau- 
poki ; Let the lid be shut down. 

K6pia, 5. The kernel of the 
karaka fruit after it has 
been steeped in water. 

Kopiha, s, A pool of water. 

An excavation in the ground 
in which food is kept ; a 
pit, 

K6piko, V, To bend; to turn. 

Kopiko mai kopiko atu kahore 

matou i kite i te ara ; We turned 

this way and that but did not see 

the road. 

Kopikopiko, a. Bending ; turn- 
ing ; winding. 

He ara kopikopiko ; A winding 
road. 

Kopikopiko, s. A bending; a 
winding. 



KOP { 

Kopjpi, a. Fearful. 

He ngiluiu kopipi e kore e 
īnaTuiwAnai ; A feufol heart it 
wUl not endnre. (^yt.) 

Kdpiri, *. A lame perton. 

KiSpiro,». To duck in the water. 

Kna kopiroft te ttmaiti e tonn 

tuakuis ; Tbn child has been 

docked 1>j Mi elder bratli^n 

Kfipiro, a. Soaked in water. 

He kanga kopiro 1 Corn aoaked 

I£i5pito, *. Pain in the abdo- 
men. 

Kopiupiu, p. To tviing, ai a 
vessel to her anchor; to roll. 

Kopiupiu noi ana te witka i te 
akings o te DgBnt ; Tfae canoe 
is rolling from the dashiag of the 

Koporo, ». Anything termina- 
tiwj (iliriiplhj, as the square 
tlern of a boat. 

He koporo ta waka i whiti ai 
ahau i te ana ; The canoe in which 
1 croaaed the riier is a sqnare- 
sterned one. 

!Ki5pu, «. The abdomen. 

Kopd, V. To be blUtered. 

K<5pua, s. Deep water. 

Kopuhs, s. A tmall house. 

K.5puhiiri, s. The name of a 
fish. 

Sjn. wiUi Kahawai. 

E6puka, d. Spongy ; shrivelled. 

Krfpuni, p. To go in a body. 

Kia kopani te haere, kana e 

taMtahitia ; Go in a body, do not 

go singlj. 

Kdpupiiugawhft, a. A Mruth. 



57 ) KOB 

Kopiiputai, ». Sponge. 

K<!pura, *. Seed ; applied ge- 
nerally topoiatots and other 
tubers used as feed. 
A plant so named. 

Kdpuriia, *. A swelling of the 
abdomen; dropsy. 

Kopm-ujjuru, a. Stinking. 

K.6puta, r. To be blistered. 
Ka kopnta taka ringaringa i te 
boenga ; My hand is blistered with 

KiSputa, t. A blister. 

He kopnta kei taka waewae; 
There is a blister on mj foot. 
Kopiitapita, «. The name of 
afieh. 

To be moist or 



eof 



spongy. 

Kopntoitoi tonn talcu r< 

fernroot is quite moist. 
K.Sputi5tara, *. The na 

a fish. 
KoplStupdtu, c. To p 



Kapntapatua nga kai mn te 

manuhiri ; Let the food be pat in 

heaps for the victors. 

E(5ra, «. Fire; firewood, (fl.) 

Korie, p. To anoint the head 

with oil and red ochre. 
Kdraha, *. Fern land. 
Ki^raha, a. Shoal ; shallow. 
He tai koraha to Manansora ; 
The tide of Manawaora is shoal. 

Kia peaei te korahi o to talou 
fakotaranga. (W-) 

Kdrakora, s. A spark of fire. 



KOR 



( 58 ) 



KOR 



Kei toro te whare i te korakora ; 
Take care the house does not burn 
with the spark. 

Korakorako, s. An albino, 

Kdrama, s. The name of a 
shell-Jish, 

Koramuramu, v. To eat one 
before another. 

Kaua e koramuramutia ta tatou 
kai ; Do not eat up our food one 
before another. ( ^0 

Korangaranga, r. To be in 
pain. 

E korangaranga ana taku ma- 
nawa ; My body is in pain. 

(£. C.) 

Korapa, v. To misgive, 

Ka rere mai te tangata ki te 
wero, korapa noa taku ngakau ; 
When the man came to cast his 
spear of defiance my heart mis- 
gave me. (-ZV^'O 

Kordra, v. To beg. 
Syn. with Peo. 

Korara, v. To wander; to 
disperse. 

I haere topuni tonu kahore i 
korara ; They went together, they 
did not disperse. (^0 

Kdrari, s. The flax plant. 

{Phormium tenax.) 

Korarirdri, v. To break -in 
pieces. 

He aha te rakau i korariraria 
ai ? Why was the stick broken in 
pieces ? 

K6rau, s. A species of fern tree. 
{Cyathea medullaria.) 

Wild turnip. {W.) (E.G.) 

Kore, ad. Not. 

E kore oti te pakeha e arabina? 
Shall not the foreigner then be 



conducted. He tangata mahara 
kore ; A man without thought. 

Kore, s. A fracture. 

Ka kite ranei koe i te kore o te 
poti ? Did you see the fracture of 
the boat ? 

Kore, V. To be broken. 

Kua kore ke nga papa o te 
whare ; The boards of the house 
are quite broken. 

Korea, s. A small canoe. 

Korehe, s. Land covered with 
fern. 

Syn. with Koraha. 
Koreira, adv. Then; there. 
Korêirei, s. The root ofraupo. 

Korêkorêko, v. To be dazzled, 
Ka korekoreko aku kanohi i te 
ra ; My ey6s are dazzled with the 
sun. 

Kdrenga, s. Time or act of 
breaking. 

Korêngarênga, a. Soft, as mud. 

Koreparepa, v. To split; to 
slit. 

Koreparepangia te papa ; Split 
the board. (W.) 

K(5repo, s. A shallow swamp. 

Kdrere, s, , A funnel or spout ; 
a gutter. 

Kdrero, s. Speech; a mes- 
sage. 

K6rero, *. To spettk. 

Pass. Korerotia. 

He aha ta tenei tangata e korero 
nei ? What is it which this man 
is saying ? 

Korerotanga, s. Act or time 
of speaking. 



KOR C.l 

Korêto, «. To trickle down ; 

to cjy. 
Kori, *. A native oven. (JF.) 
A small net in wAicA cockles 
are gathered. (TF.) Also 
one used in catching eels. 
Kdrihi, p. To sing. 

E liDrihi nei i roto i ngs manga; 
It ia singing among the branrhcs. 

Korihirihi, s. The tide, (fl.) 

K6rikôri, ». A species of ra- 
nunculus. 
Korikdri, v. To toriggle about. 
Korikori tonn te banga tams- 
riki liei_ These cliildren ore al- 
ways wrigjling about. 

Korilidrirga, ». Aet of wrig- 

gling about. 
Koripi, s. Diarrhcea. 
K<5ripi, v. To cut. 

I koripi ke mai takn Uiki ki 

toka waenao ; M; aje slipped and 

cut my leg. (Ir.) 

KiSririingi, «. Name of a native 

mat. 



Koriro, 
sprout. 



To shoot up; to 



,./. 



E koriro ako ana te tapu o te 
kapBDa; The shoot of the pota- 
toe is sprouting up. 

Koriroriro, ». The 

bird. 
Koriti, V. To be cautious. 

Kia loriti kei rokohaaga e te 

kohnru; Be caatioua tliat ;on 

ma; not be overtaken bj nurdpr. 

(IF.) 



Korito, #. The heart of a 

plant; the middle skoot. 
Kiiro, *. A person. 

E pt-lica ana te koro nei ? What 
does Ibis percun my ? 

E koru ; A term qfaddreit to 
gaang men. 
Korodi, *. Name of a native 

mat. 
Kdrohilwiui, s. Cold. 
K»5roLêke, a. An old man. 
Korohw, s. Steam. (E. C.) 
K&ohuliu, V. To boil. 

E korohuha ana te Kai ; The 
water is boiling. 
Koroi, s. The name of a tree. 
Syn. nitb Knhika and Kahika- 
tea. 
Fruit of the same free. 
Kordiroi, v. To wander about. 



He : 



B kor 



ki te mahi ? Why do you 
wan ucr about and not go to work? 
(B. C.) 
Koroiti, *. A little finger or 

KoroliC',*. Aperson; afellow; 
a term of disrespect. 

Koroki, IF. To speak; to tell. 

Nans ahau i koroki ki te baere ; 

He told me to go- {E. C.) 

Kdrokio, s. The name of a 
Sjn. Kith Koroniiko and Koko- 
Kfiroltoro, t. The throat. 

Homai tetahi vai hei nnkane- 
keneke mo te korokoruj Give me 

Koroki5ro, a. Loose. 



KOR 



(60 ) 



KOR 



K6rok6ro, v. To be loose. 

Korokoro noa nga tau o te ka- 
kahu ; The strings of the garment 
are loose. 

To be diminished, 

Kdromahu, s. Steam, 

Me te koromahu kapura te 
ahua ; The likeness is as the 
steam of fire. 

K6romatua, s. The thumb; the 
great toe, 

KdtomauBgamaunga, s. Bar- 
nacles. 

' Koromeke, v. To be coiled. 

Me koromeke te wakaheke ; Let 
the rope be coiled up. (J5. C.) 

Koromêngemênge, v. To be 
crumpled, 

Koromiko, s. The name of a 
shrub. {Feronica.) 

Koromikotaranga, s. The name 
of a tree, 

Koronae, v. To lie broadside 
on a beach, 

Kua koronae te waka ki uta ; 
The canoe lies broadside on the 
shore. 

To drink out of the hand, 
Koronae, *. A stile. 

Kôrongênge, v. To be be- 
numbed, 

Koropana, v. To fillip. 

To shoot up, 

Ka koropana ake te tupu o te 
paukena ; The sprout of the 
pumpkin shoots up. 

Koropêhu, s. Restraint. 

He mate hiakai ka taea te koro- 
pehu ; If it is hunger restraint is 
practicable. 



Kdropehu, v. To break. 

Akuenei koropehua ai tou »• 
kau ; Your stick will be broken 
presently. 

K6ropiko,t?. To bend; to stoop; 
to kneel. 

Ka koropiko ki rare ka inoi ; 
He stooped down and prayed. 

Kdropu, s. A house, 

Koroptiku, a. Concealed. 

He kino koropuku; A con- 
cealed evil. (JB. C.) 

Koropupu, V. To boil, 

Kia koropupu te kohue, ka ta- 
kina ai; Let the pot boil, and 
then it shall be taken off. 

Koropuptitanga, s. Time or act 
of boiling. 

Koroptita, s. A hole in the 
groundy in a tree, in (f, rocky 
^c, 

Korora, s. The name of a bird. 

K6rori, a. Twisted. 

He rakau korori; A twisted 
tree. 

*Kor6ria, s. Glory, 

Kdroripo, s. A whirlpool, 

Kororirdri, v. To stir up. 

Kororiroria te wai nei ; Let this 
water be stirred up. 

Kdrotangi, s. A pit in which 
potatoes are kept. 

Kdrotiwhatiwba, a. Spotted. 

Korotiwhatiwba, v. To be 
spotted. 

Korotu, V. To desire. 

E korotu ana ki te haere ; He 
is desiring to depart. 

Kor6u, *. A channel. 



KOR 



(61 ) 



KOT 



Kia tika ki te korou ; Let it be 
straight to the channel. (22.) 

m 

Kor6u, V, To purpose ; to de- 
sire, 

Ko te wahi tena i koroutia ai e 
an kia haere ki reira ; This is the 
reason why I purposed to go 
there. 

Koroua, s. An old man, 

Korowdwa, *. The name of a 
fish, 

Korowhanake, s. Steam. 

Korowhiti, v. To whistle, 

E korowhiti mai ra te tamaiti ; 
The child is whistling. 

K6rowlutiwhiti, s. A hoop ; a 
stick bent in the form of a 
how» 

K<5ru, .9. A bend; a fold, 

Nekehia mai te koru o te aho ; 
Let the fold of the line be moved 
nearer this way. 

Koru, V, To be bent or folded, 
E kom ana te wakaheke, kia 
maro tonu ; The rope is coiled, 
let it be stretched out. 

K<5rua, «. A hole ; an excava- 
tion, 

K<5rua, pron. You two, 

Koruartia, s, A hole dug in 
the ground, which is used as 
a vapour bath, (E, C.) 

Kdruki, a. Cloudy, 

He rangi koruki ; A cloudy 
sky. 

Kdrukoru, s, A wrinkle on the 
skin. ij^^') 

Korure, v. To change. 

Ka korure te hau ; The wind 
is changing. 



Kordru, a. Cloudy, 

Syn. with Koruki, 

Kdruruku, a. Cloudy, 

K6ta, s. A cockle ^hell, 

A knife s scissors, (R.) 

K6tae, s. Alluvial soil, 

Kotdha, s. A sling. 

Kotaha, adv. Sideways. 

Ka titiro kotaha; He looks 
sideways. 

Kotamutamu, v. To smack the 
lips, 

Toflash, 

He aha te uira e kotamutamu 
nei ? What is the lightning which 
flashes here ? 

Kotdratdra, s, A dance oj 
triumph. 

The name of a plant, 

Kotdretare, s. The name of a 
bird, 

Kotata, s. The name of a bird. 

Kotdwatdwa, s. The name of 
a shell 'fish, 

K6tata, v. To be split. 

Kua kotata te rakau i te ra ; 
The board is split by the sun. 

Kotêa, V. To be indistinct. 

Kotea tonu te moko, kihai i ma- 
ngu ; The tattoo is quite indistinct, 
it was not black. 

Kotêngit6ngi, s, A gentle wind. 

Kdtero, s. Potatoes steeped 
in water, 

Kotete, *. The shoot of a po' 
tatoe, 

Kotihetihe, s. The name of a 
bird, 

a 



KOT ( 62 ) 

Kdtinga, «. The act of cutting. 

Kotingotingo, a. Spotted; vor 
riegated; chequered. 

Kotipo, ē, A purple potatoe, . 

Kotiri, 8. A meteor; a falling 
star, 

Kôtiro, 8. A girl. 

Kotiti, tv To moce quickly, 
E kotiti ana Id tahaku ; He is 
moving towards mine. 

Kotiu, «. North wind, 

Kotitiru, s. Headache^ 

Kotiwhatiwha, a. Freckled; 
spotted. 

He kiri kotiwhatiwha ; A freck-* 
led skin. {E, C) 

Kotokdto, s. Small potatoes. 
Kotokoto kau a taton kai ; Our 
food is nothing but small potatoes. 

(T.) 

The sheet of a sail. 

A sprit ; a projection. 

K6tok6to, V. To squeak. 

E kotokoto mai ana te kiore ; 
The rat is squeaking. 

Kotopihi, *. A window. 

Kotore, *. White clay. 

Kotoretôre, s. The name of a 
rock-fish. 

Kottii, ». To fasten; to lace. 
Kotuia to tatou ra; Let our 
sail be fastened to the mast. 



KOW 

Kotiikattiku, s. The name of 

a tree. 

{Fuchsia exeorticata.) 

Kottimu, s, A stump. 

Eotutu, s. A basket used for 
catching fish, 

Kduarea, s. The name of a fish, 
— [snapper'], 

Eouka, 8. Root ofraupo. 

The name of a tree. 

Syn. with Ti. 

Kotikatika, s. The name of a 
fish. 

Syn. with Kahawai- 

Koukou, s. An owl, 

Kolimutinm, v. To turn round; 
to whirl. 

Kei koumuumua tatou i te ripo ; 
Take care that we are not whirled 
round in tiie whirlpool. 

Kdura, s, A Ibbster ; a cray- 
fish. 

*Gold. 

K6uru, s. The head or top of 
a tree. (^0 

Kôuiarêke, *. The name of a 
bird. 

Syn. with Kokoreke. ( W. ) 
K6utou, pron. Tou all. 



Kotuku, s. The name of a 
bird, 

Kotdkutawhiti, s, A species of 
potatoe, 

Kottikutêa, s. A large red po' 
tatoe. 



Koututitu, V, To dip up water. 
Koutuutoa he wai ki roto ki te 
pere ; Let water be dipped up into 
the bucket. 

Kowde, V. To pick out; to 

select, 

Ka kowaea nga roi pai mana ; 
The good femroot is picked out 
for himself. 



KOW 

Kowdnu, «• Cold. 

Kowdo^ 8, A huēhman. 

He tangata kowao te tangata i 
pahuatia ai'te wbare; The man 
was a bushman by whom the house 
was pillaged. 

K6ware, «. A name for raupo» 

Kow&rowaro, s. The name of 
a fish, 

Kdwha, s. Cockles freed from 
the shell. 

K6wba, V, To sheU peas; to 

take cockles out of the shell, 

Kowhatia he pipi ma tatou; 

Let some cockles be taken from 

the shell for us. 

Kdwhai, s. The name of a tree, 
(Edwardsia nUcrophylla,) 

Kowbamgutukaka,^. The name 
of a shrub, 

( Clianthus punieetu,) 

Kowhaitau, s. The name of a 
fish, 

Syn. with Kahawai. 

Kowbaki, v. To pluck off; to 
gather. 

Kowhakiia he pi; Let some 
^ peas be gathered. 

To he sore, 

Kua kowhaki nga papa i te 
ngaunga o te mate ; The thighs 
are sore from the gnawing of the 
complaint. 

Kowbakiwhaki, v. To break off 
piece by piece, 

Kowhakiwhakiia tetahi taro ma 
te l^tiro; Let some bread be 
broken for the little girl. 

Kowbana, v. To he bent, as the 
back. 

Kowbane, v. To bend. 



( 63 ) KOW 

Kaua e kowhanea, Ida maro 
tonu mai ; Let it not be bent, let 
it be quite straight. 

Kowbanga, s, A bird^s nest. 

{E. C.) 

Kdwbao, s, A hole. 

Kowbarawbara, s. The name 
of a plant, 

(Astelia Banksii.) 

Kowb^kawbeka, s. A garment, 
I haere mai ahau ki tetahi ko- 
whekawheka hei takai ; I came for 
a garment to fold it up in. 

Kowbera, s, A yawning, 

Kowbera,». To yawn; to open. 

Ko te pipi e kore e kowhera me 

tiora ki te kota ; The cockle which 

will not open let it be forced open 

with a shelL 

Kowbetewbete, *. A whisper- 
ing ; a murmuring, 

Kowbetewbete, v. To whisper; 
to murmur, 

Kowbiri, V, To whirl round. 
Kowhiria te manu kia mate ai; 
Let the bird be whirled round that 
it may die. 

Kowbiti, V, To pull up; to 
pick out, 

Kua kowhitia nga kumara o Te 
Raro; Te Raro's kumaras have 
been pulled up. 

Kowbiti, V, To appear ^ as the 
new moon. 

Ka kowbiti te marama ; The 
new moon appears. 

Kowbititanga, s. Time of the 
new moon's appearing. 

Kowbitiwbiti, s. A grasshop- 
per. 

Watercress. 



KOW 



( 64 ) 



KUM 



i 



Kowhiuwhiu, s. A thing to 
winnow or fan with. 

Kowhiuwhiu, v. To winnow ; 
to blow. 

Kowhiwhi, «. The name of a 
tree» 

Kowiti, s* The name of a fish, 

Kua, A 'particle with which the 
past tense is formed, 

Kuai, s. The name of a fish. 

Ktiaka, s. The name of a bird. 

Kuao, S. The young of animals. 

Kiiare, a. Ignorant. 

Kuaretanga, s. Ignorance. 

Kuata, V. 

Ka kuata noa te ngakau ki te 
tangata ka ngaro. 

Kuemi, v. To be assembled, 
Kua kuemi mai nga tangata ; 
The men are assembled. 

Syn. with Tapeke. 

Kdha, V. To gasp, 

E kuha kau ana ; He is at the 
last gasp. 

Kuhu, V. To hide, as by con- 
cealing amongst rubbish. 
Pass. Kuhua. 

E kuhu ana ia i te toki mo te 
hokinga mai ; He is hiding the 
axe against his return. 

Kuhu, s. A cooking-house. 

Ktihuktiliu, s. A pig. {W.) 

Ktihunga, s. Time or place of 
hiding ; the act of hiding. 

Ktii, s. An old woman. 

E kui ; Term of address to an 
old woman. 

Ktiia, s. An old woman. 



Kuihi, V. To speak in a low 
tone. 

Tohe noa au ki te tikanga o te 
korero, kihai i kuihi te waha ; I 
was inquiring to no purpose about 
the correctness of the report, but 
his mouth did not articulate. 

Kuika, V. To speak ; to desire. 

E kuika ana te turoro ki te kai 

mana ; The sick man is desiring 

to have food. {R. C.) 

Kuiki, s. Cold, 

Kuku, s, A large muscle; a 
pair of pincers. 

Kuku, s. A pigeon. 

Kiiku, V. To nip ; to draw to- 
gether. 

Kukua te kete ; Let the sides of 
the basket be drawn together. 

Ktikuku, s. The name of a 
shell-fish. 

Kuktime, v. To pull ; to drag. 
Pass. Kumea. 

E kukume ana te hoiho i te ta- 
ngata ; The horse is dragging the 
man. 

Kukupa, s. A pigeon. 

Kukuta, s. The name of a 
water plant, (J^O^-) 

Kukuti, s. A net. 

Kukuti, V. To draw together^ 
as the mouth of a bag, or the 
lips, 

Aua e kutia ou ngutu ; Let not 
your lips be drawn together. 

Ktimara, s. The sweet potatoe, 

Kumarahdu, *. The name of 
a plant. 

( Pomaderris kumarahou.) 



( 



KUM 



( 65) 



KUR 



Kumata, s. The name of a 
fish, 

Ktimenga, «. The act or time 
of pulling, 

Kumeti, 8. A native howl; a 
vessel cut out of the solid 
wood, 

Ktimi, «. Ten fathoms, 

E warn knmi te waka o Moka ; 
Moka's canoe is eight fathoms 
long. 

Kumikumi, s. The beard, 

Kia waruhia tou kumikami ; 
Let your beard be shom^ 

Kliimore, *. A promontory ; a 
headland, 

Kumukumu, s. The name of 
a fish, 

Kunikuni, v. To he dark, 

Kia kunikuni ka puta te mara- 
ma ; When it is dark the moon 
will appear. 

Kimgdngingdngi, s. The name 
of a fish, 

Syn. with Kahawai. (22.) 

Ktipa, s, A helching, 

Klipa, V, To belch, 

Kupae, s. The name of a fish, 

Kupapa, V, To stoop, 

I kapapa mai te tahae, koia 
hoki te kitea ai ; The thief stoop- 
ed, which is the. reason he was 
not seen. 

Kupdpapapa, s. Sulphur. 

Ktiparu, «. The name of a fish. 

Kiipenga, s, A fishing net, 

Kua karapotia nga ika ki roto 
ki te kupenga; The fish have 
been enclosed in the net. 

*Kupere, a. The gooseberry. 



Ktipere, v. To flow swiftly. 

Ktipu, s, A word; a sentence;, 
message. 

Ktipukupu, V. To speak fre- 
quently. 

E kupukupu ana tenei tangata 
kia patua te manuhiri ; This man 
is often proposing that the visitor 
shall be killed. 

Ktira, a. Red. 

*Kura, *. A school. 

Ktirae, s, A promontory ; a 
headland, 

Ktirapde, s, A thing found, 
the oumer of which is not 
known. 

Kurdruraru, *. Perplexity. 
He kurarurani no te ngakau : 
A perplexity of the mind. 

Kurdruraru, a. Perplexing, 

Kurarurdru, v. To he per- 
plexed* 

Ktiri, s, A dog, 

Kuru, s. A blow with the fist, 

Kuru, V. To strike with the 
fist; to thump; to heat. 
Pass. Kuma. 

E knni ana ia i te raupo ; He 
is striking the raupo. Kurua te 
kapura kia pirau; Beat the fire 
that it may go out. {E. C.) 

Ktiruhtinga, s. The name of 
a fish, 

Ktirumatarerêhu,«. A tattooed 
man. (R,) 

Kdrupde, s. A joist or sleeper 
of a house, 

Ktirupatu, s. Skirt of a native 
mat. 

o2 



KUR ( 66 

Kiirupêi, «. A lump of earth. 

Ktirupdpo, a. Rotten, 

Kurup6po, V, To be rotten, 
Kua kurupopotia te rakau o te 
whare ; The timber of the house 
is rotten. 

Kuta, s. The name of a water 
plant, 

Kutai, 8. A muscle. 

Kutaitai, v. To be disagree- 
able to the taste. 

E kutaitai ana taku waha ; My 
mouth has a disagreeable taste. 

{W.) 

Ktitakuta, s. A water plant. 

Kutanga, s. A handful. 

Kutao, V. To be cold. 

Ktitere, v. To be soft. 

Aua e romia kei kutere ; Let it 
not be squeezed lest it be soft. 

Kutere, a. Soft, as mud, 

Kutiktiti, s. Scissors, 

Kutikuti, V, To cut with scis- 
sors. 

Pass, Kutikutia. 

Kutu^ s. A louse. 

Kutukutu, s, A maggot, 

Kuwaha, s. An entrance ; an 
opening; a doorway; the 
tnouth of a river. 

Me he kuwaha kaipuke e tu- 
whera'ana ; It is open like an en - 
trance for ships. 

Kuwaiwai, s. Moisture. 

Katahi ano te kuwaiwai o te 
ara nei ; The moisture of this road 
is great. 

Kuweto, s. The name of a 
bird. 

Syn. with Paweto. 



) MAE 

Kuwha,«. The thigh. (E.G.) 
Kuwharu, s. A grub. 
A certain shell-fish. 



M. 

Ma, conj. And. 

E rua tekau ma wha ; Two tens 
and four, or fourteen. 

Ma, prep. By. 

Ma wai e kawe taku pouaka ? 
By whom shall my box be car- 
ried? 

Ma^ a. White; clean. 

Ma, V. To be white; to be 
clean, • 

Ka ma nga kakahu ; The gar- 
ments are clean. 

Maata, s. A deep swamp. 
The name of a small bird. 

Maea, v. To be up, as food 
taken up out of the ground; 
to emerge as a bird from 
under water. 

Kua maea te parera ; The duck 
has come up from under the water. 

*Maehe, s. The month of 
March. 

Maeke, *. Coldness. 

£ kore e tupu te kumara i tc 
maeke o tera whenua ; The kuma- 
ra will not grow through the cold- 
ness of that land. 

Maeke, a. Cold. 
Maeke, r. To be cold. 



MAE 



Maenêne, a. Soft to the touch ; 

smooth. 

He kakahu maenene ; A soft 
garment. 

Maenene, v. To he soft ; to he 
smooth. 

Maero, s. A race; a water- 
course. {W.) 

*A mile, 

Maha, v. To he pleased; to 

he satisfied. 

Ka maha taku ngakau i te 
roQgo o taku tuakana ; My heart 
is pleased with the report of my 
elder brother. {First syllable very 
long.) (-S* C'.) 

Maha, s. Abundance; a mul- 
titude. 

E kore ia e eke ki te waka ma- 
ori i te maha o ana taonga ; He 
will not go on board the native 
canoe, in consequence of the abun- 
dance of his property. 

Maha, a. Ahundant. 



( 67 ) MAH 

Mahana^ a. Warm, 
Mahana, v. To he warm. 



Na ona kaka ia i mahana ai ; 
He was warm by means of his 
clothes. 

Mahanatanga, *. Warmth. 

Mahanga, s. A twin. 

Mahanga, s. A snare. 

Mahanga, v. To ensnare. 

Mahangatia te manu hei kai ma 
tatou ; Let the bird be ensnared 
as food for us. 

Mahara, s. Thought ; memory. 

Mahara, a. Thoughtful. 

Mahdra, v. To think ; to re- 
memher, 

Ka maharatia nga korero o Pa- 
haka ka pouri au ; When the 
speech of Pahaka is thought upon 
1 am gloomy. 

Maharo, v. To wonder. 

Syn. with Miharo. [W.) 

Mahau, s. A verandah. 



Maha, v. To he ahundant. ^ • / , ^ i- 

Ka maha nga kai o taua kai- | Mahe, s, A Sinker for a fishing 
nga; The food of that place is 
abundant. 



Mahake, a. Small, 

He kuri mahake ; A small dog. 

Mahaki, s. A disease of the 

skin. 
Mahaki, v. To moderate, as 

the wind. 

Ka mahaki te hau ; The wind 
moderates* 

Mahaki, a. Quiet; mild; 
meek, 

Mahaku, pron* For me, 

Syn. with Maku. {E, C.) 

Mahana, s. Warmth ; day. 



line. 

Mahea, v. To he clear, as the 
sky, 

Kua mahea mai te ua ; The 
rain is cleared off. 

To he clear, as the voice ; to 
he sonorous. 

Katahi ano ka mahea te reo ; 
Now for the first time the voice is 
clear. 

Mahêahêa, v. To hear indis- 
tinctly. 

E maheahea kau ana te tangata, 
e kore e rongo ; He perceives in- 
distinctly, he does not hear. 

Maheno, s. An island. 



MAH 



(68) 



MAI 



Mahêno, v. To untie. 

Mahenoa te kirehe ; Let the 
dog be untied. (22.) 

Maheu, v. To be scattered, 
Kel te maheu noa aku mea 
kahore ano Ida pihangaiti noa ; 
My things are scattered, they 
have not besn. gathered together. 

(JĒ7. a) 

Mahi, s. Work. 

E kore koe e pai ki te mahi ? 
Are you not disposed for work ? 

Mahi, a. Working, 

Mahi, V. To work. 
Pass, Mahia. 

Mahihdre, v. To be flayed or 

peeled, 

Kua mahihore te hiako o te 
kapana ; The skin of the potatoe 
is peeled. 

Mahimahi, s. The name of a 
plant, (^E, C) 

Mahinga, *. Act of working ; 
the place where work has 
been done, 

Mabiti, v. To be consumed or 

spent. 

Kua mahiti nga harakeke mo te 
whare ; The flax for the work of 
the house is spent. {E. C.) 

Mahoe, *. The name of a tree. 
[Melicyttu rami/lorus.) 

Mahoewao, s. The name of a 
tree, 

Mah6ra, a. Straight; extended. 
He upoko mahora; Straight 
hair. 

Mahdre, v. To be peeled. 

Ka mahore te rakau ; The stick 
is peeled. 

Mahu, i;. To be healed. 



Kua mahu te hiako o taktt 
waewae ; The skin of my leg is 
healed. 

Mahtia, v, . To be raised up. 
Me ko, kia mahua ai nga paki- 
aka ; Let it be dug with a *' ko," 
that the roots may be raised up. 

Mahtiahiia, v. To rise up, as 
stones, when loose in a pave- 
ment. 

Kia kiki waenganui, kei mahua- 
hua nga kohatu ; Let the middle 
be tight, lest the stones rise up. 

Mdhue, a. Left ; forsaken. 
He kainga mahue; A place 
forsaken. 

Mahue, v. To be left. 

Mahue rawa koe ; You are left 
far behind. 

Mahuetanga, s. Act or time 
of leaving. 

Mahunga, a. Mealy. 

He kapana mahunga tenei; 
This is a mealy potatoe. 

Mahunga, s. Hair of the 
head; the head, 

Mahura, ». To be uncovered. 
Ka mahura te umu ; The oven 
is uncovered. 

Mahurangi, s. Inside of a 
kumara, 

Mahurehure, adv. 

Me kai mahurehure to toki e 
pakaru ai te rakau. ( ^O 

Mahtiri, s, A young tree, 

Mahuta, v. To jump. 

Mahuta atu ki tarawahi ; Jump 
to the other side. (ft.) ( W.) 

Mai, ad. Hither. 

Haere mai ki konei; Come 
hither to this place. 



MAI 



Mai, ê. The name of a tree, 

Syn. with Matai. 

(Dacrydium,) 

Muscles /reed from the shell. 

Mala, s. BrUffen/, 

Maia, a. Brave. 

He tangata maia ; A brave man. 

Maia, v. To be brave. 

Maiengi, ». To be raised up, 
Kia maiengi tena pito o te ra- 
kau ; Let that end of the tree be 
raised up. 

Maihe, s. J fence i (}^^') 

Maihea, s. A sinker for a fish- 
ing line, 

Maihi, s, A verandah ; the 
facing boards of the roof of 
a native house, 

Maika, ad. Quietly. 

Me noho maika ki te kainga ; 
Sit quietly at the place. 

Maikaika, s. A plant of the 
orchis tribe, 

Maiktiku, s. A finger or toe- 
nail, 

Maikukukarewarewa, s. The 
name of a shell-fish. 

Mairaaij s. A token, 

Hei maimai aroha ; As a token 
of love. 

Maioha, s» A token of regard. 

JMaioro, s. A bank in forti- 
fication, 

Maire, s. The name of a tree, 

(^Mira salicifolia,) 

Mairebu, s, A small basket 
for cooked food, {E. C,y 



( 69 ) MAK 

Mairetawhake, s. The name 
of a tree, (Eugenia maire.) 

Maitai, s. Iron. 

Maitiiti, s, A youth, (K.) 

Mdka, a. Cast away. 

He mea maka ; A thing cast 
away. 

Maka, v. To cast ; to throw ; 

to put. 

E maka ana i nga kai ki te 
moana ; He is throwing the food 
into the sea. 



Maka, s. Shyness. 

Koia auo te maka o te parera ; 
How great is the shyness of the 
duck. 

Maka, a. Shy; afraid ; wild. 
He poaka maka te poaka o te 
ngahere ; The pig of the wood is 
a wild pig. 

Maka, v. To be wild or shy. 

Makahi, s. A wedge. 

Makahtiri, s, A large stone. 

{R.) 

Makaka, s, A certai^i shrub, 

A plant growing in pools. 

Makaka, a. Bent; crooked 
He mea makaka ; A crooked 
thing. 

Makaka, v. To be bent; 
crooked, 

Makanga, s. Act or time of 
throwing. 

Makara, v. To come, 

Kihai nga tangata o Pototi i 
makara mai; Pototi's men did 
not come. {E. C.) 

Makari, v. To be small. 

Makari ake nei ano te rahi ; 
The size is but small. 



M^ariri, a. 
Makariri, v. 
Makaro, v. 



MAK ' ( 70 ) 

Makariri, s. Cold; winter. 

Cold, 

To be cold. 

To /all down, 
Kua makaro taku toki; My 
axe has £Edlen down. (22.) 

Makau, s, A spouse; a part- 
ner. 

Me hoki ki to makau tupu; 
Return to your original partner. 

(W.) 

Makau, ». To he low water» 
Ka makau te tai ; The tide is 
low. 

Makawe, s. Hair, 

Topea nga makawe o te poro- 
kaki ; Let the hair of the back 
of the head be cut off. 

MakeDgo, v. To be wet, (JR.) 

Makere, a. Fallen* 

Makere, r. To fall; to die, 
Kua makere toku kakahu i te 
ara ; My garment fell on the road. 

Makêretanga, «. Act or time 
of falling. 

Makerewhdtu, a. Falling hea- 

vily. 

He ua makerewhatu; Heavy 
rain. 

Maki, s. A sick person, 
Maki, V. To have the trouble 

of. 

Mari ano Ida u mai te poti, te 

maki haere ahau ki te tiki; It 

was well that the boat arrived, that 

I might not have the trouble of 

fetching it. 

Mdkitaunu, v. To tease ; to 

take hold of mischievously. 

He aha tua e makitaunu 1 aku 
mea ? Why are you taking hold 
of my things ? 



MAK 

Mako, s: A species of shark ; 
a shark^s tooth, 

Makoa, v. To be low water, 
Ka makoa te tai ; The tide is 
out. . {W,) 

Makoi, s. Cockle shells, (W,) 

Makoi, V, To be deceitful; to 
tease, 

Ka tikina ka makoitia te ta- 
ngata ; They go and tease the man. 

MakokorcSri, s. A caterpillar. 

Makomako, s. The name of a 

tree, 

{Friesia racemosa,) 

Makdwha, s. Indurated sand, 

Mak6wha, v. To be expanded, 
as a leaf; to be untied, 

Kua makowha te kawe ; The 
strap is untied. 

li/rn f For me, 

mkxx,pron. ^^y^^ 

Maku tetahi wai ; A little wa- 
ter for me. 

Maku e hanga he whare mou ; 
By me shall a house be made for 
thee. 

Maku, s. Wetness. 

Maku, a. Wet ; moist. 

Maku, V, To be wet, 

Aua ra e haere kei maku koe i 
te ua ; Do not go lest you should 
be wet with the rain. 

Makurakiira, v. To be red; 
to become light, 

Ka makurakura te ata; The 
morning is becoming light. 

Makuranga, s. Wetness, 
Makuru, v. To be abundant, 

Maktiru, s. Abundance, 

Katahi te makuru o te hue ; 



MAK 



(71 ) 



MAN 



Great is the abundance of the 
melons. 

Makutu, *. Witchcraft, 

Mdkutu, a. Bewitching, 

Makutu^ ». To bewitch, 

Kua makntnria a Korokai e 
Tohitapu ; Korokai has been be- 
witched by Tohitapu. 

Mama, a. Light; not heavy. 

Mama, v. To be light, 

Ka mama tenei pikau ; This 
backload is light. 

Mama^ «• Leakage» 

(Both syllables short,) 

Mama, v. To leak, 

Ka mama ake te wai i te pakaru 
nei ; The water leaks through 
this broken part. 

Mamae, s. Pain, 

Kei taku mahunga te mamae ; 
The pain is in my head. 

Mamde, a. Painful ; sore, 

Mamae, v. To be in pain, 

Mamaetanga, s. Time of pain, 

Mamaha, a. Steam. 

Ka puta te mamaha i raro i te 
whenua ; The steam comes forth 
from under the earth. 

Mamaku, «. A species of fern 
tree, 

Syn. with Korau. 

{E, C) {W,) 

Mamaku, s. Name for a par- 
ticular mode of working tim- 
ber with the adze. 

Ka oti nga pou nei te mamaku; 
These posts have been chipped. 

Mamdo, s. Distance» 

Mamdo, a. Distant, 

Mamao, v. To be distant. 



Kia mamao te turanga mo tera 
whare ; Let the site for that house 
be distant. 

Mamdoa, s. Steam, 

Kia puta te mamaoa, ka takina 
ai ; I^t the steam issue forth, 
then take it off. 

Mamdni, s. The sun ; the sail 
of a ship or canoe, 

Maminga, s. Deceit, 

Mdminga, a. Deceitful, 

Katahi ano te tangata maminga 
ko koe ; You are a very deceitful 
man. 

Maminga, v. To deceive; to 
tease, 

Mdmore, a. Bare. 

He rakaa mamore ; A tree 
without branches. 

1VT^^« -*-..( For him or her, 
Mana, pron, i » r . * 

' ( By him or her, 

Mana e korero, ma te tangata i 

kitea ai ; Let it be spoken by him, 

by the man by whom it was seen. 

Mana, s. Power ; influence ; 
authority. 

He tangata whai mana a Hongi ; 
Hongi was a man possessing in- 
fluence. {Both syllables short.) 

Manaaki, v. To like; to have 
respect for; to entertain, 

E kore taua tangata e manaaki- 
tia e Ngapuhi ; That man will not 
be respected by Ngapuhi. 

(E, C) 

ManaMu, v. To look cheer- 
ful ; to be glad, 

Ka manahau te tu o te tangata ; 
The man looks cheerful. {Ngt,) 

Manakandka, v. To love ; to 
feel regard for a person who 
is absent; to be anxious, 
Ka manakanaka au ki aku hoa 



MAN 



( 72 ) 



MAN 



ka riro na ; I feel affection for mv 
companions who are gone. 

Manako, r. To like. 
Pass, Manakohia. 

E kore au e manako atn ki tera 
kainga; I shall not like that place. 

Manamana, ». To possess power 
or influence, 

Na nga pu i manamanangia ai 
nga tangata ki te taua ; Through 
their guns the men were possessed 
of power for the war. 

Manana, v. To be bent, 

Manana kau ana nga waewae ; 
The legs are bent up. 

To nod the head. 

E manana mai ana ia ki a au ; 
He is nodding to me. 

Syn. with Tungou. (E. C.) 

Manana, «. A fishing rod, i^R.) 

Manatunga, s, A keepsake. 

Manawa, s. The belly. 

Breath. 

E kore e puta te manawa ; The 
breath will not pass. 

Manawa, s. Mangrove tree, 

{^Ariceania tormentosa) 

Manawanui, s. Stouthearted- 
ness ; patience. 

Manawantii, a. Stouthearted ; 
patient, 

Manawanui, v. To bear up 
under pain or disappoint- 
ment ; to be patient, 

E kore au e manawanui i te nui 
o taku mamae ; I cannot bear up 
by reason of the greatness of my 
pain. 

Manawapa, s, A desiring or 
longing after» 



Manawapa, s. To desire; to 
regret. 

E manawapa ana te tangata ki 
tona waka ; The man feels regret 
on account of his canoe ( which he 
has sold.) 

Manawapopore, s, A desiring 
or longing after, 

A stingy person, 

Manawareka, s, Sa tisf action, 

Manawareka, v. To be satis- 
fied. 

Katahi ano au ka manawareka 
ka riro mai te utu o toku kakahu ; 
I am now at length satisfied since 
the payment is given for my gar- 
ment. 

Manene, *. A stranger; a per- 
son driven from his home. 

Manga, s. Branch of a tree or 
river, 

A certain fish. 

Maanga, s. Remains of food. 
Ma wai e kai nga maanga o tera 
hunga ? By whom will the scraps 
of those fellows be eaten ? 

Mdngai, s. Mouth, 

Mangaro, a. Mealy, 

He kai mangaro te kumara ; 
Thekumara is a mealy food. 

Mangaro, v. To be mealy, 

Mangemange, s, A creeping 
fern. 

{Lygodium articulatum.) 

Mangenge, v. To be benumbed. 

Mangengenge, v. To make a 
crumping noise; to be gritty. 
E mangengenge ana te piki ; 
The fig is gritty. 



MAN 



( 73 ) 



MAO 



Mangêo, 9. An itching, 

Mangêo^ v. To itch. 

E mangeo ana te waewae ; The 
foot itches. 

Mdngere, «. Lazinees. 

M^ngere, a. Lazy. 

E kore e utua te tangata ma- 
ngere ; The lazy man will not be 
paid. 

Mangere, v. To be lazy, 

Mangiongio, s. A chilblain, 

Mdngo, *. A shark. 

Mangopare, 8, The hammer- 
headed shark, 

Mangu, ' s. Blackness, 

Mangu, a. Black. 

MaoLgu, V. To be black. 

Ka manga nga kapua, ka pouri ; 
The clouds are black, it is dark. 

Mangumangu, s. Ink, 
Mangungunda, a. Broken off. 

Mangungunda, r. To be broken 

off. 

Mangongunoa tona waewae i te 
takanga i nmga i te hoiho ; His 
leg was broken by the fall from 
the horse. 

Mania, s. A plain, 

Syn. with Raorao. {First syU 
lable very long.) 

Mania, s. Slipperiness. 

Mania, a. Slippery. 

Mania, v. To be slippery. 

To be on edgCy as the teeth ; 
to be jarred, 

Ka mania aku niho ; My teeth 
are on edge. Ka mania aku ta- 
ringa ; My ears are jarred. 



Maniania, s. Noise, 

Maniania, e ta ma; What a 
noise you make. {E, C) 

Manihi, v. To cut ; to pare, 

as mth a spade. 

Me manihi te taha o te ara kia 
pai ai ; Let the side of the road 
be pared that it may be good. 

(E, C) 

MAnihitanga, s. Act of cutting 
or paring, 

Mano, a, A thousand. 

Manu, V, To float, 

Kua manu te waka ; The canoe 
is afloat. 

Manu, s. A bird; a kite* 

{First syllable shorter than in 
the preceding word,) 

ManuMri, s, A visitor; a 
guest. 

Manuka, s. The name of a tree, 
Syn. with Kahikatoa. 

Manukanlika, s. Disquietude ; 

misgiving, 

Kahore he manukanuka o te 
haere; There is no misgiving 
about the journey. 

Manumanu, s. Collar-bone, 

Manumdnu. v. To become 

rotten, 

Kua manumanua te rakau ; 
The tree has begun to be rotten. 

(TT.) 

Mdnuranga, s, A floating; 
time of floating, 

Mao, V, To cease raining. 

Ka mao te ua, ka haere tatou ; 
The rain ceases, we will go. 

Maoa, a. Cooked. 

Mdoa, V. To be cooked; tc 
be ripe. 



MAO 



(74 ) 



MAR 



Kihai i ata maoa ; It was not 
quite cooked. , 

Maoka, a. Cooked, 

Maoka, v. To he cooked, 

Kua maoka te ika ; The fish is 
cooked. (B. C.) 

Maomao, a. The name of a fish, 

Maori, a. Native, 

He wai maori ; Native water, 
or fresh water. He tangata ma« 
ori ; A native man. 

M^ori, V. def. You may infer, 
Maori koe kahore he kai o tenei 
wahi ; You may perceive there is 
no food in this place. 

Mapara, *. A native comb. 

{E. C) 
Mapaii, s. The name of a tree. 

Sjm. with Tipau. 
Mapu, 8. A whizzing noise ; a 
panting ; a sigh, 

Tangi ana te mapu i te omanga ; 
The panting sounds by reason of 
the running. 

Mapura, s. Fire, 

Mara, 9. A cultivation; a 
farm. 

Marae, s. An enclosure in a 
pa, belonging generally to 
one individual or jamily, 

Marakerake, a. Bare; bald, 

Marakerake, r. To be bald, 

Marama,*. The moon; a month, 
Ka titi te marama ; The moon 
shines. 

Marama, s. Light ; loud, 

Marama, a. Light. 

Marama, v. To be light. 

Ka titi te atarau, marama tonu ; 
The moonlight shines, it is quite 
light. 



Mdramdra, s. A chip ; a 
splinter. 

Maramat&Dga^ s. Light, 

Mardnga, v. To rise up, 

Maranga tatou, e ta ma, ka so 
te ra ; Let us rise up, the day 
dawns. 

Marangai, «. A gale of wind; 

bad weather, 

♦Marara, *. An umbrella, 

Mardra, a. Spread abroad, 

Marara, r . To be spread abroad, 

Kua marara ke nga tangata ki 

o ratou mahinga ; The men are 

spread abroad to their places of 

. work. 

Maratea, «. The name of a fish. 

Marau, s. A fork. 

Mdre, s. A cough ; phlegm. 

Mare, v. To cough. 
Marêarêa, s. The name of a 
small freshwa ter fish . 
Syn. with Inanga. 

*Marena, v. To marry. 

*Marenatanga, *. A marriage, 

Mdrenga, s. Act or time of 
coughing, 

Marêre, a. Fallen. 

Marere, V. To fall; to die. 
Kua marere taku tamaiti i te 
po nei ; My child died last night. 

Marêretanga, s. Act or time 

of falling. 

Mdri, V, impers. It was good. 

Man ano kia tae mai koe^ i kite 

ai koe i tenei tangata ; It was a 

good thing you arrived, that you 

might see this man. 

Marie, v. To be quiet or ap' 
peased. 



MAR 



( 75 ) 



MAR 



Koa marie tona ngakaa ; His 
heart is appeased. 

Marietanga, s. Quietness, 

Maringi, a. Spilt. 

Maringi, v. To spill. 

Kua maringi katoa nga ipu 
hinu ; The calabashes of oil are 
all spilt. 

Maringihdnga, s. Act or time 
of spilling. 

Marino, s. A calm. 

Marino, a. Calm, 

Marino, v. To be calm. 

Aua ra e hoe aiaoei^ kia marino 
te moana ; Do not row to-day^ 
let the sea be calm. 

Marinoto, s. A calm. 

^ Marinotdkitoki, *. A calm. 

Maripi, s, A knife. 

Marire, v. To be quiet or ap- 
peased, 

Syn. with Marie. 

Maro, a. Hard; resolute; 
tough. 

Stretched; stiff. 

He mea maro ; A thing stretch- 
ed. 

Maro, V. To be hard. 

To be stretched. 

Ka maro te paru o tenei wabi^ 
me kau tu ; The mud of this part 
is hard, wade over. 

Maro, s, A 'small garment 
worn round the waist, 

A fathom. 

Marohi, s. Fern leaves. 
Syn. with Rahurahu. 

Marohirohi, v. To be strong. 



To be dispirited; to be weary. 

£ marohirohi ana ahau i te roa 

o te ara ; I am dispirited at the 

length of the road. ( NgU) 

Marokau, s. A single person, 

ManSke, a. Dry. 

Mardke, v. To be dry. 

Maroke ki taku korokoro ; My 
throat is very dry. 

Maroketdnga, s. Dryness, 

Maronui, s. A married woman, 
whose husband is absent. 

Maroro, s. The flying fish. 

Maroro, v. To be strong. 

E kore pea koe e maroro aianei ; 
You will not perhaps be strong 
to-day. 

Maru, s. Power, 

Na te maru i a ia koia matou i 
mataku ai ; In consequence of his 
power we were afraid. 

Maru, s. A plant growing in 
pools, 

Maru, a. Bruised; sheltered. 
He wahi maru ; A sheltered 
place. 

Mdru, V, To be killed; to be 
bruised, 

Kua maru ke nga poaka te tuki- 
tuki ; The pigs are killed by 
striking. 

TIT' ' ' > V. To be sheltered'. 
Marumani, ) 

Ka marumaru tenei kainga i 
nga rakau ; This place is shel- 
tered with the trees. 

Marua, s. A grave ; a valley. 

Maniao, s. Dawn of day. 

Hei te maruao ka haere ai taiou; 
We wiU go at the dawn of day. 

(B. C) 



Mar 



( 76 



fvi^kM% ; Tke rrite «Mn 117 



Msti,#, AlmUet; lead, 
MatJi, #, Tke/mee ; a mtrfmee. 

Pcfint^ as €fa «pear, 

Me*ke$ t^a net, 

Mita, $, The name of a ph. 

Mata, a. Raw; uneooked. 
He kat naU nipt km nd; Thk 

Mitaaho, #. ^ wmicm, 

yikuAm, a. Wateking. 

He kst iBsUarm; A penoo 




i te 



to 



perwffm who 



ykeXBknL, V. To wateh. 

Kia mataum kovton akaena kd 
riro o koaUm mea ; Watch tliis 
crening lest jonr tfaiiiga fbonkl 
begone. 

of watching, 

Kawea to mea maUialt imi Mi 
rangatira } Oarr/ tlu! flrti ftir lim 
chief. (M.) 

MAtahiApo, tf. Pfetfi^Hei ftrhtut, 

Hyti. with Piihi. (^W) 

MAiai, «1. Btggif^. 

lie tatiffftU mahii ) A Immiari 

Mdtai, tf. 7V> i^i 

MtttAi, *. The nnmff ♦{/* » /*'«»•'. 

Hyn. with Mai. 

Art7W or taken capUe^. 

Naku to tnataiita; Th« tlnit 
penon waa token by me. 



ki a 
ia gone tD look 

Matabitakj c. 
He kai 
ko«tOfi maM; 
eazia^ at TDv 

MatiddtaH r. To 
l>eep. 

Matakite, «. ^ 
fore$ee$ an eremt. 

yihXak6kin^ s, A wteteor. 

Matakdma, a. Swollen, 

He ringa matakoma ; A swol- 
len finger. 

3^fataku, s. Fear. 

Mataku, a. A/raid. 

Matdku, V, To be afraid. 

Ka matoku koe i te aha ? What 
are you afraid of ? 

J*Mê. Matakuria ; To be feared, 

£ kore ia e matalniria e ooa 
jMinonga 1 He will not be feared 
by hiv ulaves. 

Mdtamdta, s. Source. 

Kei nga matamato o te awa ; 
At the louroes of the river. 

A point or end ; a promontory. 

He kino no nga matamata i 

hoki ai te waka ra ; The canoe 

returned because the promontories 

wore dangerous. {E. C.) 

A certain fieh ; the young of 
the NdMAiirt. 



MAT 



( /7 ) 



^IAT 



Matamua, a. First. 

Koia te tamjeuti matamua ; I|e 
is the tirst child. 

Matanga, a. Understanding; 
skilful, 

Na nga matanga i hara mai i 
tapahi; The skilful persons came 
and cut it. (E. C) 

M^tangêrengêre, v. To be be- 
numbed; to be cramped. 

Ka matangerengere taku ringa ; 
My band is benumbed. 

To be ashamed, 

Matangi, s. Wind. (w.) 

Matangdhi, s. The first per- 
son killed or taken. 
Syn. with Mataika. 

Matangurunguru,*. Numbness. 

Matangurungtiru, v. To be 
benumbed. 

Ka matangurunguru aku ringa- 
ringa i te kopeke ; My fingers 
are benumbed through cold. 

Matao, s. Coldness. 

Matao, a. Cold. 

Matao, V. To be cold. 

Kia matao nga kumara, ka kai- 
nga ai ; Let the kumaras be cold, 
and they shall be eaten. 

Matadra, ad. While living, 
Kia kite mataora matou i a 
Tupe ; Let us see Tupe while 
alive. 

Mataora, s. A wedge. 

Matapihi, s. A window. 

Matapo, *. A blind person. 

He matapo to ratou matua ; 
Their father is a blind man. 

Matapo, a. Blind, 
Matapo, r. To be blind'. 



Matapopdre, v. To be anxious 
lest evil should happen. 

Ka matapopore ki nga kai kei 
hohoro te paa ; He is anxious lest 
the food should be soon con- 
sumed. 

Matapouri,^. A species of duck. 

Mataptina, s. Source of a 
spring or river, 

Matdra, a. Distant, 

Matara, v. To be distant, 

Kia matara atu te turanga mo 
te whare ; Let the site for the 
house be a little distance off. 

To be untwisted, 

Kua matara te taura ; The rope 
is untwisted. {E, C.) 

Mataratdnga^ s. Distance. 

Matardu, s, A forked specr 
for fish, 

Matarehe, s, A species of eel, 

Matarêker6ke, v. To be be- 
numbed. 

Matata, a. Cfirried in a litter. 
He mea matata te tangata ra ; 
The man was carried in a litter. 

Defended with a pad. 

He mea matata ki te ranpo kei 
tata iho nga kowheka ; It was de- 
fended with raupo that the clothts 
might not touch. 

Matata, s. The name of a 
shrub. 

Mdtata, V. To be split. 

Kua mat&ta te kakau o te tcki ; 
The handle of the axe is t^plit. 

Mdtatdra, *. A dam for water. 

{W.) 

Mdtatdu, V. To look anxicus-y 
for, 

u 2 



yLvn 



K 



:^ o 



MAT 



duto»;: KjBEff^ » i|OiMi Ismk. ant 



I an amo i Pohakem toka 
nMGte, amoho» noa nei ; Mj sBcki- 
neat aaame on while I was at Port- 
XBidafiDn,.and has oontiiiiifid until 
ttuB ttina. 



Kaia £1111 to tBUMitl kua maab- ; 
tfenrha nifa Inauihi ; Yaur viliiid is ' 
a«t«ke,hift^^«»flreap«u (W!) ; Mute, tu. Sick; detul, 

3*aiatengi, *. TJiidhum. ' Msite, if: To 6^ «c^ ; ^o die. 

^mwnt he like thin; ^^^ of death, 

^^ ^ . ,• X *• A (J?w* syllable Umgar ikon m 

.lliU^atdn^, n. Tō^ he tmek. theprmwting ward.) 

Mlj*cac<v\rt, n. T4 ^ stroma ; ^fcifcengafcttnga, w. To be be- 
e&htSm. munbed; to be crwnmed^ 

fiwhartHa ; The eye» am strained : Hiitīpngi, 06. I%»vtf .. (H.) 

wiiHkMAitt^ I, jr.) ji^jjjg^^ y, jf,, iggfg. tQ be 



Ê^ k<)re e moe, macadi toiiti i 
kei hôro te pa.; He does not 
<tkw^, lie ie ennetancly awake, 
fiMkrimif lesC the villb^ ahoold be 
iwrj^eedr 

M^n, 4, AfieMunok. 

HSJateUkmwEStamteam; The 
road is on tiie ri^t side. 

Miilan^ 0. Undertiandimg ; 

urUe. 

tie tangata mataa ; A man of 
imderstandiDg, 

M^tan, pron. We. 

Syn. with Matom. {E. C.) 

M^iati, V, To understand. 

Kahore an i mataa ki ona wfaa- 
kaaro ; I hare not undentood bis 
thoughts* 

Mdtaxir^nga, s. Understand- 
ing ; wisdom, 

Mdtawdi, *. Source of a river. 



mittentive ta^ 

Kin matenui koe ki tsikn tei- 
na ;. Be alrtirailxve 1» my yonnger 
hrofduar. 

Materdtoy «. A miiaemrrimg^. 

Mitck» J. A spetur. 

MatfhAoy «. Afin^r. 

Ommof^hkrd. (li.) 

Madhe, r. T« sneeze. (£« c.) 
Matika» #. AJM-kooi. 
>Iatika, r. To emrry em a litter. 
Syn. witliKanhoa. 

Matika, r. To rise up. 

Kua matika mai nga tangata; 
The men have lisen vp. 

Matikara,«. A fish-hook. 

A finger. 
Matiko, V. To descend. 



Matiko 
down. 



iho Id raro; 



Come 



MAT 

M&tikiiku, s, A finger or toe- 
nail. 

Mdtimati; 9, A toe. 

Matiro, t^. To beg /or food. 

Matitore, a. Split. 

Matitdre, v. To be split. 

Kna matitore te rakaa; The 
tree is split. 

Mato, 8. A deep swamp ; a 
deep valley. 

Matoha, v. To be undone; to 
be untied. 

To be lost. 

Matoke, a. Cold. 

Mdtoke, a. Cold, 

Matoke, v. To be cold. 

Matomato, a. Strong in 
growth. 

Green. 



Cool. 

He wai matomato, he hohonu ; 
It is cool water, it is a deep place. 

Matdra, v. To be undone or 
untied. 

Kna matora te tau o te kaka ; 
The string of the garment is un- 
done. (E. C.) 

Matorutdru, a. Benumbed. 

Matotdru, s. Thickness. 

Matotoru, a. Thick. 

M4tot6ru, V. To be thick. 

Kia matotoru nga toetoe mo te 
whare ; Let the grass be thick for 
the roof of the house* 

Matou, pron. We; not in- 
cluding the person spoken 
to; ourselves. 



( 7» ) MAU 

Ko koe kia noho, ko matou e 
haere ; Do you remain, and we 
. will go. 

Matu, *. Fat. 

Matilia, s. A parent. 

Matua, *. Plural form of the 
preceding u>ord. 

E mea ana oku matua kia hae- 
re mai koe kia kite i a raua ; My 
parents s^y that you should come 
and see them. 

Matua, s. A company of 
people ; division of an army; 
a troop. 

Ko tahi anake matua i urn ki 
te tatauranga ; Only one division 
took part in the engagement. 

Matua, ad. First. 

Matua ano tenei e hanga ; Let 
this be made first. 

♦Mattiaatua, s. A sponsor. 

Matuakumara, s. The name 
of a plant. 

(Geranium.) 

Matuattia, s. A species of eel. 

Matuku, s. The name of a 
bird, 

Matukuhurepo, s. The name 
of a bird. 

Matukuttiku, s. The name of 
a bird. 

A species of moss. 

MatutUf V. To be convales- 
cent. 

Ka matutu te mate o te turoro ; 
The complaint of the sick man is 
better. 

Mau, *. Productions of the 
earth. 



7& U fwt' 






vi..r 



. of t 









Pan. MmuaiBiinn 



", p/Ofi H'r tm-j. 









M4u!tl.«iu -■ J, Kati: i to T«- 
iain a kuHiU ffubng. 

iigkU 111 a Hu ; 'I'lisl man iJirtjt 
bi^r^ 4'iirfijly wwarJa uie. 

Miuatiru, c T'll/fmoKntuIf. 

Miui, a. /.p//. 

Ka tk« ki to iivkaiiKa u U' am 
Di« luerv lii luaui i Win^ii /-lU ar- 
rive al III» turu 'if (lie r<ta<) k'' tu 



(tC-l 



Madiiii, ■< 



Til hr. virariril. 



Maimgaru^ t. A raf. 
ilaunu, (. A bait. 

He aba te maODii ma if *U- 
pukn ? Wbat ii tlie bih for dtc 

MāuTiu, f . 7*0 eon« o>f, a« ''(' 
kajuHe of an axe ; to It 
jnilted of, at a garauKf. 
Ka DUDna nfi kakahn. ka Ttn 
ki le wai i Ac clothes are poUrd 
uir, and then Ukj juDpod into 

MiuDuritnga, ». ^c< o/eomiitg 

out; act of pulling off . 
Mduranga, ». ^ci ofcarryituf. 



MAU 



Homai tetahi nta mo talni 
mamanga i te pukapuka; G'vre 
me a payment for carrying the 
letter. 

M&uri, «. The heart, 

Ka oho taku mauri i te pnhanga 
o te pa ; My heart jumped at the 
firing of the gun. Tukna he ka- 
rere, kei oho manri nga tangata o 
te kainga; Let a messenger be 
sent, lest īhe hearts of the people 
of the place startle. 

ji sacred offering. 

.Ka taia e te tohunga ki te 
mauri ; It is sprinkled by the 
priest with the mauri. * 

Maurdru^ v. To diminish, 

Ka maururu te mamae ; The 
pain is diminished. 

Mautarakiiii, v. To be held by 
one end, 

Maute,,«. Fire. 

Ka ka te maute; The fire 
bums. {R.) 

Mawêhe, v. To separate, 
i Ka mawehe nga waka; The 

canoes are separating. 

Maw^te, V, To be untied. 

Kua mawete te kawe ; The 
straps are untied. 

Mawêto, V, To be untied. 

Ka maweto nga tau o toku ka- 
kahu ; The strings of my garment 
are untied. 

Mdwhai, s. The name of a 
creeping plant. 

{Sicyos australis.) 

Mawhaki, a. Broken. 

Mawhaki, v. To be broken, 
Kua mawhaki taku ngira ; My 
needle is broken. 

Mawhatu, a. Curly. 



( 81 ) MEH 

Heupoko mawhattf; A early 
head. 

Mawhêra, s. Mouth. (h.) 

Mawhiti, v. To leap ; to skip. 

Mawbitiwhiti, s. A grasshop- 
per ; a locust. 

Me, conj. If; whether. 

Tirohia te whare me kahore i 
reira ; Let the house be searched 
to see if it is not there. 

And. 

Ka pan anake nga whare, me 
nga taonga katoa i roto ; The 
houses are quite consumed, and 
all the property in them. 

Me, A particle prefixed to 
verbs, and signifying * must.* 
Me haere koe ; You must go. 

Mea, V, To speak ; to say ; to 
do ; to think. 

Pass. Meatia. 

Ka inea ahau kua riro koe ; I 
thought you were gone. 

Mea, s. A thing. 

Meake, ad. Soon. 

Meake au taka ina ka pake te 
rakau nei ; I shall soon fall since 
the tree cracks. 

Mêanga, s* Act of speaking or 
doing. 

Mêatingia, v. To be said ; to 
be done, 

Meatingia atu ki to rangatira ; 
Let it be told to your master. 

Mêhamêha, v. To be solitary. 
Mehameha kau ana tenei whe- 
nua ; This land is solitary. 

Mêhemêa, conj. If. 

Mehemea ka tohe koe e kore e 
hoatu ; If you tease it will not be 



given to you. 



•"iUt'JiiUii; *. ^ mvtssitrt. 

^l^txii.. <?. T/te mouti trf' Mtttf. 

*\l«iu^i. r. 2'i/ Le 4faie/ ; iv be 
dwe. 

Titt ituinēt tft -tueuniuf luJXi&ugb,- 
Môi:utuot.u. 4f M vhuih 
MtikttJ'l. u(f. Ji'^cthifi Hit If.. 

Moitv.. r. 7'(/ 6«' viiny^ ^ to 
waki» : y\x*: lutiu tt wJtciiUujLdiuE 

M«-;jXi.tUii; r. 7*6/ <iitiW/lic*: ; to 

U »*JLuiit.-i^> '^ U rt ; TixK iot it 
ClibW.»;V4S:?5 Vr ti* Wu/Ii/JUf ^ iLrtr 

to 6e kkrix*:lUd. 

ptirvju ^Ms^^jiut* <A<i h':* LkiKJ» «ltd 

M^;ii'?, V. 7*0 fje awembled, 
k;femg4 ; All t\ui icen of tb« pUoe 

S\h\*'MU'A\ttt V. To hackle ; to 

f.tmyh» 

Mcii<^n«;fif; ana waiora, ka kata ; 
llio h<ra<l cmg(ii«, it l«ughH. 

M(';n<;ngtt, n. Act or time of 
aHBembiimj. 



"Sill 

*m UTBTigj, « . Ji medbm . 

"ftiBromarciisi, :iz. (^^tn*jfy 
Bl nisromsniiiiliaiii tto 
Tin- «injnwB- k '-^nirr txiffiinp. 

Mciu, t. Tx> aeffnUmtiL. 

'Eli meniix ii|Zit uivuUuwi: ;: ITht 
muuksEBl jnK]}unuiI. 

MfhH.. r. TV? wontkrr^ 

He nuihi mihiiri' "S- nmfts a te 
^tuktilui:: Tlif: work ic ^tfajKOpner 
tt ^ wmidfffiiil wurL. 

ilitnL r- To a^ 



1 



3IiiaDifl, -t. ^ Ueek hifmmuums 
sulsiamce/otoid im tke «m. 

A wkaU. {e. c.) 

Mimitiy r. To he dned mp; 
to be eraporated, 

Kna mimiti te wi o te repo ; 
The water of tfce swamp is dried 
up. 

^limititanga, «. Act or time of 
drying up. 

3Iinflka, s. Desire, 

Minaka, r. To desire. 

E minaka ana taka waha ki te 



MIN 



( 83) 



MOE 



kai nei; My mouth waters for 
this food. 

Minamina^ s. Desire. 

Mioamiiia, v. To wish /or, 

Minamina ana taka kaki ki te 
kai reka ; My throat wishes for 
the sweet food. 

Mine, v. To be assembled. 

Minenga, *. Act or time of 
assembling, 

Mingi, s. The name of a tree, 
{Cyathodes acerosa.) 

Mingomingo, a. Curly, 

Mingomingo, v. To be curly. 

Ka mingomingo te mura o te 

ahi ; The flame of the fire is curly. 

*M£ra, s. A mill, 

Miramira, v. To be of a red 

heat. 

Ka roa te kainga a te ahi, na, 
miramira kau ana te rino ; If the 
Are bums long the iron will be of 
a red heat. {W.) 

Miramira, s. The uvula, (/r.) 

Miri, a. Rubbed, 

Hei kaanga miri anake te ho- 
kona ana; Shelled corn only is 
purchased. 

Miri, V, To rub ; to graze. 

Kia miri kau to tatou waka i te 
taha o te toka; Let our canoe 
graze the side of the rock. 

Miringa, s. Act of rubbing, 

Miro, *. The name of a tree. 
( Podocarpus ferruginea.) 

Miro, *. Thread. 

Miro, V. To make thread or 

string, 

Miroa he aho hi ika ma tatou ; 
Let a fishing-line be made for us. 



Miromiro, s. The name of a 
bird. 

Mitimiti, v. To lick. 

Pass. Mitikia. 

E mitimiti ana te kuri i nga 
toenga ; The dog is licking the 
remains of the food. 

Mitimitikanga, s. Act of lick- 
ing. 

Mo, prep. For. 

Me raranga he kete mo nga 
kai ; Let a basket be made for the 
food. 

Moa, s. A bed in a garden, 

A certain stone. 

Name of a bird of gigantic 
size, of which the bones only 
are found at the East Cape, 
and further south. 

(Dinomis.) 
M6ana, s. Sea, 

Moanartia, v. 

Kuatawhito teremu, kua wera 
ranei tetahi wahi, ka* moanarua- 
tia, ka natia houtia a runga o te 
wahi i ora a taea noatia te whiri ; 



M6ata, v. To be early. 

Kia moata te baere i te ata ; 
Let the departure be early in the 
morning. (E. C.) 

M6e, *. Sleep ; a dream. 

Oho noa ake ahau i te moe ka 
pakaru mai ; As I started up from 
sleep they made their appearance. 

M6e, V, To sleep ; to dream. 
E kore ahau e moe akuenei i te 
mataku; I shall not sleep to-night 
through fear. 

M6emiti, ». To praise, (fr.) 



MOE 



(84 ) 



MOK 



I 



M6em6e4, s. A dream . 
Mdenga, s. Actor time.of sleeps 

A bed. 

Wharikitia he moenga ma ta- 
toa ; Let a bed be prepared for 



us. 



M6e6ne, s. A species of grub. 

Moetitdro, v. To sleep wake- 
fully. 

M6etoropiiku,t7. Tosleep wake- 
fully. 

Mohani, s, Fernroot. 

Moheke, s. Thick fernroot. 

M6hi, *. The name of a fish. 

Mohio, s. Understanding; dis- 
cemment. 

M6hio, a. Intelligent ; discern- 
ing ; unse. 

Mdhio, V. To understand. 

Kahore au i mohio ki te reo 
pakeha ; I do not understand the 
language of the foreigner. 

Mohiotanga,*. Understanding; 
intelligence; wisdom. 

Mdho, *. The name of a bird. 
M6ho, s. A stupid person. 

M6hoa,ac?. To the present time. 
I a au ano i Pohakena a mohoa 
noa nei taku mate ; My sickness 
began while I was at Port-Jack- 
son, and has continued to the 
present time. 

Mohoao, s. A bushman ; a man 
of the woods. 

M6hoku, pron. For me. 

Mohtingahunga, v. To crum- 
ble as earth ; to be mealy. 



Moidio, V. To be small in 
growth. 

Moioio ana te tupu ; The shoot 
is small in growth. 

Mdka, s. End; extremity; 
side. 

Kei tera moka o te pa tona 
whare ; His house is at that end 
of the village. 

M6kai, s. A poor man, 

Mokaikai, s, A dried human 
head; a bird or reptile kept 
as a curiosity. 

M 6ke, V. A solitary person. 
He moke taua tangata, e noho 
ana ko ia anake i tona kainga ; 
That man is a solitary person, he 
is living alone at his place. 

Mokehu, s. White claystone. 

M6kem6ke, v. To be solitary. 

Moki, s. A canoe made of 
fiags or rushes. 

A certain fish. 

Mdkihi, s. A canoe made of 
fiags or rushes. (e. c.) 

M6kim6ki, s^ The name of a 
plant. 

M6ko, s. The marks called 
tattoo on the face and other 
parts of the body. 

Mdkomokai, s. A dried humati 
head, 

Syn. with Mokaikai. 

Mdkomdko, s, A species of 
lizard. 

Mokopuna, s, A grandchild, 

M6kowhiti, s, A jump. 

Mdkowhiti, v. To jump. 



MOK 



(85) 



MOR 



M6ku, pron. For me. 

Momi, V, To suck, 

Ka momia te wai o te tawhara; 
The juice of the fruit tawhara is 
sucked. 

Mominga, *. Act or time of 
sucking, 

Momipu, V. To he less in size, 
Momipu te kaitaka i te parai- 
kete; The mat is less than the 
blanket. 

Mdmo, s. Offspring. 

He momo pakeha tenei ; This 
is the offspring of a foreigner. 

Momoe, a. Sleepy, 

Katahi te tangata momoe ko 
koe ; What a sleepy man you are. 

Mom6e, v. To blink ; to wink, 
Ka momoe nga kanohi i te kawa 
o te pititi ; The eyes blink from 
the sourness of the peaches. 

Momohanga, s. Offspring; the 
survivors of a slaughtered 
tribe, 

Momona, «. Fat; rich; fertile. 
He whenua momona ; Rich 
land. 

Mdmona, v. To be fertile, 

Mdmonatanga, *. Richness; 
fertility, 

Kua pau te momonatanga o te 
oneone ; The richness of the soil 
is consumed. 

Momote, ad. Clandestinely, 
Kua pau te rahui a Pahi te kai 
momote; The preserve of Pahi 
has been eaten clandestinely. 

Momdto, v. To box. 
Pass. Motokia. 

Momotu, s. A piece of f re- 
wood partly consumed, 

[E, a) 



Momdtu, V, To sever ; to sepa- 
rate, [Fid, Motu.] 

M<5na, s, A knot of a tree, 

Ki te mea he mona to te rakau 
me whakarere; If the tree has 
knots reject it. 

M6na, pron. For him, 

Monehu, *. The first sprout of 
fern, 

M6nen6hu, s, A species of 
kumara, 

*M6ni, *. Money, 

Moniania, s. Fear, 

Kia bemo te moniania o te 
patu ; Let the fear of the weapon 
be over. 

M6nim6iiin6a, v. To be eon- 
sumed, 

Monimoninoa nga kumara o 
taku rua i te kiore ; The sweet 
potatoes of my store are consumed 
by the rats. 

Mono, V, To plug up ; to calk, 
Homai he toki hei mono i te 
pakaru ; Give me an axe to plug 
the leak with. 

M6noa, v. To wonder, 

Ka monoa atu au ki nga hanga 
a te tangata nei ; I wonder at the 
possessions of this man. 

{E, C) 

M6nom6no, a. Unpleasant to 
the smell, 

M<5nom6no, v. To smell un» 
pleasantly, 

M6re, *. A variety of the kauri 
tree, of which the wood is red 
in colour. 

The name of a fish. 

Mdrehii,*. Remains of an army 

I 



MOR 

or tribe which has been cut 
off. 

Morêira, conj. Therefore. 

M6rem6re, r. To make bald 
or hare, 

Kua moremorea tera taha o te 
rakau ; That side of the tree has 
been made bare. 

M<5rem6renga, s. End or ea?- 
tremity of anything, 

Te moremoienga o te ihu ; The 
extremity of the nose. 

Mdrere, «. A swing. 

Mdrewa, v. To be afloat. 

Kia morewa atn to tatou waka 
ki waho ; Let our canoe be afloat 
farther out. 

Moriroriro, r. To appear; to 
be in sight. , 

Moriroriro kau ake i roto i te 
wai ; It only just appears above 
the water. 

M6roiti, a. Small. 

M<5roiti, v. To be small. 

M<5rokiii6anei, adv. To the 
present time. 

Mdroriki^ a. Small. 

A flea. {e. c.) 

To he up ; to he 



M<5rorohii, s. 



Morunga, t?. 
high. 

Kua morunga mai te ra; The 
sun is up. 

M6te, s. Water. 

Kia maha nga kai ki te mote ; 
Let there be plenty of food put 
into the water. (H^.) 

M6te, V. To suck ; to kiss. 

E kore e motea te n o tona koka 

i te nui o te mate ; The breast of 

its mother is not sucked from the 

violence of its sickness. (E. C) 



( 86 ) MOT 

Motemêa, cov^. Because. 

Motêngi, r. To be placed high. 
Kia motengi te kai ki runga kei 
pau ; Let the food be placed high 
up that it may not be consumed. 

M<5ti, V. To he consumed ; to 
he scarce. 

Tuku rawa matou ki o matoa 
kai kua moti ; When we went for 
our food it was consumed. 

{W.) (Ê. C.) 

M<5tiro, s. Act of begging. 

M<5tiro, a. Begging. 

He tangata motiro te tangata 
nei ; This man is a beggar. 

M6tiro, V. To beg. 

M<5to, s. A blow with the fist. 

Moto, V. To box; to strike with 
thefist. 

Pass. Motokia. 

M6tohe, a. Obstinate. 

Katahi te iwi motohe ki te 
haere ; You are a very obstinate 
people about going. (J^. C.) 

M6toi, s. Act of begging., 

M<5toi, V. To beg. 

Mdtu^ «. An island; an iso^ 
lated wood ; a cut ; a rent. 

M<5tu« a. Severed. 

M6tu, r. To he severed or sepa- 
rated. 

Kua motu ke te ringaringa te 
kokoti; The finger is quite se- 
vered by cutting. 

Pass. Motuhia. 



Motuhia etahi pukapuka ma 
Ngatiawa; Let some books be 
separated for Ngatiawa. 

M<5tiili4ke, a. Separated, (ir.) 



MOT 



(87) 



MUR 



HôtuMnga^^. A piece severed; 
the act o/ separating, 

McStuhdnga, a. Mealy ; floury. 
He roi motohanga; Flonrj 
iemroot. 

Mdtumotu, s. Embers of fire. 

(W.) 

Mou, pron. For thee, 

Moutenei kakahu; Tlus gar- 
ment is for thee. 

M6aa, s. The hack of the 
neck, 

Mounga, s, A half -burnt stick, 

M6wai, V, To water in the 
mouth; 

Ka mowai taku waha; My 
mouth waters. 

Mdwhiti, s. Hoop of a cask, 

M(5wliiti, V, To jump, 

Mua, ad. Before, 

Ko tenei ki mua ko tera hei 
muri^ Let this be before and that 
behind. 

Muanga, *, An elder person ; 

one who comes before another, 

Kei mua ia i ahau, ko taku mua- 

nga hoki ia ; He is before me, for 

he was my elder. 

*Muera, s, A mule, 

Mtihore, s, A person unsuccess- 
ful in fishing, (ir.) 

Muku, a. Overgrown with 

hushes. 

He ara'^ muhu ; A road over- 
grown with bushes. 

Muhu, V. To travel through 
the hmhes where there is no 
path, 

Pasi, Muhua. 



MlUiuk&if a. Absent; wander- 

ing, 

Ka mahi te tarings muhukaf e 
kore e rongo ki tetahi mana ku- 
pu ; The absent person does not 
hear a single word. (W,) 

Miihunga, s. Act or time of 
travelling throttgh bushes. 

Mdi, V, To surround, 

Mui noa ohu noa te tuiau ; The 
fleas are surrounding us on every 
side. 

Mtiinga,«. Act of surrounding, 

Mtta, s. Flax, 

Mtikumtiku, v. To wipe; to 
rub. 

Pass, Mukua. 

Me muku te papa nei ki te ka- 
kahu ; Let this board be wiped 
with a doth. 

Mtimubau, s. An eddy wind. 
Ka puta te mumuhau ka tahuri 
te waka ; If an eddy wind comes 
the canoe will be upset. 

Miiramtira, s. Aflame, 

Mtina, s. Ringworm, 

Miina, v. To say; to speak 
treacherously, 

Na te tangata nei i muna kia 
patua ; The word was given by 
this man that he should be killed. 

Mtira, v. To flame, 

Kia mura te ahi ; Let the fire 
flame. 

Murêi, V, To plunder. 

Hoki atu ka murei ; When you 
go back you will plunder. 

Murêmga,«. Act of plundering, 

Mtiri, ad. Behind. 

Kei muri a Patu^ e kore e kaha 



MUR ( d8 ) 

te baere ; Pata is behind, h» is 
not strong enough to walk. 

Muri, 8. A breeze of wind, 

Murikdkai^ «. Back 'part of the 
head, 

Muringa,^. A yonmger relative; 
one who cornea after. 

Muritai, s. A sea breeze, 

Muriwai, a. Backwater. 

Mtiru, s, A plundering, 

Mtiru, a. Plundering, 

He kai mum ; A plunderer. 

Muru, V, To plunder ; to wipe. 
Kua murua te kainga o Tipi- 
taha ; Tipitaha's abode has been 
plundered. 

Murunga» s. Act or time of 
plundering, 

Mtitu, V, To be finished, 

Kua mutu te mahi ; The work 
is done. 

To come over ; to join, 

Mutu katoa mai ki te karakia, 
kahore he rerenga ; They have all 
joined the worsfap, none are left 
behind. (TT.) 

Mtitu, a. Deprived of a limb. 
He ringa mutu ; A man who 
has lost a hand. 



NAN 



Mutuiiga,^. End; termination, 
Ko te mutunga tend ojte mahi ; 
This is the end of the work. 



Na, conj, 
Na, int, 
Na, ad. 



But. 
Behold; now. 
There; yonder. 



Ka haere tahi na raua ; Thece 
they go. 

Na, prep. By, 

Na Wiro tenei mahi ; This 
work is done by Wiro. 

Na, V, To be satisfied, 

Tangohia tenei kakahn kia na 
. ai ton ngakau ; Take this garment 
that your heart may be satisfied. 

Nahdu, V, To be quick, 

Nahêa, v. To be long in point 
of time. 

Ka nahea te ngaronga atu o 
Moka ; The absence of Moka is 
long. 

Nahin^hi, s. The name of a 
plant, 

Syn. with Panahi. 

*Nakahi, s, A serpent, 

N^in^ki, s. The name of a 
plant. 

Naku' tenei pukapuka ; This 
book is of me ; i. e., Mine. 

Naku i kawe mai tenei ponaka ; 
This box was brought hither by 
me. 

Ndkundku, v. To split; to 

cleave, 

Nakunakua te wahie ; Let the 
wood be split. (H^.) 

Ndmu, s, A sand'fiy, 

Ndmunamu, s. A blister. 

Ndna, int. Behold ! 

^/ i Of him or her. 

* ^ 'i By him or her. 

Nana, v. To be mischievous. 
Nana noa ana ki te tutu whare 
mana ; He is mischievous in set- 
ting fire to the house. 



NAN 



(89) 



NAU 



Nanahu, r. To be carved well; 
to be beautiful, 

Nanahu ana te whakairo o te 
hanga nei ; The ornament of this 
work is beautifol. 

Nanakia, s, A pest; an an* 
noyance. 

IS'anakia, a. Teasing ; angry. 

Crnatmngy as pain, 

Katahi ano taku tangata na- 
nakia ko koe; You are a very 
teasing man. 

Naaaku, v. To dig. 
Pass, Nakuhia. 

Nanao, v. To pull out, as from 

a bog or hole, 

Ka naomia te tuna i te puta ; 
The eel is pulled out of the hole. 

Nanau, s. Anger, {e. c.) 

Nane, s, A dog, 

^anêa, a. Abundant, 

He kai nanea ; Food which is 
abundant, or which goes a great 
way. {E, C.) 

Nanenane, s, A goat. 

Rotten kumara, (/i.) 

Nani, s. Wild cabbage; Swed- 
ish turnip, 

Nani, v. To be noisy, 

Ko wai te iwi e nani mai ra ? 
Who are the people who are noisy 
yonder? {E, C) 

Nanihi, v. To be distant. 

Kua nanihi noa atu te haere a 
Titore ; Titore is gone a long^ way 
on his journey. {E, C) 

Nanu, a. Mixed; confused. 

He reo nanu te reo o te pakeha 
nei ; The speech of this foreigner 
is mixed, or confused. 

Ndnu, V. To be mixed. 



Ninunga, s. Act of mixing. 

Ndom&nga, s. Act or time of 
pulling out, 

N&on&o> s, A small moth, 

Ndpe, «. A fshing-line. 

N&pe, V, To pull up a line out 

of the sea. 

Ea mau te ika napea, kia kaha 
te nape ; When the fish is caught 
let the line be pulled up, pull 
strongly. 

^dpenga, s. Act of pulling up. 

Act of weaving, (/?.) 

A piece of work which has 
been woven. {r,) 

Nati, V, To tie up raupo in 

constructing the walls of a 

house. 

Tokohia nga tangata i natia ai 
te whare nei ? How many are the 
men by whom the raupo of this 
house was tied ? 

Natiaati, or >t?. To be con» 
Nanati J stricted, 

Ka natinati taku korokoro ; My 
throat is constricted. 

Natu, V. To scratch. 

Pass, Natuhia. 

To mix. 

Ea natuate kai ki te hinu ; The 
food is mixed with oil. (E. C) 

Natuh&nga, s. Act of scratch- 
ing. 

Natundtu, a. Scratching, 

He kararehe natunatu ; A dog 
which scratches up the ground. 

•KT < Of thee. 

mn.pron. {^f^,,^ 

Nauhuri, s. The name of a 
fresh water fish. 
I 2 



MUR 



(88) 



NAN 



te baere ; Patu is behind^ ha is 
not strong enough to walk. 

Mdri, *. A breeze of wind, 

Murikokai^ s. Back part of the 
head. 

Muringa, s, A ytmnger relatives- 
one who comes after, 

Muritai^ s, A sea breeze. 

Mtiriwai, *, Backwater. 

Mtiru, s. A plundering, 

MurU, a. Plundering. 

He kai murn ; A plunderer. 

Muru^ V. To plunder ; to wipe. 
Kua murua te kainga o Tipi- 
taha ; Tipitaha's abode has been 
plundered. 

Murunga, *. Act or time of 
plundering, 

Mtitu, V. To be finished, 

Kua mutu te mahi ; The work 
is done. 

To come over; to join. 

Mutu katoa mai ki te karakia, 
kahore he rerenga ; They have all 
joined the worship, none are left 
behind. {W.) 

Mutu, a. Deprived of a limb. 
He ringa mutu ; A man who 
has lost a hand. 

Mtituiiga,«. End; termination. 
Ko te mutunga tenei ojte mahi ; 
This is the end of the work. 



N. 

Na, conj. But. 

Na, int. Behold; now. 

Na, ad. There; yonder. 



Ka haere tahi na raua 
they go. 

Na, prep. By. 

Na Wiro tenei mahi 
work is done by Wiro. 

Na, V, To be satisfied. 
Tangohia tenei kakahu 
. ai ton ngakau ; Take this g 
that your heart may be sa 

Nahau, v. To be quick. 

Nahea, v. To be long in 
of time. 

Ka nahea te ngaronga 
Moka ; The absence of ^ 
long. 

Nahinahi, s. The name 
plant, 

Syn. with Panahi. 
*Nakahi, *. A serpent. 

Nakinaki, s. The nami 
plant. 

Naku' tenei pukapuka 
book is of me ; i. e., Mine, 

Naku i kawe mai tenei p( 
This box was brought hit 
me. 

Nakunaku, v. To split 

cleave. 

Nakunakua te wahie ; L 
wood be split. 

Namu, s. A sand-fly. 

Namunamu, *. A blistei 

Nana, int. Behold ! 

TVT' S Of him or t 

JNana, pron.l -^ , . 

^ i By him or 

Nana, v. To be mischievi 
Nana noa ana ki te tutu 
mana ; He is mischievous i 
ting fire to the house. 



NAN 



(89) 



NAU 



Nanahu, v. To be carved well; 
to be beautiful, 

Nanahu ana te whakairo o te 
hanga nei ; The ornament of this 
work is beautiftil. 

Nanakia, s, A peat; an art' 
noyance, 

Nanakia, a. Teasing ; ajngry. 

Gnawing, as pain, 

Katahi ano taku tangata na- 
nakia ko koe; You are a yery 
teasing man. 

Nanaku, v. To dig. 

Pass, Nakuhia. 

Nanao, v. To pull out, as from 

a bog or hole, 

Ka naomia te tuna i te puta ; 
The eel is pulled out of the hole. 

Nanau, s. Anger, {e, c.) 

Nane, s, A dog, 

Kanea, a. Abundant* 

He kai nanea ; Food which is 
abundant, or which goes a great 
way. (jB. C.) 

Nanenane, s, A goat. 

Rotten kumara, (jr.) 

Nani, s. Wild cabbage; Swed- 
ish turnip, 

Nani, v. To be noisy, 

Ko wai te iwi e nani mai ra ? 
Who are the people who are noisy 
yonder? {E. C) 

Nanihi, v. To be distant, 

Kua nanihi noa ata te haere a 
Titore ; Titore is gone a long way 
on his journey. {E, C.) 

Nanu, a. Mixed; confused. 

He reo nanu te reo o te pakeha 
nei ; The speech of this foreigner 
is mixed, or confused. 

Ndnu, V. To be mixed. 



Nanunga, «• Act of mixing, 

Naom&Dga, *. Act or time of 
pulling out. 

N&cmio, s. A small moth. 

Ndpe, s. A fishing-line . 

Ndpe, 9. To ptUl up a line out 

of the sea, 

Ea man te ika napea, kia kaha 
te nape ; When the fish is caught 
let the line be pulled up, pull 
strongly. 

N4penga, s. Act of pulling up. 

Act of weaving, (/?.) 

A piece of work which has 
been woven, (/?.) 

Ndti, V. To tie up raupo in 

constructing the walls of a 

house, 

Tokohia nga tangata i natia ai 
te whare nei ? How many are the 
men by whom the raupo of this 
house was tied ? 

Natiaatd, or >r. To be con* 
Nanati S stricted. 

Ka natinati taku korokoro ; My 
throat is constricted. 

Ndtu, V, To scratch. 
Pass, Natuhia. 

To mix, 

Ea natuate kai ki te hinu ; The 
food is mixed with oil. {E, C) 

Ndtuhanga, *. Act of scratch- 
ing, 

Ndtunatu, a. Scratching, 

He kararehe natunatu ; A dog 
which scratches up the ground. 

•XT ^ Of thee, 

^m,pron. [jf^f^^^ 

Nauhuri, *, The name of a 
fresh water fish. 
1 ^ 



NAU 



(90) 



NGA 



Ndumai, v. Come hither : a 
mode of salutatioru ( w, ) 

Naunau, s. Act of taking up, 

Kihai i taea te naunau ; It could 
not be taken up ; or, The taking 
up was not practicable. 

Naunau, v. To take up. 

Naupiro, a. The name of a 
plant. 

Nawaia, ad. Then, 

Nawe, s, A scar. 

Nawe, V, To hum, 

Meake nawe to kakahn ; Your 
garment will bum. 

Nawenga, a. Place or time of 
burning, 

A scar. 

Ne, ad. Whether. 

Ko koe te haere ? ne ? You 
will go ? will you not ? 

Nêhe, «. A rafter of a house. 

(R.) 
Nêhenêhe, s, A wood, (jr,) 

Nehu, s. Dust, 

Nei, ad. Here, in aight. 

E haere nei ra a Tohu ma ; To- 
hu and his party are going here. 

Nêinei, s. The name of a tree, 
{Dracophyllum latifolium,) 

Neinei, v. To turn about, to 

extend, as being ready to fly, 

E neinei ana te pane o te pa- 
rera ; The head of the duck is 
extended. ( TT.) 

Nêke, s, A skid upon which 
canoes are dragged into the 
sea. 

A canoe, 

*A snake. 



Nêke, V. To move. 
Pom. Nekehia. 

Neke atu koe ki tawhiti ; Move 
off to a distance. 

Nêko, s. A mat. 

Nêkunêku, v. To decline, as 
the sun. 

Ka nekuneku te ra, e kore ta- 
tou e tae ; The sun is declining, 
we shall not reach the place. 

Nenêwha, v. To close the eyes. 

N6ti, s, A small dart which 
is thrown in sport. 

Nga, A particle used in form- 
ing the plural number of 
substantives, 

Nga, V. To breathe. 

Ka nga te manawa ; He 
breathes. Kia nga taku manawa ; 
Let me take breath. (B.C.) 

Ngaehe, s. Tide, 

Kua tokari te ngaehe ; The 
tide has ebbed. (R.) 

Ngdeki, s. A swamp. 

Ngaeki, v. To yield; to be 
soft. 

Ka takahia te pukorukoru ka 
ngaeki noa ; If the rotten wood 
be trod upon it yields. 

Ngdengae, *. The heel. («.) 

Ngaeri, v. To yield; to be 
soft to the touch. 

To shake, as the ground when 
hollow. 

Ka ngaeri a raro o te whenua ; 
The earth underneath shakes. 

Ngahae, v. To tear. 

Ka ngahae toku kakahu; My 
garment is tearing. 

Ngah&u> s. A native dance. 



NGA 



(91 ) 



NGA 



Pgahau, a. Brisk; quick, 

%ahêhe, v. To make a ruaU 
ling noise. 

fgahengahe, v. To be wasted. 
Kua ngahengahe noa iho oku 
iwi, kua koroheke ; My bones are 
wasted, I am become old. 

(STgahere, s, A wood ; a forest. 
Hoatu tatou ki te ta karaka i 
te ngahere ; Let us proceed to 
gather karaka from the wood. 

[gahoahoa,]*. Headache, (»^.) 

' NgahoEO, V, To drop off. 

To be abundant ; to fall out. 
Kua ngahoro te hua o te pau- 
kena ; The fruit of the pumpkin 
is abundant. 

Ngahdro, ad. Upwards, in point 
of number. 

£ rua rau ngahoro ; Two hun- 
dred and upwards. 

Ngahdru, a. Ten, 

Ngaingai, s. A species of shell- 
fish, 

Syn. with Kokota. 

Ngaio, s. The name of a tree. 
(Myoporum latum,) 

A small fresh 



Ngaiore, s, 
water fish, 

Ngakau, «. 
mind. 



The heart; the 



£ awangawanga ana te ngakau ; 
The heart is anxious. 

Ngakaukdre, v. To be disin- 
clined towards a thing. 

Ngake, s. Middle of a fish- 
ing net, 

Ngaki, V, To dig; to cultivate. 
Pass. Ngakia. 

To take revenge. 



Kahore he tangata hei ngaki i 
tou mate ; There is no one to re' 
yenge thy death. {E, C) 

Ngakihi, s. The name of a 
shell-fish {Patella,) 

A rock oyster. (ir.) 

Syn. with Tio. 

Ngakinga, s. A cultivation. 

Ngêko, s. Fat. 

Ngak6ikôi, *. The name of a 
fish, 

Ngaktiru, v. To fall, as fruit 
from a tree, 

Ka ngakuru te pititi; The 
peach falls down. 

Nganga, s. Noise, 

Kati te nganga ; Make less 
noise. 

A stone. 

Hail, 

Nganga, v. To make a noise. 
Ngangdhu. a. Sharp. 
Ngangahu, v. To grin. 

E ngangahu mai ra te tangata ; 
The man is grinniog. {E. C.) 

Ngangana, a. Red. 

He rakau ngangana te totara ; 
Totara is a red wood. 

Ngdngar&agi, s. A species of 
potatoe. 

Ngangdre, v. To quarrel. 

Kihai i puta mai, penei kua 
ngangare ke ', He did not make 
his appearance, otherwise we 
should have quarrelled. 

Ngangengdngenda, v. To be 
pierced through. 

Ngdo, s. Palate of the mouth. 

A comer ; a projection. 



NGA 



(92 ) 



NGA 



Mêake waruhia nga ngao o te 
rakau ; The comers of the timber 
will be planed presently. 

A sprout. 

Heol te roroa o te ngao ; The 
length of the sprout was like this. 

Ngadki, r. To creep ; to crawl, 
Engaokimai rateturoro; The 
sick man is crawling along. 

Ngaôko, r. An itching. 

Tau kahore o te ngaoko o te 
tuiau ; What an itching the fieas 
make. 

Ngadko, V. To itch. 

Ngaongao, a. The name of a 
shell-fish. 

Ngaotti, *. Name for a pe- 
culiar manner of working 
timber with an adze. 

He ngaotu tenei tarai ; This 
mode of chopping is ngaotu. 

{E. C.) 

Ngapu, V. To shake; to un- 
dulate ; to stand ready for 
running. 

Ka ngapu te repo i te taka- 
hanga; The swamp shakes from 
the trampling. 

Ka ngapu nga tangata ki te 
oma ; The men are ready to run. 

Ngarahu, s. A black pigment. 

A war dance. 

Turia te ngarahu; Let the dance 
be commenced. 

Thought; consideration; coun- 
sel. 

He ngarahu he i mate ai te 
taua; Wrong counsel was the 
reason the army was worsted. 

Ngarahu, v. To be thoughtful; 
to take counsel. 

Ngarabutdua, s, A war dance. 



The name of a shell-fish. 

Ngarara, s. A reptile; an 
insect. 

IJ^gare, v. To send. 

Ngarea mai he tangata hei tiki 
i a au ; Let a man be sent to fetch 
me. (W.) 

Ngarehu, *. A black pigment. 

(E. C.) 

Ngarenga, s. Act of sending. 

{W.) 

Ngari, V. def It is better. 

E ngari tenei i tera ; This is 
better than that. 

Ng&nngar«,*. Shame. 

Ka mate au i te ngaringaria i te 
pakeha kore ; I am affected with 
shame because I have no foreigner 
to live with me. 

Ngaro, s. The common meat 

Absence. 

He ngaro tangata ora ; It is 
the absence of one who is stiH 
alive. 

Ngaro, a. Out of sight, 

Unintelligib le. 

He mea ngaro ; A thing not to 
be understood. 

Ngaro, V. To be certain. 

E ngaro ia ka . tohe koe ka 
mate ; It is certain if you persist 
you will die. 

To be out of sight ; to be lost. 

To be forgotten. 

E kore e ngaro tona ahua ; His 
likeness will not be forgotten. 

Ngaronga, s. Circumstance of 
being out of sight or lost. 

Nganu s. A wave. 

Ngarue, v. To shake. 



NGA 



(93) 



NGA 



Ngarae ana te rakaa i te oma- 
nga o te kuri ; The tree shakes 
from the nmning of the dog. 

Ngdrimgaru» r. To be rough, 
€t9 the sea. 

Ka ngamngam te moana aianei 
ka tahari te waka ; If the sea is 
rough to-day the canoe will he 
upset. 

Ngdntnii 8. Headache, 

The name of a shell-fish, 

Ngiruru, v. To be affected mth 
headache, 

Ngata, s, A snail; a leech, 

Ngata, V, To be satisfied; to 
be appeased, 

Ka ngata takn ngakaa; My 
heart is satisfied. 

To be dry, 

Koi ngata te wahie nei i roto i te 
kapura ; This firewood is dry in 
the fire. 

Ngatahure, a. One, (r.) 

Syn. with Tahi. 

Ngdtata, s, A split ; a cleft, 
£ nui haere ana te ngatata o te 
whenna ; The cleft of tibe earth is 
growing larger. 

Ngatata, v. To be split ; to be 
cleft; to be chapt. 

Ka ngatata taku waewae ; My 
leg is chapt. 

Ngateri, v. To shake; to 
vibrate, 

Ka ngateri te whenua i te tangi 
o te pu ; The earth vibrates with 
the report of the gun. ( W,) 

Ngatete, v. To crackle, 

Ngau, s, A plundering, 

I te ngau pea i te kainga o Te 
Tawa; He is returned perhaps 



from plundering the abode of Te 
Tawa. (PT.) 

Ngau, V, To bite. 

Pass, Ngaua. 

£ ngau ana te kuri i te wheua ; 
The dog is gnawing the bone. 

To plunder, (tr,) 

Ngatietie, v. To shake, as a 
table, — At the East Cape it 
is simply Ngaue. 

Kia ata ngaue ; Do not shake 
so much. 

Ngatietietanga, s. Act of 
shaking. 

Ngdunga, *. Act of biting. 

Ngawaki, v. To sit down, 

Kua ngawaki atu nga turi ki 
raro ; The knees have reclined, or 
sat down. 

Ngdwari, a. Soft; easy. 

Quick. 

He oneone ngawari tenei ; This 
is soft earth. 

He haere ngawari; A quick 
walk. 

Ngawari, v. To be soft. 

To be quick, 

Kia ngawari te hoe ; Let the 
rowing be quick. 

Ngdwaritanga, s. Circumstance 
of being quick, or soft, 

Ngawêki, v. To creep, as an 
insect. 

Ngdwha, s, A bulrush. [A part 
of the word Kopupungawha.'l 

A boiling spring, 

NgawM, V, To be split, 

Kua ngawha te upoko ; The 
head is split. 

Ngawhara, v. To crumble. 



NGA 



(94) 



NGI 



Ngawhara noa te kamaka nei i 
te akinga o te wahie ; This stone 
has crumbled from the blow of 
the firewood. 

Ngdwhariki^ s, A hoiling 
. spring, 

NgawMtanga, «• Act of split- 
ting, 

Ngawhere, v. To break in 
pieces ; to crumble. 

£ kore e ngawhere te kohata 
nei ; This stone will not break. 

Ngawhewhe, a. Tom; worn 
out, 

Ngawhêwhe, r. To be worn 
out, 

Kua ngawhewhe toku kaki^u ; 
My garment is worn out. 

Ngdwhi, V, To suffer, 

Akuenei nei ka ngawhi koe; 
You will suffer for it to-day. 

{Ngt.) 

iNgdwhingdwhi, ». To be torn ; 
to be worn out, 

Ngawi, V, Togo, 

Ka ngawi noa te tangata ki ta- 
whiti ; The man goes to a distance. 

To squeal; to howl, 

Na wai te kuri e ngawi mai 
nei ? Whose dog is that squeal- 
ing? 

Ngawiri, a. Ten, (R,) 

Nge, s. Noise, 

Ngei, s. The name of a fish, 

Ngênge, s. Weariness, 

Kahore au i tae atu i te ngenge ; 
I did not arriye through weariness. 

Ngenge, v. To be weary, 

Ngengêre, n. To make a noise, 

Ngengêri, r. To grunt. 



Ngeng^ti, s. The name of a 
shell-fish* 

Ngêre, v. To be passed by; 
not to be served, 

Tokorua o maua i ngere ; Two 
of us were not served. (Whakā-; 
tane.) , 

Ngêrengêre, *. Property ; 
goods, 

Syn. with Taonga. {B, C) 

Ngeri, s, A rough native mat, 

Ngeru, s, A cat, (n.) 

Ngêtangêta,*. A worn-out mat, 

Ngêtengête, v. To express 
surprise or regret. 

Ngia, V. impers. It seemeth. 
E ngia ano i tawhitikoe, inate 
rangona taku karanga ; It seems 
as though you are come from a 
distance, since you did not hear 
my call. n 

Ngiha, s. Fire, 

Tahuna he ngiha; Let a fire 
be kindled. ( W.) 

Ngiha, V, To bum, 

lUa ngiha ta tatou ahi ; Let our 
fire burn. 

Ngihangiha, v. To be full, 

Ngihangiha noa te awa i te 
rakau ; The river is full of trees. 
Ngihangiha noa te mangai o te 
tamaiti ; The mouth of the child 
is fuir. 

Ngihongiho, s. Small potatoes. 

Ngingio, V, To be withered ; 
to be shrivelled, 

Kua ngingio nga parareka ; 
The potatoes are shrivelled. 

To laugh, 

Ka ngingio noa nga tamariki ; 
The children are laughing. 



p 



NGI 



(95) 



NGO 



Ngio, r. To become extinct; 
to go out, 

Kna ngio te kora ; The fire is 
gone out. (R,) 

•Ngira, s, A needle. 

Ngita^ r. To bring ; to carry. 

Ngita atu te mea nei ; Let this 

thing be carried away. (12.) 

To he fast, 

Fatua te whao> kia ngita ; Let 
the nail be struck, let it be fast. 

N'goetoeto, *. A species of eel. 

Ng6he, *. Strength. 
Syn. with Ngoi, 

Ngôhengohe, a. Strong, 

He tangata ngohengohe; A 
strong man. 

Pliable ; supple ; soft, (e, c.) 

Ngdhengdhe, v. To be pliable; 
to be supple. 

Kawea nga aka nei ki te wai 
kia ngohengohe ai ; Let the aka 
be carried to the water that it may 
be supple. (E. C.) 

Ng6hi, *. A general name for 
fish. 

NgoMwe, s. A species of eel. 

(TV.) 

Ngoi, s. Strength; energy; 
Hipplied to man. 

A topknot. 

Ngdikdre, a. Weak. 

J^goingoi, s. An old woman. 

Ngoki, V. To creep. 
Syn. with Ngaoki. 

Ngokinga, s. Act or time of 
creeping. 

Jfgoiro, s, A species of eel. 



Ngôngengonge, s. -A lame 
man ; a cripple. 

Ng6ngi, s. Water. 

Ngongo, s. A sick person. 

Ngongo, V. To sail close to the 
wind. 

Ngongotonu to tatou pod ; Our 
boat sails close to the wind. 

To waste away ; to grow thin. 
E ngongo ana aku waewae i te 
mate ; My legs are growing thin 
through sickness. 

Ngongoa, v. To drink through 
a hollow reed, 

Ngongohe, v. To be vnthered, 

Kua ngongohe te rau o te puka ; 

Theleaf of the cabbage is withered. 

Ngongdri, v. To be weak, to 
be listless. 

Ngongori kau kahore he kaha ', 
I am quite listless, I have no 
strength. {W) 

Ngongoro, s. Snoring. 

Ngongoro, v. To snore ; to 
grunt. 

Ngongoro ana te ihu o te 
poaka ; The nose of the pig 
snores. 

Ngongotu, s. Wood half burnt, 

Ngdrangora, s. Small kumara, 

{W.) 

Ngore, .^. A native mat. {r.) 
Syn. with Tatata. 

Ngorengore, "^ v. To be soft ; 

or Y to be pliable; 

I^gdrenoa, J to be flaccid. 

Ngdringori, s, A small black 
eel. 

Ngoronga, s. The name of a 
shell-fish. 



NGO 



(96) 



NOA 



Ng6te, *. A small potatoel 

Ngdte, V, To suck, 

Kahore e ngote te tamaiti nei ; 
This child will not suck. 

Ngoto, 8, Head. 

Ngoto, V, To be deep, 

Kia ngoto te hoe ; let the pad* 
die be deep in the water. 

Ng6tonga, s. Depth. 

Ngotungotu, 8, A burning coal. 

{W.) 

Ngoungou, 8. A burning coal. 

{W.) 

The hair tied up at the fore- 
head. 

Ngourutiru, a. Few. 

Ngouruuru kau ake nga rakau 
i mahue ; The trees which were 
left were few. 

Ngu, 8. Squid; animalcula in 
the 8ea. 

Mark of tattoo on the upper 
part of the nose. 

Ngungu, V, To gnaw. 

Ngung6ru, s. Noise; groan; a 

sigh ; a rumble. 
Ngunguru, v. To make a noise- 

Ngunu, 8. A worm. (r.) 

Ngupara, s. The name of a 
small muscle. 

Ngutu, 8. Lip ; the brim of a 
vessel; nm. 

Ngtituawa, s. Mouth of a river. 

Ngutukao, 8. The name of a 
fish, 

Niao, *. Gunwale of a canoe 
or boat. 



Niho, 8, A tooth, 

£ ha ware ware ana te nuuigtt» 
piri tonu ki nga niho ; The moiith 
is clammy, it sticks to the 

Nihottinga, s. Toothache, 

Nikau, 8, A palm tree. 

{Areea sapide.) 
Niko, V. To tie. 

Me niko mai te wakaheke ; Let 
the rope be tied. 

Ninihi, v. To slink ; to steal 
away. 

Ninihi ke ana te tangata ki ta- 
haki ; The man steals away to one 
side. 

Niu, 8. Sticks used in consult' 
ing the augury. 

No, prep. From ; belonging to. 
No Rewa tenei kainga ; This 
place belongs to Rewa. 

No, ad. When, 

No ka tae matou ki te kainga ; 
And when we arrived at the place. 

Noa, a. Common ; of no worth ; 
of no consequence. 

He mea noa ano ; It is a thing 
of no consequence. 

Noa, V. To be common ; in 
opposition to that which is 
sacred. 

Kua noa te kai o to matou 
kainga ^1 The food of our place 
is common. 

N6a, ad. In vain ; to no pur» 
pose, 

M aumau kake noa abau i runga 
i te taepa ; I climbed up the fence 
to no purpose. 

Yet, 

Kahore ano kia haere noa ; He 
is not yet gone. 

By chance. 

Nana noa i taka ; He fell by 
chance. 



NOA 

N6anga, s. Circumstance or 
time of being common. 

N6hi]i<5hi^ s. Smalln^es, 

Ano te nohinohi o te kaipuke 
nei ; How excessive is the small- 
BOSS of this ship. 

N6hin6hi, a. Small, 

N61iin<51ii, v. To be small, 

Nohinohi rawa te wahi o te 
mara ka oti te ngaki ; The por- 
tion of the garden which has been 
cultivated is very small. 

Noho, s. Sitting ; living, 

Hei konei koutou, e ta ma, kia 
pai te noho; Good bye, my friends, 
let your living (or your life) be 
good. 

Noho, r. To sit ; to occupy ; 
to live ; to inhabit. 
Pass, Nohoia. 

E noho ana koe ki hea ? Where 
are you living? Nohoia tenei 
wahi e koutou ; Let this place be 
occupied by you. 

Ndhodnga, s. Act, time, or 
place of sitting, 

A seat, 

Tenei he nohoanga mau ; Here 
is a seat for thee. 

Koi, V. To hang up. 

To rest upon ; to lie. 

Te maunga e noi mai, rere; 
The mountain which lies there. 
E noi mai ra to kakahu i runga i 
te pataka ; Your garment hangs 
there upon the store-house. (TV,) 

Ndinga, s, A place upon which 
anything hangs, or upon 
which it lies, 

N6ke, s, A worm. (e, c.) 

BToko, s. Stern of a canoe. 



( 97 . NON 

N6ku, pron. -J^^?*" ^ ' , 

' (Belonging to me. 

Noku tenei kakahu ; This fo- 
ment belongs to me. 

TVT^ « S^^om him, 

'-^ f Belonging to htm. 

Nona nga toto i maringi i tenei 
wahi ; From him was the blood 
which was spilt in this place. 

Ndnahea, ad. From what time ; 
when, 

Non^ianei, ad. To-day. 

Nonahea ia i mate ai ? Nonai- 
anei ; When did he die ? To-day . 

I^pnakuara, ad. A little while 
ago. 

N6namata, ad, A long time 
ago, 

Ndnanabi, ad. Yesterday, 

N(5naodke, ad. Day before yeS' 
terday, 

N6naoakenui, ad. Three days 
ago, 

Ndnapo, ad. Last night. 

Ndni, V, To be crooked. 

Ndni, s, A bend; a turn, 

Tera te wai kei te noni o fe 
taepa ; There is the water at the 
bend of the fence. 

A fish-hook. (/J.) 

Ndninga, s. A bend ; a turn, 

Nondi, V, To be disfigured. 

Nonoi mai ana nga paparinga 

o te koroke nei ; This man's 

cheeks are disfigured by being 

burnt. (JR.) 

Nondti, V. To struggle. 
Past. Notia. 

Ka rere mai ki a au ka nonoti i 
taku kaki ; He sprang upon me 
and strangled my throat. 



NOT ( »8 ^ 

Notemêa, conj. Because. 

Nou, pron. From thee; be- 
longing to thee, 

Nou pea tenei ^hakaaro ; This 
idea perhaps is from thee. 

♦Nowêma, s. The month of 
November, 

Nui, s. Magnitude ; largeness. 

He nui kola no tenei utu i tango 

ai koe ? Was it the magnitude of 

this payment which induced you 

to take it ? 

Nui, a. Large ; public. 

Nui, V. To be large, 

£ nui ana te ngaru, e kore e 
puta te waka; The waves are 
hirge, the canoe will not pass 
along. 

Ntiinga, *. Greatness; magni- 
tude. 

Ntika, s. Deceit, 

E ta, he nuka nan ; It is de- 
ceit on thy part. 

Ntika, a. Deceit/uL 

Ntika, V. To deceive, 
Pasf. Nukaia. 

£ nuka ana mai koe Id a au ' 
Thou art deceiving me. (T.n 

Nukardu, s. Deceit. 

Nuke, V. To be bent ; to be 
crooked. 

Ka nuke tona tuara ; His back 
is bent. 

Nuku, s. Distance ; extent. 
Kei te nuku o te whenua nga 
mahinga kai ; The cultivations 
are over the extent of the land. 

Ntiku, V. To move. 

Pass. Nukuhia. 

£ nuku mai ana te tamaiti * 
The child is moying this way. 



OHA 



1 



Nukuhia te pou n» ki tawbiti ; 
Let this post be removed to a dis- 
tance. 

Numindmi, v. To be ashamed i 

{W.) 

Nmiumi, s. Disappearance. 
I torengi te kaipuke i tana na- 
numi noa atu ; The ship went out 
of sight by reason of its own dis- 
appearance. 

Nuntimi, v. To be out of sight, 
£ whai pea au a tetahi atu ra ; 
ka nunumi ake ka aroha mai au 
ki a koutou ; Perhaps I shall fol- 
low some other day, and if you 
are out of sight I shall feel love 
towards you. 



0. 

0, prep. Of. 

Ko te punga tenei o te waka ; 
This is the anchor of the canoe. 

0,int. 01 Oh! 

0, s. Food. 

Keria he roi hei o ma tatou ki 
runga ki te kaipuke ; Let some 
femroot be dug as food for us on 
board ship. 

0, V. To enter. 

Ka tomo te kaipuke, e kore e o 
nga pouaka; The ship is full, 
Ihere is no room for the boxes, or 
they will not enter. 

*Ôati, s. An oath. 

*Ôatd„ V. To swear. 

Ôha, *. Generosity. 

Etahi te oha a to tangata ; lliy 
generosity is great. 



OHA 



A relic; a keepsake, 

Ôha, a, Generotts, 

He tangata oha; A generous 
man. 

Oba, V. To be generous. 

To increase, 

Ka rahuitia te pipi ka oha ; If 
the cockles are preserved they will 
increase. 

Ohia, V. To desire. 

Ko te ngakaa e ohia ake ana ; 
The heart is desiring or longing 
after. 

oho, V, To awake; to start 
up ; to begin speaking. 

Oho noa ake ahau i te moe e 
whakahengi mai ana ia ki a an ; 
When I started np from sleep he 
was stealing upon me. 

Ohoêka, s. The name of a tree, 
Syn. with Horoeka. {E, C) 

Ohonga, s. Act or time of 
awaking, 

Ôhorêre, v. To startle, 

Ohu, s. A company/ o/ work- 
men. 

Haere tikini te ohu hei ko i te 
riwai ; Go and fetch the company 
to plant the potatoes. (^0 

Ohu, V, To surround, 

Ka ohua koe e matou ; You are 
surrounded by us. 

To plant by the assistance of 
a company. 

Me ohu to mara, kia hohoro 
ai ; Let your garden be planted 
by the company, that it may be 
done quickly. 

Oi(5i, V, To shake. 

Ka oioi nga papa o te whare i 
te puhanga o te hau ; The boards 
of the house shake from the blow- 
ing of die wind. 



( 99 ) OKI 

Oka, s, A stick used as a fork. 

Oka, V, To take up food with 
a fork. 



To prick; to stab. 

Okaia taku ringaringa; Let 
my arm be pricked (bled.) Me 
oka te poaka. Let the pig be 
stuck. 

Oka, a. Stuck, or pricked. 

He mea oka te poaka ; The pig 
was stuck ; literally. The pig was 
a thing stuck. 

Okaka, v. To desire ; to long 

for, 

Okaka ana te ngakau ki runga 
o te mira ; The heart is longing 
for the mill. {E, C) 

Okaoka, r. To strip off, 

Okaokangia he peha mo ta ta- 
tou ahi ; Let bark be stripped off 
for our fire. (PF.) 

Oke, «. A species of shark, 

{R.) 

Oke, V, To strive ; to struggle, 
as a child when held. 

To desire earnestly. 

E oke ana te tangata ra ki te 
haere ; . The man is earnestly de- 
siring to go. 

Okedke, v. To be restless. 

Ka okeoke tonu te turoro ka 
mate; When the sick person is 
always restless he will die. 

6ke6ke, s, A sick person, {w,) 

An oven, (je, c.) 

♦Oketdpa, s. The month of 
October, 

Oki6i, s. The name of a bird, 

Ôki6ki, V, To rest ; to pause, 
Hoake tatou ki te taumata oki- 



OKI 



(100 ) 



ORA 



old ai; Let us proceed to the 
brow of the hill and rest. 

Okidkinga, s, A restinff-place ; 
time of resting/ 

Qiko, 8. A bowl; an eating 
vessel made of wood. (jr,) 

Okooko, V, To hold or carry 
in the arms. 
Pass, Okookona. "^ 

Ma wai e okooko te tamaiti ? 
By whom shidl the child be car- 
ried ? 

Oku, pron. My, 

Oku matua ; M7- parents. 

Oma, s. Act of running. 

Te hohoro o tana oma; The 
speed of his running. 

Oma, a. Running. 

He kararehe oma ; An animal 
which is wont to run away. 

Oma, V. To run. 
Pass, Omakia. 

Omakia ra taku pukapuka ka 
mahue atu i te whare; Let my 
book be run after which is left in 
the house. 

Omaki, v. To fly ; to drift 
along ; to move swiftly, 

E omaki ana te kapua o te 
rangi; The cloud of the sky 
moves swiftly. 

Omanga, s. Act or time of 
running. 

Omoomo, s. A melon, 

Ona, pron. His, 

Ona kakahu ; His garments. 

Onematua, s. Alluvial soil. 

Onedne, s. Earth; mould; 
soil. 

Onepu, s. Sand. 



Ongadnga, s, A nettle, 

{Uriica,) 

Ôngaônga, v. To he rough; 

to he prickly, 

E ongaonga ana te mea, tara- 
tara tonu ; The thing is prickly, 
quite rough. 

Onge, s. Want; lack; des- 
titution; scarcity. 

He onge kai ta matou, i tahuri 
ai matou ki ena mea kikino ; Ours 
was a want of food, on account 
of which we turned to those bad 
things. 

The name of a bird. 

Ongednge, v. To he worn out ; 

to be spent, 

Ka ongeonge nga kai ka hamu- 
hamu i nga puka ; When the food 
is spent we eat the cabbages. 

To he solitary. 

Ka ongeonge pea te tangata ko 
tahi ; One man perhaps is solitary. 

Ono, a. Six, 

Ono, V, To plant, 

E ono parareka ana Ngaitawhi- 
ri : Ngaitawhiri are planting the 
potatoes. {E, C) 

Onoi, V. To move. 

E kore koe e onoi mai i te tumu? 
Will you not move hither from the 
stump of the tree ? 

Ope, s. An army ; a large body 
of persons, (^E. c) 

6pe, r.' To draw out; to scrape 

out, 

Opea mai te kapura ki waho ; 
Let the fire be drawn out (as from 
an oven.) 

To scratch, as the head, ^c. 
Pass, Opehia. 

Ora, s. Health ; life ; sqfety. 



ORA 



(101) 



OTI 



Mahne nwa te whakmaua ki te 
o» mana ; The effort for hia own 
•afety ia Terj great. . 

A slave, 

Kei hea nga ora wahme ? Where 
are the femtde slaves. 

A wedge, 

Topea mai he ora ; Let a wedge 
be cut off from die tree. {B, C.) 

Ora, a. Safe; sound in health; 
alive, 

Ora, V, To be safe; to he well, 
Kua ora ke ahau i taku mate ; 
J am quite recovered from my 
complaint. 

Oraiti, v. To have been in 
danger, 

Oranga, s. Food, 

Safety; salvation; life. 

Oranda, v. To be saved with 
difficulty'. 

To have been in danger. 

Oranoa matou i te tahuritanga 
o te waka ; We were saved with 
difficulty from the upsetting of 
the canoe. 

Orandatdnga, s. Circumstance 
or time of having been in 
danger. 

Orapito, v. To haye been in 
danger, 

Syn. with Oranoa. 

Ore, V, To bore. 
Pass, Orea. 

Ôrea, *. A species of eel. 

Ori, s. Bad weather ; . a gale, 
Ka rokohina e te ori ki Toko- 
mam ka noho ; If we are over- 
taken by bad weather at Tokomaru 
we will remiun there. (E, C.) 



Ori, V, 

E ori mai ana te tupapaku kua 
tae nud tona wairua ki konei. 

Oro, V. To grind ; to sharpen 
on a stone. 

Pass, Oroia. 

Kia oroia taku toki, kahaere ai 
au ki te mahi ; Let my axe be 
sharpened, and then I will go to 
work, 

Oru, V, To be soft ; to yield, 
£ oru ana te whenua ; The 
earth is soft. 

6ru, s. A swamp ; a bog. 
The fish called stingaree, 

Ota, s. Sawdust, 

Ota, V. To eat raw. 

Pass, Otaina. 

E ota ana te tamaiti nei i te ku* 
mara; This child is eating the 
kumara raw. 

Ôta6ta, s. Grass ; weeds» 

Rubbish, 

Tarakea atu nga otaota; Let 
the rubbish be cleared off. 

Oti, V, To be finished, 

Kua oti katoa nga kakahu te 
horoi ; All the garments are 
finished washing. 

Oti, conj. But, 

Oti, ad. Whether ; else, 

E kore oti koe e haere ? Will 
you not then go ? or, Whether or 
not will you go ? 

Oti, {with atu,) v. To go with- 
out intention of returning. 

Ka oti atu a Hakiri, e kore e 
hoki mai; Hakiri is gone for 
GTOod. he will not come back. 

* z2 



1 



OTI 



( 102) 



PAE 



Ôti, {mth mai,) v. To come to I Pa, a. Blocked up. 



remain, 

Ka oti mai a Potiki ; Potiki is 
come to remain. 



But, 



Otiia, ) 

Ouy pron. Thy, 

Ouoii, 8, A few. 

He ouou nga kakahu; The gar- 
ments are a few. iW») 

Ouentiku, 8, Rainbow, {e, c.) 

Owhangft, 8, A bird's nest, 

Owhiti, t>. To be jealous; to be 
suspicious, 

Kia owhiti koatou ki nga korero 
a tera tangata ; Be suspicious of 
the speech of that man. {E, C) 



P. 

Pa, s, A fortified village. 

Anything tvith which to block 
up a passage, 

Homai tetahi mea hei pa mo te 
ara; Give me something as an ob- 
struction for the road. 

Fat about the kidneys ; suet, 
Kei hea te pa o te poaka nei ? 
Where is the fat of this pig ? 

Pa, s. Father, 

E pa ! O father ! 

A common term of address to 
men amxmg the natives liV' 
ing near the Thames, 

Tauti mail e pa ;■ Come hither, 
sir. 



He mea pa te kuwaba; The 
doorway is a thing blocked up. 

Pa, V. To block up; to obstruct, 
Pasf, Paia. 

He aha ra te ara nei i paia ai ? 
Why was this road blocked up ? 

Pa, V, To touch. 
Pass, Pangia. 

Ka pa ahau ki a koe ; T touch 
thee. E kore e pa kai ; He will 
not eat. (-B. C) 

Pa, V. To be struck, 

Kei pa koe i te rakau nei ; Take 
care that you are not struck by 
this timber. (iS. C) 

To ebb. 

Ka pa te tai ; The tide ebbs. 

Pae, 8. The rope by which a 
seine is hauled, 

Pae runga ; The upper rope. 
Pae raro ; The lower rope. 

A grasp; space encompassed 
by the arms stretched out. 

Pae tahi hamama te rakau nei ; 
This tree is in circumference one 
grasp of the arms, and something 
more. 

The horizon, 

Ka puta te ra i raro i te pae ; 
The sun rises above the horizon. 

(E. C) 

Pae, V, To lie broadside ; to 
lie across ; to lie ready. 

Pass, Paea. 

He aha te mea e pae mai nei i 
, te ara ? What is the thing which 
lies across the road ? Kua pae 
nga rakau mo te whare ; The tim- 
ber lies ready for the house. 

Paemanu, *, The collar-bone. 



PAE 

Faenga, s. A drifting; a lying 
acrose, 

A site ; a place upon which 
houses, ^c, are built. 

Kei te paenga rua a Te Raha- 
raha ; Te Raharaha is at the place 
of the store-houses. 

Paepa, «. A native basket ; a 
piece of a calabash, 

A stick laid crossways, 

Paepaerda, s, A certain bor- 
dered mat, 

F^r6a, s, Eastwind. 

(Whakatane.) 

P^turi, s. Tattooing on the 
thigh, («r.) 

Paewae, s. Threshold of a ve- 
randah, 

Pdewai, s, A species of eel. 

iW.) 

Driftwood, {e. c.) 

P^haka, s, A calabash, 

Pahaki, ad. Beyond, 

Kei pahaki tata atu e takoto 
ana ; He is lying a little beyond. 

Pahdnahdna, v. To anoint the 
skin with oil and red ochre, 

P£liao, s, A basket used in 
catching fish. 

Pahao, V. To enclose, as in a 
net ; to shut in. 

Pass, Pahaoa. 

Pahau, s. Beard, (e. c.) 

Syn. with Paihau. 

Paheke, v. To slip, 

Kei paheke koe ; Take care you 
do nrc slip. 

Pah4kehêke> a. Slippery, 



( 103 ) PAH 

He ara pahekeheke ; A slippery 
road. 

Pahêketanga, *. Act or time of 
slipping, 

Pabemo, V, To pass by; to miss, 

Kahore i tahitahi ki taku wae- 

wae, i pahemo ; It did not strike 

my leg, it missed. {W.) 

Syn. with Pahure. 

Pabemotanga, s. Act or time of 
passing by, (/r.) 

Pabengibengi, a. Blowing 
gently. 

He hau pahengihengi ; A gentle 
breeze. 

Pabeno, v. To come undone, 
Kia mau te hotiki kei paheno ; 
Tie it fast that it may not come 
undone. 

To slip away, 

Whai noa whai noa paheno tou 
atu ; I kept on following it, but 
it slipt away. {E, C) 

Pabi, V, To be gloomy ; to be 
disquieted, 

Ka pahi tona ngakau ; His 
heart is disquieted. {E. C.) 

Pahi, s, A company of persons. 
Ko hea te pahi e haere nei ? 
Whither is the company going ? 

Pabia, v. To slap. 

I pahiatia pea te tamaiti nei, ina 
ka tangi ; Perhaps this child was 
slapped, since it is crying. 

Pdbiatdnga, *. Act or time of 
slapping, 

Pabibi, v. To ripple ; to rush. 
£ pahihi ana te rere ; The wa- 
terfall is rushing. 

Pabika, v. To pass by; to turn 
aside; to exceed. 

Kua pahika nga tangata ; The 



on 



( 102) 



PAE 



Ôti, (mth mai,) r. To come to 
remain. 

Ka oti mai a Potiki ; PotUd is 
come to remain. 

Ou, pron. Thy, 

Ouou, 8, A few. 

He ouou nga kakahu; The gar- 
ments are a few. (^O 

Ouentiku, *. Rainbow, {e. c.J 

Owhangft, s, A bircTs nest. 

Owhiti, V. To be jealous; to be 
sitspicious, 

Kia owhiti koutou ki nga korero 
a tera tangata ; Be suspicious of 
the speech of that man. {E, C) 



P. 

Pa, «. A fortified village. 

Anything with which to block 
up a passage. 

Homai tetahi mea hei pa mo te 
ara ; Give me something as an ob- 
struction for the road. 

Fat about the kidneys ; suet. 
Kei hea te pa o te poaka nei ? 
Where is the fat of this pig ? 

Pa, s. Father. 

E pa ! O father ! 

A common term of address to 
men among the natives liv' 
ing near the Thames. 

Tauti mai, e pa ; Come hither^ 
sir. 



Pa, a. Blocked up. 

He mea pa te kuwaba; The 
doorway is a thing blocked up. 

Pa, V. To block up; to obstruct. 
Pass. Paia. 

He aha ra te ara nei i paia ai ? 
Why was this road blocked up ? 

Pa, V. To touch. 

Pass. Pangia. 

Ka pa ahau ki a koe ; I touch 
thee. £ kore e pa kai ; He will 
not eat. {B. C.) 

Pa, V. To be struck. 

Kei pa koe i te ralcan nei ; Take 
care that you are not struck by 
this timber. {E. C.) 

To ebb. 

Ka pa te tai ; The tide ebbs. 

(U.) 

Pae, s. The rope by which a 
seine is hauled. 

Paerunga; The upper rope. 
Pae raro ; The lower rope. 

A grasp ; space encompassed 
by the arm» stretched out. 

Pae tahi hamama te rakau nei ; 
This tree is in circumference one 
grasp of the arms, and something 
more. 

The horizon. 

Ka puta te ra i raro i te pae -, 
The sun rises above the horizon. 

{E. C.) 

Pae, V. To lie broadside; to 
lie across ; to lie ready. 

Pass. Paea. 

He aha te mea e pae mai nei i 
, te ara ? What is the thing which 
lies across the road ? Kua pae 
nga rakau mo te whare ; The tim- 
ber lies ready for the house. 

Paemanu, s. The collar-bone. 



PAE 



Paenga, s. A drifting; a lying 

A site; a place upon which 
housee, ^c, are built. 

Kei te paenga rua a Te Raha- 
raha ; Te Raharaha is at the place 
of the store-houses. 

Paepa, s. A native basket ; a 
piece of a calabash, 

JL stick laid crossways, 

Paepaerda, s, A certain bor- 
dered mat, 

P^r6a, s. Eastwind, 

(Whakatane.) 

Pdeturi, s. Tattooing on the 
thigh. («r.) 

Paewde, s. Threshold of a ve- 
randah, 

Paewai, s, A species of eel. 

iW.) 

Driftwood. {e. c.) 

Pahaka, s. A calabash, 

Pabaki, ad. Beyond, 

Kei pahaki tata atu e takoto 
ana ; He is lying a little beyond. 

Pahdnabdna, v. To anoint the 
skin unth oil and red ochre, 

P£hao, s. A basket used in 
catching fish, 

Pahao, V. To enclose, as in a 
net ; to shut in. 

Pass, Pahaoa. 

Pdhau, s. Beard, {e, c.) 

Syn. with Paihau. 

Paheke, v. To slip. 

Kei paheke koe ; Take care you 
do nrc slip. 

Pahêkehêke, a. Slippery, 



( 103 ) PAH 

He ara pahekeheke ; A slippery 
road. 



Pahêketanga, *. Act or time of 
slipping, 

Pahêmo, V. To pass by; to miss, 

Kahore i tahitahi ki taku wae- 

wae, i pahemo ; It did not strike 

iny leg, it missed. (PF.) 

Syn. with Pahure. 

Pabemotdnga^ *. Act or time of 
passing by, (/r.) 

Pahengibengi, a. Blowing 

gently. 

He hau pahengihengi ; A gentle 
breeze. 

Pabeno, v. To come undone. 
Kia mau te hotiki kei paheno ; 
Tie it fast that it may not come 
undone. 

To slip away, 

Whai noa whai noa paheno tou 
atu ; I kept on following it, but 
it slipt away. {E. C.) 

Pabi, V. To be gloomy ; to be 
disquieted, 

Ka pahi tona ngakau ; His 
heart is disquieted. {E. C) 

Pabi^ s. A company of persons. 
Ko hea te pahi e haere nei ? 
Whither is the company going ? 

Pabia, v. To slap. 

I pahiatia pea te tamaiti ne\, ina 
ka tangi ; Perhaps this child was 
slapped, since it is crying. 

Pdbiatdnga, s. Act or time of 
slapping. 

Pabibi, v. To ripple ; to rush. 
£ pahihi ana te rere ; The wa- 
terfall is rushing. 

Pabika,tT. To pass by; to turn 
aside; to exceed. 

Kua pahika nga tangata ; The 



OTI 



( 102) 



PAE 



Ôti, (mth mai,) r. To come to 
remain. 

Ka oti mai a Potiki ; Potiki is 
come to remain. 

Otiia, ) • T» - 

Ou, pron. Thy, 

Ouoii, *• A few. 

He ouon nga kakahu; The gar- 
ments are a few. {W,) 

Ouentiku, s. Rainbow, {e, c.) 

Owhanga, *. A bird's neat, 

Owhiti, V. To be jealous; to be 
sitspicious, 

Kia owhiti koutou ki nga korero 
a tera tangata ; Be suspicions of 
the speech of that man. {E, C.) 



P. 

Pa, s, A fortified milage. 

Anything with which to block 
up a passage. 

Homai tetahi mea hei pa mo te 
ara; Give me something as an ob- 
struction for the road. 

Fat about the kidneys ; suet. 
Kei hea te pa o te poaka nei ? 
Where is the fat of this pig ? 

Pa, s. Father. 

E pa 1 O father ! 

A common term of address to 
men among the natives liv- 
ing near the Thames, 

Tauti mai, e pa ; Come hither, 
sir. 



Pa, a. Blocked up. 

He mea pa te kuwaba; The 
doorway is a thing blocked up. 

Pa, V. To block up; to obstruct. 
Pass. Paia. 

He aha ra te ara nei i paia ai ? 
Why was this road blocked up ? 

Pa, V. To touch. 

Fass. Pangia. 

Ka pa ahau ki a koe ; I toudi 
thee. £ kore e pa kai ; He will 
not eat. {fi, C^ 

Pa, V. To be struck. 

Kei pa koe i te rakan nei ; Take 
care that you are not struck by 
this timber. (£. C) 

To ebb. 

Ka pa te tai ; The tide ebbs. 

(U.) 

Pae, s. The rope by which a 
seine is hauled. 

Pae runga ; The upper rope. 
Pae raro ; The lower rope. 

A grasp ; space encompassed 
by the arms stretched out. 

Pae tahi hamama te rakau nei ; 
This tree is in circumference one 
grasp of the arms, and something 
more. 

The horizon, 

Ka puta te ra i raro i te pae ', 
The sun rises above the horizon. 

(£. C.) 

Pae, V. To lie broadside; to 
lie across ; to lie ready. 

Pass. Paea. 

He aha te mea e pae mai nei i 
. te ara ? What is the thing which 
lies across the road ? Kua pae 
nga rakau mo te whare ; The tim- 
ber lies ready for the house. 

Paemanu, *, The collar-bone. 



PAE 

Faenga, s. A drifting; a lying 
across. 

A site; a place upon which 

Jumses, ^c, are built, 

Kei te paenga rua a Te Raha- 
raha ; Te Raharaha is at the place 
of the store-houses. 

Paepa, s, A native basket ; a 
piece of a calabash. 

A stick laid crossways, 

Paepaerda, s, A certain bor- 
' dered mat, 

Paerda, s, Eastwind, 

(Whakatane.) 

Paeturi, s. Tattooing on the 
thigh. («r.) 

Paewae, s. Threshold of a ve- 
randah, 

Paewai, s, A species of eel. 

Driftwood, (jE. c.) 

Pahaka, s, A calabash, 

Pabaki, ad. Beyond. 

Kei pahaki tata atu e takoto 
ana ; He i§ lying a little beyond. 

Pah^nabana, v. To anoint the 
skin with oil and red ochre. 

Pahao> s, A basket used in 
catching fish, 

Pabao, V. To enclose, as in a 
net ; to shut in. 

Pass. Pahaoa. 

Pabau, *, Beard. {e. c.) 

Syn. with Paihau. 

Pabeke, v. To slip. 

Kei paheke koe ; Take care you 
do noc slip. 

Pahekebeke, a. Slippery. 



( 103 ) PAH 

He ara pahekeheke ; A slippery 
road. 

Pabeketdnga, s. Act or time of 
slipping. 

Pabemo, V. To pass by; to miss, 

Kahore i tahitahi ki taku wae- 

wae, i pahemo ; It did not strike 

my leg, it missed. (W.) 

Syn. with Pahure. 

Pabemotanga, s. Act or time of 
passing by, (;r.) 

Pabengibengi, a. Blowing 
gently. 

He hau pahengihengi ; A gentle 
breeze. 

Pabeno, V. To come undone, 
Kia man te hotiki kei paheno ; 
Tie it fast that it may not come 
undone. 

To slip away. 

Whai noa whai noa paheno tou 
atu ; I kept on following it, but 
it slipt away. {E. C.) 

Pabi, V. To be gloomy ; to be 
disquieted. 

Ka pahi tona ngakau ; His 
heart is disquieted. {JB. C) 

Pabi, s, A company of persons, 
Ko hea te pahi e haere nei ? 
Whither is the company going ? 

Pabia, v. To slap, 

I pahiatia pea te tamaiti ne\, ina 
ka tangi ; Perhaps this child was 
slapped, since it is crying. 

Pdbiatanga, s. Act or time of 
slapping. 

Pabibi, v. To ripple ; to rush, 
E pahihi ana te rere ; The wa- 
terfall is rushing. 

Pabika, v. To pass by; to turn 
aside; to exceed. 

Kua pahika nga tangata ; The 



OTI 



( 102) 



PAE 



6ti, (mth mai,) v» To come to 
remain, 

Ka oti mai a Potiki ; Potiki is 
come to remain. 

Otiia, ) • T> ^ 

Ou, pron. Thy, 

Ouou, *. A few. 

He ouoa nga kakahu; The gar- 
ments are a few. (^O 

Ouenliku, 8, Rainbow» {e, c) 

Owhangft, *. A bird* a neat, 

Owhiti, V. To be jealous; to be 
suspicums, 

Kia owhiti koutou ki nga korero 
a tera tangata ; Be suspicious of 
the speech of that man. (E, C) 



P. 

Pa, «• A fortified village. 

Anything with which to block 
up a passage. 

Homai tetahi mea hei pa mo te 
ara; Give me something as an ob- 
struction for the road. 

Fat about the kidneys ; suet. 
Kei hea te pa o te poaka nei ? 
Where is the fat of this pig ? 

Pa, s. Father. 

E pa ! O father ! 

A common term of address to 
men among the natives liv- 
ing near the Thames, 

Tauti mai, e pa ; Come hither, 
sir. 



Pa, a. Blocked up. 

He mea pa te kawaba; The 
doorway is a thing blocked up. 

Pa, V, To block up; to obstruct. 

Pass, Paia. 

He aha ra te ara na i paia ai ? 
Why was this road blocked up ? 

Pa, V, To touch. 
Pass. Pangia. 

Ka pa ahau ki a koe ; I toudi 
thee. £ kore e pa kai ; He will 
not eat (2. C^ 

Pa, V. To be struck, 

Kei pa koe i te rakau nei; Take 
care that you are not struck by 
this timber. {B, C.) 

To ebb. 

Ka pa te tai ; The tide ebbs. 

m 

Pae, s. The rope by which a 
seine is hauled, 

Pae runga ; The upper rope. 
Pae raro ; The lower rope. 

A grasp ; space encompassed 
by the arms stretched out. 

Pae tahi hamama te rakau nd ; 
This tree is in circumfiBrence one 
grasp of the arms, and something 
more. 

The horizon. 

Ka puta te ra i raro i te pae ; 
The sun rises above the horizon. 

{B. C.) 

Pae, V, To lie broadside ; to 
lie across; to lie ready. 

Pass, Paea. 

He aha te mea e pae mai nei i 
te ara ? What is the thing which 
lies across the road ? Kua pae 
nga rakau mo te whare ; The tim- 
ber lies ready for the house. 

Paemdnu, s. The collar-bone. 



PAE 



Paenga, ê. A drifting; a lying 
across, 

A site; a place upon which 
houses, ^e,i are built, 

Kei te paenga rua a Te Raha- 
raha ; Te Raharaha is at the place 
of the store-houses. 

Paepa, s, A native basket ; a 
piece of a calabash, 

JL stick laid crossways. 

Pdepaerda, s. A certain bor- 
' dered mat, 

P4er6a, *. Eastwind, 

(Whakatane,) 

Paeturi, s. Tattooing on the 
thigh, («r.) 

Paewae, s. Threshold of a ve- 
randah, 

Paewai, s, A species of eel, 

iW.) 

Driftwood, {e. c.) 

Pahaka^ s, A calabash. 

Pabaki, ad. Beyond. 

Kei pahaki tata atu e takoto 
ana ; He is lying a little beyond. 

Pahdnahana, v. To anoint the 
skin with oil and red ochre, 

VShhOy s. A basket used in 
catching fish. 

Pahao, V. To enclose, as in a 
net ; to shut in. 

Pass, Pahaoa. 

Pahau, *. Beard. {e. c.) 

Syn. with Paihau. 

Paheke, v. To slip, 

Kei paheke koe ; Take care you 
do noc slip. 

Pahêkehêke, a. Slippery. 



( 103 ) PAH 

He ara pahekeheke ; A slippery 
road. 



Pahêketanga, *. Act or time of 
slipping. 

Tshêmo,v. To pass by; to miss, 

Kahore i tahitahi ki taku wae- 

wae, i pahemo ; It did not strike 

my leg, it missed. {W.) 

Syn. with Pahure. 

Pabemotanga, s. Act or time of 
passing by. (/r.) 

Pahengibengi, a. Blowing 

gently. 

He hau pahengihengi ; A gentle 
breeze. 

Pahêno, v. To come undone. 
Kia mau te hotiki kei paheno ; 
Tie it fast that it may not come 
undone. 

To slip away. 

Whai noa whai noa paheno tou 
atu ; I kept on following it, but 
it slipt away. {E, C.) 

Pabi, V. To be gloomy ; to be 
disquieted. 

Ka pahi tona ngakau ; His 
heart is disquieted. (E. C.) 

Pabi, s, A company of persons, 

Ko hea te pahi e haere nei ? 
Whither is the company going ? 

Pabia, v. To slap. 

I pahiatia pea te tamiuti nei, ina 
ka tangi ; Perhaps this child was 
slapped, since it is crying. 

Pdbiatdnga, s. Act or time of 
slapping, 

Pabibi, v. To ripple ; to rush, 
E pahihi ana te rere ; The wa- 
terfall is rushing. 

Pabika,!?. To pass by; to turn 
aside; to exceed. 

Kua pahika nga tangata ; The 



PAH ( 104 ) 

men are passed by. Kua pahika 

ke ki tahaki; He has turned 

. aside. (i2.) {E. C.) 

Pah6ah<5a, 9, Headach, 

Pdhoka, 9. A 9creen from the 
wind. 

P{^6re> «. A grcuse. 

Pah6re, v. To be grazed. 

Kua pahore te hiako ; The skin 
is grazed. 

Pahu^ 9, A 9(morou9 9tone ; a 
belL 

Pdhu, V, To bur9t; to break 
a9under; to eound, 

E kore e pahu te kaanga ; The 
com will not burst. 

Pahua, a. Plundered; plun- 
dering. 

He kai pahua; A plunderer. 
He mea pahua; A thing plun- 



PAI 

Tangohia i te mea e-pahnrr 
mai na ; Take the thing wfaicfa Is 
just in sight there. {W^ 



dered. 

Pahua, V, To plunder, 

Kua pahuatia te kainga o Taka ; 
Taka's residence has been plun- 
dered. 

Pahuhu, V. To 9lip, . 

E kore e pahuhn te wakaheke, e 
mau ana ; The rope will not slip, 
it is fast. 

Pahtihutanga, «. Act or time of 
9lipping. 

Pahiinu, 9, Fire, 

Ka kongange te pahunu nei ; 
This fire is burning. {R,) 

Pahdnu, v. To bum, (r.) 

Pahupdhu, 9. Afe9ter, 

Pahure, v. To pa99 by, 

Kua pahure ke nga waka i te 
ata ; The canoes passed by in the 
morning. 

To come in 9ight, 



Pahuretanga, *. Act or time tf 
pa99ing by, 

Pai, 9, Goodne99, 

Pai, a. Good, 

Pai, V, To be good. 

E pai ana tend mahi ; This- 
work is good. 

To be plea9ed, 

E pai ana ahau ki tenei mahi ; 
I am pleased with this work. 

Pa88, Paingia ; To be liked» 

E kore e paingia tenei kainga ^ 
This place will not be liked. 

Paia^ V, To be done, 

Ka paia te huaki ; The rush is 
made. 

Pdiaka, *. Root of a tree, 

{B, C) 

Paiere, *. A bwndle» 

Ehia nga paiere raupo ? How 
many bundles of raupo are there ? 

Paiere, v. To make up in a 

bundle, 

Paieretia uga rakau; Let the 
trees be made up in a bundle. 

Paieretanga, *. Act or time of 
making up in a bundle, 

Paihau, 9, The beard. 

Wing of a bird. {b, c.) 

Paihere, 9, A bundle, {e. c.) 

Paihorekê, *. To turn thi9 
way and that; to be un- 
9teady, 

Ta te tamariki mahi paihoreke 
paihoreke; It is the work of chil- 
dren, it Is unsteady. (E. C) 



PAI 



( 105 ) 



PAK 



'BeikeB, v. To be struck, 

Pukea ki te hama ; Let it be 
struck with a hammer. (jR.) 

P^iikefke, v. To raise ; to ele- 
vate ; to make high. 

Pass. Paikeikea. 

Taria mai he oneone hei paike- 
ike ; Let some earth be carried to 
raise this part. 

Paina, v. To warm oneself. 

Kia paina atu ahan ki te taha 
o te kapura ; Let me warm my- 
self at the side of the fire. 

Fdinatanga, s. Act or time of 
warming oneself 

Painga, s. Oobdness. 

Pdipai, s. A complaint on the 
skiti. 

P4iri, V. To be disquieted; to 
be afraid. , 

Ka pairi taku ngakau ki te pa- 
kapnka a Ngatiporou ; I am dis- 
quieted about the letter of Ngati- 
porou. {E. C.) 

Paka, a. Red or brown. 

He kararehe paka; A brown 
animal. 

Paka, a. Dry : applied only to 
food. 

{Both syllables short.) 

Paka, V. To be dried. 

Me i paka ka reka ; If it had 
been dried it would be sweet. 

Pakaha, v. To be strong ; to 
be violent, 

E pakaha ana te mamae ; The 
pain is violent. 

Pakaiahi, s. A ship's galley; 
afire-place. 



Pakaka, v. To be burnt or 
scorched up by the sun. 

Pakdka, a. Burnt up; red ; 
brown. 

Hei te wahi pakaka te ani ; The 
road lies by the brown part. 

Pakakê, s. A whale, (e. c) 

Pakakiimkina, v. To be hot. 
£ pakakinakina ana tewhiti o te 
ra ; The shining of the sun is hot. 

Pakakdhiy s. Fernroot. 

£ hamu ana matou i te paka- 
kohi ; We are eating fernroot. ^. 

Pakanga, s. A quarrel; hosti- 
lities ; war. 

Ka nui haere te pakanga o Ro- 
torua raua ko Ngatiawa ; The 
quarrel of Rotorua and Ngatiawa 
is increasing. 

Pakanga, s. Act or time of 
touching. 
{Longer than in the preceding 
word.) 

Pakani, a. Quarrelsome. 

Katahi ano taku tangata pa- 
kani ko koe ; You are the most 
quarrelsome man I have to do 
with. 

Pakari, a. Hard. 

Pakari, v. To be hard, 

Kua pakari te kaanga; The com 
is hard. 

Pak^ru, s. A fracture; a rent. 

He pakaru no te poti te hoea 

ai ; There was a rent in the boat, 

which was the reason we did not 

row it. 

Pakaru, a. Broken. 

Pakdru, v. To be broken, 

Kua pakaru te kohua ; The 
boiler is broken. 



PAK 

Pakdruh&nga, s. Act or time 
of breaking. 

PakArukdru, ». To break. 
Pass. P&karaa. 

Pakarua te karaha; Let the 
calabash be broken. 

PakaU) 8. A wing, 

PakdukaUy s, A wing. 

Pakauriia, s. The fish called 
stingaree, 

Pakawha, *. Leaves ofaplant. 

Pake, s, A rough mat made 
of flax leaves, {e. C) 

Syn. with Haronga. 

Strings of a mat. 

Pake, a. Obstinate. 

{Both syllables short.) 

Pake, V. To be obstinate» 

Ka pake te tangata ra, e kore e 
whakatika ; The man is obstinate, 
he will not get up. 

Pake, V. To emit a crackling 

sound. 

Ka pake te rakan, meake whati ; 
The tree cracks, it will soon break. 

Pakeha, «. A stranger ; afo- 

reigner. 

E kore oti te pakeha e arahina ? 
Shall not then the foreigner be 
conducted ? 

P&keka, s. Land which is ex- 
hausted from frequent culti- 
vation. 

Pakekakeka, s. A certain plant 
growing among water upon 
stones. («r.) 

Pakêke, s. Hardness. 

Pakekff, a. Hard ; stiff. 
Pakeke, v. To be hard. 



( 106 ) PAK 

Pakeke tonu, e kore e ngs* 
where ; It is quite hard, it.wiQ not 
break. f 

Pakeke, v. To be scraped, as 
potatoes. 

Kia pakeketia nga kai ; Let the 
food be scraped. 

Paketd, v. To clear off; to cut 

off. 

£ paketu ana ahau i te taru ; I 
am clearing off the weeds. 

Pakewa, *. A mistake in speech. 

Pakewa, «?. To make a mis- 
tcfke in speech, 

Paki, s. Fine weather, 

Ko apopo te paki, he hau aura 
te hau ; It will be fine weather 
to-morrow, it is a westerly wind. 

Paki, a. Fine ; fair. 

He ra paki ; A fine day. 

Paki, V. To be fine, 

Kia paki te rangi ka haere ai 
tatou ; Let the sky be fine and 
we will go. 

Paki, «. A small garment for 
the waist. 

Pakia, \Vid. Papaki.] 

Pakiaka, s. Root of a tree. 

Pakihi, v. To be low water. 
Kua pakihi te tai ; The tide is 
low. (jB. C.) 

Pakihi, *. A place where fern- 
root is dug. 

Act of digging femroot. 

I hoki mai ahau i te pakihi; 
I returned from digging fernroot. 

Pakihiwi, s. The shoulder. 

(E. C.) 
Syn. with Pokowhiwhi. 

Pakihore, a. Lazy, 



PAK ( 107 ) 

PikiWu, *. A general name 

for mats, 
P&kiki, *. Asking ; questioning. 
Katahi ano te pakiki a to ta- 
ngata ? How many questions you 
ask ? or, How much is thy ques- 
tioning? (^*) 
Syn. with Uinga. 
P^ikiki, V. To ask; to ques- 
tion, i^*^ 
Pakini, v. To pinch ; to nip. 
Pakipaki, s. A slapping; a 
clapping of hands ; a pat- 
ting, 
Pakip^kitai, *. A slimy vege- 
table matter in the sea. 
Pakira,*. A bald head ; bald- 
ness, 
Pakira, a. Bald.- 
Pakira, v. To be bald. 

Pakiri, v. To shew the teeth. 
Ka pakiri mai nga niho a to 
tangata ; The man shews his teeth. 

Pakirikiri, s. The name of a 

fish. 
Pakirehua, v. To enquire. 

Ka hoki mai ki konei pakire- 
hua ai ; He will return here and 
will enquire. 
Pakitara, s. Wall of a house. 

Pakiwdka, a. Boasting. 

He tangata pakiwaha ; A boast- 
ing man. 

Pakiwaha, *. Sides of the 
mouth, (^' ^O 

Pako, V. To dig up the remains 
of potatoes after the crop 

has been taken up. 

£ pako kapanaana ; He is dig- 



\ 



PAK 

ging up the remains of the pota- 
toes. 

Pakoa, a. Low, 

He tM pakoa ; Low tide ; Low 

water. 

Pakoa, r. To be low water. 
Kia pakoa te tai, ka haere ai 
tatou ki te kohi pipi; Let the 
water be low, then we wUl goto 
gather cockles. 

Pakohea, v. To be hard; to be 

dried up. 

Ka pakohea ahau i te ra ; lam 

dried up with the sun. 
Pak6hu, s. A chasm. 
Pak61iu, V, To be rent ; to be 

cleft. 

Ka pakohu tenei wahi ; This 
part is rent asunder. 

Pakoko, a. Barren. 

Pak6ko, V. To be thin ; to be 

lean. 

Ka pakokd nga kauae o te ta- 
whiti ; The cheeks of this person 
are thin. 
Pakonga, s. ' A hollow place, 
as in the side of a rock, 

Pdkonga, v. To be hollow. 

E pakonga ana tenei taha ; This 

side is hollow. 
Pakore,*. A fracture ; — spoken 

of an earthen vessel, calo" 

bashy ^c. 
Pakore, v. To be broken. 
Pakoretdnga, *. Act or time 

of breaking. 

Paku, V. To be dry. 

E paku ana taku korokoro ; 
My throat is dry. 

Paku, a. Small. 

He whare paku ; A small house. 

(J2. C.) 



PAK 

Pakii, V. To sound. 

He tamaiti tenei e paku ana ; 
This is a child who is making a 
noise. 

Paktiku, V, To knock. 
Pass, Pakukuria. 

Ko wai tera e pakuku mai ra 
ki te tatan ? Who is that who is 
knocking at the door ? 

Pakupaku, a. Shallow ; small ; 

causeless, 

Pakupdku, V, To he shallow ; 
to he small. 

Pdkupdkudredre, v. To he quite 
dry, 

Pakura, s. The name of a 
hird, 

Syn. with Pukeko. (J2. C.) 

Pakuraktira, s. The name of 
a fish, 

A red garment. 

Pakuraklira, v. To he red, 

Ka pakurakura te rangi; The 
sky is red. {E, C.) 

Pakiiru, s. A musical instru- 
ment, consisting of two sticks, 
one of which is placed he- 
tween the teeth and is struck 
hy the other, 

Paktiru, v. To knock. 

Pdkut^ga, s. Act or time of 
sounding, 

Paktiwha, s. Relation hy mar- 
riage ; applied to the female, 

Pamam^, s. Distance. 

Ka pehea te pamamao o to 
kainga? How fkr off is your 
dwelUng ? (JS. C.) 

P^a, V, To drive away ; to 
hanish ; to throw* (J2. c.) 



( 108 ) PAN 

Panahi, s. The name of a plant. 
{Calyategia SoldaneUa,) 

Panako, s. A species of fern. 

Pananakitdnga, «. An ascent. 

Panapana, v. To throh. 

E panapana ana te toto ; The 
blood is throbbing. 

Pandu, V. To jump, as a fish. 

Panaunau, s. Ascent of a hUL 

Paneke, v. To slip forward ; 
to move on. 

E kore e paneke te waka ; The 
canoe will not slip along. 

Panêkenêke, s, A small edge 
tool. 

Panga» s. Act or time of touch- 
ing. 

Panga, v. To throw. 

To lay ; to place. 
Pass. Panga. 

Ka panga nga kai ki mnga ki 
te waka ; The food is plac^ in 
the canoe. 

Panganga, s. Act or time of 
throwing. 

Panganga, v. To he lean, 

Hore i te ngohi nei panganga 
kau ; I never saw anything like 
this fish, it is all lean. 

Pangarangara, s. The name 
of a fish. 

Pango, a. Black. 

Pango, V, To he hlack. 

Ka pango te kakahu ; The gar- 
ment is black. 

Pangdro, v. To he full. 

Pangoro touu te waka; The 
canoe is quite full. 

Pang6ungou> s. The name, of 
a fish. 



PAN 



( 109 ) 



PAP 



FaxigaQungunu, v. To peek 

PukgaiKiiigaaua iiga riwai ma 
tatou ; Let the potatoes be peeled 
for us. 

Pdrd, 8, The head. (ir.) 

An orphan, 

Pani, », To paint ; to besmear. 
Pass, Pania. 

£ pani ana te kuia i tona ma- 
tenga ki te hinu ; The old woman 
is besmearing her head with oil. 

Paninga, 9, Act or time of be- 
smearing, 

Panoho, s, A pole to push a 
canoe with. (r.) 

Panoko, s. The name of a fish 
which adheres to the rocks. 

Panoni, v. To change^ as the 
name. 

Panuku, v. To slip down. 

Kihai i panuku te rongoa, man 
tonu ki te korokoro ; The medi- 
cine did not slip down, it stuck in 
the throat. 

To be next in succession. 

Ka tau ko Rehn, panukn tou 
mai ko Raknpo, panuku tou mai 
ko Rangiora ; Rehu sat down, and 
then Rukupo, and then Rangi- 
ora. 

Pao, V, To be hatched, 

Ka pao nga hua pipipi ; The 
turkey's eggs are hatched. 

Paoa, s. Smoke. 

Paoarikiriki, v. To be scat- 
tered. 

Kei te paoarikiriki nga tanga- 
ta ; The men are scattered. 

{E. C.) 

Paoho, V, To be on the alarm. 
Paoho kau ki hea ranei ; They 
are on the alarm in every place. 



Paoi, s. An implement to pound 
with, 

Paoi, V. To pound ; to beat, 
Paoia he roi ma tatou ; Let 
some femroot be pounded for us. 

Paopao, a. Refusing, 

He tangata paopao koe ; You 
are a man who refuses. 

Paopao, V, To refine a gift or 

offer. 

Me paopao oti, he mokopuna 
ranei na Rahiri ? Do you refuse 
it, are you a grandchild of Rahiri ? 

Paopao, V. To strip off the 

bark. 
Pass. Paopaoa. 

Paoro, s. An echo, 
Paoro, V. To echo. 

Paoro ana nga maunga i tetahi 
taha i tetahi taha ; The mountains 
are echoing on every side. 

Paorooro, v. To tingle; to echo, 
Paorooro ana nga taringa ; The 
ears tingle. 

Papa, s. Father, 

Kei hea taku papa ? Where is 

my father ? 

Papa, s. A certain grass. 

Papa, s. A board; a slab of 

stone. 

{Both syllables short.) 

Land disputed. 

Foundation^ ground or cause 

of quarrel. 

He papa taku ki a ia ; I have 
committed an offence against 
him. 

Papa, V, To become hard, 

Kua papatia te oneone ; The 
soil is become hard. 

Papa, V. Tit break ; to buret ; 
to explode, 

L 



PAP 



( HO) 



PAP 



Papa te whatitiri runga nei ; 
The thunder above bursts forth. 

Papa, a. Brittle. 

He mea papa noa ; A thing 
which breaks without cause. 

Papaahuahtia, «. The shoulder- 
blade, 

Papae, v. To be driven broad- 
side on shore, 

Ka papae te waka, kei pakaru ; 
The canoe is driven broadside on 
shore, mind it is not broken. 

Papahewa, s. A 'person dis- 
eased in the eyes. 

Papahewa, a. Diseased in the 
eyes. 

Papahewa, v. To have sore eyes. 
Pass. Papahewatia. 

Papahoro. w. To spill ; to fall 
out, 

Ka maroke nga harakeke ka 
papahoro nga kai ; If the flax 
leaves are dry the food will fall 
out of the basket. 

Papahu, V, To blaze, 

Ka papahu te kapura; The 
tire blazes. 

Papaka, s, A crab, 
A species of pot at oe, 

Papaki, s. A patch. 

Homai tetahi papaki mo toku ; 
Give me a patch for my (garment.) 

A slap, 

Papaki, «7. To patch. 

Me papaki to kakahu; Let 
your garment be patched. 

Papaki, v. To slap. 
Pass, Pakia. 

Papaku, a. Shallow ; low. 

He wai papaku ; Shallow water. 



Pdpaku, V, To be ēhaUomt 
Pdpakura, *. An insect. 

Papamaro, a. Obstinate ; firm» 

^ (B. C.) 

Papanga, a. Not full; Aajfj 

full. 
PapaDga, v. To be halffvM, 

Ringihia he wai ki roto, kia pa- 
panga ; Let some water be poured 
in, let it be half-fiiU. 

Papanga, s. Site; situation, 
Ko tahi papanga kainga ; There 
is one situation of the places. 

Papani, v. To block up, 

Ka pania tena kuwaha ; that 
doorway is blocked up. 

Papapa, s. A calabash. 

The name of a tree. 

Moss. 
Chaff; bran, 

Papara, a. Adjoining. 

I a Te Ranginga a raro, papara 
atu i a Pi, papara atu i a Rua ; 
The place below belongs to Te 
Ranginga, adjoining him to Pi, 
and adjoining him to Rua. 

Papara, v. To flow. 

Ka papara te tai ; The tide is 
flowing. (PT.) 

Paparahi, s. A stage upon 
which kumara are dried. 

Paparahua, *. A kind of table 
from which food is eaten. 

Papare, v. To turn aside ; to 

ward off. 
Pass, Parea. 

Ka parea te matia ka hemo ; 
The spear was warded off and 
passed away. 

Paparinga, s. The cheek. 



PAP ( 11 

Paparda, a. Repeated ; double. 
He papania te waiata o Tiki ; 
The song of Tiki is repeated. 

Pdpartia, v. To be repeated. 
Pass, Paparuatia. 

Papata, s. Small waves, (r.) 

Papata, v. To be covered unth 
pimples or spots, 

Papatahi, s, A plain; flat land, 

Papatangar6a, s. The name of 
a shell-fish, 

Papaiiniwhaniwha, *. A 
plant like the daisy. 

Pdpataura, *. A red fungus 
growing on rocks, 

Papatu, s. Land which has not 
been cultivated. 

Papatima, *. The name of a 
tree. 

Papipapi, v. To be confused. 
Ka papipapi te reo o te tangata 
nei; The speech of this man is 
confused. 

Papua, a. 

He rakan papua te kahikatea. 

*Papura, s. Purple. 

Pdkuka, s. A screen from the 
wind. 

Syn. with Pahoka. (W.) 

Para, s. The name of a fish. 

Para, s. Dust ; dirt ; dross ; 
sediment. 

{Both syllables short.) 

Act of cutting down brush' 
wood. 

The name of a plant. 

Para, v. To be affected with 
pimples. 



1 ) 



PAR 



Ka para te hiako ; The skin is 
covered with pimples. 

Para, v. To cut down brush- 
wood; to clear. 

Pass, Paraia. 

£ para ana a Piwaka i tona 
wairenga; Piwaka is clearing his 
cultivation. 

Para, a. Belonging to, or used 
for, cutting down wood: 

Maku tetahi panekeneke hei to- 
ki para mo te rakau ; Give me a 
tool as an implement for cutting 
down the trees. 

Parae, s, A grassy plain. 

(E. C.) 

Parahdraha, s. -A small iron 
implement; an edge tool. 

*Parahi, *. A brush. 

*Paralii, v. To scrub ; to 
brush, 

Parahtinulitinu, v. To roast in 
the fire. 

Ka haere taton ki te parahunu- 
hunu ngote matatou ; We will go 
to roast potatoes for ourselves. 

(R.) 

*Paraire, s. A bridle, 

*Parairei, s. Friday. 

Parakau, s. A slave. 

Pdrakete, *. Booty ; plunder. 

Paraki, s, A land wind. 

(R. C.) 

Parakiwai, s. Silt ; sediment 
of a flood. 

P^rak6ka, s. Outer part of a 
flax leaf, 

Parak6ko, s. The name of a 
fi^h. (ft.) 

Syn. with Parore. 



PAR - ( 1 

♦Paraktihi, *. Breakfast, 

Paranako, «. The name of a 
plant. 

Paranga, s, A place where the 
wood has been cut dovm pre- 
paratory to cultivation. 

Parangia, s. Bait for a fish. 

{W.) 

Parangia, v. To he oppressed 
toith sleep. 

Kei parangia koe i te moe ; 
Take care that you are not over- 
powered with sleep. 

Parangunu, v. To roast, 

Parangunua he taiawa ma ta- 
tou ; Let some potatoes be roasted 
for us. (72.) 

*Paraoa, s. Flour. 
Parapara, s. A sacred place. 

First fruits of fish cooked be- 
fore the rest. 

The name of a tree. 

Paraparabanga, s. Fragments 
of food, (e. c.) 

Pdraparau, a. Inferior in rank. 

Paraparau, v. To speak falsely, 
to lie, 

Paraparau kau koe, e hoa ; 
Friend, thou speakest nothing but 
falsehood. 

Parara. s. Badfemroot. {w.) 

Pararahi, a. Flat, 

He ihu pararahi ; A flat nose. 

Parare, s. Food. 

Ka haere tatou ki te parare; 
Let us go for food. {R.) 

Parare, v. To speak loudly ; 
to bawl. 



12) 



PAR 



Parare tonu te maogai o te wh- 
hine ra; The woman's moutfa 
continues bawling. 

Parareka, s. A general name 
for the potatoe, {e, C.) 

Parariki, s. Rust, (r.) 

Pdrau, s. A slave ; slavery, 
Ka riro taku tamaiti i te panu ; 
My child is gone by slavery. 

Parau, s. A falsehood, {e. c.) 

Parau, v. To speak falsely. 
Parau tahi, e ta; You speak 
falsely, sir. 

Paraua, s. Bone of the sperm 
whale. 

An implement of war made of 
whalebone, 

Parauri, s. A person with a 
dark skin. 

Parawera, s. Land where the 
fern is burnt off. 

Parawhenua, s. A flood. 

. {B. C.) 

Pare, s, A bandage for the 
head; an ornament; a 
wreath, 

♦Pare, s. Barley. 

{First syllable very long.) 

Pdrehe, v. To be bent in- 
wards. 

Ka parehe te tuara i te ka- 
wenga ; The back is bent inwards 
with the load. 

Pareho, s. The head. 

Pareho, v. To be consumed. 

Kua pareho ke nga ika i te pofTp 
The fish are quite consumed by 
the cat. 

Parehotanga, s. Act or time 
of being consumed. 



PAR 



( 113 ) 



PAR 



Parêkerêke, 8, A covering for 
the sole of the foot; a sandal, 

{B. C.) 

Pareko, r. To be consumed, 
SyD. with Pareho. 

Parekotanga, s. Act or time 
of coTisuming, 

Parekuhi, v. To cut the hair 
short. 

Me parekuhi te npoko ; Let the 
hair be cut short. 

Parektira, *. A battle; afield 
of battle, {A word only used 
when persons are slain,) 

Paremata, s. Stern of a vessel, 

Paremo, v. To be drowned, 
Kia tupato ki to tamaiti kei 
paremo ; Be cautious about your 
child lest it be drowned. 

ParemotaDga, *. A drowning. 

Place or time of drowning, 

Parenga, s, A shelving bank 
formed by the tide, 

Parengo, v. To slip, 

Syn. with Paheke and Karengo. 

Parepare, s. Breast work in 
a fortification, 

Parera, s. The name of a 
fish. 

Syn. with Porae. 

A duck. 

Parera, s. A land wind. 

He parera te hau ; It is a land 
wind. — E. C, (First syllable 
shorter than in the preceding 
word.) 

Pareramaumu, s, A person 
who cannot swim. 



Parerarêra, s. The name of a 
plant, 

{Plant ago.) 

Paretua, s, A pad put under 
a load to protect the back, 

(W,) 

Parewhêro, s, A battle. 
Syn. with Parekura. 

Pari, s. A precipice. 

Pari, a. Flowing, 

He tai pari ; A flowing tide ; 
i. e. Flood-tide. 

Pari, v, Tofiow, 

E kore tatou e puta i nga ko- 
hatu, kua pari ke te tai ; We 
shall not get past the rocks, the 
tide has flowed. 

Parihirihi, s. The head, 

Parikarangardnga, s. An echo, 

Parikou, s, A species of eel. 

Paringa, s. Flowing of the 
tide, 

Pdriratanga, s, A lull ; a calm, 
Te ai he pariratanga o te hau 
nei ; There is no cessation of this 
wind. 

Pdrirau, s. Wing of a bird, 

Pariri, s, A shoot of a plant. 
Syn. with Tupu. ( W.) 

Pariri, V, To shoot up, 

Paro, s, A small basket for 
cooked food. 

Hollow of the hand, 

Paropdro, a. Withered ; de- 
cayed. 

Pdrore, s. The name of a fish, 

Parori, V, To be bent. 

Parori ke te kauae ; The jaw is 
awry. 

l2 



PAR 



( 114 ) 



PAT 



VkroTOy 8» A gale; had weather. Pdtai, 8. A garment wofWi 
I te mea ka puta te paroro ka 
waipuke te wbenua ; Wlien bad 
weather comes the land is flooded. 
He paroro apopo ; It will be bad 
"leather to-morrow. {R.) 

Paroro, v. To be cloudy. 

Ka titiro ki te rangi e paroro 
ana ka noho ; If you see the sky 
is cloudy remain. 

Paru, 8. The name of a fish. 

Paru, 8. .Dirt ; filth ; mud. 

A coat of rawpo on the walh 
of a hou8e. 

Tikina tetahi raupo hei paru mo 
waho o te whare ; Let some raupo 
be fetched as a coat for the out- 
side of the house. 

Paru, a. Dirty. 

Paru, V. To he dirty, 

Kua paru ke oku kaka, ka haere 
au ki te horoi ; My clothes are 
quite dirty, I am going to wash. 

Paruparu, v. To be deeply 
laden. 

Paruparu noa te waka ki raro 
ki te wbenua ; The canoe is deeply 
laden in the water ; literally, down 
to the ground. 

Paruparu, «. Dirt ; mud. 

{E. C.) 

Parurenga, s, A prey ; booty. 

Paruru, v. To be shaded. 

Paruru toou te mahinga a tua- 
bangata ; The working place of 
the person is quite shaded. {W,) 

Pata, 8. A species ofpotatoe. 

A native mat. 

A drop of any liquid. 

Pata, V. To drop ; to drip, 
Ka pata iho te ua ; The rain 
drips. 



I 



round the waUt. 
Patai, t?. To jeer; to mock. 

To ask; to enquire, {ff) 

Pass, Pataia. 

Waiho mana e patai mai; 
Wait, let him ask. 

Pataka^ s, A storehouse raised 
upon posts; a stage uptm 
which food is laid up in 
store. 

Whakanoia ki ruoga ki te pa* 
taka ; Let it be placed up on tiie 
stage. (W,) 

An enclosure. 

He pataka poaka ; A sty for 
pigs. {R.) 

Patanga, s. A boundary,. 

Ko te patanga tenei ki a Pata- 
huri raua ko Tirawatu ; This is 
the boundary line to Patahuri and 
Tirawatu. 

Patapata, *. Strings of a mat. 

Pdtapataiawha, s. Heavy rain. 

Pataritari, s. A plaything. 

Homai tetahi mea hei patari- 
tari ma te potiki ; Give me some- 
thing as a plaything for the child. 

Patdritari, v. To amuse. 

Pataritaria te tamaiti ; Let the 
child be amused. 

Patata, a. Near ; close. 

He wahi patata ; A place which 
is near. 

Pdtata,. V. To be near, 

Kua patata ke te kaipuke f The 
ship is quite near. 

Patate, s. The name of a tree. 

Pate, 8, The name of a tree. 

{Arelia Schleffiera.) 



r 



PAT 



( 115) 

house 
kept ; 



PAU 



" Patêngitêngi, s, A 
wherein kumara are 
a etorehouse. 

I Pitere, s, A native dance. 

\ Patere, v. To flow; to be 

■^ fluent, 

Patere ana nga kapu a Tohi- 
tapu ; The words of Tohitapu 
flow readily. 

Patete, v. To move ; to glide, 
E kore e patete te waka i te tai < 
tima ; The canoe will not move on 
by- reason of the ebb-tide. 

Patetea, v. To be lengthened. 
Ka patetea te whare ; The house 
is lengthened. 

Pati, V, To ooze ; to splash. 
Pati ana te wai o roto ina kai- 
nga ; The water from within oozes 
out when it is eaten. 

Patiki, s. The name of a fish. 
Patiotio, s. The name of a 



shell-fish, 

Patipati, v, 
deceive. 



To flatter; to 



Patipati, a. Flattering. 

He tangata patipati koe ; You 
are a flattering man. 

Patiti, s. A hatchet. 

Grass, 

Kei waenga patiti nga kau e 
haere ana ; The cows are going in 
the middle of the grass. (£. C.) 

Patito, s. An eruption on the 
head. 

Pat6, v. To crack, as a stick 

when broken, 

£ pato mai ana te rakau, kei 
koina te tangata i oma nei ; The 
tree cracks, there is the man who 
just ran off. 



Patolie, s. An old cultivation 
which has been abandoned, 

[E, C.) 

Patoke, V, To dig up potatoes 
which remain after the crop 
has been taken up. 

E patoke kapana ana ia ; He is 
digging up potatoes. 

Patotdi, V, To be chapped, 

E patotoi ana aku ngutu ; My 
lips are chapped. 

Patu, s. Wall of a house. 

Tikina tetahi raupo mo nga 
patu o te whare ; Let some raupo 
be fetched for the walls of the 
house. 

Patu, s. A thing to strike with. 

Patu, V. To strike ; to kill. 
Ka huia nga kakahu, ka patua ; 
His garments are stripped off, and 
then he is killed. 

Patukituki, r. To knock; to 

strike gently. 

Ko wai tera e patukituki mai ra 
i te kuwaha ? Who is that who is 
knocking at the door? 

To order. 

E patukituki ana te tangata i 
a au ; The man is ordering me. 

(W.) 

Patiikitukiiiga, s. A knocking ; 
time of knocking. 

Patunga, s. A striking ; a kill- 
ing ; time when, or place 
where, the act is done. 

Patdtu, s. A native garment, 
of which the inner part is 
woven flax, and upon this 
strips of prepared dogskin 
are sewed. 

Pau, s, A species ofpotatoe. 



PAU 



( 116 ) 



PEH 



Pau, V. To be consumed; to 

be exhausted. 

Kaa pau nga kai i te poaka ; 
The food is consumed by die pig. 

To move towards ; to come in, 
Pau katoa mai te ua ki roto ki 
to tatou whare ; All the rain is 
come into our house. 

Paua, s. The name of a shell- 
fish. 

Potatoes become black from 
exposure to the weather» 

Pauhu, V, To slip. 

Kei pauhu atu te rakau ; Mind 
that the pole does not slip. {E, C.) 

*Paukena, s, A pumpkin. 

Pauku, s, A native garment. 

*Pauna, s. A pound. 

*Paiina, v. To weigh. 
Pass. Paunatia. 

Paiiiiga, s. Consufnption of any- 
thing ; time or place where 
anything is consumed. 

Pawa, s. Gall-bladder. 

Pdwera, s. Heat. 

Pawera, v. To be hot; to 
burn ; to be afraid. 

Ka pawera taku ngakau -, My 
heart bums. 

Pawbakartia, ,«. A north-east 
wind, 

Pawhara, v. To cut open and 
take out the bones offish pre- 
paratory to drying them, 

£ pawhara ana ia i nga ika ; He 
is cutting open the fish. 

To burst open. 

Ka pawhara te hu ; The shoe is 
burst open. 



Pe, V. To be ripe; to be m^ 
purated ; to be soft, 

Kua pe ke nga pititi i roto ite 
kete ; The peaches are beoonw 
quite soft in the basket. 

To be stained, (e. c.) 

Pea, ad. Perhaps. 

He reo tangata pea ; Perhaps it 
is a man's voice. 

How. 

Syn. with Pehea. 

Peau, V. To be turned aside 
or away. 

Kua peau ke te ihu o te kai- 
puke ; The head of the ship has 
turned away. (E. C.) (Ngi.) 

Peha, s. Peelings or bark. 

(W.) 
Pehanga, s. Pressure, 

Ka mate au i te pehanga o te 
rakau ; I am inconvenienced by 
the pressure of the piece of wood. 

A heap. 

Te pehanga wahie e kaike mti 
ra ; The heap of firewood which 
is piled up there. (fT.) 

Pehea, ad. How. 

E haere pehea ana ia ? How is 
he going ? 

Pehea, v. To do, to act, or to 
be (in what manner.) 

Ka pehea koia to whakaaro? 
How indeed is your opinion } 

Pass. Peheatia. 

Kia peheatia tenei mahi ? How 
shall this work be done ? 

Peheatauga, s. Act of doing 
(in what manner,) 

Kia kite ano ahau i te pehea- 
tauga, ka hoki atu ai ; Let me 
see in what manner it will be done, 
and I will return. 

Pehi, s. A second captive, or 
the second person who fell. 



« 



PEH ( 117 ) 

I a Tape te mataika» i a au te 
pehi ; The first captive was taken 
by Tape, the second by me. 

Pêlu> V, To lie in a heap, 

E pehi mai ra nga rakau kei 
toa o te whare ; The sticks lie 
yonder behind the hoase. ( ^0 

I^elii, V. To press ; to restrain; 
to abolish. 
Pass. Pehia. 

Kia ata pehi ; Press gently. 

Pebiaktira, s, A species of fern 
tree, 

Syn. with Wheki. ( W.) 

Pêhipêhi, s, A return made for 
a present. 

Ko te kohi pehipehl nga ta- 
ngata ; The men are gone to col- 
lect a retam for the present. 

Bill of a door frame. 

An ambuscade. 

Pei, t?. To drive out, as people 
from their own residence. 
Peia atu te tangata kino ; Let 
the bad man be driven oat. 



Peipei, s, A lump of earth, 

Peka, s. Fork of a tree or 
plant ; a branch, 

Kaa hingahinga nga peka o te 
kumara; The lateral shoots of 
the kamara have spread out. 

A cross road. 

Fern. ^ 

Firewood, 

Haere kania he peka ; Go and 
let some firewood be cat. (B. C.) 

Pekanga, s, A turn of a road ; 
a crossway, 

Kia tae koe ki te pekanga o te 
ara, ka noho ki raro ; When you 



PEN 

arrive at the turn of the road, sit 
down. 



Pekapeka, s, A bat, 

Pêke, *. Tipper part of the 
arm ; the humerus. 

Peke, V, To arrive whollyy 
leaving none behind, 

Syn. withTapeke. {E, C.) 

Kahore ano au mea i peke ? 
Have not your things arrived ? 

Peke, V, To jump. 
Pass. Pekea. 

Pekea te awa nei; Let this 
brook be jumped over. 

*Pêke, s. A bag ; a sack, 
{First syllable very long.) 

Pekenga, s. Time, place, or 
act of jumping, 

Pekepeke, v. To be quick, 

Kia pekepeke te haere; Let 
the walking be qaick. 

Pêker6re, s, A small garment 
for the shoulders. 

Pekelua s. A basket half-full, 
carried on the back, in ad- 
dition to one that is full, 

Pena, v. To do a thing like that 
which is at a little distance 
from you. 

Pass, Penatia. 

Penatia te mahi me ta Hemi ; 
Let the work be done like that of 
James's. 

Penatdnga, *. Act of doing a 
thing like that which is at a 
little distance, 

Penei, ad. In case that ; if; 
otherwise. 



PEN 

Penei ka homai te kakahu, ka 
tokina e au te utu ; If the garment 
is given to me, the payment shall 
be fetched by me. 

Penei, V, To do a thing like this 
which is before you; to be 
like this. 



Pass» Peneitia. 

I penei ano taku haere, heoi ka 
riri te tangata ; My walking was 
like this, but still the man was 
angry. 

Pêneitanga, s. Act of doing a 
thing like this, 

Penup^nu, v. To be crushed or 
mashed, 

Kua penupenu nga kapana i 
roto i te kohue ; The potatoes are 
crushed in the pot. 

Peo, a. Begging, 

Peo, V, To beg. 

E peo kai ana te tamaiti ; The 
child is begging food. 

Pe6i, *. The name o/ a shrub. 

{Solanum.) 

Pêpe, s. A grub living in wood. 

A mass of pounded food. 

He pepe roi ; A mass of pound- 
ed femroot. 

Pepe, V, To be close together. 
Akuenei kia pepe te haere ; Let 
the walking be close together. 

Pepeha, s. Boasting, 

Ko taku pepeha tenei ; This is 
my boasting. 

Pepeke, v. To be drawn up, 
Kia pepeke ou waewae; Let 
your legs be drawn up. 

Pepepe, s, A basket, 

A butterfly ; a moth. 

The name of a plant. 



( 118 ) PET 

•P^puere, 8, The monih if 
February, 

P6ra, V, To be like that; (ê 
do anything like that, (Ben 
relates to that which is at i 
greater distance off, Penato 
what is nearer, and Penei 
to what is nearest.) 

Pass, Peratia. 

Me i pera te ahua ka pal ano ; 
If it had been like that it would 
have been well. 



Peraro, s. The name of a shell- 
fish, 

Peratanga, s. Act of doing a 
thing like that at a distance, 

Pere, s, A sling ; an arrow, 

Pêrepêre, v. To cut off weeds; 
to clear off. 

Me perepere nga taru o te mara 
nei, ka ngaki ai ; Let the weeds 
of this garden be cleared off, and 
then dig it. 

Pêrepêrenga, s. Act or time 
of clearing off; a place from 
which the weeds have been 
cleared, 

Peropero, s, A dog, 

Peru, s. Fulness about the 
eyes and lips when a person 
is angry, 

Ka tuku nga peru a to tangata ; 
The man pouts with anger. ( Ng,) 

An overhanging, 

E nui ana te peru ki waho ; 
The overhanging is great on the 
outside. 

Pêtapêta, ad. All at once; (re- 
lates to eating,) 



PET ( 1 

PêtapÊta, a. Gurmenl» that 
are worn out. 

P^tapêta, e. To be worn out. 

P^, p. To be consumed. 

Koa peto nos Mu te rougoa ; 
The medicine haa been consumed 
some time. (E. C.) 

Pêwa, s. An eyebrow. 
A enarefor. birdi. (»■.) 

Pi, «. Young bird». 

Pi, V. Tojtow. 

Kiu pi te tai ; .Tbe tide has 

Pia, a. A gum which exude» 

from trees or plants, 
Rahaere, s. The- name of a 

Kango, e. To be empty. 

Ka piango te paho ; The eto- 
mach la empty. ' 

Pie, V. To desire earnestly; 
to call. (»■.) 

Piha, s. Small kamara. 

OilU of a fish. 
Rliangaiti, c. To put into a 
heap; to gather toy ether. 

Kia pihaagaid nga papa ; Let 

tbe boards be gathered together. 

(E. C.) 

Piharau, s. A small eel. (**-.) 
Khe, s. A song sung over the 
bodies of the slain. 

Pihepihe, s. A small narrow 

mat for the waist. {«.) 

Pihi, s. A tpecies of grass. 

Khi, n. To sprinff tip. 



Kna pihi nga korau j The tur- 
nips have eprang up. 
To be watertight, as a house. 
Khipihi, s. The name of a 

Piho, s. A species of potatoe. 
Pihôihôi, a. The name of a 

Pihonga, ». Putridity. 

He pihonga ta kai nei; This 
food i- (in a state of) putridity i 

Pikau, s. A load for the back. 

Pikau,n. Carrying on the hack. 

He iiai pikau ; A peraon to 

IHkau, B. To carry on the back. 

Pata. Pikauria, 

Kahore ha taugata hei pikaa ; 
There U not a man to carry. 
Pikauuga, n. A load for the 

•Piki, s. A fig. 
Plki, V. To climb. 

PikiUa te rakau aei ki elahi 
kariilialiiii r^rnu Let this tree be 
cliinbcd Ibr saxat karakae for us. 
To ascend a hill. 
Pikiarero,«. Roof of the mouth. 
A creeper so called. 
Pikinga,*. Act of climbing or 



Pikitinga, s. Ascent of a hill. 
Hoake tatou ki te pik'tanga ; 
Let UB proceed on to the ascent. 
Pikitara, «. A verandah. 

A species of eel. ( ff .) 

Piko, «. A bend ; a curve. 



PEN 



( 118) 



PET 



Penei ka homai te kakahu, ka 
tokina e au te atu ; If the garment 
is given to me, the payment shall 
be fetched by me. 

P^nei, V. To do a thing like this 
which is before you; to be 
like this. 

Pass» Peneitia. 

I penei ano taku haere, heoi ka 
riri te tangata ; My walking was 
like this, but still the man was 
angry. 

Pêneitanga, s. Act of doing a 
thing like this. 

Penup^nu, v. To be crushed or 
mashed, 

Kua penupenu nga kapana i 
roto i te kohue ; The potatoes are 
crushed in the pot. 

Peo, a. Begging. 

Peo, V. To beg, 

E peo kai ana te tamaiti ; The 
child is begging food. 

Pe6i, *. The name of a shrub. 

{Solanum.) 

Pêpe, s. A grub living in wood. 

A mass of pounded food. 

He pepe roi ; A mass of pound- 
ed femroot. 

Pepe, V, To be close together. 
Akuenei kia pepe te hacre ; Let 
the walking be close together. 

Pepêha, s. Boasting, 

Ko taku pepeha tenei ; This is 
my boasting. 

Pepeke, v. To be drawn up. 
Kia pepeke ou waewae; Let 
your legs be drawn up. 

Pêpepe, s, A basket. 

A butterfly ; a moth. 

The name of a plant. 



•P^puere, s. The month of 
February, 

P6ra, V. To be like that; to 
do anything like that, (Pert 
relates to that which is at a 
greater distance off, Pena to 
what is nearer, and Penei 
to what is nearest.) 

Pass. Peratia. 

Me i pera te ahua ka pai ano ; 
If it had been like that it would 
have been well. 

Peraro, s. The name of a shell- 
fsh. 

Peratanga, s. Act of doing a 
thing like that at a distance. 

Pcre, s. A sling ; an arrow. 

{W.) 

Pêrepêre, v. To cut off weeds; 
to clear off. 

Me perepere nga taru o te mara 
nei, ka ngaki ai ; Let the weeds 
of this garden be cleared off, and 
then dig it. 

Pereperenga, s. Act or time 
of clearing off; a place from 
which the weeds have been 
cleared, 

Pêropêro, s, A dog, 

Peru, s. Fulness about the 
eyes and lips when a person 
is angry, 

Ka tuku nga peru a to tangata ; 
The man pouts with anger. ( Ng.) 

An overhanging. 

E nui ana te peru ki waho ; 
The overhanging is great on the 
outside. 

Pêtapêta, ad. All at once; (re- 
lates to eating.) 



PET 

Pêtapêta, s. Garments that 
are worn out. 

Pêtapêta, v. To be worn out» 

Pêto, V, To be consumed. 

Koa peto noa atu te rongoa ; 
The medicine has been consamed 
some time. {E. C.) 

Pewa, s. An eyebrow. 

A snare for birds. (w.) 

Pi, *. Young birds. 

Pi, V. To flow. 

Kua pi te tai ; ^The tide has 
flowed. 

Pia, s. A gum which exudes 
from trees or plants, 

Piahaere, s. The^ name of a 
plant, 

Plango, V. To be empty. 

Ka piango te poho ; The sto- 
mach is empty. 

Pie, V. To desire earnestly; 
to call. (fF.) 

Piha, s. Small kumara. 

Gills of a fish. 

Pihangaiti, v. To put into a 
heap ; to gather together. 

Kia pihangaiti nga papa ; Let 
the boards be gathered together. 

{E. C.) 

Piharau, s, A small eel, (^.) 

Pihe, *. A song sung over the 
bodies of the slain. 

Pibepihe, s. A small narrow 
mat for the waist, («.) 

Pihi, *. A species of grass. 

{R.) 

Pihi, V. To spring up. 



( 119 ) PIK 

Kua pihi nga korau ; The tur- 
nips have sprung up. 

To be watertight^ as a house, 

Pihipihi, s. The name of a 
bird, 

Piho, s. A species ofpotatoe. 

Pihdihoi, s. The name of a 
bird, 

Pihonga, *. Putridity, 

He pihonga te kai nei; This 
food is (in a state of) putridity ; 
i. e.y putrid. 

Pikau, s. A load for the bach. 

Pikau, a. Carrying on the back. 
He kai pikau ; A person to 
carry. 

Pikau, V. To carry on the back. 

Pass. Pikauria. 

Kahore he tangata hei pikau ; 
There is not a man to carry. 

Pikaunga, ,s, A load for the 
back. 

*Piki, *. A fig. 

PIki, V. To climb. 

Pikitia te rakau nei ki etahi 
karaka ma tatou ; Let this tree be 
climbed for some karakas for us. 

To ascend a hill. 
Pikiarero,*. Roof of the mouth, 
A creeper so called. 

Pikinga, s. Act of climbing or 
ascending, 

Pikitanga, s. Ascent of a hill. 
Hoake tatou ki te pik'tanga ; 
Let us proceed on to the ascent. 

Pikitara, s, A verandah, 

A species of eel, (w.) 

Piko, «. A bend ; a curve. 



PIK 



( 120) 



PIR 



Hei te piko o te awa tatou noho 
ai ; Let ua sit at the bend of the 
river. 

Piko, a. Bending ; curved. 
He tuara piko ; A curred back. 

Piko, V, To be bent ; to stoop; 
to bend, 

Ka piko te rakau, meake whati ; 
The tree bends, it will soon 
break. 

Pik6k6, *. The name of a bird, 
Syn. with Tui, 

Pikoko, V, To be hungry, 

Pikonga, s, A bending; time of 
bending, 

Pikopiko, *. The name of a 
plant, 

Pimirumiru, s. The name of 
a bird, 

Pinaku, s, A war canoe. 

Syn. with Pitau. {W,) 

Pine, V, To be close ; to be 
near. 

Pingao, s, A plant growing 
near the seaside, 

Pingau, s. Strings of a mat. 

The name of a plant. 

Pingore, v. To bend, 

Pin^ore noa te arawhata ; The 
bridge bends. 

Pinohindhi, v. To put hot 

stones upon meat in an oven, 

for the purpose of cooking it, 

Pinohinohia ta tatou poaka ; 

Let hot stones be put upon our 

pork. 

Pinono, v. To beg for food, 

iW,) 

Pio, s. To go out ; to be ex- 
tinguished. 



Kua pio te kora ; the fire is 
gone out. {B,) 

Pi6e, V, Dryfrewood* («,)■ 

Pi6i6i, s. The name of a bird, 

Pi6ka6ka, v. To stiip off^ 

Pass. Piokaokangia. 

Piokaokangia he . peha mo ta 
tatou ahi ; Let some bark be strip- 
ped off for our fire. (FT.) 

Piokeoke, s, A small shark, 

■ 

Piopio, *. The name of a bird. 

Pipi, s, A cockle. 

Pipi, a. Not arrived at per- 
fection ; half grown ; not 
hard. 
He iwi pipi ; A race half -grown. 

Kpipi, s, A turkey, 

Pipiwharaurda, s. The name of 
a bird, 

Pirahu, 

Piraka, 

Pirakaraka, 

Piraku, 

Pirangi, v. To be passionately 
in love with ; to like, 

Pirara, v. To be open ; to be 
wide apai't, 
■ A no nga moko o Tohu pirara ^ 
ana ; The tattooing of Tohu is 
open, or cut deep. Ka pirara nga 
waka ; The canoes separate. Pi- 
rara ana te awa ; The bed of the 
river branches out. 

Pirata, v. To be sharp. 

Pirata ana te toki nei ; This axe 
is sharp. 

Pirau, s. Rottenness, 

He pirau no nga kai i mahue 
ai ; A rottenness of the food was 
the reason they were left. 



>s. Firewood, (/?.) 



PIR 



( 121) 



PIW 



iHirau, a. Rotten, 

Pirau, V, To he rotten. 

To go out; to be extinguished, 
Homai he wahie keiwha pirau 
te ahi ; Give us some firewood be- 
fore the fire goes out. 

Pirautdnga, s. Rottenness; 
time of being rotten, 

Piri, V, To be close ; to stick ; 

to skulk, 

Kua piri mai te waka ; The 
canoe is close. Piri tonu te paru, 
e kore e ma te kakabu ; The dirt 
sticks quite close, the garment 
will not become clean. 

Pirihongo, a. Keeping close. 

He tamaiti pirihongo ; A child 
that cannot leave its parents. (1^.) 

Kringa, s. Act or time of being 
close or near, 

Piripiri, *. The name of a 
plant, 

(Goniocarpus tetragynus,) 

Piripiriwhata, s. The name of 
a shrub, 

(Carpodeitts aerratus,) 

Pirita, s. The name of a creep- 
ing plant» 

Syn. with Kareao. (E, C.) 

iE^tdka, s, AnimalculcB ad- 
hering to the rocks, 

Piro, s, A disagreeable smell, 

Piro, s. Stinking, 

Piro, V, To smell disagreeably, 

Piroku, V, To go out ; to be 
extinguished, 

Ka piroku te ahi ; The fire is 
going out. 

Pirori, s, A hoop made to play 
with. 



Pirori, v. To roll along or 
jump, as a ball. 

To plant potatoes, 

I haere mai ahau i te pirori pa- 
rareka; I have returned from 
planting potatoes. {E, C) 

Pitau, s, A war canoe, 
A species of fern tree, 
Syn. with Koran. 
*Pititi, s. The peach tree, 

Pito, s. End of anything. 

The navel, 

Pit6it6i, *. The name of a 
small land bird. 

The name of a sea bird, 

Pitokite, s, A stingy person. 

{Ngt.) 

Piu, V, To throw; to toss, 

Piua mai te pito o te wakaheke; 
Let the end of the rope be tossed 
hither. 

Piupiu, *. The name of a 
plant, 

Piupiu, V, To vibrate; to move 
up and down ; to wave. 

Kua piupiu te pu o Raka ; The 
gun of Rskka has moved to and 
fro. 

Piwai, *. Small kumara, 

Piwai, V. To dig. ( /r.) 

Piwakawaka, s. The name of 
a bird, 

Piwari, v. To be bent, as a 
bough or branch. 

Piwatawata, a. Open ; full of 
holes. 

He paraikete piwatawata ; A 
blanket full of holes* 



PIW 



Kwatawdta, v. To be full of 

holee; to be open, 

Ka piwatawata mai nga patu o 
te whare ; The walls of Sie house 
are fall of holes. 

Po, «. Night ; season. 

Place of departed spirits, 

Po, V, To be late; to be night. 

Pass, PoDgia. 

Ka pongia taton aknenei ;• We 
shall soon be overtaken by night. 

*Pôaka, *. A pig; pork. 

Voajiengsi, s, A species of cle- 
matis, 

Poapda, *. A bait, 

P6ap6a, v. To allure by a 
bait; to entice. 

Pass, Poama. 

Me poa te mann ki te kaanga, ka 
man ai ; Let the bird be enticed 
-with com, and it will be caught. 

Pdangdnga, s. The skull, 

Poauau, s, A mistake ; a con- 
fusion, 

Poduau, V, To be mistaken; to 
be confused, 

Poauau, a. Mistaken, 

Pdha, s, A native basket. 

Pohaha, v. To be split open, 
Pohaha ana te putea ; The bag 
is split open. 

Pdhe, V, To be dried up; to be 
withered, 

Kua pohe nga ran o te rakau ; 
The leaves of the.tree are dried up. 

To be blind, (Ngt.) 

jPohehe,*. A mistake; an error, 

Pohehe, v. To be mistaken, ^c. 



( 122 ) POK 

Pohewaliewa, s, A mistake, 
Pohêwahêwa, v. To be mistaken, 

P6ho, *. Pit of the stomach; 

the chest, 
Pohoi, *. A bunch of feathers 

worn in the ear, 

P6hue, s. The name of a 

plant, 
Pohiieh^e, s. The name of a 



creeper, 

{Polygonum eomplexum,) 

The name of a creeper. - 

{Calysiegia sephEM,) 

Pohtihu, V. To be assembled, 
Pohnhu ana nga tangata ; The 
men are assembled together. 

To cluster round. 

Me te ngaro e pohuhu nd; 
They cluster round like flies. 

Poliutu, *. A noise made tmth 
the hands in the water by 
persons bathing, 

PoMtuhlitu, V, To be splashed, 

Homai he takai mo nga tapu- 

tapu kei pohutuhutu ; Give me a 

covering for the goods that they 

may not be splashed. 

Pohlitukawa, s. The name of 

a tree, 

{Metrosideros iormeniosa.) 

Poi, s, A ball. 

Poihewa, *. A small basket for 
cooked food. 

Poi6io, s. First shoot ofpota- 
toe or kumMra. 

Pdipoi, V. To dandle ; to move 
vp and down, 

Poipoia te tamaiti nei; Toss 
the child about. 

Poka, *. A hole in the ground. 



POK 



(123 ) 



POK 



PiSka, 0. To make a hole in the 
ground, in wood, ^c. 

To invent; to do anything 
without authority. 

Pan, Pokaia. 

Na wai i mea kia poka te haere 
It» reira? By whom was it said 
that yoa were to go that way 
without leave ? 

Me poka te rakau nei i Let a 
hole be made in this wood. 

Pdkai, «. A ball of twine, ^c, 

Pdkai, V. To wind in a ball, 

Poii, Pokaia. 

Ma wai e pokai te aho ? By 
whom shall the line be wound up ? 

Pdkaik&ha» v. To be confused, 

Ka tae matou ki te wahi ngaru 

ka pokaikaha matou ; When we 

reached the part where the waves 

were rough we were confused. 

Poldtka, s, A storm ; a squall. 

Heat, 

He pokaka no te whare i ma- 
huiB ai; In consequence of the 
heat of the house we left it. 

(E, C) 

Pokaku, V. To be in doubt ; to 
be mistaken ; to bungle ; to 
be confused, 

Pdkanda^ s. An invention, 

A tiling done without reason, 

P6kaii6a, a. Performing a work 
of one's own accord. 

He tangata pokanoa; A man 
who does anytidng of his own 
accord. 

P6kan6a, m. To do a thing of 
one^s oum accord, 

Pdkapoka^v. To plant in holes. 



Me pokapoka nga kapana ki te 
papatu ; Let the potatoes be 
planted on the new ground. 

Pdkapu^f. Middle; centre, 

Pokarekire, v. To ripple» 

Pokij*et4iiga, s. A ripple, 

Marino tonu te moana, hore 
rawa he pokaretanga ; The sea is 
quite calm, there is no ripple. 

P6ke, s, A short axe, 

P6ke, V, To be dirty ; to be 
stained. 

Kei poke te whare; Do not 
dirty the house. 

To appear as a spirit, 

Ka poke mai te tupapaku ka 
wehi koe ; If the d^ person 
appears you will be afitud. 

Pôkeka, v. To be perplexed, 

Pdkeke, a. Small. 

He mara pokeke ; A small farm. 

Pokêkê, V, To be sullen, 

P6kenga, s. Act or time of 
making dirty, 

P6kep6ke, v. To mix up, as 
flour in baking. 

Me pokepoke he taro aianei; 
Let bread be made to-day. 

P6kere, s. Pulpy part of the 
Tawa berry, 

Pokere, ad. In the dark, 

Ka haere pokere atu te tangata 
i konei; The man goes in the dark 
from this place. 

P6kerehu, s. The ripe fruit 
of the Tawa tree, 

P6kerehli, adv. Without cause , 
I patua pokerehutia noatia iho 
e au taku tamaiti ; I beat my 
child without cause. 



POK 



( 124 ) 



POP 



F6ki, V. To cover «/» mi oven 
with earth. 

Pokia ta Utou umu ; Let our 
oven be covered up with earth. 

Poko, r. To go out, as fire. 
Uomai he peka kei poko te 
ahi ; Give me some firewood that 
the fire may not go out. (£. C) 

Pokohiwi, 8. A shoulder. 



He pongapong;a tenei tani; 
Thb mode of working is caBed 
pODgaponga. (JS. C.) 

Pongere, ». To smother; io 
pother. 

Pongere ana te auahi ; Hie 
smoke pothers. 

Pongeretanga, s. Act of mak- 
ing a pother. 



( E. C.) I P(5ngi, s, A native girdle. 
P6korêhu, *. A,he». (r.) , p^^gipongi, ,. An eddy wmd. 



Pokorua, s. An ant. 

A pit ; a hollow. 
PokowMwhi, 9. A shoulder. 
Pokiirukuru, 8. A lump. 
Pokuruktiru, r. To be lumpy. 
Pona, 8. A joint of the body. 

A knot. 

A string offish. 

Pona, V. To tie in a knot. 

Pass. Ponahia. 

Ponana, s. Perplexity; con- 
fusion. 

He ponana i mahue ai nga pu- 
kapuka ; The letters were le^ be- 
hind, through the confusion. 

(JB. C.) 

P6nap6na, s. A joint of the 
body, particularly the knee^ 
the elbow, the ankle, and the 
wrist. 

Ponga, s, A fern tree. 

{Cyathea dealbata.) 

Pongakawa, v. To consume. 
Kua pongakawatia te kai ; The 
food is consumed. 

Pdngapdnga, *. A nostril. 

Name of a particular mode of 
preparing timber. 




Pongipongi, v. To be cool; to 
be windy. 

Ka pongipongi konei ; This 
place b windy. 

Pongiangia,*. Tattooing on the 
lower part of the nose. 

Pongiiru, V. To emit smoke 
without fame. 

Ponguru ana te paoa o te ahi ; 
The smoke of the fire issues in a 
cloud. 

Poniania,^. Lower part of the 
nose. 

Pdno, *. Truth. 

He aha te pono ? What is truth? 

Pono, a. True. 

Pono, ». To be true. 

Pondnga, *. A slave; a servant; 
a captive. 

Pdnonga, *. Truth. (^.) 

P6nonga, a. True. 

He korero pononga tau ; Thy 
speech is true. ( IF.) 

P6po, V. To be pointed. 

Ma tawhiti e titiro Maungatani- 
wha popo tonu ana a runga; If 
Maungataniwha be looked at from 
a distance it is quite pointed at 
the top. 

To knead; to mix up. 






POP 



Ma wai e popo te para ? By 
whom shall the mortar be mixed 
up ? 

Te sit around food; to 
crowd around^ 

Popo iho nga pi Id te kuini ; 
Thebees crowd around the queen. 

To anoint/ 

Me popo Id te hinu ki te koko- 
wai; Let it be anointed with oil 
and red ochre. 

To pat gently with the hand. 
Popotia te tamaiti Ida mutu ai 
te tangi ; Pat the child that it 
may leare off crying. 

Popoa, s. Sacred food eaten 
on account of the dead, 

Popohe, V, To be unthered. 

Popdia, *. Handles of a basket, 

Pdpoki, s. A lid ; a cover. 

Pdpokonia, s. An ant, 

Popokotea, s. The name of a 
bird, 

Pdpono, a. Covetous ; greedy, 

Pdpono, V. To be covetous, 
Oti ka popono koutou ki nga 
kota o Te Mahia ? Are you then 
covetous about the shells of Te 
Mahja^2 

Popore, V, To desire ; to wish 
amdously for. 

Poporo, s. The name of a 
shrub, 

(Solanum laeiniatum,) 

A potatoe turned black in the 
sun. 

Poporoihêwa, s. The name of 
a bird. 



( 125 ) POR 

Haere ana te poporoihewa, 
noho ana te kiore ; The poporoi- 
hewa went away, but the rat re- 
mained. 

Poporokdiwhiri, s. The name 

of a tree, 

(Hedyearia sedbra.) 

Pdra, V. To beflat^ as a roof. 
Ka pora te whare ; The house 
has a flat roof. 

Porae, *. The name of a fish. 

Pdrae, v. To anoint, 

Pordhurdhu, s. Mistake. 

Sorrow on account of some- 
thing lost. 

Pdrangi, *. Haste, 

A person deranged. {E, C.) 

Porangi, a. Hasty ; deranged. 

Pdrangi, v. To be in haste ; 
to be deranged. 

He aha tau e porangi nei ? 
What are you in a hurry about ? 

Pordra, v. To be open ; to be 
broken. 

E porara ana a raro o te kete 
koia i komama ai ; The bottom of 
the basket is open^ therefore it fell 
out. 

Pdraurdha, a. Confused. 

P6re, s, A starting, as in sleep. 

Porêarêa, s. Noise ; teasing ; 
annoyance. 

Shame. 

Porearea tahi ; What a noise 
you make. {E, C.) 

Pdrekepu, v. To be broken off 

short. 

Porekepu te rakau i waenga* 
nui; The tree was broken off short 
in the middle. (E. C) 

h2 



POR 



{ 12« ^ 



POR 



Poroki, r. To speak at thetinu 
of departure. 

Ka poroki ibo Id a mana'In 
kiere ata koe apopo ; He spoke 
to us on ooming away ihat yoa 
sliould go to>morrow. 

Pôronga, #. Act of finishing ; 

a termination, 

Ko te poronga tenei o tanako- 
lUs was the end of hb 



Pdpq)6re, r. To hefmtmi witk Porokere, r. To he broken ff 
hunger. 

E ponpore 
M J stoaadi is funt witk kaager. 

Porêteivte,#. JspeeietofdmcJt. 

Porewarewa, #. J wuiJ person. 

Pori, s. Collops of fat. 

J tribe, 

Ko wai te ingoa o to koutoa 
pori ; Miluit is tke name of roar 

tribe, {£'. C.) 

Porihawa, s. The name of a 

bird, Porongaua, s. Throat of a 

Poriro,*. An illegitimate child. -^*^" 

PiSro, s. An end; a termination, P^^roporo, s. The name of a- 

JUL P^^^' 

A bfoek. (Solanum,) 

Kei kea te poro rakan ? Wheie , 

is the block of wood ! Pororam, s. A bewildering. 

Poro, r. To terminate ; to be Pororam, r. To be bewildered, 

finished, ; Pororere, a. Broken off short. 

Taihoa, kia poro te kai ki te ^i ' • oi ^ ^ 

whenaa; Byandbye.let the plant- Poron, *. isiowness ; want of 

ing of the food in the ground be : activity, (e, C.) 

finished. (B.C.)\ j ^^^^ ^y ^^^^^^ ^^ ^^ 

Poroaki, s. Last words spoken \ breech, 
tchen departing. 



Na te Waikeri te poroaki Ida 
hoatu he kapana man ; It was 
Waikeri's last speech to give some 
potatoes for yoa. 

Poroaki, v. To speak at the 
time of departure. 

P6rohe, s, A large muscle. (jR.) 

Young of the fish mohi. 

Porohtiri, v. To upset ; to over- 
turn; to tumble one over 
another. 

Pdrokaki, s. Back of the neck. 

{E. C.) 



j Porori, a. Slow; dilatory. 

He tangata porori ki te haere ; 
A man slow to walk. 

Not bored ; — relative to the 
ears. 

Porori, V. To be slow ; to be 
dilatory. 

Pdrorua, s. A thistle^ 
Pdrotaka, a. Round. 
P6rotawa,«. A fungus on trees. 

Pdrotutuki, v. To terminate. 
Kna porotutuki mai te awa ; 
The river has terminated. 



POR 



( 127) 



POU 



P6r6tutlikit4nga, *. Termina- 
tion of a navigable stream. 

PdrowMta, *. A circle; a 
wheel, 

Pdrowbiu, ». To throw. 
Pass. Porowhiua. 

Poruku, a. Doubled up. 

Poruku, V. To double up. 

Ponikuhia te kete ; Let the bas- 
ket be doubled up. 

Poruru, a. Thick ; close to- 
gether, a^ plants. 

Potae, s. A covering for the 
head. 

P6taitaka, ». To appear to 
turn round ; to be giddy, 

Ka potaitaka te whenua ; The 
earth seems to turn round. 

P6taka, s. A top, 

Potakataka, v. To be round; 
to be circular. 

Kia potakataka te taiepa nei ; 
Let this fence be circular. 

Potangotango, «. To be dark. 
Potangotango ana te rangi ; The 
heavens are dark. 

Potapota, V. To be broken to 

pieces. . 

Potapota noa te waka i te tai ; 
The canoe is broken all to pieces 
with the surf. 

Potatu, V, To be impatient ; 
to be in a hurry. 

E potatu ana ki te haere \ He 
is in a hurry to be gone. {JR. C.) 

Potatutatu, *. Trouble, 

Potêretere, v. To be dripping 
wet, 

Poteretere ana oku kakahu; 
My clothss.are dripping wet. 



Pot^te, a. Curly. 

Potete, 0. To speak frequently . 
Potete tonu kia patua ahau ; 
He was continually talking of 
killing me. 

P6ti, *. A large basket for 
cooked food. 

An inner corner, as of a room, 

A cat. 

Pdtiki, *. A child; a youngest 
child. 

P6tip6ti, s. A shrimp. 

Poto, a. Short. 

P(5to, V. To be short. 

To have arrived. 

Kua poto mai nga mea i runga 
i te kaipuke ; The things have 
arrived from on board the ship. 

Poturi, V. To be deaf, 

Poturi ana aku taringa; My 
ears are deaf. 

Pou, s. A post for a house or 
fence. 

Pouaka, s, A box, 

Pduakakiwa, s. Chief place 
of residence, 

Pduaru, s. A widower, or 
widow, 

Poue, s. The name of a shell- 
fish. 

Pdupou, s. Small pegs or 
stakes. 

Pdupou, V. To fix into the 
earth. 
Pass. Poua. 

Me poupou nga tia o te teneti ; 
Let the stakes of the tent be fixed 
into the ground. 



POU 



To be steep, 

Poupou toa te pikitanga nei ; 
The ascent is very steep. (E, C.) 

To be high in the heavens, 
Ka poupou te ra ka whakatika 
maton ; When the sun was high 
up we set out. {E, C) 

Pduri, *. Darkness. 

P(5uri, a. Dark; sad; gloomy; 
sorrowful, 

P6uri, V, To be dark. 

Pduritanga, *. Darkness ; time 
of darkness, 

P6uto,«. Floats of a net, being 
short pieces of light wood. 

P6uto, V, To cut asunder» 

Foutoa te kauru o te rakau ; 
Let the top of the tree be cut off. 

Poutdkomanawa, s. Middle 
post of a native house upon 
which the ridge pole rests, 

Poutumaro, v. To be high up, 
as the sun, {e, c.) 

Pdwhaitere, s. A green parrot. 
Syn.. with Kakariki. 

Powhdruwharu, s. A quick- 
sand ; earth or sand into 
which the feet sink, {e. c) 

Powhaniwharu, v. To sink 
into the sand or earth. 

Ka powharuwharu hga waewae 
ki te one ; The feet sink into the 
sand. (E. C.) 

PowMriwhiri, v. To whisk 

about, 

Powhiriwhiria ta taton rama 
kia marama ai ; Whisk about the 
torch that it may give light. 

(E, C.) 



( 128 ) PUA 

Powhiriwhiri, *. Prooisio» 
carried by travellers, (b. c.) 

PowMwhi, *. A creeping plant, 

Pu, a. Identical ; precise. 

Ko te kainga pu tend ; This is 
the very place. He whanaonga 
pu a Kawiti ki a Te Koki ; Kawiti 
is a near relative to Te Koki. 



Pu, s. A tribe. 

Ko te pu tenei o Tipare ; This 
is Tipare's tribe. 

A gun ; a musket, 

Pu, V. 

Ka whakatikia ki te kai ka pu 
te ngakau. 

Pua, s, A flower. 

Seed, 

Pua, V. To roll up a garment ^ 

and hold it in one hand^ 

while a person swims with 

the other, 

Puaia tou kakahu ; Let your 
garment be held in one hand. 

Ptiaha, s. Mouth of a river. 

Puahatanga, s. A mouth or 
opening. 

Puaka, s. Small dry branches. 

Flower qf a plant, 

Piiakaha, v. To be open ; to 
be attentive, 

Kia puakaha mai ou taringa ; 
Let your ears be open. (^*) 

Puaki, V. To speak ; to dis- 
close. 

Kia puaki mai tou waha ; 
Speak you ; or. Let your mouth 
speak. 

Pu^giangi, v. To be cool; 
to be refreshing. 



PUA 



£ puangiangi mai ana te hau ; 
The wind is refreshing. (^^'^O 

Puanu, V. To be cool, 

Fuann ake ana te hau o te pari 
nei ; The wind comes cold up this 
precipice. 

Pdao, V, To dawn. 

Ka puao te ra, ka haere tatou ; 
The day dawns, let us go. 

Ptiadtanga, «. Time of dawn. 
Hei te puaotanga tatou ka hae- 
re ai ; Let us go at the dawn. 

Puaptia,*. A garment wrapped 
round the arm as a defence 
from a blow infighting, 

A shield. 
Puatea, 8. The name of a 

plant, 

{Gnaphalium.) 

Puare, s. An opening. 

I na te puare o te taiepa nga 
poaka ; The pigs came in by the 
opening of the fence. 

Puare, a. Open. 

Puare, v. To be open. 

Kua puare te tatau ; The door 
is open. 
Puataata. a. Op^n ; full of 

holes. 
Puataata, v. To be open ; to 
be full of holes. 
*Puatawbiwhi, s. The name of 

a creeper. 

(Parkinsonia.) 

Puawai, s. A flower. 

Puawananga, s. The name of 

a creeper, 

{Clematis indivisa.) 

Puea, V. To rise to the sur- 

face, 

Ka puea mai te tohora ; The 
whale rises to the surface. 



( 129 ) PUH 

Ptiehu, «. Dust. 

Ptiehu, V. To be covered with 

dust ;■ to flg, as dust. 

E puehu ana te nehu ki runga 

ki te kai ; The dust flies over the 

food. 

Pueku, *. A barren plant ; — 
relating to potatoes or maize. 

Puêtoêto, s. A bird which 

frequents the swamps. 
Ptiha, s. Gills of a fish. 

Puhake, r. To befall. 

Ka puhake rawa, rite tonu ki 
nga niao te wai ; It is quite full,, 
the water is level with the gun- 
wale. {W.) 

Puhanga, s. A species of eel. 
Act or time of shooting. 
Ptihangaiti, v. To collect ; to 
gather ; to put into a heap, 

{W.) 

Puhapuha, v. To be full as a 

river. 

Puhapuha ana te wai toka tonu 
i runga ; The water is full up to 
the brim. 

Puhi, s, A woman betrothed. 

A person much esteemed; a 

pet. 
A species of eel. 

Puhihi, s. Seed potatoes which 
throw up a very weak sprout. 

Puhihihihi, s. Rigidity of the 

hair. 

He puhihihihi no te upoko ; 
A stiffness, or unpliableness of the 
hair of the head. 

Puhik6rok6ro, s. A species of 

eel. 
Puhipuhi, s. Feathers with 

which canoes are ornamented. 



PUH 



(130) 



PUK 



\ 



Pdhiptilii, V. To grow vigo- 

rously, 

Ka pohipahi te tupa o te ka- 
pana; The shoot of the potatoe 
grows vigorously. 

To blow, 

Puhoi, a. Deaf; dull ; slow. 
He waka puhoi ; A slow canoe. 

Puhonga, a. Stinking ; offen- 
sive» 

Puhore, a, Unsuccesejul in 
catching fish, 

Ptihoro, 8, Tattoo on the thigh. 
Bad weather, (n.) 

Pdhoru, *. A term applied to 

cockles which do not open 

when cooked. 

He pipi puhoru ; Cockles which 
will not open. 

Pdhou, s. The name of a shrub, 
Syn. with Tnpakihi. 

Pdhua, V, To dig up potatoes 
remaining in the ground after 
the crop has been taken up. 
Pass, Puhuatia. 

Ptibuki^ s, Dullfiess; blunt- 
ness, 

Pdhuki, a. Dull; blunt, 

Puhuki, V, To be dull, ^c, 

Ka puhuki taku toki ; My axe 
is hlunt. 

Pui, V, To make up into bun- 
dies ; to wind up. 

Puia te aho ; Let the line be 
wound up. Puia nga raupo mo 
te whare ; Let the raupo for the 
house be tied up into bundles. 

Ptiia, s. A volcano. 

A bush. 



Piiia, V, To smart. 

Ka puia aku kanohi i te an ; 
My eyes smart with the smoke. 

Pdihihi^ s. Strings of a mat. 

Piika, V, To be jealous, (ir.) 

To pant. 

Ka puka taku manaWa i te oma- 
oma ; I pant from nmning. 

Puka, s. A spade. 

A cabbage. 

The name of a tree, 

{Polygonum auairaie.) 

Pukdha, *. The refuse of the 
fax leaf 

Pdkai, V. To lag in a heap, 
Pukairia nga oneone ki waenga- 
nui ; Let the earth be laid in the 
midst. {E, C.) 

Pukdka, s. Heat, 

Pukdka, V, To be hot, 

Pukdki^ s. A scrofulous swel- 
ling of the neck. 

Pdkana, s. A grinning. 

Pdkana, v. To grin ; to make 
faces. 

Piikaptika, s. The name of a 

tree, 

{BrachygloUia repanda,) 

A book; a letter. 

Paper. 

The lungs. 

Pukdtakdta, v. To be dry ; to 
crackle, 

Ptikatêa., s. The name of a tree, 

Pukauri, s. A species of shell- 
fish. 

Ptike, «• A hill. 



PUK 



(131) 



PUM 



Pukêa, ». To overflow, 

Ka pukea te wai aknenei ; The 
water will orerflow by and bye. 

Pdkeko, 9. The name of a bird. 

A potatoe fully ripe, 

Pukenga, 9. Source of a river, 

A teacher ; a model, 

Ko wai tou pukenga nana koe 
i ako ? Who is the teacher who 
instructed you ? {E, C, ) 

Pukepiike, a. Hilly. 

Ka puta mai ra nga tang;ata i te 
wahi pukepuke ; The men make 
their appearance at the hilly place. 

Piikeri, v. To tear up the 
earthy as by the current of a 
flood. 

Ptikeru, v. To blow, 

Pukeitia te kapura; Let the 
fire be blown. 

Pukohu, s, Afog; a mist, 

Pukoki, *. A self -sown potatoe, 

Pukoro, 8, A small net, 
A halo, 

Pukoro, V, To encircle. 

Ka pukoroa te marama; The 
moon is encircled with a halo. 

Ptikororda, *. A large basket. 

Pukorukdru, 8. Rotten wood, 
Ka takahia te pukorukoru ka 
ngaeki noa ; If the rotten wood is 
trod upon it yields. 

Pukdrukdru, v. To gather up 
a garment, to keep it from 
the wet. 

Puku, s. A swelling. 

The stomach, 

Puku, V. To swell. 



Ka puku taku kauae ; My jaw 
swells. 

Pdku, a. Ā secfet, 

Ehara i te mea korero, he haere 
puku ; It was not mentioned, it 
was a secret departure. 

Ptiku, flkf. Secretly; without 
speaking. 

I oma puku ia ; He ran away 
secretly.* 

Without food; fasting, 

E noho puku ana matou ; We 
are sitting without food. 

Pukupango, s, A potatoe 
turned black by exposure to 
the sun, 

Ptikupuku, s. A mat closely 
woven, which being wet is 
impervious to a spear, 

Pukuwai, s. A potatoe become 
watery from having grown. 

Pumahu, *. Warmth; heat. 
He pumahu te whenua i te ra, 
meake tupu te kai ; The earth is 
warm from the sun, the food will 
soon grow. 

Ptiinau, a. Fixed ; constant, 

' He tangata pumau ; A man 
fixed to tiie place. He kainga 
pumau ; A constant place of resi- 
dence. 

Ptimau, V, To be fixed; to be 

constant. 

Ka pumau te noho ki Hauraki ; 
His residence at Hauraki is con- 
stant. 

Pumautanga, s. Circumstance 
of being fixed or constant, 

Pdmuka, s. A thrust with a 
stick or other weapon. 

Piimuka, v. To thrust with a 
stick, ^c; to stab. 



PUH 



(130) 



PUK 



jPuhiptilii, V, To ffrow vigo- j Piiia, w. To smart. 



rofusly, 

Ka puhipuhi te tupu o te ka- 
pana ; The shoot of the potatoe 
grows vigorouslj. 

To blow, 

Puhoi, a. Deaf; dull ; slow. 
He waka puhoi ; A slow canoe. 

Puhonga, a. Stinking ; offen- 
sive» 

Puhore, a. Unsuccessful in 
catching fish. 

Pdhoro, *. Tattoo on the thigh. 
Bad weather. (n.) 

Piihoru, s, A term applied to 

cockles which do not open 

when cooked. 

He pipi puhoru ; Cockles which 
will not open. 

Puhou, s. The name of a shrub, 
Syn. with Tapakihi. 

Pdhua, V, To dig up potatoes 
remaining in the ground after 
the crop has been taken up. 
Pass, Puhnatia. 

Ptibuki^ s, Dullfiess; blunt- 
ness. 

Pdhnki, a. Dull; blunt. 

Puhuki, V, To be dull, ^c. 

Ka puhuki taku toki ; My axe 
is blunt. 

Pui, V. To make up into bun- 
dies ; to wind up. 

Puia te aho ; Let the line be 
wound up. Puia nga raupo mo 
te whare ; Let the raupo for the 
house be tied up into bundles. 

Ptiia, s. A volcano. 

A bush. 



Ka puia aku kanohi i tean; 
My eyes smart with the smoke. 

Pdihihi, *. Strings of a mat» 

Ptika, V, To be jealous, (jr.) 

To pant. 

Ka puka taku manaita i te oma- 
oma ; I pant from nmning. 

(Ngi,) 

Ptika, 9. A spade. 

A cabbage. 

The name of a tree, 

{Polygonum mtstrale.) 

Pukaha, s. The refuse of the 
fiax leaf, 

Pukai, V, To lag in a heap, 
Pukairia nga oneone ki waenga- 
nui ; Let the earth be laid in the 
midst. {E. C.) 

Pukdka, s. Heat. 

Pukdka, V, To be hot, 

Pukaki^ s, A scrofulous swel- 
ling of the neck. 

Ptikana, s. A grinning. 

Ptikana, ». To grin; to make 
faces. 

Pukapuka, s. The name of a 

tree. 

{BraehygloiHs repanda.) 

A book; a letter. 

Paper. 

The lungs. 

Pukatak&ta, v. To be dry ; to 
crackle. 

Ptikatea> s. The name of a tree. 

Pukauri, s. A species of shell- 
fish. 

Ptike, s. A hill. 



PUK 



(131) 



PUM 



Pukêa, ». To over/low, 

Ka pnkea te wai aknenei ; The 
water will overflow by and bye. 

Ptikeko, s. The name of a bird. 

A potatoe fully ripe. 

Pukenga, 9. Source of a river, 

A teacher ; a model. 

Ko wai tou pukenga nana koe 
i ako ? Who is the teacher who 
instructed you ? {E, C. ) 

Pdkeptike, a. Hilly, 

Ka puta mai ra nga tang;ata i te 
wahi pukepuke ; The men make 
their appearance at the hilly place. 

Ptikeri, v. To tear up the 
earth, as by the current of a 
food, 

Pukeru, v. To blow, 

Pukeitia te kapura; Let the 
fire be blown. 

Pukohu, ». Afog; a mist, 
Ptikoki, s, A self sown potatoe, 

Ptikoro, s, A small net. 
A halo, 

Ptikoro, «. To encircle. 

Ka pukoroa te marama; The 
moon is encircled with a halo. 

Plikororda, s. A large basket. 

Pukdrukdru, s. Rotten wood, 
Ka takahia te pukorukoru ka 
ngaeki noa ; If the rotten wood is 
trod upon it yields. 

Puk6ruk6ru, v. To gather up 
a garment, to keep it from 
the wet, 

Puku, s. A swelling. 

The stomach, 

Puku, V. To swell. 



Ka puku taku kauae ; My jaw 
swells. 

Pdku, a. Ā secfet. 

Ehara i te mea korero, he haere 
puku ; It was not mentioned, it 
was a secret departure. 

Ptiku, (zd. Secretly; without 
speaking. 

I oma puku ia ; He ran away 
secretly.* 

Without food; fasting, 

£ noho puku ana matou ; We 
are sitting without food. 

Pukupdngo, s, A potatoe 
turned black by exposure to 
the sun, 

Pukupuku, s. A mat closely 
woven, which being wet is 
impervious to a spear. 

Pukuwai, s. A potatoe become 
watery from having grown. 

Pumahu, s. Warmth; heat. 
He pumahu te whenua i te ra, 
meake tupu te kai ; The earth is 
warm from the sun, the food will 
soon grow. 

Ptimau, a. Fixed ; constant. 
' He tangata pumau ; A man 
fixed to tiie place. He kainga 
pumau ; A constant place of resi- 
dence. 

Ptimau, V. To be fixed; to be 
constant, 

Ka pumau te noho ki Hauraki ; 
His residence at Hauraki is con- 
stant. 

Ptimautanga, s. Circumstance 
of being fixed or constant, 

Ptimuka, s. A thrust unth a 
stick or other weapon, 

Ptimuka, v. To thrust with a 
stick, ^c; to stab. 



\ 



PUN ( 132 ) 

Pass. Pumukaia. 
Pdna, s, A spring of water. 

Piinaidro, 8. The name of a 
plant. 

Punania, a. Having two tvives. 
He tangata punarua; A man 
with two wives. He wahine pu- 
narua ; A woman who is one of 
two wives. 

Punaunau, s. A self -sown po- 
tatoe. (/r.) 

Punêhunêhu, v. To be covered 
with dust. 

Piinenehu, s. Dust. 

Piinga, s. An anchor ; a stone 
used as an anchor. 

A basket used for catching eels. 

An odd namber. 

E rua tekau nga tangata ko 
tahi punga ; Here are twenty men 
and one odd one. 

Pungapunga, s. Pumice stone, 

A variety of potatoes. 

A cake made from the pollen 
of the flowers of raupo. 

{E. C. 
Yellow colour. 

Pungarehu, s. Ashes. 

Pungata, r. To be dry. 

Ka pungata te toetoe o te whare; 
The grass upon the house is dry. 

Piingawerewere, s. A spider. 

Pimgorungoru, v. To be light 
or loose, as earth, 

Pimgorungoru, s. Sponge. 

KNgt.) 

Ptini, «. A company of persons, 

Ka torn puni e haere ana ; 

There are three companies who 

are going. 



PUP 

Place of encampment, 

Ko te puni tenei o te taua; 
This is the encampment of the 
army. 

Puni, a. Stopped up. 

He awa puni te Wairoa ; The 
Wdroa is a river blocked up, 

Puni, V, To be stopped up. 
Ka puni te awa ; The river is 
stopped up. 

To be covered, 

Kia rua auau ka puni te mara ; 
Let there be two baskets of seed, 
and the garden will be covered. 

Punua, s, A y&ung animal, 

[E. C.) 

Punui, V. To be close together, 

Kia punui tahi tatou te haere ; 

Let us go close together. {E. C.) 

Pupa, r. To belch. (w.) 

Ptipu, s. A general name for 
univalve shellfish. 

A bundle of things tied to- 
gether. 

Tikina nga pupu raupo i te 
repo ; Let the bundles of raupo 
be fetched from the swamp. 

Pupu, V. To tie up in a bundle. 
Pass. Pupuria. 

Pupu, V. To boil, 

Kahore ano i pupu noa te ti- 
kera ; The tea-kettle has not yet 
boiled. 

Pupuhi, V, To swell. 

Ka pupuhi taku kanohi ; My 
eye swells. 

To blow. 

Pupuhi, r. To shoot; to fire. 
Pass. Puhia. 

Pupurangi, s. The name of a 
shellfish. 



PUP 

Pupuri, V. To retain in a 
place ; to keep ; to hold, 

Poritia toku kakahn ; Let my 
garment be held. Kahore matou 
i pnritia ki te kainga ; We were 
not retuned at the place. 



PupĀru, a. 
siatence. 



( 133 ) PUR 

Piirat<5ke, *• A glow-worm ; 
phosphorescent animalcuUe in 
the sea, 

Ptirawhetu, s, A heap, as of 
potatoes, 

E ono nga purawbetu ki tahaki ; 
Thick in con- There are six heaps by the side of 

the garden. 

Pure, *. A sacred service. 

Sacred food^ 

Pdre, V, To perform a certain 
religious rite, 

Ka purea te kupenga kia mate 
ai te ika ; The ceremony is per- 
formed over the net that the fish 
may be caught. 

^'Cuok^fS, A large moth. {E, C) 

Ptirehtia, v. To emit gas, 

Ka parehua te kapura; The 
fire emit» gas. 

Purehurehu, s. A large moth, 

Purêirei, *. A tuft of grass in 
a swamp. 

Ma runga i te pureirei ; Tread 
npon the tufts of grass. ( W,) 

Ptireke, s. Outside of the flax 
leaf {W.) 

Pur^kireki, *. A tuft of grass 
in a swamp. 

He repo pai he purekireki ; It 
is a good swamp to travel through^ 
there are tufts of grass in it. 

Puremu, s. Adultery, 

Adulterous, 

To commit aduU 



Puptiru, V. To he thick in 
consistence. 

Kia pupuru te kohari kao ; Let 
the mess of kao be thick. 

Puptim, tr. To hold, (PF.) 
Syn. with Pupuri. 

Puptitu, a. Near ; close, 

Puptitu, V. To^ be near ; to he 

close, 

Kia puputu nga pouaka kia o 
ai ; Let the boxes be close that 
they may all go in 

Piira, s. An obstruction in 
the eye, 

Pdra, V, To have an obstruc- 
tion in the eye, 

Purahdrua, *. A messenger, 

{W,) 

Purakdu^ s, *An old man. {R,) 

Puranga, s, A heap, 

Puranga, v. To heap up. 

Pass, Purangatia. 

E puranga ana ia i nga kohatu 
ki te marae ; He is heaping up 
the stones in the yard. 

Ptirangatanga, s, PlacCy time, 
or act of heaping up, 

Puraptira, s. Seed of plants 
or trees, 

Purara, v. To be open; to be 
in holes. 



Puremu, a, 

Puremu, v. 
tery, 

Purena, t?. To run over. 

Purena ana te wai o te kaho ; 
The water of the cask runs over. 

Pureugi, s. A stay for a mast. 



PUR 

Ptirepi^e, v. To be spotted ; 

to he in tnfte, 

Ka pnrea Dga humhiira ki nga 
taha te ihupnni ; The hair if put 
in tufts on the sides of the mat. 

Pdrewha^ «. The name of a 
muscle, 

Ptiriri, s. The name of a tree, 

(Vite» liUeralU.y 

A handle; act 



To he stUIy as 



Ptiritanga, s. 
of holding, 

Puroto, V, 
water, 

Kahore e kaha te rere o te awa 
e puroto noa iho ana ; The river 
does not flow strongly, it is like 
Stillwater. (PT.) 

Purotu, a. Pleasant; pood ; 
clear. 

He kainga purotu ;'^A pleasant 
place. He wai purotu ; Clear 
water. (E, C.) 

Pdrou, s. J fork, (W,) 

Pdrou, a. Pulled out with a 
fork. 

He mea purou nga tuna a Ti- 
rare ; The eels Tirare caught 
were pulled out with a fork. (1^.) 

Pdrou, V, To take up with a 
fork. 

Pass, Furoua. 

Purdurou, s. The name of a 
bird, 

Syn. with Tieki. 
*Puru, s, A hull, 
Puru, *. A plug ; a cork, 

Ptiru, V, To plug up. 

Pass. Purua. 

Me puru te puta o te waka ki 
te kakahu ; Let the hole of the 



( 134 ) PUT 

canoe be plugged up with a piece 
of cloth. 

Pdru, V, To he fusty ; to be 

mouldy, (E, C.) 

{First syllable very long.)' 

Ptirua, adv. By two and two, 
Ka haere purua nga tangata; 
The men go two and two. 

Ptiruhi, 8, Afiea, 

*Pxiruma, *. A brush ; a broom, 

♦Purtima, v. To sweep, 

Ptirunga, s. Act or time of 
plugging up, 

Puruptiru, *. A chisel, 

Pdruru, a. Shady ; thick with 
branches. 

He rakau pururu ; A shady 
tree. 

Close together, 

Pururu tonu te noho ; They sit 
close together. 

Puta, s. An opening ; a hole, 

Kei hea te puta o te peke ? 
Where is the hole of the bag ? 

Piita, V, To enter. 

To come in sight, 

Ka puta te kiore ki roto ; The 
rat comes inside. 

To pass through, 

Ka puta nga ika ki waho ; The 
fishes pass out. 

Pdtake, *. Root of a tree or 
plant; reason; cause, 

Pdtanga, s. Place, time, or 
act of passing through, 

Put^gitangiatdma, s, A large 
species of duck, (E, C.) 

Putdngitdngiatda, s. The same 
as above, i^ff^') 



PUT 

P&tara, a. The name <^ a shell- 
/Uh. 

Pttt&wa, s. A large potaioe. 

Fungus on trees. 

Pute, ) s. A hag; a basket 

Putea, ) to contain clothes. 

Pdtere, «. A stranger, 

Putiki, V. To tie, as string 
round a stick. 

Pom. Putikiria. 

Ptitoa, s. The name of a plant. 

Pat6kit6ki, v. To be stunted ; 
to be shrivelled. 

He kino no te whenaa i puto. 
kitoki ai nga pakawha ; The leaves 
are shriTelled becaase the ground 
is bad. (FT.) 

Putdngamarangai, s. South- 
east wind, 

Ptitoriiio^ s. A native Jiute. 

Putoti» V. To be stunted in 
growth. 

Ptitoto, V. To be raw or bloody. 
P^to tona te poaka nei ; TMs 
|K!pKis quite bloody. 

Putu, V. To lie in a heap. 

Kei tatahi nga papa e putu ana ; 
The boards are lying in a heap on 
^e beach. 

Pdtiunga, s* Aheap. 

Putjuranga, *. Act or time of 
Reaping, 

Pttwatawata, v. To be full of 
wholes, 
i Syn. with Piwatawata. 

Pjawera, a. Warm, 
i He wai puwera ; Warm water. 

Pluwera, ij. To be warm. 



(135) RAH 

Puwêrewêre, s. A spider, 
Syn. with Pungawerewere. 

Ptiweru, s. A native mat, 

Ptiweto, s. The name of a 
bird. 

Pdwha, s. A thistle, 

Ptiwha, V. To spit out. 

Ka puwhaia nga kai ki waho ; 
The food is spat out. (E, C.) 

P6whara, *. The name of a 
parasitical plant. 

Puwharawhara, a. Deaf, 
He taringa puwharawhara; 
A deaf ear. 

Piiwhenua, «. Stay of a mast. 



R 

Ea, s. The sun ; day. 
Sail of a canoe or boat, 

Ea, ad. There. (Used oftei^ 
without any definite mean^ 
ing.) 

Ea, prep. By, 

Ra te taha o te ngahere tou 
ara ; Your road lies by the side 
of the wood. 

Eae^tf. Forehead: a promon* 
tory or headland. 

Eahi, a. Large, 

Edhi, s, A servant ; a depen* 
dent. 

Size; largeness^ 

Te rahi o tenei whare ; Thesi^e 
of this house» 



PUR 

Purepiire, v. To be spotted ; 

to he in tufts, 

Ka purea Dga humhiira ki nga 
taha te ibupuni ; The hair if put 
in tufts on the sides of the mat. 

Pdrewha, s. The name of a 
muscle. 

Ptiriri, s. The name of a tree, 

{Vitex Htioralit.) 

Ptiritanga, s, A handle; act 
of holding, 

Puroto, V, To he stiU, as 
water, 

Kahore e kaha te rere o te awa 
e puroto noa iho ana ; The river 
does not flow strongly, it is like 
Stillwater. (PT.) 

Ptirotu, a. Pleasant; good; 
clear. 

He kainga purotu ;'A pleasant 
place. He wai purotu ; Clear 
water. {E, C) 

Purou, s. A fork, (W.) 

Purou, a. Fulled out with a 
fork. 

He mea purou nga tuna a Ti- 
rare ; The eels Tirare caught 
were pulled out with a fork. {W.) 

Pdrou, V, To take up with a 
fork. 

Pass, Furoua. 

Purourou, s. The name of a 
bird. 

Syn. with Tieki. 

*Puru, s. A bull. 

Ptiru, *. A plug ; a cork. 

Ptiru, f). To plug up. 

Pass. Purua. 

Me puru te puta o te waka ki 
te kakahu ; Let the hole of the 



( 134 ) PUT 

canoe he plugged up with a piece 
of cloth. 

Pdru, V, To he fusty } to he 

mouldy, (B, C) 

{First spllalle very Umg,)' 

Ptima, adv^ By two and two. 
Ka haere purua nga tangata; 

The men go two and two. 

Puruhi, 8, Afiea, 

♦Puruma, s, A brush ; a broom, 

♦Puruma, v. To sweep. 

Ptirunga, *. Aet or time of 
plugging up. 

Puruptiru, *. A chisel. 

Pdruru, a. Shady ; thick with 

branches. 

He rakau pururu ; A shady 
tree. 

Close together, 

Pururu tonu te noho ; They sit 
close together. 

Puta, s. An opening ; a hole. 

Kei hea te puta o te p^e ? 
Where is the hole of the bag ? 

Puta, V. To enter. 

To come in sight, 

Ka puta te kiore ki roto ; The 
rat comes inside. 

To pass through. 

Ka puta nga ika ki waho ; The 
fishes pass out. 

Pdtake, s. Boot of a tree or 
plant; reason; cause. 

Ptitanga, s. Placcy time, or 
act of passing through. 

Put^gitangiatdma, s. A large 
species of duck, (E. C) 

Patdngitdngiatda, s. The same 
as above, (^ff^') 



PUT 



(135) 



RAH 



P&tara, s. The name af aehell" 
fish. 

Put&wa, ē, A large potatoe. 

Fungus on trees. 

Pute, ) ē. A bag ; a basket 

Ftitea, ) to contain clothes. 

Pdtere, s. A stranger. 

Putiki, V. To tie, as string 
round a stick. 

Pū»9. Putikiria. 

Putoa, *. The name of a plant. 

Pat6kit(5ki, v. To be stunted ; 
to be shrivelled. 

He kino no* te whenaa i puto. 
kitoki ai nga pakawha ; The leaves 
are shriTdled becaose the ground 
is bad. (FT.) 

PutdngamarAngai, s. South' 
east wind. 

Piitoiiiio^ s. A native flute. 

Pixfcoti» V. To be stunted in 
growth. 

Pdtoto, V. To be raw or bloody. 
Bglfto tonu te poaka nei ; TMs 
pf^ is quite bloody. 

Pdti, V. To lie in a heap. 
J Kei tatahi nga papa e putu ana ; 
Hie boards are lying in a heap on 
lie beach. 

Pttunga, s» A. heap. 

Ptturanga, s. Act or time of 
leaping. 

l^atawata, v. To be full of 

Wholes, 

i Syn. with Piwatawata. 

;dwera, a. Warm. 

I He wai puwera ; Warm water. 

:4wera, v. To be warm. 



Puwêrewêre, s. A spider. 
Syn. with Pungawerewere. 

Ptiweru, «. A native mat. 

Pdweto, s. The name of a 
bird. 

Ptiwha, s. A thistle. 

Ptiwha, V. To spit out. 

Ka puwhaia nga kai ki waho ; 
The food is spat out* {B, C.) 

P6wliara, s. The name of a 
parasitical plant. 

PuwharawMra, a. Deaf. 
He taringa puwharawhara ; 
A deaf ear. 

Ptiwhenda^ s. Stay of a mast. 



R 

Sa, s. The sun ; day. 
Sail of a canoe or boat. 

Ea, ad. There. (Used oftet^ 
without any definite mean^ 
ing.) 

Ba, prep. By, 

Ra te taha o te ngahero ton 
ara ; Your road lies by the side 
o f the wood. 

Bae^tf. Forehead; a promon* 
tory or headland, 

Bahi, a. Large. 

Bahi, s. A servant ; a depen* 
dent. 

Size; largeness. 

Te rahi o tenei whare ; The 8i2e 
of this house. 



; 



1 



RAH 



(136) 



RAM 



Bdhi, V, To be large ; to be 
plentiful, 

Kia rahi mai he kai ; Let the 
food be plentiful. 

Kabinga, $, Largeness ; abun- 
dance, 

Kahirdhi, a. Thin. 

He papa rahirahi ; A thin board. 

Sahirahi, v. To be thin. 
Kahirahinga, 8. Thinness. 
Hahiri, 8. A rope. 
IRahoa, r. To be filled up. 

Ka rahoa tera repo ki te rakau ; 
Thst swamp will be filled up with 
timber. {W.) 

*Si£h\x^ 8. A basket, 

Syn. with Kete. (E. C.) 

Bahui, 8. A mark denoting a 
sacred spot, as a burial- 
place ; a mark to indicate 
that shell fish, timber, flax, 
or any other commodity in 

" the neighbourhood, is to be 
preserved. 

Eahui, a. Made sacred; pre- 
served, 

Rahui, V. To make sacred; to 
preserve. 
Pass. Rahmtia. 

Eahui, 8» A herd. 
Syn. with Kahui. 

Na wai te rahui poaka nei ? 
Whose is this herd of pigs ? 

{E. C.) 

Bahurahu, s. The fern plant. 

Bdhurdhu, v. To pull about. 
He aha tau e rahurahu ki taku 
mea? Why are you pulling my 
thing about ? 

. Bdihi, 8. A 'small enclosure ; a 
pig sty. 



Eaina, ad. There. 

Eaina, conj. Or, 

Ko tenei raina, ko tera rains ? 
Is it this or that ? (E. C.) 

*Eaiona, *. A lion, 
Edka, ad. There. 

Edka, V. To be entangled. 

Ka raka aku waewae» ka hinga 
au ; My legs were entangled, and 
I fell. 

Eakapikipiki, v. To he lying 
across, as sticks. 

Eakau, *. A tree ; timber; a 
piece of wood; mast of a 
ship. 

"Reiki, a. Dry. 

He tau raki ; A dry season. 

Eaki, V, To be dried up, 

Kua raki ana kai i te ra ; His 
crop is dried up with the sun. 

Rako, 8, An albino ; a New- 
Zealander whose skin is pre- 
ternatur ally white, like that 
of a European, \and whose 
hair also is white\ 

Edkuhdnga, *. Act of scratch» 
ing, 

Eakurdku, s. An implem\eRt to 
scrape unth ; a rake; a )mall 
hoe. 

Edkurdku, r. To scrapi 
scratch. 

Pass. Rakuhia. 

Edma, 8, A torch, 

A razor, (] 

Eamarama, s, A shrub. 

{Myrtus buUma.) 

Edmi, V. To squeeze, 

■Me kowha te pipi, ka rami »1 ki 




\ 



RAN 

to wai ; Let tiie cockles be taken 
outof Uie shelli and then squeezed 
in water. 

Ba&êa,a. AhundnaU; not quid' 
fy consumed, 

Banea, v. To be abundant. 
£ ranea mai ana te tangata; 
The men are numerous. 

iBaneatanga, s. Abundance* 

Eanei, conj. Or; whether, 

Banga, v. To pull up by the 
roots, 

Ranga mai he taiawa ; Pull up 
some potatoes. {W.) 

Banga, s, A shoal offish, 

A company of persons, ' »* 

Banga, r. To dash forward; 
to rush, 

Na, ka whakatika te taua, ka 
ranga; The army rises up, it 
dashes forward. 

Bangai, s, A herd; a flock, 

(JB. C.) 

Bangai, t. To be raised up in 
a menacing attitude. 

Ka rangai nga peke o te ta- 
ngata, akuenei ka wero ; The 
arm of the man is raised up, pre- 
sently he will throw his spear. 

{W.) 

Bangapti, s. A company of 
persons, {E, C.) 

Bdngat&bi, v. To be quick; to 
rush. 

Rangatahi tou waewae; Let 
your foot be quick. 

B&ngatira, s, A chief man or 
woman, 

Bangatira, v. To be quiet ; to 
be peaceful. 



{ 137 ) RAP 

Ka whenua rangatira tenei ; 
The land is quiet» 

Bdngi^ •» Sky ; heaven. 

Division or portion of a song, 
Rangi ma te haka nei; This 
song is in two parts. 

Day; time, 

Bdngundrie^ a. Quiet; peaeer 
ful, 

B&ngimarie, v. To be quiet; to 
be at peace. 

BangimArietdnga,^. Quietness; 
peace, 

Bangip&ruhi, «. A person fully 
tattooed. 

Bangirdngi, v. To roast; to 
scorch, 

Bangirdro, s. Giddiness, 

Ka taka te rangiroro i taku ma* 
tenga ; Giddiness affects my head. 

Bangit6to, s. Black lava, 

Bango, s, A skid; apiece of 
wood laid upon the ground 
over which boats or canoes 
are dragged, 

A large meatfly, 

Syn. with Ngaro. (JB. C.) 

Bdnu, a. Mixed, 

He mea ranu te kai nei ki te 
hinu; This food is mixed with 
fat. 

Bi>nuawat6a, s. 

£ kai i te ranuawatea hei kai 
mau. 

Baordo, s, A plain; flat land. 

Bapa, s. Stem-post of a canoe. 

Flat part of a spade, 

Bdpa, V, To be entwined^ 

n2 



RAP 



( 138 ) 



RAB 



Rapa tona ki te rakaa ; It is 
entwined round the tree. 

Bdpa, T. To look/or^ 

Pan, Rapahia. 

E rapa aha ana koe ? What are 
yon looking for ? (£. C») 

Bapaki, v. To be girt up. 

Rapaki rawa nga kakahu o Ka- 
penga; Kapenga's clothes are girt 
up. 

H&pardpa, 9. Sole of the foot, 

Bapardparum^ 9, A epeciee of 
potatoe, 

B&pe, 8, A spteiee of potatoe. 

Tattooing on the breech* 

Bapoi, V. To cluster; to gather 
together, 

Te ngaro e rapoi mai ra ; The 
flies which cluster there. Rapoia 
mai nga otaota ; Gather together 
the rubbish. (W,) 

Ildpop6to, V, To be assembled, 

Bdpu, r. To look for ; to seek, 

Bara, s. A rib, 

A stage upon which kumara 
are dried after having been 
cooked in an oven, 

A shoal offish, 

Bara s. Small sticks for fire- 
wood. 

Bard, v. To sound; to roar. 
Ka rare nga waewae i te oma- 
nga ] The feet sound in running. 

"BAta, s. To be spread upon a 
stage, 

K^ rara nga tuna ki runga ki te 
ahi ; The eels are spread on a 
stage upon the fire. 

To go in shoals. 



Ka rara nga ika ki runga b te 
kaha runga; The 6dh go in shoals 
oyer the top of the net. 

To be turned round by « 
wave in landing on the sea' 
beach, 

Ka rara te poti ka tahuri ; If 
the boat is turned it will be npset 

Bara, ad. There. 

Baribu, *. Fern, 

Baranga, v. To plait, as i» 
making baskets or floor mats, 
Ran^diia he takapau moku; 
Let a mat be plaited for me. 

Barangi^ s, A row. 

£ tn ra koutou i te ranmgi ; 
Stand all of^ou in a row. 

Barata, a. Tame; quiet. 

He kararehe rarata; A tame 
animal. 

Barata, v. To be tame or quiet. 

Barau, v. To sit quietly. 

He tamariki oti koe ? e kore koe 
e rarau ki raro ? Are you a child ? 
will you not sit down quietly ? 

Barduhe, *. Fern. (JT.) 

Bardwe, v. To be ea^ ; to be 
attainable. 

E kore e rarawe tenei i a au ; 
This is not attainable by me. 

[E. C.) 
To be abundant. 

Kei te rarawe nga kai o te toa ; 
The food in the store is abundant. 

Bare, s, A stupid person. 

He rare koe ; You are a stupid 
fellow. 

B^, V. To be dull or stupid. 
To lie, 

Kei te rare tou nga rougoa; 
The medicine is still lying where 
it was; (JB. C.) 



RAR 



(189) 



RAU 



To carry. 

Maktt e rare tou kakahu ;. I 
will carry your garment. {E, C.) 

It^, *. The name of aJUh, 

Sdri, V. To he wet, 

Ka rari toka kakahu ; My gar- 
ment is wet. 

!Et£ro, %• An implement unth 
which cockles are collected, 

"BAro, prep. Below; under. 

Baru, 2 V, To be perplexed; 
'B&rur&m, S to be in difficulty, 

Ka raru taua akuenei i te nga- 
ru ; We shall be in difficulty pre- 
sently from the waves. 

IBAtSLf s. The name of a tree. 

{Meiro8i(Jero8 robusta.) 

Bdtau, pron. They, 

Syn. with ratou. 

'BktOyV, To be served toith any- 
thing i as food, ^c, 

Ka rato nga tangata i te utu ; 
The men are all served with pay- 
ment. 

Hatou, pron. They, 

Eau, 9, Leaf of a plant, 

Bau, a. An hundred, 

Baua, V, To be gathered up, 
Raua "^nga mea ki te kete ; Let 
the things be gathered into the 
basket. 

'S&\\2k, pron, personal. They two, 

Baua> pron. dem. That. 

Te tangata o raua wahi o raua 
wahi ; The people of every place; 
literally, of that place, and of 
that pkce. (E, C) 

Bauaka, s, A bed or land in 
a cultivation. (W,) 



Eauaka^ V, To be abundant f 
to suffice, 

£ kore e ranaka nga kai ; The 
food will not suffice. {E, C.) 

Baudruhe, s. Fern leaves, 

{,E. C) 

Baudwa, *• Side boards of a 
canoe, 

Eauiri, s, A fence in a rivulet 
to which an eel net is at* 
tached, 

Edukai, s. Leaves unth which 
baskets are made for cooked 
food, 

Eaukawa,^. A plant of a strong 
odour y the leaves of which are 
worn round the neck, 

Eaukeke> v. To pull about; 
to be in mischief, 

Raukeke noa te tamaiti nei, e 
kore e takoto to mea ; This child 
is mischievous, your thing will not 
be left alone. ( W,) 

Eaukura, s. A feather. 

The name of a fish, 

Eaumarie, s. The name of a 
fish. 

Eaumati, s. Summer. 

Edunuutii, s. Breadth, 

Kia pehea te raununui o nga 
pou ? How much shall be the 
breadth of the posts ? 

Edupa, s. A sore or crack in 
the skin, 

Ka mate aka waewae i te raupa ; 
My legs are sore with cracks. 

Edupa, V. To be cracked or 
chapped on the skin. 
Paas, Raupatia, 

*Eaupam,«, Apyingpan. 



RAU 



( 140 



R£I 



£&upeti, s. The name of a 
plant, 

(JSolanum,) 

S&upi, V, To cover up or bury. 
Ka raupitia te roi ki te rau ra- 
kaa ; The femroot is buried with 
leaves. 

Eaupo, 8, A ^ecies of flag ^ 
u%ed in makmg houses, 

(T^ha angtutifolia,) 

Haurarahi, s. Breadth, (PT.) 

Baureka, v. To he deceitful, 
Syn. with Tinihanga. {E. C) 

Baurekau, s. The name of a 
tree, 

Bduroha, v. To spread about, 

Raurohatia nga witi; Spread 

the wheat about* (^0 

Bawa, V, To be choked, 

Ka rawa te tamaiti i te korau ; 
The child is choked with the fern 
leaf. 

£>dwa, s. Goods; property, 
Kahore aku rawa ; I have no 
property. 

S*awa, ad. Quite ; very ; at all. 
Mate rawarawa te tamaiti nei ; 
This child is quite dead. 

£ kore rawa ahau e haere ; I 
will not by any m'eans go. 

Bawa, V, To be numerous, 

E rawa ana nga tangata , The 
men are numerous. 

Rawak6re, a. Poor; without 
property, 

Bawdru, s. The name of a 
fresh water fish, 

Bawe, s. Excellence, 

Mahue rawa tau mea te rawe ; 
Thy thing is surpassing in excel- 
lence. 



Bdwe, V. To be excellent. 

Ka rawe to kakahn ; Thy gar» 
ment is excellent. 

Baweke, a. Obstinate ; teatiaf* 
He tangata raweke ; A teaani 
man. 

Bdwenga, s. Excellence. 

Bawhi, s, A basket. 

Roiroia te rawhi ; Let the bts* 
ket be fastened up. (W,) 

Bawhiti, s. The east, (E, C) 

Bea, V, To spring up, 

Kua rea nga pi The peas 
have sprung up. {E, C) 

Behe, v. To be wrinkled. 

Ka rehe te kin; The skin is 
wrinkled. {E. C.) 

Beho, s. Badness; evil, 

Ka haere ki te reho ; It be- 
comes bad. 

Behorebo, s. The name of a 
shell-fish, 

Behu, V. To chip ; to split off 
in chips. 

Ērangi te kohatu, karehnaka 
ngawhara ; The stone is better, 
for when it is chipped it breaks. 

Behu, s. A native flute, 

Behunga, s. Act or time of 
chipping, 

Behurehu, v. To decline, as 
the sun, 

Ka rehurehu te ra, e kore tatou 
e tae ; Hie sun declines^ we shall 
not reach the place. 

Bei, s. The chest ; the breast. 

A large tooth ; a tusk, 

Beia, V. def. Press on. An ex- 
pression used in urging on 
an attack. 



r 






■ \ REI ( 141 ) 

■Itêinga, *. The place of de- 
jpar ted spirits. 

'Bi^ira, ad. There, 

Tirohia te whare me kahore i 
I reira ; Let the house be searched 
to see if it be not there. 

Beka, «. Sweet; palatable; 
nice. 

Me i paka ka reka ; If it had 
been dried it would be jsweet. 



RER 



ītêka^ s. Sweetness ; savour, 

Eeka, v. To be sweet; to be 
pleasant, 

Reka tonu nga korero; The 
speech is altogether pleasant. 

IBekanga, s. Sweetness, 

Rekangu kanohi ; A dream. 



Ka renarena te tai ; It is high 
water. (£. c.) 

Eenga, *. Goodfemroot, 

Ko tahi kete renga, ko tahi kete 
parara ; There is one basket of 
good femroot, and one basket of 
bad. 

Rengar^nga, s. The name of 
a plant, 

(Arthropodium cirrhatutn,) 

Reo, s. Speech ; a voice, 

Ko te reo o te tangata e wawa- 
ro mai nei ; The voice of the man 
which sounds here. 

Rêorêo, *. The name of a sea 
bird, 

A plain, 

Syn. with Raorao. (H.) 



Bekareka, s. An itching. 

Sweetness, (e, C) 

Eekarêka, v. To itch, 

Beke, s. A topknot ; the hair 
of the head tied in a bunch, 

A push with a stick, 

Eêkerêke, s. The heel, 

Beko, s, A white dogskin mat, 

Bemu, *. End of a potatoe 
which has no eyes upon it, 

Ko nga remu hei kai ma matou ; 
Let the ends be food for us. 

Hem or border of a garment. 

Remurda, s. The name of a 
plant, 

Hena; v. To be stretched out, 
as a garment, 

Ren a te kakahu ; Let the gar- 
ment be stretched out. 

Eenarêna, v. To be high water. 



^ • '^ \ Eepa, s. Belly of a shark sepa- 



rated from the body. 
A mat, 

Sjn. with Tatata. 

Repe, s, A species of potatoe, 

Syn. with Rape. 
Rêpo, s, A swamp. 

The name of a fish — ^StiU' 
garee,] (H.) 

Eêre, s, A waterfall, 

Eere, v. To run; to fly ; to 
sail, 

Ko apopo rere ai te kaipuke ; 
The ship will sail tomorrow. 

"R&refint, Demanding attention, 
£ hoa, rere ! O friend, at- 
tend ! {W,) 

Reredhidhi, *. Evening star, 

Rerêhu, v. To be heated, 

Ka rerehtt te okeoke; The 
oven is heated. (E, C) 

Rerêi, ad. There, 



RER ( 142 ) 

B noi mai rerei ; It lies there. 

(W,) 

Beremai, s. A large tkark, 

Berenga, s. Act or time of 
sailing or flying. 

Berepehi, s. Tattooing on the 
cheek, 

Berepariy 8, A species of crab, 

Betao> *. A covering o/ grass 
over food in an oven be/ore 
the earth is put on. 

Iteti, s, A snare. 

Beti, v. To insnare. 

iBeto^ s. Deep water, 

Beto, a. Deep. 

He wahi reto ten taha; That 
side is a de^sp place. 

Beturetu, s. The name of <a 
water plant. 

Beaa, s. The name of a shrub. 

Bewa, s. Mast of a ship, 

Bewa, r. To float; to melt, 
Kia rewa te poti ; Let the boat 
float. 

To be high up, 

Ka rewa te ra ; The sun is high 
up. Kiarew&terakau; Raise up 
the timber. {E, C.) 

Bewanga, s. Act or time of 
floating. 

Bewarewa, s. The name of a 

tree, 

{Knightia exeeha.) 

Bewha, s. Eyelids. 

Manana kau ana nga rewha \, 
The eyelids are moving. 

Bewharewha, s. A sickness; 
an epidemic. 

Bi, V. To screen ; to block up. 



« RIM 

Ka rna te hau ; The win( 
shut out. 



Biaka» v. To strain; to 
strong effort. 

Riaka ana nga nana Id tej^. 
puri i a au; The muscles m 
straining to hold me. (W^ 

Blakanga, s. Act or time nf 
lifting up. {W.) 

Maki, V. To fall out. 

To lift up. 

Rialdnaatangftriwai ; Lettile 
potatoes be lifted away. 

{W.) (B. a) 

Baanga, s. A screen. 

Homai nga raupo naka hei n- 



anga; Give us that raupo ast 
screen* 

Bie, a. Two. 

Erie; Hiere are two. (B.) 

Bienga, a. Two. 

£ rienga i a maton ; We hove 
two. {R.) 

Biha, s. Egg of a louse* 

Bika^ V. To be confused. 

I rikaia e te moe ; He was con- 
fused in sleep, 

Bikarika, v. To be cautious; 
to be moderate. 

Kihai i rikarika tana patu, ki- 
lud i titiro ; He was not cautious 
with his blows, he did not look 
about him. 

Biki, a. Small. 

Biko, V. To wane. 

Ka riko te marama ; The moon 
wanes. 

Bikoriko^ a. Dark ; twilight. 
I te ahiahi rikoriko ; At the 
evening twilight. 

Bima, a. Five. 




ItIM 

tekiu, a. Fifty. 

11, s. The name of a tree, 
(Daerydium cuprtsHmiM,) 

Seaweed, 

^Binena^ e. Linen, 
Bingarmga, e, A hand, 

Singihanga, «. Act or time of 
pouring, 

TS&nOi 9, Iron, 

Binomakawe, s, A lock of 
hair, 

Hipa, *. A boundary, {W.) 

Kipaiipa, s. Tattooing on the 
cheeks. 

Biparipa,t7. To put grass round 
the sides of a native oven, 

Riparipaia to taton hangi ; Let 
our OYen have grass put round the 
ades. 

Ripeka, s. A cross. 

Ripeka, a. Lying across. 

He ara ripeka ; A cross road. 

Bipeka, v. To lay across ; to 
mark with a cross. 

To crucify, 
Pase. Ripekatia. 

Eipi, s, A stick to kill eels with, 

{W,) 

Eipi, V. To cut, as with a knife. 
Pass. Ripia. 

Eipinga, *. Act or time of cut- 
ting, 

Riporipo, *. A whirlpool; an 
eddy, 

Riporipo, v. To whirl; to curl, 
a^ smoke, water, or wind. 



( 143 ) RIR 

Ka pabia mai e te hau ka ripo« 
ripoa te rnura o te ahi ; When it 
is blown by the wind the flame of 
the fire curls. 

Sira, s. Strength. 

Koia ano te rira o tenei tanga- 
ta ki te mahi ; The strength of 
this man for work is rery great. 

Sire, s. Deep water: 

He rire to konei ; This part is 
deep water. 

Bin, *. Anger. 

Riri, a. Angry. 

Eiri, V. To be angry. 

Riria te tangata kia hoki ; Be 
angry with the man that he may 
return ; more literally, Let the 
man be angered with. 

Biriki, a. Small. 

Eiringa, *. Act or time of being 
angry, 

Eiringi, v. To pour out. 
Pass. Ringihia. 

Ringihia he w^ i roto i te ka- 
raha ; Let some water be poured 
out of the calabash. 

Eirio, V. To be gone; to be 
diminished. 

Ka ririo te mate o taku ringa- 
ringa; The pain of my arm is 
gone. 

Eiriu, V. To subside, 

Kua ririu te waipuke ki roto 
ki te awa ; The flood has sub- 
sided to the channel. (TT.) 

Eiqwai, *. Stakes in the bed 
of a river to which nets are 
attached. 

Eiriwdka, s. The name of a 
plant. 



BĪK ( 144 ) EOU 

Boa, a. Long; laU. 
Boa, ff. To be long. 
Boaka, a. Jimtdant. 

Itlairaakt; AbniidnttfaLl 
B<5aka, e. To he alntndmt. 
Eib^.. Jnerilepiril. Edakatinga, ,. Ab^dante. 

Hmt» ana lita nolui ma te tm- Boanga, (. Length. 
S^ J^„t^,„?^ ""P^ i Bo-ba, ,. The name of a 

Jtiiijaw.' (ir.) ] 

BtSha, r. To expand, aē 

agi pakiliu 



ffiroi, f. j1 rwt. 

Smug», ê. Jet or iwe o^yo- 



»ad&tm 
Bitaka, *. Gree» leme» m 

whiek an oeen it eotered. 
Bite, a. LUe. 



BtShe, «. A bojmdaiy. 



Site, V. To be like. 

Ki> rite te htat ; Walk 4lta- 
getber. 
Bitenga,«. Likemeu ; etulom; J Amd-net /or/d. 

practice : habit. , E*Sherdhe, *. 

Eito, *. Middle tkoot of a Eohi, r. Tok 
plant; the heart. 



Biu, ». Hold of a ship,- the 
hollow of a canoe; the ab- 
domen. 

Biwai, «. A general name/or 
potaloet. 

Biwha, #. J chink; a cleft. 

Siwha, a. Having a piece bro- 
ken off or chipped. 

Eiwha, V. To be chipped; to 
be broken. 

Karinha («paps; The board 
hu a piece broken oat. 

Ho, t. An insect. 
So, prep. Within. 

Knariro ia ki ro wbare; He ii 
gone into the bonie. (£. C.) 



A torch. 

with buehe». 

1 te rohi kmnan nutoa 1 t« 
manoMarnj We have been pat- 
ting screens for the fcomara st 
Mara's coltiTatioD. (W.) 

Boi, «. Femroot. 

B<5im£ta, <. Tear: 

S6\r6\, $. A dwarf. (r.) 

EtSWi, a. Half-cooked. 

Ma wai teoei kai roiroi ? For 

whom is thia half-cooked food 

B(iinii, ». 71» tie or fasten up. 

Roiroiate rnwhi ; Let the bosket 

be tied np. {W.) 

B^ob^ga,i<. To be overtaken; 

to have arrived. ,^ 

Rotohanga atu e au koa mate 

ke ; W lien tha place Ksa reached 

bj Qie he was quiio dead. 
ErfJiohma, r-. To Is overtaken ; 

to have arrived. 
B^ma,<. A current; attream. 



RON 

Itdna, V, To put the mange- 
mange upon the roof of a 
native house, 

Kahore ano i rona te whare ? 
Has not the house been yet 
covered with mangemange ? 

To prepare cockles in the form 
of a pudding, 

Kei te rona pipi a Kino ; Kino 
is preparing cockles. 

!R<5ngo, 8, Peace ; tidings ; re- 
port, 

IWngo, a. Hearing ; obedient, 

Kongo, ». To hear ; to listen ; 
to obey. 
Pass, Rangona. 

Hongoa, a. Healing. 
Bdngoa, s. Medicine, 

Rdngoa, ». To heal ; to cure ; 

to preserve ; to take care of 

Rongoatia a tatou kai mo apopo ; 

Let our food be taken care of for 

tomorrow. 

Kopa, s, A slave. ( W,) 

A single man, 

!R<5pi, s. A potatoe, 

E<5pi, V, To cover up; to 
gather up* 

Ropia to kakahu ; Let your 
garment be covered up. 

Eopine, v. To cover up, 

Ropinea nga mea ki waenganui ; 
Let the things be covered up in 
the middle. 

E6pu, s, A company of persons. 
A clump of trees, 

A gust of wind ; a squall, 
Ka puta mai te ropu hau, tutu 
ana te puehu o te whenua ; When 



( 145 ) ROR 

the squall comes the dust of the 
earth flies. 

S<5ra; s. Laziness. 

Katahi te rora o ta koutou mahi ; 
Great is the laziness of your work. 

(E. C.) 

E(5ra, a. Lazy. {B. C.) 

Eore, s. A snare / a trap, 

E<5re, a. Deceitful, 

He rore noa te mahi a te tanga- 
ta ra ; The work of that man is 
deceitful. {E. C.) 

Rore, V. To ensnare. 

Ka puta te kiore ki roto ka 
rorea ; When the rat gets in it is 
ensnared. 

To be meary ; to be tired, 

B;6ri, s, A basket in which 
cockles are gathered under 
water. 

Animalcules in the sea. 

E<5ri, V. To be entangled. 

I reira nga wakaheke e rori ana ; 
The ropes are entangled there. 

To, be distorted, 

Ka rori nga kauae ; The jaws 
are distorted. (The first syllable 
shorter than in the preceding 
word.) 

To gather cockles in a basket, 

E»6ria, s. A musical instru- 
ment; ajew's harp, 

Boro, s. Brains. 

Front of a house. 

Boroa, a. Long, 

E<5roai,*. The name of a fresh 
water fish, 

Eorôhu, V. 

Hoake taua ki tua kei rorohutia 
e te tangata. 

O 



ftOR 



( 146 ) 



RUK 



Bordi, s. Mashed kumara, 

Eordmi, v. To squeeze. 

To plunder. 

Alia e romia kei kutere ; Let it 
not be squeezed lest it be mashed. 

Eoropi, V. To cover up out of 
sight. 

To close, 

Ropia te kuwaba ; Let the door 
be closed. 

Edroro, s, A young maire tree. 

Sticks, by the rubbing o/ which 
fire is kindled. 

Eor6tu, «. Heavy, 

Borotu, V, To be heavy, 

E rorotu ana nga kanohi ki te 
moe; The eyes are heavy with 
sleep. 

E6ta, s. The name of afi^h, 

Edto, s, A lake. 

Eoto, prep. Within. 

Ka puta Dga kiore ki roto ; The 
rats will get inside. 

Eou, s. An implement by which 
cockles are collected, 

Bou, V. To pull towardsy as 
with a stick, 

Roua ki te rakau; Let it be 
pulled with a stick. 

E6urou, s. A basket for cooked 
food. (E. C.) 

Eoutu, s. A comb. (E. C.) 

E6whea, v. To be weary, 

Ka rowhea noa iho ahau i te 
mahinga ; I am weary with work. 

{Ng.) 

Eu, s. An earthquake. 

He ru whenua ; A shaking of 
the earth. 



Eua, a. Two. 

£ rua nga waka ; There ar» 
two canoes. 

Eua, s, A storehouse ; a grave, 

Etiaki, v. To be sick. 

Pass. Ruakina ; To be reacted 
from the mouth, 
Ka ruakina te kaiki waho; The 
food is rejected. 

Euakitanga, s. Act or time of 
sickness, 

Etiakoauau, *. A kumara store. 

Etiarua, v. To be in doubt; 
to hesitate, 

Ka ruarua taku ngakau ; My 
mind is in doubt. {E. C.) 

Etiatahuhu, s. A potatoe store. 

(FT.) 

Etiatdra, *. A lizard. 

Etiatir^wa, s. A store, the 
floor of which is excavated. 

Etieke, s, A verandah, 

Eui, a. Scattering, 

Ko te tangata rui purapura 
tenei ; This is the seed-scattering 
man. 

Eui, V. To scatter ; to sow, 
Ruia he purapura ; Let the seed 
be scattered. 

Etiinga, s. Act or time of 
scattering. 

Etike, V, To throw down. 

Rukea te kupenga ki te moana; 
Let the net be cast into the sea. 

Etiku, V. To dive. 
Pass. Rukuhia. 

E ruku paua ana nga tangata ; 
The men are diving for paua. 

Eukuhduga^ s. Act or time of 
diving. 



RUK 



(147 ) 



RUW 



Hukuruku, s. A basket half- 
full. 

He rakumku te kete; The 
basket ishalf-foll. 

Ktimakanga, s^ Act or time of 
ducking. 

!Rumaki,r. To duck in the water. 

Pass, Rumakina. 

Bona, *. The name of a water 
plant. 

The dock plant, 

Buna, V, To chip thin. 
To steer, 

RuDa te ihtt ki waho ; Steer the 
canoe to the outer side. 

To tie together; to draw to- 
gether. 

Runa mai nga taha o te rakau 
kia iti mai ; Let the sides of the 
wood be drawn together that thev 
may be small. Runa to tatou 
moki kia pai; Let our raupo 
canoe be tied together that it may 
be good. Runa te kete ; Let the 
basket be tied up. 

Bunanga^ s. A council, 

Kei te runanga to tatou hoa ; 
Our friend is at the council. 

Btinanga, v. To hold a council, 

Eiinga, prep. Above. 

Maumau kake noa ahau i ra- 
nga i te taiepa ; I climb over the 
fence to no purpose. 

Btipahu^ a. Angry; finding 
fault; blustering, 

Eupeke, v. To come together; 
to assemble, 

Kua rupeke mai nga tangata ; 
The men are assembled. 

Btipeket4nga^ s. Act or time of 
coming together. 



Btipertipe, v. To shake, as a 
garment. 

He aha tau e ruperupe i to ka- 
kahu ? What are yon shaking 
your garment for ? ( ^» ) 

Eurerdre, v. To brandish ; to 
shake, 

Ka rurerurea tana parawa; His 
weapon is brandished. 

Bum, s. An owl, 

Buru, a. Sheltered. 

He wahi rum tenei ; This is a 
sheltered spot. 

Buru, V, To be sheltered. 

To tie together. 

Me i mohio koutou ki te runt 
moki ; If you had known how to 
tie up a moki. Me rum mai nga 
taha o te waka ; Let the sides of 
the canoe be tied up. 

Burtilii, s. An old woman, 

Burtiku, «. A girdle; a band, 
Homai tetahi mmku kia piri 
ai ; Give me a band that it may 
be drawn close. 

Burtiku, v. To draw together, 

Whiria he taura hei mmku i nga 

pakitara o te whare ; Let a rope 

be made to draw together the sides 

of the house. {E. C) 

Btitu, V. To wave in the tvind* 
He hoka pai e rutu ana ; It is 
a good feather which waves in the 
wind. 

Btitu, s. Flattery, 

He rutu taonga mana ; Flattery 
for the sake of getting property 
for himself. (W.) 

Btitunga, *. Strength, 

He mtunga no te mate ; The 
strength, or violence, of the dis- 
ease* 

Btiwaliine, s. An old woman. 



RUW 

Rtiwha, 8, Weariness. 

Euwha, r. To be weary, 
Ka ruwha aku waewae; 
legs are weary. 



My 



T. 

Ta, s. A whip for a top, 

A hammer ; a mallet, (e. C.) 

Wind, 

He ta tika tenei mo te kaipuke; 
This is a fair wind for the ship. 

(FT.) 

A vessel to bale water with in 
a canoe. 



JJnevenness. 

He ta kakaho e kitea, he ta 
tangata e kore e kitea ; The un- 
evenness in the reeds of a house 
are seen^ the inconsistency of the 
heart is not seen. 



Stem of a ship or canoe, 

Ta, V, To cut' 

Pass, Tangia. 

E haere ana ahau ki te ta toe- 
toe mo taku whare ; I am going 
to cut toetoe for my house. 

To beat down, 

Hoatu tatou ki te ta karaka ; 
Let us go to beat down karaka 
fruit. 

To bale water out of a boat, 
Tangia te riu ; Let the water 
be baled out. 

Ta> V, To tattoo. 



( 148 } TAE 

Pass, Taia. 

Na wai i ta to moko ? By whom 
was your *' moko ** tattooed ? 

To print. 

To whip a top, 

E ta ana te tamaiti i tona kai- 
hotaka; The child is whipping his 
top. 

To sprinkle, 

Hei te ra e whaongia ai te 
tupapaku ki te papa, ka taia te 
kawa o te papa ; On the day when 
the corpse is put into the recepta- 
cle, the receptacle is sprinkled. 

Ta, V, To breathe, 

Ka ta taku manawa ka mamae ; 
When 1 breathe I am in pain. 

Ta, A term of address among 
the natives of the Bay of 
Plenty, and along the coast 
south of East Cape, 
Eta. 

Ta, A particle compounded of 
the article "te" and the 
proposition " a." 

Kia rite ki ta tetahi ki ta teta- 
hi i mahi ai ; Let it be according 
to the work of each one. 



1 



Tae, V, To arrive, 

Kua tae mai te manuhiri ; The 
stranger has arrived. 

Tae, s. Milky or gummy exu- 
dation from plants. 

Dye; colour, 

Kua hemo te tae o nga kakahu ; 
The colour of the clothes is gone. 

Taea, v. To be effected, 

Ka taea ta te tangata maori te 
aha ? What can be done with re- 
spect to the native's custom ? 

To be equalled, 

Kahore he tangata e taea ai Te 
Horo te oha ; There is not a man 



TA£ ( 149 ) 

by whom Te Horo can be equal- 
lei in generosity. 

Taeki, v. To lie. 

Hei kona taeki ai ; Let it lie 
there. (JS. C.) 

Taenga, *. Act or time of ar- 
riving. 

Taepa, *. A fence, 

Taha, a. Side of anything. 

Leaf of the flax plant. 

A calabash, 

T&ha» V, To go on one side; to 
pass by, 

Kua taha ke te tangata ; The 
man is gone by some time. 

Tahae, e. A thief 

' A person. {Not med reproach- 
fully.) {W.) {E, C.) 

Tahae, a. Thievish, 

Tahae, v. To steal, 

Aua koe e tahae; Thon shalt 
not steal. 

Tahaetanga, s. Act or time of 
stealing, 

Tahake, «. A person; a fellow, 
A child, 

Kei hea te tahake nei ? Where 
is this yonth ? (E, C) 

Tahaki, ad. By the side of; on 
one side. 

Me haere rawa ma tahaki ; Go 
on one side. 

Tahaku, pron. Mine, 

Syn. with Takn. {E, C) 

Tahanga, ad. Naked. 

Ko tenei tangata e noho tahanga 
nei, kahore he wemweru; T^ 
man who sits naked here, he has 
no garment. (W,) 



TAH 



Tahiohd^, v. To be fair; to 
cease from rain. 

Kua tahaohao te ua ; The rain 
has ceased. 

Tdhapa, v. To pass, 

Ka tahapa ke te kaipoke ; The 
ship has passed. (J^. C) 

To be left. 

Ka tahapa kei mnri te kainga ; 
The village is left behind. 

(W,) {E, C) 

Tahdrahara, v. To be dimi^ 
nished. 

Ka taharahara nga wahie o te 
kaipuke; The firewood of the 
ship is small in quantity. 

Tahataha, *. Side of a river ; 
a bank, 

Kua riro ia ki runga tahataha ; 
He is gone upon the side of the 
river. 

Tahatika, s. A coast, 

Ka hoea ma te tahatika ; The 
canoe is pulled along the coast. 

Tahau, v . To shake off the dew 
from the trees. 

Tahau, 'prtm. Thine, 

Syn. with Tau. (JB. C) 

Tahe, *. A calabash, (ii.) 

Taheha, s, A small mat, 

Taheke, s, A waterfall, 

Tdheke, v. To descend, 

Tdheke, v. To be quick. 

Kia taheke te haere; Be 
quick in going. 

Tahere, v. To hang oneself, 
I tahere a Hura Ikariote; Judas 
Iscariot hung himself. 

Tahi, a. One. 

Tahi, ad. Together; wholly. 
£ haere tahi ana ratou ; They 
o 2 



RUW 

Euwha, 8» Weariness. 
Euwhfi, V. To be weary. 



Ka ruwha aku 
legs are weary. 



waewae; My 



T. 



Ta, s. Ā whip for a top, 

A hammer ; a mallet, (E. C.) 

Wind, 

He ta tika tenei mo te kaipuke; 
This is a fair wind for the ship. 

(FT.) 

A vessel to bale water with in 
a canoe, 

Unevenness. 

He ta kakaho e kitea, he ta 
tangata e kore e kitea ; TTie un- 
evenness in the reeds of a house 
are seen, the inconsistency of the 
heart is not seen. 

Stem of a ship or canoe, 
Ta, V, To cut. 

Pass, Tangia. 

E haere ana ahau ki te ta toe- 
toe mo taku whare ; I am going 
to cut toetoe for my house. 

To beat down. 

Hoatu tatou ki te ta karaka ; 
Let us go to heat down karaka 
fruit. 

To bale water out of a boat, 
Tangia te riu ; Let the water 
be baled out. 

Ta, V, To tattoo. 



( 148 } TAE 

Pass, Taia. 

Na wai i ta to moko ? By whom 
was your ** moko " tattooed ? 

To print. 

To whip a top, 

E ta ana te tamaiti i tona kai- 
hotaka; The child is whipping his 
top. 

To sprinkle, 

Hei te ra e whaongia ai te 
tupapaku ki te papa, ka taia te 
kawa o te papa ; On the day when 
the corpse is put into the recepta- 
cle, the receptacle is sprinkled. 

Ta, V, To breathe, 

Ka ta taku manawaka mamae ; 
When I breathe I am in pain. 

Ta, A term of address among 
the natives of the Bay of 
Plenty, and along the coast 
south of East Cape, 
Eta. 



Ta, A particle compounded of 
the article ''te" and the 
proposition '' a." 

Kia rite ki ta tetahi ki ta teta- 
hi i mahi ai ; Let it be according 
to the work of each one. 

Tae, V, To arrive, 

Kua tae mai te manuhiri ; The 
stranger has arrived. 

Tae, s. Milky or gummy exu- 
dation from plants. 

Dye; colour, 

Kua hemo te tae o nga kakahu ; 
The colour of the clothes is gone. 

Taea, v. To be effected, 

Ka taea ta te tangata maori te 
aha ? What can be done with re- 
spect to the native's custom ? 

To be equalled, 

Kahore he tangata e taea ai Te 
Horo te oha ; There is not a man 



TAĒ 



( 149) 



TAH 



by whom Te Horo c&n be equal- 
leid in generosity. 

Taeki, v. To lie. 

Hd kona taeki ai ; Let it lie 
there. {B. C) 

Taenga, s. Act or time of ar^ 
rimng. 

Taepa, 8, A fence, 

Talia, 8, Side of anything. 

Leaf of the flax plant, 

A calabash, 

Taha, v. To go on one side; to 
pass by. 

Kua talia ke te tangata ; The 
man is gone by some time. 

Tahae, s, A thief 

' A person, {Not used reproach' 
fully.) {W.) {E, C) 

Tahae^ a. Thievish. 

Tahae, v. To steal. 

Aua koe e tahae; Thou shalt 
not steal. 

Tahaetanga, s. Act or time of 
stealing, 

Tahake, s, A person; a fellow, 
A child, 

Kei hea te tahake nei ? Where 
is this youth ? (E, C) 

Tahaki, ad. By the side of; on 
one side. 

Me haere rawa ma tahaki ; Go 
on one side. 

Tahaktt, pron. Mine, 

Syn. with Taku. {E. C) 

Tahanga, ad. Naked. 

Ko tenei tangata e noho tahanga 
nei, kahore he weruweru; This 
man who sits naked here, he has 
no garment. (W,) 



TahAohAo, v. To be fair; to 
cease from rain. 

Kua tahaohao te ua ; The rain 
has ceased. 

Tdhapa, v. To pass, 

Ka tahapa ke te kaipuke ; The 
ship has passed. (£. C) 

To be left, 

Ka tahapa kei muri te kainga ; 
The village is left behind. 

{W.) (E, C.) 

TaMrahara, v. To be dimi^ 
nished. 

Ka taharahara nga wahie o te 
kaipuke; The firewood of the 
ship is small in quantity. 

Tdhatdha, s. Side of a river ; 
a bank, 

Kua riro ia ki runga tahataha ; 
He is gone upon the side of the 
river. 

Tahatika, s, A coast. 

Ka hoea ma te tahatika ; Th^ 
canoe is pulled along the coast. 

Tahau, v , To shake off the dew 
from the trees. 

Tdhau, pron. Thine. 

Syn. with Tau. (JS. C) 

TAlie, s, A calabash, (ij.) 

Tdheha, s, A small mat. 

Taheke, s, A waterfall, 

Taheke, v. To descend, 

Tdheke, v. To be quick. 

Kia taheke te haere; Be 
quick in going. 

Tahere, v. To hang oneself, 
I tahere a Hura Ikariote; Judas 
Iscariot hung himself. 

Tdhi, a. One. 

Tahi, ad. Together; wholly. 
£ haere tahi ana ratou ; They 
2 



TAH ( i: 

&re |oing together. E'arm taU ; 
It is altogether blw. 
Xaiii, e. To dear. 

Tibia le whare ; Let the bODie 

Taliinga,*. Act or time of clear- 
Tahitalii, r. To scrape. 

Paa. Tahitahia. 

E tahitabi ana i te riwu; He 
is scraping potatocB. (W^.) 

Taliitalii, v. To Strike. 

Na 1 tAhimhi tonn, Idhai i pa- 
hemo ; Look! italrnck, it dfd not 
misa. (FT.) 

Tal)6ata, «. Pumice ttone. 

IE. C.) 
Taliôlio,i7. To he eofl i to kaee 
- the gkiu of. 

Tal.oho HOB nga piliti nei; 
Tbeae peache» are quite toH. 

Tabora,». A plain. 

Kei waengd tahor» e haere ana i 
llo is wulking in the plain. 

Tabora, r To giithfr. 

Me (alinrahe Qiataiki ro rahn; 

Let iiintui leriics be gathered in 

(he bucket. (fi. C.) 

Talioro, c. To level a hillock. 

TnhoroBngapnkepnlMi Letthe 

lullec1:9 be leveUed. 

To pour out. 

Tahoroa te wai o le haraba ; 
Let the water of the calabash be 
poured out, (B. C.) 

Tabu, »■ A ridgepole. 
Ancestry, 

Sya. with Tabuba. {B. C.) 
Tabu, «. A husband. 

{pint tgllabU thorter than in 
the prtceding aord.j 



)) TAI 

TAhu, V. To bum. 
Pam. TabuDs. 

Na Dg> tugata o Te Pobi 1 

taba ta whare i The hoMa — 

bamtbjTePulii'gmen. I 

TfUiufl, M. A heap of food, (fr.) ] 

SfD. nitb Kaoika. 
Taddliu, ». A ridgepole. 
Tahuna, s. A shoal; a tand- 

A bed or land in cultivation. 

Sea-beach. {B. C.) 

T^hune, s. Dotcn of the raupo 
seed. (B. C.) 

T&hunga, s. Act or time of 
burning, 
Down of the raupo seed. 
Tahiiri, v. To turn. 
Paa. Tnhurida. 
To be Upset. 

Ka tahnri te waka ; The canoe 

Tahui'itanga, t. Act or time 

of -upsetting, or turning. 
Tabutabii, v. To set onfire in 

several places. 
Tflhutabuuga, *. Act of setting 

onfire. 
Tahiiti, p. To run away. 

KoB tahati nga pononga a To- 
hiCapn ; Tohicapu's etaves have 
runaway. (IT.) 

Tai, ». Salt waters tide. 

Ka kato te tai ; The tide flows. 
TbJ, ad. On the opposite tide ,- 
over-againat. 

K«i tai Bta i On Che opposite 



TAI ( 151 ) 

Tai, Ā term of culdress to a 
married woman. 
Etai. 

Taiaba, s. An implement of war, 
Syn. with Hani. 

Taiapo, v. To covet. 

Ka taiapotia te kainga-; The 
place is coveted. 

Taiari^ a. Smashed. 

Mehemea i konei te nuinga o Te 
Koikoi me he pipi taiari, tena ko 
tenei he marino to ; If Koikoi's 
people had been here it would 
have been like smashed cockles, 
but now it is a perfect calm. 

Taiari, v. To smash, 
Taiawa, *. A cold; a catarrh, 

A foreigner, 

A potatoe, 

Taiawhio, r. To go round 
about, to encircle, 

Taiepa, s. A fence, 
Syn. with Taepa. 

Taiheke, v. To descend. 

Taiheke rawa te ra ka tae tatou ; 
When the»sun had quite descend- 
ed we arrived. Ka taiheke tonu 
atu tera wahi ; That part alto- 
gether descends. 

Taihoa, ad. By and bye, 

Taihoa tatou ka haere; We 
will go by and bye. 

*Taika, s, A tiger, 

Taika, v. To lie, 

Kei nga mea e taika mai ra ; 
It is among the things which lie 
there. {E. C) 

Taikaha, v. To be violent ; to 
be impetuous. 

Taiki, *. A rib. 



TAI 

A receptacle for seed potatoes^ 
where they may be exposed 
to the wind for some time 
before they are planted, 

{Ngt,) 

Taiko, s. The name of a bird, 

Taimaiia, s. Heaviness, 

Ano te taimaha ; How great is 
the heaviness. 

Taimaha, a. Heavy, 

Taimaha, v. To be heavy, 

Taimate, s. Slack-water, just 
before the turn of the tide. 

He taimate tenei, ka hoe tatou ; 
It is slack -water, let us pull off. 

Taimatuku, v. To be suppu' 
rated, 

Ka taimatukutia a roto o te 
mate ; The complaint has suppu- 
rated within. 

Taina, s, A younger brother 
or sister. {E, C.) 

Tainawhêa, adv. When, 

Taiororua, s. A valley, 

Kia heke atu tatou ki te taioro- 
rua ka noho ; Let us descend Into 
the valley and sit down. 

Taipu, s. Land by the sea-side, 
Kei te taipu e tu ana ; It is 
standing on the land by the sea- 
side. (E. C.) 

*Tairei, s, Thursday, 

Tairi, v. To decline, 

Kua tairi te ra ; The sun has 
declined. {W,) 

To block up, 

Tairia te ara ; Block up the 
road. (^ff') 

Taita, *. Trees lying crosS' 
ways in the bed of a river, 

{E, C.) 



TAl ( 152 ) 

Tait&hae, «. Apeêt ; a trouble ; 
an annoyance. 

He taitahae te ngani nei ; This 
ware is an annoyance. 

Taitainuntiiy s. Spring tidee, 

Taitairiiiki, «. Neap iidee, 

Taitea, «. White wood of a 
kauri tree ; the sap* 

Ko te wahi ma te taitea ; The 
white part is tlie taitea. 

Taitua, ad. On the other side, 
Kei taitua o te whare ; On the 
other side of the house. 



Taituri, #. Dew, {r.) 

Taiuru, s, A bending ; a lean- 
ing. 

Ko te taiuru o tend pou kia 
anga pera; Let the leaning of 
this post turn that way. 

Taiuru, v. To lean, 

Kia taiuru te tu o te taiepa ; 
Let the fence lean. 

Taiwaru, s. The name of afieh, 

Taka, ». To fall, 

Meake au taka; I shall £fdl 
presently. 

To fall tOy as by lot, 

Kua taka mai ki a au te mea nui; 
The large one has fallen to me. 

To pass, 

Kua taka nga waka ki tua ; 
The canoes have passed behind. 

To move about. 

£ taka mai nga tamariki i 
waho ; The children are moving 
about outside. 

Tdka, V, To prepare. 
Pass. Taka. 

Ma nga pononga e taka he kai ; 
Food shall be prepared by the 
servants. 



TAK 



To prepare for evil. 

Ka taka te ngakau o Tie ; TSo*! 
heart is preparing for eviL 



Taka, v. A heap. (S, C.) 

Taka» s. A strip of tvood whidi 
covers the joint of the side- 
boards of a canoe. 

Taka^whe, a. Circuitous. 

He ara takaawhe ; A circuitous 
road. {B. C) 

Takahanga, s. Act or time of 
trampUng ; place which has 
been trampled. 

Takahi, v. To trample upon. 
To plunder. 

Pass, Takahia. 

E takahi ana nga tamariki i 
nga kumara; The children are 
trampling upon the kumara. 

Takahi, s. That part of the 
trunk of a tree which is 
nearest to the ground, {w,) 

Takahda, s, A companion. 

Takahore, s, A widower or 
widow, 

A naked person, 

Takai, s, A covering, 

I haere mai ahau ki tetahi ko- 
heka hd takai ; I am come for a 
garment as a covering. 

Takai, v. To wind or cover up ; 
to wrap up. 

Pass. Takaia. 

Takaka, s. Fern. 

Ka mate au i te ngaunga o te 
takaka ; I am hurt by the scratch- 
ing of the fern. 

Fibrous part offemroot. 

{E, C) 



TAK 



( 153 ) 



TAK 



Tdkakau, s. A stalk, as of 
wheat. 

The /ore arm. 

Takakad, s, A single woman, 

T&kamingommgo, v. To turn 
round, 

Takamingomingo ana a raro o 
te whenua ; The earth is taming 
round. 

Takanga, s. Act, time, or place 
of falling, 

Takapapa, v. To double up, 

Takapapa te kete ; Let the bas- 
ket be doubled up. 

Takapau, *. A floor mat, 

Takapu, *. Belly, {E, C) 

Takdpui, s, A company; a 
travelling companion, 

Taku boa takapni ; My travel- 
ing companion. 

Takapuke^ v. To plant in hil- 
locks. 

Me takapuke nga purapura ; 
Let the seed be planted in hil- 
locks. 

Takare, v. To be in haste, 

E takare ana ahau ki te haere ; 
I am in haste to be gone. {E, C) 

Takarita, v. To rise up. 

Kia ata takarita ; Do not be in 
a hurry to rise up. 

Takaro, s. Play ; sport, 

Takaro, a. Playful. 

Takaro, v. To play ; to sport. 

Pass, Takarohia ; To sport with. 

Aua ra^ takarohia te kuri ; Do 
not sport with the dog. 

Takaro, ad. By and bye; pre- 
sently. 



Takaro tatou e haere ; We will 
go presently. {E, C) 

Takarohdnga, s. Act or time 
of playing, 

Tikatakai, v. To wind round 
and round. 

Takatti, v. To be prepared 
for moving. 

Ka takatu nga tangata ki te 
haere ; The people are ready to 
go. 

Tdkawaenga, s. A mediator ; 
a peacemaker, ( w.) 

Takawai, v. To anoint. 

£ takawai ana ia i tona upoko ; 
He is anointing his head. (12.) 

Takawhaki, v. To run. 

E takawhaki rara nga tama- 
riki ; There the children run. 

Takawhêtawhêta, v. To throw 
out the legs, as in running, 

Ka takawhetawheta nga waewae 
o te tamaiti; The legs of the 
child are springing out. 

To sprawl. 

Ka hinga, ka takawhetawheta 
nga waewae ; He tumbles, his 
legs sprawl. 

Takawiri, a. Twisted. 

He rakau takawiri, e kore e 
akoako ; It is a twisted tree, it 
will not split. 

Takawiri, v. To be twisted, 

Takawiritanga, s, A twisting. 

Take, v. To be late ; to be 
behind. 

Take koanga whakapiri nga- 
huru : Last at work, but first at 
the feast. Katahi ahau ka take 
tonu ; I am always last. 

Take, s. Root of a tree or 
plant; reason; cause. 



TAK 



( I^ ) TAK 



Takeke, «. The name of aJUk. 

Takeke, v. To ksmg mp a net, 
Rokohanga ata e t^[^e aaa i 
te knpeiiga; When I got tbere 
tbej were hanging op tike net. 

To make a net, 

Takeke, r. To be eonsMwted. 

To be acquired. 

Takeke noa nga tini knpa maori 
i a kootoa ; All the natire words 
ha^e been acquired by jon. 

Takekenga, «. Mesh of a net, 

Takeketonga, 9. The name of 
a fish. 

Takere, s. Keel of a vessel. 
Ka hia poti, ka maka te kamaka 
ki rare o te takere, e tere ? How 
many boats are there, wfaidi, if a 
stone is attached to the ked« will 
move swiftly ? 

Taketake, s. A stick fastened 
to the ends of a seine to keep 
it stretched. 

Taketake, a. Firm^ 

Herongotaketake; Afinnpeaoe. 

Taki, prep. By. 

Taki tabi ; One by one. Taki 
ran ; By hundreds. 

Taki, s. A speech ; an oration, 
I pehea te taki a Te Tanewha ? 
What did Te Tanewha's speech 
express ? 

A challenge. 

Taki, V. To challenge. 

Takina te taua ; Let the army 
be challenged. 

Takiekie, s. A species of eel, 

Takiri, s. A starting, 

Takiri,r. To startle; to spring 
up; to jerk. 



PsMS. Takiritia. 

Kia pun te takiri; Let the rush 
be made. 



{B. C.) 



To scrape Jlax. 

To dawn. 

Ka takiri te ata ; The mormog 



Takintanga, s. Act or time of 
startling or dawning. 

Takitaki, s. A fence. 

^jik. widi Taiepa. {E. C.) 

Takitaki, v. To trace out ; to 
take revenge. 

Ka haere ahaa ki te takitaki i 
te mate o takn papa ; I am going 
to take rerenge for the dee^h of 
my fiidier. 

Takiura, s. Sacred food cooked 
at the removal of the bones of 
the dead. 

Takiwa,«. A space; interval. 

Tako, «. Gums. 

Tak6, V. To be soft ; to be 
flabby ; to be crushed. 

Ka tako te hiako ; The skin is 
flabby. 

*Takoha, *. A Tax. 

Takoki, v. To be sprained. 
Ka takoki taku waewae; My 
leg is sprained. 

Takoto, 9. To lie down. 
To lie; spoken of inanimate 
things. 

£ takoto mai ra to pnkapuka ; 
Your book lies there. 

Takoto, s. A lying doton, 

Kei hea a Kori ? Kei te takoto ; 
Where is Kori ? He is lying down ; 
literally, At the lying down. 

Tak6tok6to, *. Sprit of a sail. 



TAK 



Takotonda, a. Lying about. 
He mea takotonoa; A thing 
lying about. 

Takotonda, v. To lie about, 

Takotordnga, s. Act, time, or 
place of lying, 

' Tdku, pron. My, 

Taka pukapuka ; my book. 

Takuate, v. To sigh, 

Ka takuate noa iho a roto i a 
ia i te aroha; He sighs from 
within through love. {Ngt,) 

Takupu, 8, The name of a bird, 

Takupu, V, To be short. 

Me kokoti nga manga kia ta- 
kupu ; Let the branches be cut 
short. 

Takurtia, a. Winter, 

Kia tae ki te takurua ka ono ai 
i te rakau ; "When you come to 
winter plant the trees. {E, C) 

Takutai, *. Seacoast, (js, c,) 

Tama, s. A son, 

Tamahine, s. A daughter. 

Tamahu, *. Firatfruita, (Ngt,) 

Tamaiti, a, A aon ; a child, 

Tamariki/*. Children, 

Tamatama, v. To grin at a 
person; to shew sig'ns of dis- 
gust. 

Ka tamatamatia te wahine wha- 
karawai ; The contemptuous wo- 
man will be treated with disgust. 

Tamau, v. To fasten, 

Tamautia rawatia te whare, kei 
waiho kia tuwhera ; Let the house 
be fastened, do not leave it open. 

{E, C) 

Tame, s. Food, (w,) 

Tamene, v. To be assembled. 



( 155 ) TAN 

Kua tamene mai nga tamariki ; 
The children are assembled. 

TAmenga, s. Act or time of 
eating, 

Tametame, v. To smack the 
lips ; to eat, 

Tdmi, s, A weight ; a pressure, 

Tami, v. To press down, 

Aua e tamia te raburahu kei 
pirau te kapura ; Let npt the fern 
be pressed down lest the fire go 
out. 

Tamoe, s, Kumar a which are 
taken from a bed and cooked 
before the crop is taken up, 

Tamde, v. To leave food in the 
oven all night. 

Tamoea to tatou poaka kia maoa 
ai ; Let our pork be left in the oven 
that it may be done. 

Tamdmi, v. To be stuck fast. 
Kua tamomi te tangata ki te hu ; 
The man has stuck fast in the 
swamp. 

Tamure, s. The name ofafsh, 

Tdna, pron. His, 

Tane, s. A male ; a husband. 

Tanêa, v. To be choked^ 

Tanekaha, s. The name of a 
tree, 
{Phyllocladiis trichomanoides.) 

Tanewha, v. To lie. 

E tanewha mai nei ; It lies here. 
Syn. with Takoto. (M.) 

Tanga, s. Cutting ; tattooing. 

Breathing, 

A division, 

E toru tanga o taku kainga ka 
noho atu apopo ; Three divisions 
of my village will remain away to- 
morrow. 



TAN 



Tanga, v. To be assembled; 
to be gathered round, 

Tanga tonu nga tamariki o Re- 
wa ; Rewa's children are gathered 
round. 

Tangaengae, «. The umbilical 
chord, 

Tangai, s. Bark ; peeling. 

Bones of the neck ; the cervi- 
cal vertebrce, 

Tanganei, conj. But as for 
this ; but now, 

Syn. with Tena ko tenei. (12.) 

Tanganga, v. To be loose, 

Tangangao, v. To subside. 

Ka tangangao te ngaru; The 
waves subside. 

Tangata, s, A man, 

Tangatanga, v. To be loose. 
Ka tangatanga nga pou o te 
whare; The posts of the house 
are loose. 

To be easy or free from pain, 

Ko taku tinana ka tangatanga, 

kei aku waewae anake te mamae ; 

My body is easy, the pain is only 

in my legs. {E, C.) 

Tangeo, *. The name of a tree, 

(Launis calicaris,) 

Tangeo, v. To be acrid to the 
taste. 

Tangeo tonu te taro nei ; This 
taro is hot to the taste. 

Tangere, s. Keel of a ship or 
canoe, 

Tangi, s, A cry ; a sound. 

Tangi, a. Crying ; sounding, 

Tangi, v. To cry ; to sound. 
No hea te pu i tangi mai nei ? 
From whence is the gun which 



( 156 ) TAN 

just sounded ? Ka tangi te kau; 
The cow bellows. Ka tangi ke te 
reo o tenei iwi ; The speech of tliis 
tribe has a different sound. 



To salute, 

Tangihanga, *. Act or time of 
crying. 

Tangita, v. To lie. 

E tangita mai ra ; It lies there. 

Tangdrongdro, v. To be blis- 
tered. 

Ka tangorongoro a roto o taku 
rekereke ; The inner part of my 
heel is blistered. (^O 

To be loose ; to be half full, 
Tangorongoro noa te kete nei ; 
This basket is not full. 

Tdngo, a. Taken, 

He kainga tango ; A place of 
which forcible possession has been 
taken. 

V 

Tdngo, V, To take; to take 
away ; to subtract. 
Pass, Tangohia. 

Tangohia enei rakau ki tawhiti ; 
Let these trees be taken to a dis- 
tance. 

Tangohanga, s. Act or time 
of taking, 

A marriage, 

A feast made on occasion of 

marriage, (-B. C) 

Tangotango, *. Rail of a fence, 

Tanguru, a. Gruff; base. 

He reo tanguru ; A bass voice. 

Tdniko, s. Border of a garment. 

Taniwha, *. A sea god or mon- 
ster, 

Tande, s, A sprain. 



TAN 



(157) 



TAP 



He tanoe toku mate ; My com- 
plaint is a sprain. 

Tan6ni, v. To be sprained. 

Kua tanoni toku waewae ; My 
foot is sprained. 

T4iiu, V. To bury. 
Pass. Tanumia. 

Ka haere au ki te tanu tapa- 
paku' I am going to bury a 
corpse. 

Tantiku, v. To fall down, as 

earth. 

Ka nui te ua ka tanukn iho te 
whenua; If there is much rain 
the earth will fall down. 

To swallow. 

£ tanuku ana te korokoro 1 te 
wehi; He swallows his saliva 
through fear. 

Tdnumanga, «. Act or time 
of burying. 

A place of burial. 

Tanumi, v. To be out of sight. 
Kua tanumi ki tua ; He is gone 
behind oat of sight. 

Tao, s, A spear, 

Tao, V. To cook in a native 

oven. 

Taona nga kapana nei mo te 
haere; Let these potatoes be 
cooked in the oven for our journey. 

Taokete, s. A brother-in-law. 

A sister-in-law. 

*T4one, s. A town. 

Taonga,*. Property; treasure. 

Taoru, v. To be soft. 

Taoru kau ana te puku ; The 
swelling is quite soft. 

Tdpa, 1?. To command; to name. 
Nana i tapa toku ingoa ; My 
name was given by him. 



Tapa, s. The side of any thing. 

{E. C.) 

Tdp4, V. To be chapped. 

Ka tapatia te hiako ; The skin 
is chapped. 

Tapahdnga, #. Act or time of 
cutting, 

Tdpahi, V. To cut to pieces; to 
chop. 

Tapahia te paukena; Let the 
pumpkin be cut in pieces. 

Tapae, 17. To present; to place 

before a person. 

Akuenei ka tapaea noatia nga 
rakau kahore he utu ; The trees 
will be given for nothing, there 
will be no payment. Tapaea he 
kai ma te manuhiri ; Present some 
food to the stranger. {E. C.) 

Tdpai, s. Part of a net which 
is first put into the water. 

Kia whiti atu te tapai ki ko ; 
Let the tapai be passed over 
yonder. 

Tapdiru, s. A nephew; a niece. 

{W.) 

Tdpaktiri, s. A basket. iE) 

Tapaktiwha, s. A female re- 
lative by marriage. {E. C.) 

Tapanihi, v. To go sideways ; 
to go by the side. 

Tapanihitia to tatou haere kei 
kitea ; Let us go by the side that 
we may not be seen. 

Tdpapa, V. To stoop ; to brood 
over. 

E tapapa nei te manu i runga i 
nga hua ; This bird is sitting upon 
eggs. Kia tapapa te haere ) Walk 
in a stooping posture. 

Tdparu, v. To join. 

Tapani iho taparu iho nga tahua 

P 



TAN 



Tanga, v. To be assembled; 
to be gathered round, 

Tanga tonu nga tamariki o Re- 
wa ; Rewa's children are gathered 
round. 

Tangaengae, 8, The umbilical 
chord. 

Tangai, s. Bark ; peeling. 

Bones of the neck ; the cervi" 
cal vertebra. 

Tanganei, conj. But as for 
this ; but now, 

Syn. with Tena ko tenei. (12.) 

Tanganga, v. To be loose, 

Tangangao, v. To subside. 

Ka tangangao te ngaru; The 
waves subside. 

Tangata, s. A man, 

Tangatdnga, v. To be loose, 
Ka tangatanga nga pou o te 
whare; The posts of the house 
are loose. 

To be easy or free from pain. 

Ko taku tinana ka tangatanga, 

kei aku waewae anake te mamae ; 

My body is easy, the pain is only 

in my legs. (£. C.) 

Tangeo, s. The name of a tree, 

(Launts calicaris.) 

Tangeo, v. To be acrid to the 
taste. 

Tangeo tonu te taro nei ; This 
taro is hot to the taste. 

Tangere, s. Keel of a ship or 
canoe, 

Tangi, s, A cry ; a sound. 

Tdngi, a. Crying; sounding, 

Tangi, v. To erg ; to sound. 
No hea te pu i tangi mai nei ? 
From whence is the gun which 



( 156 ) TAN 

just sounded ? Ka tangi te kau ; 
The cow bellows. Ka tangi ke te 
reo o tenei iwi ; The speech of tiiii 
tribe has a different sound. 



To salute, 

Tdngihanga, *. Act or time of 
crying. 

Tangita, v. To lie. 

E tangita mai ra ; It lies there. 

Tangdrongdro, v. To be blis- 
tered. 

Ka tangorongoro a roto o taku 
rekereke ; The inner part of my 
heel is blistered. (TT.) 

To be loose ; to be half full, 
Tangorongoro noa te kete nei ; 
This basket is not full. 

Tango, a. Taken, 

He kainga tango ; A place of 
which forcible possession has been 
taken. 

Tango, V. To take; to take 
away ; to subtract. 
Pass. Tangohia. 

Tangohia enei rakau ki tawhiti ; 
Let these trees be taken to a dis- 
tance. 

Tangohanga, s. Act or time 
of taking, 

A marriage, 

A feast made on occasion of 

marriage, (E. C) 

Tdngotango, s. Rail of a fence, 

Tangtiru, a. Gruff ; base. 

He reo tanguru ; A bass voice. 

Tdniko, *. Border of a garment. 

Taniwha, s. A sea god or mon- 
ster, 

Tande, s, A sprain. 



TAN 



(157) 



TAP 



He tanoe toku mate ; My com- 
plaint is a sprain. 

Tan6m, v. To be sprained. 

Kua tanoni tokn waewae ; My 
foot is sprained. 

Taau, V, To bury. 
Pass. Tanumia. 

Ka haere au ki te tana tnpa- 
paka;* I am going to bury a 
corpse. 

Tanuku, v. To fall down, as 

earth» 

Ka nui te ua ka tanuku iho te 
whenua; If there is much rain 
the earth will fall down. 

To swallow. 

£ tanuku ana te korokoro i te 
wehi; He swallows his saliva 
through fear. 

Tanumanga, s. Act or time 
of burying. 

A place of burial, 

Tanumi, v. To be out of sight. 
Kua tanumi ki tua ; He is gone 
behind oat of sight. 

Tao, s. A spear. 

Tao, V. To cook in a native 
oven. 

Taona nga kapana nei mo te 
haere; Let these potatoes be 
cooked in the oven for our journey. 

TAokete, s. A brother-in-law. 

A sister-in-law, 

♦Taone, s. A town. 

Taonga, «. Property; treasure. 

Taoru, v. To be soft. 

Taoru kau ana te puku ; The 
swelling is quite soft. 

Tapa, r. To command; to name. 
Nana i tapa toku ingoa ; My 
name was given by him. 



Tapa, s. The side of any thing. 

{E. C.) 

Tapa, V. To be chapped. 

Ka tapatia te hiako ; The skin 
is chapped. 

Tdpahdnga, #. Act or time of 
cutting, 

Tdpahi, v. To cut to pieces ; to 
chop. 

Tapahia te paukena; Let the 
pumpkin be cut in pieces. 

Tapae, r. To present; to place 
before a person. 

Akuenei ka tapaea noatia nga 
rakau kahore he utu ; The trees 
will be given for nothing, there 
will be no payment. Tapaea he 
kai ma te manuhiri ; Present some 
food to the stranger. {E. C.) 

Tapai, s. Part of a net which 
is first put into the water. 

Kia whiti atu te tapai ki ko ; 
Let the tapai be passed over 
yonder. 

Tapdiru, s. A nephew; a niece. 

{W.) 

Tdpaktiii, *. A basket, (-R) 

Tapakuwha, *. A female re- 
lative by marriage. {E. C.) 

Tapanihi, v. To go sideways ; 
to go by the side. 

Tapanihitia to tatou haere kei 
kitea ; Let us go by the side that 
we may not be seen. 

Tdpapa, v. To stoop ; to brood 

over, 

E tapapa nei te manu i runga i 
nga hua ; This bird is sitting upon 
eggs. Kia tapapa te haere -, Walk 
in a stooping posture. 

Tdparu, v. To join. 

Taparu iho taparu iho nga tahua 

P 



TAP 



( 158 ) 



TAP 



o te kai ; The heaps of food were 
joined one to another. {E, C.) 

To devour ; to eat voraciously. 

Kaua e taparua te kai ; Do not 

cat the food voraciously. {W,) 

Tdpardru, v. To be slow, 

Aua e taparumtia te ^aere ; Do 
not walk slowly. (TT.) 

Tapatahi, a. Having one side ; 
single. 

He kakahu tapatahi ; A single 
garment. 

Tapatdhi, v. To be separated ; 
to be single. 

Kia tapatahi atu te ngakau ki 
te Atua anake ; Let the heart be 
separated to God alone. {JE. C) 

Tapatdpa, s. A giving the name 
of a person to anything where- 
by that thing is made sacred. 

Tapatapa, v. To call anything 
by the name of some person ; 
as — This oanoe is Hongi : 
in consequence of which the 
canoe would be taken posses- 
sion of by Hongi. 

Tapatu, V. To roof a house; 
to thatch. 

Kei te tapatu ia 1 tona whare ; 
He is roofing his house. {E. C.) 

Tapau> s. A mat to lie upon. 
Syn. with Takapau. 

Tapawaha, *. Tattooing on the 
cheek. 

Tapêha, «. Rind; bark. {W.) 

Tapeka, v. To stagger like a 
drunken man, 

Tapeke, v. To begone or come, 
leaving none behind, 

Kua tapeke atu nga tangata ; 
The men are gone. 



Tapêkeranga, s. Time of going 
or coming. 

^Tapenakara, s. A tabemaele. 

Tapepa, v. To slip. 

Kua tapepa te waewae, meake 
hinga; He h^s slipped, he will soon 
fall. Ko te wahi e tapepea nei ; 
The place which is slippery. 

Tapêru, V. To pout. 

He aha nga ngutu o te wahioe 
e taperu mai na ? Why are the 
lips of the woman pouting ? {Ngt.) 

Tapi, s. An oven. 

Tarahuna te tapi ; Let the oven 
be lighted. 

A patch for a garment, canoe, 
^c. 
Tapi, V. To patch. 

Tapia to tatou waka; Let a 
piece be put into our canoe. 

Tapiki, v. To be entangled ; to 
be caught against anything. 

Ka tapiki te kupenga ', The net 
is entangled. 

Tapiki, 5. A bundle, as of sticks, 
grass, ^c, 

E rua tapiki o a matou raupo i 
mabue atu ra; Two bundles of 
our raupo were left. (E. C.) 

Tdpiri, s. A patch; a thing 
added. 

Tapiri, v. To join. 

Tapitdpi, a. Patched, 

He waka tapitapi ; A patched 
canoe. {E. C.) 

Tdpitapi, v. To grumble. 

1 tapitapia ahau e te tangata 
ra ; I was grumbled at by the man 
there. 

Tapoa, s. An abscess. 



TAP 



( 159) 



TAR 



Tap6ko, 9. To enter J to slip in. 
Koa tapoko te tamaiti ki te 
poka ; The child has slipped into 
the hole. 

Tap6kop6ko, tf . Soft ; marshy ; 
ooggy, 

Kia tupato, he wahi tapokopoko 
tenei ; Take care, this is a boggy 
place. 

Tapokoranga, *. Act or time of 
entering or slipping into, 

Tap6re, v. To be bent, as with 
a weight, 

Ka tapore n^a beke o te whare ; 
The rafters of the house are bent. 

Tap6rep<5re, v. To flutter, as 

the heart ; to crave, 

Ka taporepore taku manawa i 
te hiakai; My stomach craves 
through hungOT. 

Tap<5tu, a . Long, reaching down 
to the feet. 

He kakahu tapotu ; A long gar- 
ment. 

Tapotu, V, To be long. 

Kahore e tapotu te paraikete ; 
The blanket does not reach to the 
feet. 

Tapu, a. Sacred. 

He wahi tapu ; A sacred place. 

Tdpu, s. A sacred rite. 

Sanctity ; holiness, ' 

Me whakarere nga tapu maori ; 
Let the native sacred rites be laid 
aside. 

Tapu, V, To be sacred ; to he 
holy, 

Tdpuai, s, A footstep ; sound 

of footsteps, 

Ka haruru nga tapuai ; The 
footsteps sound. 

Taptihi, v. To nurse. 



Tapuhitia te tamaiti nei, ka 
tangi ; Let this child be nursed , 
it is crying. {E, C.) 

Tdpui, s, A companion, 

Ona boa haere he tapui nona ; 
The persons going with him are 
his companions. 

Tapui, a. Laid in a heap. 

He mea tapui nga rakau ; The 
boards are laid in a heap. 

Tdpuke, V, To bury ; to cover 
up with earth, . 

Tapukea te kuri ; Let the dog 
be buried. {E. C.) 

Tdpunga, s. Time of being 
sacred, 

Tapuni, v. To join together the 
parts of a net, 

Tapunia te kupenga; Let our 
net be joined together. 

Taputdpu, s. Foot of a pig. 

Property ; goods, (E. C.) 

Tdrai s. Papillae on the skin, 
which become prominent un- 
der the influence of cold, 

Ka tutu nga tara ; The papillte 
are prominent. 

The name of a sea bird. 

Courage ; animation. 

He tangata whai tara ; A man 
possessing courage. 

Wall of a house. (E. C.) 

Tarahdnga, s. Fork of a tree, 

Tdrahau, s, A mat. 
Syn. with Haronga. 

Tdraheke, s. The name of a 

creeping plant, 
Tarahi, s. Diarrhoea. {E. C.) 

Tarahdno, v. To pile up ; to 
lay in a heap. 



1 



TAR ( 160 ) 

Tarahonotia nga kai ki te kai- 
nga ; Let the food be heaped up 
at the place of abode. 

Tarahuy s. A native oven, 

Tdrahu, r. To heat an oven. 
Tarahuna te tapi ; Let the oven 
be heated. 

Tarai, *. A basket offernroot. 
Ka nia tekau nga tarai roi ; 
There are twenty baskets of fern- 
root. 

Tarai, v. To chip,^ as with an 

adze, 

Taraia tenei rakau hei pou mo 
te whare ; Let this tree be chipped 
as a post for the house. {E» C) 

Taraire, s. The name of a tree. 

{Laurus taraire.) 

Tarake, v. To clear off, 

Tarakea atu nga otaota; Let 
the rubbish be cleared off. 

Tarakihi, s. The name of a fish. 

Tarak6i, s. A species of ^r ass. 

Taraktira, s. A complaint on 
the skin. 

Taramdro, s. A species of grass. 

Taramêa, s. The name of a 
plant. 

Taramêngeinênge, a. Curly. 
He huruhuru taramengemenge; 
Curly hair. 

T^amore, s. Seed potatoes 
which throw up a very weak 
shoot. 

♦Taranata, «. A talent. 



Tarapiki, v. To lie across, 

E tarapiki ana nga rakau nei ; 
These trees are lying across. 

Tarapo, *. The name of a bird. 



TAR 

Taraptinga, *. The name of ê 
bird. 

Tararo, s. Mashed food. 

He tararo pipi ; Mashed cockles. 
He tararo roi; Mashed or poundeA 
fernroot. 

Tarata, s. The name of a tree. 
(Pittosporum crassifolhm.) 

Taratdra, a. Rough. 

He kakahu taratara ; A rough 
garment. E ongaonga ana te mea, 
taratara tonu; The thing is prick- 
ly, quite rough. 

Taratiho, s. Heart of a tree, 

Tarawa, s. A line or rail upon 
which anything is suspended. 

Tarawa, v. To suspend upon a 
line or rail. 



Tarawahi, s. An opposite side. 
Ki tenei tarawahi ; On this 
side. 

Tarawatanga, *. A place where 
things are hung up, 

Tarawera, s. The name of a 
plant, 

Tdrawhiti, *. A hoop, {w.) 

Tare, v. To hang up. 

E taie mai ra i runga o te taiepa ; 
It is hanging there on the fence. 

To groan ; to catch breath, 
E tare ana a Potopoto i te ma- 
mae ; Potopoto is groaning with 
pain. 

T^reha, *. Ochre, 

Tareke, s, A very small edge 
tool, 

Tarenga, s. Act or time of hang- 
ing up. 



TAR 



( 161 ) 



TAR 



Tarêparêpa, v, Tojlap in the 

wind, 

Tukua te ra kia tareparqpa; Let 
go the sail, let it flap. 

Tarerarêra, v. To be torn ; to 

be divided, 

Tarerarera ke he wahi ano he 
wahi ano ; It is divided into two 
parts, (spoken of a garment). 

Taret&re,». To be out of breath, 
Ka oma ka taretare te manawa ; 
When I run I am out of breath. 

Tarewa, ©.' To shoot forth, 

Ka tarewa te tupu o te kapana ; 
The sprout of the potatoe shoots 
forth. 

To spready as the rays of the 
sun before sunrise, 

Ka tarewa nga hihi o te ra ; The 
beams of the sun spread. 

To hang suspended, as clothes 

on a line, 

E tarewa mai nga kakahu Id 
runga o te taura ; The clothes are 
hanging upon the line. 

To be afloat, 

TArewa, a. Unsettled; unpaid. 
He mea mamae te taonga tare- 
wa, kia ea ano ka ora te tangata ; 
Property not paid for causes un- 
easiness, let it be settled for, and 
the man is relieved. 

Tdri, V, To carry. 
Pass, Taria. 

Kei te tari nga tangata 1 nga 
papa ; The men are carrying the 
boards. 

Tdringa,^. Act or time of carry ^ 
ing. 

The €€w. 



Taringa, s. Act or time of wait- 
ing, 

(First syllable longer than Ua 
the preceding ward,) 

Tdro, s. An esculent plant. 

(Caladium esculentum,) 

Taro, ad. A long time. 

Soon. 

Kihai i taro ka puta ; It was not 
long before he appeared. Taro 
ake ka ua ; A little time hence it 
will rain. 

Tdroa, *. A self-sown potatoe. 

Taroi, v. To tie up a basket. 

Pass. Taroia. 

Taroi, a. Tying. 

Homai tetahi utu mo te kai 
taroi i nga kapana ; Give a pay- 
ment for the person tying up the 
potatoe baskets. 

Taroia, v. To be calm. 

Ka taroia te moana ; The sea is 
calm. 

T4roman6a, v. To be hose. 

To be soft, as fruit; to be 
flaccid. 

Ka taromanoa nga pititi nei; 
These peaches are soft. 

T^rona, v. To be hung by the 
neck. 

Nana ia i tarona; He hung him- 
self. 

Tarotdro, v. To cut the hair. 
Kua oti koe te tarotaro ; You 
have been cropped. 

Tdru, s. A disease. 

He taru ke tenei; Tliis is a 
different disease, 

Crrass, 

Tdru, a. Near. 

Ka haere katoro i taru kauiga; 
p2 



TAR ( 162 ) TAT 

Go and visit the pUces which are , Tata, S. A vessel With which 

water is baled out of a canoe, 

A small net, (B. C.) 

Tata, V, To bale water out of a 

canoe. 

Tangia te riu o to tatou waka ; 
Let the water of our canoe he 
baled out. 



near. {^' ^') 

Taruhae, v. To be jealous, as 
birds are if any one ap- 
proaches their young, 

Tiruke, s. A basket for catch- 
ing Cray -fish, 

Taruketanga, s. Hurry; im- 
patience, 

Tena ra tou taruketanga mai i 
roto i te awha; Your hurry is 
great to travel in the rain. {Ng,) 

Taruna, v. To be connected with 
a person or place, 

Na te huanga maton i taruna ai 
ki a Takirau ; From relationship 
we were connected with Takirau. 

Tarure, v. To be loose, as a 
post in the ground. 

Tamtam, s. Grass, 

Tamtawhiti, s, A cold; in- 
fluenza. {E, C) 

Tarum, v. To beguile, 

Ī tarurua e nga korero maha ; 
He was beguiled by the numerous 
reports. (^*) 

Tata, s, A stalk of a plant. 
A fence. {E. C.) 

Syn. with Taiepa. 

Tata, a. Harsh; contradic- 
tory, 

E pa, he kupu tata tou kupu ; 
Sir, your word is in contradic- 
tion to mine. ( W,) 

Tatd, ». To split. 

Pass, Tatakia. 

Ma wai e tata he wahie } By 
whom shall firewood be split ? 



TAta, a. Near.^ 

He kainga tata ; A near place. 

Tata, V, To be near. 

Tatahau, s, A leg. 

The thin bone of the leg. 

TAtahi, s. Seaside. 

Kua riro ia ki tatahi ; He is 
gone to the seaside. 

Distance ; a being distant. 
Ka he te tatahi o nga pou nei ; 
The distance of these posts is 
wrong. 

Tatahi, v. To be mde apart ; 
but not relating to things at 
a great distance. 

Kia tatahi nga rakau ; Let the 
trees be wide apart. 

Tatai, *. A plan or purpose. 
He tatai pai ano aku tatai; My 
plans are good. 

A measuring. (E. C.) 

Tdtai, V. To join different pieces 

of a fishing-net together. 

Pass. Tataia. 

£ tatai ana te Hikutu i te ku- 
penga ; The tribe Hikutu is join- 
ing the net together. 

To measure. 

Tataia te whare kia tika ai; Let 
the house be measured that it may 
be correct. 

Tatainga, s. Act or time of join- 
ing parts of a net* 



TAT 



( 163) 



TAT 



T&tair6ngo, s. A species of^ 
potatoe. 

Tatakanga, 8, Act, or time, or 
place of splitting firewood. 

Tatakau, v. To be unfruitful. 
Tatakau ana nga rarangi o te 
mara nei; The rows of this culti- 
vation are unfiruitfiiL 

Tataki, v. To be sticky ; to be 
ropy. 

Tataki ana te ware o te mangai ; 
The saliva of the mouth is sticky, 
(as when the tongue sticks to the 
roof of the mouth.) 

Tataki, prep. By. 

Tataki rau; By hundreds. Ta- 
taki wha ; By fours. 

Tdtaku, s. Speech. 
Tatanga, s. Nearness. 

Tatanga, v. To be quick. 

Kia tatanga tatou te haere; Let 
us be quick in going. 

Tatangi^ a. Sonorous. 

Tatangi, v. To sound; to jingle. 
E tatangi ana nga pata i roto i 
te kaho ; The pots are jingling in 
the cask. 

Tatango, v. To catch hold of a 
thing, as in striving. 

To strive. 

E tatango ana nga tamariki i te 
kakahu ; The children are striving 
for the garment. 

Tatao, V. To bend. 

Ka tatao te tuara, ka mate; The 
back bendsy he is ill. 

To rest upon. 

Te kohu e tatao ana i runga i 
te whenua ; The fog which rests 
upon the ground. 



To bleed from the nose. 

Ka tatao taku ihu ; My nose 
bleeds. {E. C.) 

Tatdo, s. A baking of food for 

a great length of time. 

Te tatao o te umu nei, te hukea ? 
The length of baking in this oven, 
why is it not opened ? {E. C.) 

Tatara, s. A mat. 

A fence. {W.) 

The name of a shrub. 
Tatarakihi, s. A locust. 

Tataramda, s. The name of a 
creeping plants 

{Rubus australis.) 

Tatari, v. To wait for. 

Pass. Taria. 

Kia tatari tatou kia po ; Let 
us wait until it is night. 

Tatari, *. A sieve. 

Tdtari, v. To sift. 

Tataria te witi kia pai ai ; Let 
the wheat be sifted that it may be 
good. 

Tdtariki, s. The name of a 
small bird. 

Tataringa, s. Act or time of 
sifting. 

Tdtata, s, A mat. 

Tdtata, v. To be near. 

Kia tatata mai nga tangata, ka 
karanga ai ; Let the men be near, 
then call. 

Tdtau, s. A door. 

Tatau, pron. We all. 

{E. C.) (Rotorua.) 

Tatdu, V, To turn about. 

E tatatt ana te ngakau ki te aha 



1 



TAT 



( 164) 



TAU 



ki tc aha ; The heart turns i Tau, *. A year. 



about to a variety of things. 

Tdtau, V. To quarrel; to fight. 
Pass. Tatauria. 

E tataa ana nga tangata ; The 
men are quarrelling. 

Tatau, V. To count ; to reckon. 
Pass. Taua. 

Kei te tatau ia i nga kete ; He 
is counting the baskets. 

Tdtau, V. To squeeze. 
Pass, Tauia. 

^ Kua tapeke a matou pononga 
ki te tatau taweku ; Our slaves are 
gone to squeeze taweku. iJV.) 

Tatauranga, s. Jet, time, or 
place of quarrelling. 

Tatawhainga, v. To emulate ; 
to contend. /jg^ (y\ 

Taton, pron. We; ourselves. 

Tatu, V. To reach the bottom. 
Ka tatu te hoe; The paddle 
reaches the bottom. 

To be satisfied, 

Ka tatu taku ngakau ; My 
heart is satisfied. 

Tatu, a. Satisfied. 

He ngakau tatu; A satisfied 
heart. 

Tatua, s. A girdle. 

Syn. with Whitiki. {B. C.) 
Taturanga, s. Act of reaching 
to the bottom. 

Satisfaction. 

Tatutatu, v. To stagger. 

Tatutatu kau nga waewae ; The 
legs are staggering. (W.) 

Tau, a. Strange. 

He tau tangata; A stranger. 
Hetauwhenuaj A strange land. 



A handle, as of a bucket. 

A string, as of a garment. 

A song repeated during a 
speech. 

E kore koe e ako i tera hei taa 
man? Will you not learn that 
as a song for yourself? 

A ridge of a hill. 
Syn. with Kaweka. 

Tau, V. To be suitaile. 

£ kore e tau te kakahu pakeha 
ki a koe ; The clothing of the fo- 
reigner is not suitable for thee. 

To light, as a bird. 

Ka tau te kukupa ki te miro ; 
The pigeon lights upon the mux). 

Tau, V. To assault; to bark. 
Pass. Tauria. 

Ka tauria te pa o te Whakato- 
hea, kihai i taea ; The village of 
the Whakatohea was assaulted, 
but was not gained. 

T^u, V. To turn round on all 
sides. 

Ka tau noa te manu, meake 
rere ; The bird is turning about, 
it will fly presently. {See Tatau.) 

Tdu, pron. Thy. 
Taua, s. An army. 

Taua, a. Mourning. 

He kakahu taua; A mourning 
garment. 

Taua,^ro». pers. We two. 

Taua, pron. demons. That be- 
fore mentioned. 

Tdua, V. def. Give way. 

Taua, V. To mourn for the dead. 
E taua ana koe? Are you 
mourning ? 

Tauarai, s. A screen. 



TAU 



( 165) 



TAU 



Tauhêna, s. A dwarf, (e. C) 

Tauhinu, s. The name of a 
shrub. 

(Pomaderris ericifolia,) 

TAuhinukdrokiu, *. The name 
of a shrub, (e: C.) 

T&uhiimkoromiko, s. The 
name of a shrub, (E, C) 

Taubokai, s, A post in a river 
to which a net is fastened, 

Tauhou, *. A stranger, 

Taubduanga, ad. Last year, 

{E, C) 

Tauhtitihtiti, t?. To pull the hair. 

Ka tauhutihuti i a raua; They 

are pulling each others hair. ( W,) 

Taui, V, To ebb, 

Meake taui te tai ; The tide 
will soon ebb. 

Taui, s, A sprain, 

Tauia, v. To be tied. 

Tauia to tatou ra ; Let our sail 
be tied. 

Tauira, v. A copy; an ex- 
ample : a pattern. 

A disciple ; a pupil, (E. C) 

Tauiwi, s, A strange tribe, 

Taukahdre, int. An expression 
of surprise, 

Taukahore nga mea nei te pine ! 
How close these things are ! 

Taukaka, s, A ridge of a hill, 

Taukawe, *. A handle, 

Tauke, v. To lie separate. 

Me tauke tena pehanga ; Let 
that heap lie separate. ( W.) 

Taukiri, int. An expression of 
surprise. 



Taukoro, *. A large basket. 

Taukuri, interj. An expression 
of surprise, (E, C) 

Tdumaba, a. Heavy. 

Taumaba, *. Weight. 

Syn. with Taimaha. {E. C.) 

TAumaibi, s. A small tower of 
a fortified village. 

Facing boards of the roof of 
a house, (E. C.) 

Taumanu, s. A seat of a boat 
or canoe, 

Taumata, s, A resting place 
on a hill ; a brow. 

Taumdro, s. Obstinacy; ur- 
gency. 

He taumaro na Tohi te mau ai 
te rongo ; It was from Tohi's ob- 
stinacy that peace was not made. 

Taumaru, v. To be shaded. 
Ka taumaru to tatou kainga ; 
Our place is shaded. 

Taumau, v. To be betrothed. 
No te itinga tenei wahine i tau- 
mau ai ; This woman was be- 
trothed from her childhood. 

Taumau, a. Betrothed. 
Taunaba, v. To bespeak, 

Tauuaba, a. Bespoken, 

He mea taunaha nga poaka; 
The pigs are bespoken. 

Taunabtia, s. An obstacle. 

Taunga, s. Barking ; assault- 
ing. 

Counting, 

A perch ; settling ; connexion. 

Taunga, v. To be settled ; to 
be accustomed. 

Ka taungatia matou ki tenei 



TAU 



( 



kaing» ; We tan settkd in tibia 
place. 

To he etmmected, 

Ko wai te taanga i taimga ai 
koatoa ki tena kainga ? l^liat was 
the connexioii by which joa were 
connected with that place ? 

Tiunu, r. To jeer. 

Pat9, Taunutia. 
Taunoke, *. J êtaii of fruit, 

Taupa, 8, Fat about the kid- 
meys; lard; tuet, 

Syn. with Pa. {B. C.) 

Tiupa, r. To hinder ; to oh- 
êtmet ; to prevent. 

Kihai aa i haere, i tanpatia ahan 
e te tangata i te po ; I did not 
go, I was hind^ed by a person 
in the night. (TT.) 

Taupdtup^tu, 0. To twell as 
the waves» 

Tdupoki, s. Alid : a covering. 

Tdupoki, V. To cover. 

Taupokina te ponaka ; Let the 
box be covered np. 

Tduporo, c. To finish; to end, 
Koa tanporoa te tawha ; The 
distribution is ended. 

Taupdronga, *. Act or time of 
finishing. 

Tdupua» r. Tofioat. 

Ka kan i te moana, ka ngenge, 
ka tanpua; When he swims in 
the sea, and is weary, he floats. 
Ka taapoa nga tangata ki mnga 
ki te takere o te waka ; The men 
are floating upon the keel of the 
canoe. 

To take breath. 



Ko tahi tonu te haerenga ake 
i raro, a taupoa rawa atu i te tihi 
ra ano; We went straight on 



166 ) TAU 

firom below, and took brestk 
when we got to the top. 

Ti^iira, s. A rope. 

Taurakiy v. To hang up. 
Pa». Taurakina. 

Me taoraki nga kaka ki nuigt 
ki te aho; Let the clothes be 
hung on the line. (S. C.) 

Taurakanga, s. Place upon 
which anything is hung up, 

Tauranga, s. A landing place. 
Lighting place of a bird» 

Taurangi, a. Indefinite. 

Hei aha te idiakaatu tanrangi ? 
What is the good of an indefinite 
direction ? (W.) 

Taoraroa, *. Witchcraft. 

Taurekareka,, s. A slave. 

Taurereka, s. A slave. 

Taurewa, s, A visitor who has 
no home, 

Syn. with Konene. 

Taurewa, a. Unsettled, 

He taonga taurewa ; Property 
not paid for ; a debt. {B. C) 

Tauri, s. An ornament of 
feathers on a taiaha. 

Taurima, r. To entertain; to 
treat with hospitality. 

I waiea ki te taurima i tana 
mannhiri; He was busy enter- 
taining his guest. {W.) 

Tduromarumaki, r. To duck. 
Poms. Tauinmammakina. 

Tautaka, r. To be crank; to 

be unsteady. 

Tautaka ki to tatou waka; Our 
canoe is very crank. 

Tautapa, r. To sing, as in row- 
ing, or in dragging a canoe. 



1 



TAU 



^Tw-> 



TAW 



TĀutari, v. To tie up reed* to 

the side of a house. 

Kei te tautari te whare o Take ; 
The reeds of Tuke's house are 
being tied up. 

Tdutau, *. A string or hunch 
of anything. 

Tautau, v. To tie up things 

separately on the samestring. 

Me tautau nga kaanga kia ma- 

roke ai ; Let the corn be tied on 

strings that it may be dry. 

Tdutauamda, a. Private; that 
in which few take apart. 

He riri tautauamoa ; A private 
quarrel. ( TV,) 

Tauteka, «. A pole upon which 
a weight is carried. 

Tduteka, v. To carry a weight 
upon a pole. 

Tautika, s. A boundary. 

Ko te tautika teneio te kainga ; 
This is the boundary of the place. 

Tdutimai, v. def Come hither ; 
the expression of welcome to 
a stranger. {W.) 

.V. To contend, 

as in a race ; 

to dispute ; 

to emulate. 

E tautohetohe ana nga waka ra ; 
The canoes are racing. 

Taiit(5ket6benga, s. Act or time 
of contending, 

TauwhAinga, v. To emulate ; 
to strive. 

£ tauwhainga ana te waka ki te 
poti; The canoe is racing with the 
boat. 

Tauwli4rewliiire, v. To over- 
hang. 



Tautohe, or 
Tautohetdlie, 



Ka tauwbarewiiare te parenga o 
te tai ; The banli formed by the 
wash of the sea if overhanging. 

TAuwhatu, s. A fishing -net. 

Tauwhentia, s. A strange land. 

Tawa, s. The name of a tree. 

(Laurus tawa.) 

T&waho,, s. A bed in a garden. 

Tdwaha, v. To have an m»- 
pleasant taste. 

Ka tawahatia taku mangai ; My 
. mouth has an unpleasant taste. 

TB.wêhi,prep. On the other side. 

Tawai, s. A canoe without at* 
tached sides. 

Syn. with Tiwai. {E. C.) 

A teasing ; a jeering. 

Tawai, a. Teasing. 

Tawai, v. To tease ; to jeer. 
Ana ra e tawaia te tangata ; Let 
not the man be jeered at. 

Tawainga, s. Act or time of 
teasing, 

Tawaiwai, s. The name of a tree. 
Syn. with Tanekaha. (W.) 

Taware, v. To deceive ; to ca- 
jole. {Ngt.) 

Tawatdwa, s. The fish macka' 
rel. 

Tawatu, s. An oven of cockles. 

Tawdu, *. Pungency. 

Me rami ki te wai kia hemo ai 
te tawau o te panahi ; Soak it in 
water that the pungency of the 
panahi may be removed. 

Tawauwau, s. The name of a 
fish. 

Tawêke, v. To be gone or come. 



TAW 



(168) 



TAW 



Kua tawfke atu nga tangata; 
the men are gone. 

Taweku, s. T-ie name of a shrub, 
Syn. with Tupakihi. (TF.) 

Tawera, s. Morning star, 

A part of a wood which has 
been burnt. (E. C.) 

Tawêrewêre, v. To hang. 

He aha tenei e tawerewere nei ? 
What is this which hangs here ? 

Tawha, s. A calabash. {W.) 

A chasm ; a crack. 

Tawlia, V. To crack, as mealy 
potatoes, 

Tawhai, s. The name of a tree, 

Tawhai, v. To grow tall, as a 
tree. 

£ tawhai noa ana te pititi nei ; 
This peach tree grows tall. 

To imitate ; to follow after, 
E kore e taea te tawhai te whare 
karakiaaNgatitoa ; The church of 
Ngatitoa cannot be imitated. {W.) 

Tawhao, s. A wood of small 
trees. 

Tawhara, s . Fruit of the kiekie. 

Tawharu, v. To bend. 

Kei tawharu iho te tahuhu ; 
Take care that the ridge-pole does 
not bend. 

Tawhati, s. A valley. (w.) 

Tawhati, v. To ebb, 

Kua tawhati te tai ; The tide 
has ebbed. (E. C.) 

Tawhera, v. To be open, as a 
wound. 

Tawhera katoa te waewae o 
Waiahinau ; Waiahinau's foot is 
all open. 



Tawliero, «. The name of a tree. 
Syn. with Towhai. (W.) 

Tawheta, v. To dangle ; to be 
listless. 

To lie in a heap, 
Sjn. with Takoto. 
Ka tawheta nei nga rakaa; The 
sticks lay here. {B. C.) 

Tawhetdwhe, s. An old gar- 
ment. 

Kua kore o matou tawhetawhe; 
Our old garments are torn. 

Tawhi, s. Food, 

E kore e o atu te tawhi maori; 
Native food will not enter into his 
mouth. {E, C.) 

Tawliio, V. To go round about. 
Ka tawhio te kainga ki roto ; 
The village is out of the way» in- 
side. {W.) 

Tawhiri, v. To beckon. 

Tawhiritianga tangata kia haere 
mai ; Let the men be beckoned to 
come here. 

To wring, as the neck of a 
bird; to whirl round. 

Tawhiritanga, *. Act or time 
of beckoning. 

Tawhiti, s. Distance. 

Kua riro ia ki tawhiti ; He is 
gone to a distance. 

Tawhiti, v. To run away. 

Kua tawhiti taku tamaiti ; My 
child has run away. (E, C) 

Tawhito, a. Old, 

He kakahu towhito ; An old 
garment, 

Tawhito, v. To be old. 
Pass. Tawhitotia. 

Tawhiuwhiu,». Towhirlround; 
to twist the neck. 






TAW 



( 169) 



TEN 



Tawhiwhi, v. To be enimned 
round. 

Ka tawhiwhi te puawananga ki 
nga manga o te rakau ; The cle- 
matis is entwined round the 
branches of the tree. 

Tawhiwhitanga, 8. Any thing 

on which something else is 

enttoined* 

Homai tetahi rakau hei tawhi- 
whitanga ; Give me a stick round 
whidi it may entwine itself. 

TAwiri, s. The name of a shell- 
fish. 

The name of a tree, 
Syn. with Kohuhu. 

An eel net. n {e. C) 

Te, art. The. 

Te, ad. Not. 

He aha koe te haere ai ? Why 
will you not go ? 

Te, V. To crack. 

Ka t^ te rakau, meake whati ; 
The tree cracks, it will soon break. 

Tea, ad. Where. 

Tea mea ma ? Where is so and 
BO? {B.) 

Tebea, pron. Which. 

Ko ia tehea ko te tangata? 
Which is the man ? 

Tehea, ad. Where. 

Tehea toku kakahu ? Where is 
my garment ? {R.) 

Teina, *. A younger brother or 
sister. 

Têitei, s. A summit. 

Têitei, a. High; tall. 

He puke teitei ; A high hill. 

Têka, s. A falsehood. 

"Part of a digging implement 



called ^^ ko,^^ upon which the 
foot is pressed. 

A small dart used in play. 

Syn. with Neti. 

Têka, a. False; lying. 

Têk&, V. To speak falsely. 
,Pa88. Tekaia ; To be disbelieved. 
Ka tekaia taku korero ; My 
speech is disbelieved. 

Têkanga, s. Act of lying. 

Tekdu, a. Ten, 

Teki, s. Outer fence of a pa. 

(E. C.) 

Teki, V. To drift with the an- 
chor down. {R.) 

Têko, s. A stone ; a rock. 

Têkoteko, s. A carved figure, 
placed at the top of the gable 
end of a native house. 

*Temepara, s. A temple. 

Têna, pron. That. 

Tena, v. def. Proceed. 

Têna, conj. But. 

T^ne, a. Invented. 

He kupu tene noa ake tenei 
kupu ; This word is a word in- 
vented. 

Tene, V. To urge ; to be im* 
portunate, 

E tene mai ano pea ki tetahi 
mana ; He will be urgent perhaps 
for some for himself. 

T^nei, pr(m. This. 

*Têneti, s. A tent. 

Tênga, s. A part of the throat 
called pomum Adami. 

Têngi, a. Three. 
Syn. with Toru. 

Q 



TEN ( 170 ) 

Teno, V. To be notched. 

Kia teno te rakaa ; Let the stick 
be notched. 

Teo, s. A stick, 

Têo, t?. To atlckinto the ground, 

*Têpara, s. A table, 

Têpetêpe, a, A clot of blood. 

Tera, pron. That, 

Tere, a. Swift ; drifting. 

He waka tere ; A drifting canoe. 

Tere, v. To drift ; to move 
swiftly, 

Ka tere te kaipuke ; The ship 
moves swiftly. 

Terenga, s. Swiftness ; drift- 
*w^ / floating. 

Têretêre, s. A company of visi- 
tors from a distant tribe» 

Têretêre, ». To flow or run, 
as a liquid, 

Tetahi, a» Some; a certain 
one, 

Têtê, s. Figurehead of a canoe. 

Name for a certain kind of 
canoe. 

Tete, V, To lie, 

E tete mai ra nga rakau ; The 
trees lie there. 

Syn. with Takoto. {E, C.) 

Tetêa, V, To gnash with the 
teeth» 

Teteatanga, s. Act of gnash- 
ing with the teeth. 

Teteka, v. To be benumbed. 
Ka teteka aku ringaringa i te 
matao ; My fingers are benumbed 
with cold. (U.) 

Tetere, s, A swelling. 



TIA 



Tetere, v. To swell. 

Ka tetere taku matihao; My 
finger is swollen. 

To be large in size, 

Ka tetere te kaipuke nei ; This 
ship is large. {E, C.) 

Tetere, a. Large. 

He tangata tetere *, A large man. 

{E, C.) 

Tetere, *. A trumpet. 

Tewe, s. Membrane of the 
foetus. 

Têwetêwe, s. A fish like 

mackarel, 

Syn. with Tawatawa. (12.) 

Ti, s. The name of a tree, 

(Cordyline australis.) 

*Tea, 

Tia, s, A stake ; a peg, 

Tia, V, To stick into the earth. 
Pass, Tiaia. 

Me tia nga poupou o te tenēti ; 
Let the pegs of the tent be stuck 
into the ground. 

Tiaho, v. To shine, 

Ka tiaho mai te ahi ; The fire 
shines. 
Tiaka, s, A dam. {B, C.) 

Tiakakdhi, v. To be at its 
greatest height ; — spoken of 
the sun. 

Tiakanga, s. Protection; a 
taking care of. 

Tiaki, v. To take care of. 
Pass. Tiakina. 

I a au e tiaki ana i te whare ka 
puta mai a Ponui ; While I was 
taking care of the house Ponui 
made his appearance. 

Tiaki, a. Protective ; careful 
of. 



TIA 

He mahi tiaki tana mahi ; His 
work is that of protecting. 

Tianga, s. Place where any- 
thing is stuck into the earth, 

Tiatia, «. Jpegs a stake, 

Kei hea nga tiatia o te teneti ? 
Where are the pegs of the tent ? 

Hare, s. Scent. 

Tau ana te tiare i te raukawa ; 
The scent from the raukawa is 
diffused. (W,) 

Tiari, V. To hang up. 

Me tiari ki waho ki te rakau; 
Let it be hung up outside on the 
tree. 

Tieke, «. The name of a bird, 

A black mat, 

Tienga, *. A floor mat, 

Tiepa, v. To hang loose. 

Me tiepa noa ake tona ka- 
kahu; Let his garment hang 
loose. (^0 

Tihahuhahu, v. To scatter 
about. 

Tiliau6ra, s. The name of a 
plant. 

Tihe, s. A sneezing, ^ 

Tlhe, V, To sneeze. 

Tihêi, V, To carry on the back, 
Tiheiheitia nga kai nei ; Let 
these eatables be carried on the 
back. 

Syn. with Pikau. (E, C.) 

♦Tihema, «. The month of De- 
cember. 

Tiberu, *. A vessel with which 
to bale a canoe, 

Tiheru, v. To bale water from 
a canoe or boat. 



( 171 ) TIK 

Tiherua te wai o te poti ; Let 
the water of the boat be baled out. 

Tihewa, s, A sneezing, 

Tihêwa, v. To sneeze, 

Tihi, s. Summit of a hill. 

Tihi, V. To fie in a heap. 

E tihi mai te kai o te rua ; The 
food of the store lies in a heap. 

Tihoi, s. An irregularity in a 
native mat, where a fresh 
row of stitches begins from 
the middle of another. 

Tihdihdi, a. Prating ; noisy. 
He kotiro tihoihoi ; a prating 
girl. 

Tihoka, v. To stick in; to 
thrust in. 

Tihokatia atu te maripi ki te 
raupo; Let the knife be stuck 
into the raupo. (E, C.) 

Syn. with Kokomo. 

Tihore, v. To strip off, 

Tihoreate kiri o te rakau ; Let 
the bark of the tree be stripped off. 

Tihore, s, A species of flax, 

Tihou, s. An implement used 
as a spade, 

Tika, a. Straight; correct; 
righteous ; lawful ; just, 

Tika, V. To be straight; to 
be correct, 

Ka tika to korero ; Thy speech 
is correct. 

Tikaka, v. To be burnt up by 
the sun, 

Tikanga, «. Straightness ; cor- 
rectness. 

Tikaokao, *. A barn-door fowl. 

Tikapu, s. Aplantfrom which 
rope is made. 



TIK 



( 172 ) 



TIN 



Tikaro, v. To pluck out; to 
pick out ; to scoop. 
Pass. Tikarohia. 

Tiketike, a. Lofty. 

He whare tiketike ; A high 
hoose. 

Tiketike, *. Height. 

Tiki, V. To fetch. 

Tikina tetahi raupo mo te 
whare ; Let some raupo be fetched 
for the house. 

Tiki, 8. A post marking a sacred 
place. 

Lower part of the back; the 
sacrum. 

Tikihope, s. The loins. 

Tikinga, *. Act or time of 
fetching. 

Tikitiki, s. A topknot. 

Tikitu, a. Entire ; untouched. 
He ngaherehere tikitu ; A wood 
of which no part has been cut 
down. 

Tikoko, V, To shovel ; to dip 
up ; to ladle. 

Ka tikokoa te oneone ki waho ; 
The earth is shovelled out. 

Tikupenga, s. The name of a 
plant, (jDordyline stricta.) 

Timanga, s. A stage upon which 

food is placed. 

Syn. with Whata, Pataka, and 
Komanga. 

Timata, s, A short spear. 

{E. C.) 

Timata, v. To begin. 

Pass. Timataia. 

Ka timataia te korero e Kawe ; 
The speaking was commenced by 
Kawe. 



Timat&nga) s. Beginning; com- 
mencement, 

Timo, V. To peck, as a fowl. 
Pass. Timoa. 

Timu, a. Ebbing. 

Hetutimu; Ebb-tide. 

Timu, V. To ebb. 

Tina, v. To sit still through 
fear. 

Tina ana i te mataku o te tana ; 
He sits still through fear of the 
enemy. 

*Tina, s. Dinner. 

Tinaku, s. Seed potatoes. 

Me koko aku tinaku ; My seed 
potatoes must be plant^. 

Tinana, s. Body of an animal. 
Trunk of a tree. 

Tinêi, r. To put out; to de- 
stroy. 

Tineia te kapura ; Let the fire 
be extinguished. Ka tineia te 
namu ; The fly is destroyed. 

Tinga, v. def. It seemeth, 

E tinga ano i tawhiti koe ; It 
seems as though you are from a 
distance. 

Tingei, a. Unsettled; ready 
to move. 

He noho tingei ; Living un- 
settled. {E. C.) 

Tini, a. Many. 

E ai an tini paraikete ! How 
many blankets you have ! 

Tini, s. A multitude. 

Tini, V. To be numerous. 

Kia tini nga pou mo te taiepa ; 
Let the posts for the fence be 
many. 

Tinia, v. To be vexed ; to be 
annoyed. 



TIN. 



( 173 ) 



TIR 



Ka tinia ahau e te pawerawera ; f Tipa, s. The name of a akell'- 



I am annoyed by the heat. 
Tinihanga, a. DeeeitJuL 
Tinihanga, s. Deceit, 

Tinihdiiga, v. To be deceitjul; 

to he crafty, 

I tinihang^tia ahau e te kai 
arahi, i po ai au ; I was deceived 
by the guide, which is the reason 
I am late. 

Tining^rongero, v. To be very 
numerous, 

Tiniwhaidio, v. To he very nu- 
merous, 

Tino, s, A precise point. 

Ko tetino oTaiamai tenei; This 
is the precise point of Taiamai ; — 
(applied to a solitary stone, which 
gives the name to the whole dis- 
trict.) 

Tino, ad. Quite; very, 

Kia tino koropupu te wai ; Let 
the water qxdte boil. 

Tlnolu, *. Hot stones which 
are put upon the top of food 
in an oven. 

Tio, *. An oyster, 
A land mark, i^fft,) 

Tio, V, To he sharp ; to cut, 
Ane ! tehaupapatio tonu ; Oh! 
the ice is quite sharp. 

Tiora, v. To split. 

Ka tionda katoatia te makahi ; 
The wedge is all split. 

Tioro,». To he jarred i to tingle, 
Ka tioro aku taringa i te paku- 
tanga o te pu ; My ears are jarred 
with the report of the gun. 

Tiotio, a. Sharp; cutting. 

He kohatu tiotio ; A sharp 
stone. 



fish, 

Tipa, V. To he dried up. 

Ka tipatia a raro o te whenua ; 
The earth below is scorched. 

Tipau, s. The name of a tree, 

Syn. with Mapau. 

{My mine Urvilliee,) 

Tipi, V. To he swift ; to cut 

along, 

Ano te waka tipi ana i te taha- 
taha ; How the canoe cuts along 
the coast. 

To cut off^ as weeds are cut 
with a spade, 

Tipia nga tarutaru, ka ngaki ai 
i te mara nei ; Let the weeds be 
cut off, and then dig this garden. 

(£. e.) 

Tipoka, V, To he dried up. 
Katahi ano ka tipoka inaianei ; 
It is now first dried up to-day. 

Tip6ko, V, To he consumed. 
Ka tipoko anake aku ika i te 
kuri ; My fish are all consumed 
by the dog. (£. C.) 

Tipore, s. The name of a shrub, 
Tipu, V. To grow. {E. C.) 

Tipua, s. A divinity^ whose 
place of abode is often mark- 
ed by a large tree or stone. 

A strange or new sickness. 

{E. C.) 

Tipuaki, s. The crown of the 
head. {E, C.) 

Tipuna, s. A grandfather ; an 
ancestor. (E. C.) 

Tira, s. A company of travellers. 

Tera te tira ka puta; There 

comes the company of travellers. 

Fin of a fish. 

Q 2 



TIR ( 174 ) 

Tiraha, 8. A bundle, 

£ rima nga tiraha raupo ; There 
are five bandies of raupo. (£. C.) 

Tiraha, v. To lean ; to slant, 

Kia tiraha nga pon o tewhare; 
Let the posts of the house lean. 

To he slow. 

Tiraha tou te haere o te pahi nei ; 
This party travels slowly. (JS. C) 

Tirangaranga, v. To be scat- 
tered. 

Ka tirangaranga nga otaota i te 
ketunga a te poaka ; The rubbish 
is scattered about by the rooting 
of the pigs. (^0 

Tirangorango, v. The same as 
Tirangaranga. 

Tirangi, v. To be unsettled, 

Tirara, v. To be spread abroad; 
to be dispersed, 

Tirara ana nga waewae ; The 
legs are spread abroad. 

Tiratii, s. Mast of a native 
canoe, 

Tirau, s, A peg ; a small stick, 

(W,) 

Tireki, s, A stack offernroot. 



TIT 



\ 



Tiremi, v. To ebb, 

Kua tiremi te korihirihi ; The 
tide has ebbed. (TZ.") 

Tirengi, adv. Unsettled, 

Ka noho tirengi nga tangata i 
te mataku ; The people are living 
unsettled through fear. (-^Vj^.) 

Tin, ». To throw or place one 
by one, 

£ tiri ana a Tohe i nga ika ki 
uta ; Tohe is throwing the fish on 
shore. Kei te tin i nga kai o te 
rua ; He is placing the kumara in 
the store. 



To plant, 

£ tiri parareka ana a Te Wata; 
Te Wata is planting potatoes. 

Tin, *. An offering, 

Ka poipoia te tiri ki te Atna, 
ka mea, To tiri na, e Whiro ; He 
holds up the offering, and says. 
Thy offering, O Whiro. 

Tiripapd, v. To sound in suc- 
cession. 

Ka tiripapa te mahi a Ngapuhi; 
The guns of Ngapuhi are fired is 
quick succession. (TT.) 

Tiriwa^ *. A compartment; a 
division, 

Tirohanga, s. Act of looking, 
Ka hoha au i te tirohanga ; I 
am weary with looking. 

Tirou, tf. A fork; a pointed 
stick used as a fork, 

Tirou, V. To take up with a 
stick; to steer a canoe by 
dashing the paddle into the 
water and draunng it to- 
wards one, 

Tiroua mai te ihu o te waka ; 
Let the head of the canoe be 
steered this way. 

Titaha, s. An axe. 

Name of a mat. 

Titaha, v. To be on one side, 
Titaha ana nga tuturu o te 
whare ; The door-posts of the 
house are on one side. He aha 
koe i titaha ai i toku kainga ? 
Why did you go on one side ? — 
t. e., pass by my abode? Kua 
titaha te ra ; The sun is declin- 
ing. 

Titaka, *. To be loose ; to be 
unsteady, 

Titaka noa ana taku niho ; My, 
tooth is loose. 



I 



\ 



TIT ( 175 ) 

Tit£kataka, «» To wallow, 

TitĀritari^ v. To scatter about, 
Pase, Titaritaria. 



TIW 



Na wai i titaritari aka paka- 
puka? By whom were my books 
scattered about ? 

Titdritdringa, s. Act or time of 
ecattering about. 

Tite^ s, A spy ; a scout. 

Titengi, a. Unsettled, 

Kati te noho titengi, kia u ki 
raro; Live no longer unsettled, 
but be quiet. ( W.) 

Titi, *. A nail; a fastening. 

Titi, V. To nail; to fasten. 
Titia te papa nei ; Let this 
board be nailed. 

Titi, V. To shine. 

Ka titi te marama ; The moon 
shines. 

To start aside. 

Kua titi ke atu pea nga poaka 
ki waho ; The pigs have started 
aside. 

Titi, *. The name of a night 
bird. 

Titi, V. To squeak. 

Ka titi mai te kiore i roto i te 
raupo ; The rat squeaks in the 
raupo. 

To tingle, 

Titi ana nga taringa ; The ears 
tingle. 

Titinga, *, Act of nailing, 

Titiko, *. The name of a shell- 
fish, 

Titimdko, *. The name of a 
bird. 

Titiro, V. To look; to behold. 



Pass. TSrohia. 

He aha tau e titiro ? Whatare 
you looking at ? Ka titiro ma- 
kutu mai ki tokn kakahu; He 
looks earnestly at my garment. 

Tito, a. Invented, 

He korero tito noa; An in* 
vented story. 

Tito, V, To invent ; to make a 
song, 

Na Te Honia i tito tenei wai- 
ata ; This song was composed by 
Te Horua. 

Titoki, s. The name of a tree, 
(Alectryon excelsum.) 

Titoko, *. Sprit of a sail. 

Titongi, s. The name of a tree, 
Syn. with Titoki. {E, C.) 

Titore, v. To split ; to divide. 
Ka titore te taupoki o te pou- 
aka ; The lid of the box splits. 

Tit<5renga, s. Act of splitting, 

Titupu, s. A chapping of the 
skin ; a crack. 

Ka mate au i te titupu o taku 
waewae ; I am troubled with the 
chapping of my foot. 

Titupu, V. To chap ; to peel 

off. 

Kua titupu mai te hiako o te 
uhi ; The skin of the potatoe has 
peeled off. 

Tiutiu, *. The name of a bird. 

Tiutiu, V. To turn about. 

E tiutiu ana nga kanohi ; The 
eyes are turning about. {W.) 

Tiwai, s. A canoe, 

Tiwai, V, To continue ; to be 

lasting, 

Katahi ano ka tiwai te noho a 



TIW 



( 176) 



TOE 



te pakeha ; Now first is the resi- 
dence of the stranger pern^anent. 

Tiwari, v. To scrape. 

Me tiwari te roi kia reka ai ; 
Let the femroot be scraped that it 
may be sweet. 

Tiwha, a. Squint. 

He kanohi tiwha ; A squint eye. 

Tiwhana, s. A tattooed line 
on the forehead, 

Tiwhana, v. To be curved. 

A kahukura e tiwhana mai i 
runga i te rangi; The rainbow 
which is arched ap in the heavens. 

(E. a) 

Tiwhaki, v. To expand; to 
open. 

Tiwhakina te marara; Open 
the umbreUa. 

Tiwharawhara, v. To be split ; 
to be separated. 

Tiwhatiwha, v. To be dark. 

To, s. A stalky as of maize. 

To, ». To haul ; to drag. 

Kia toia ta tatou waka ki te 
moana; Let our canoe be dragged 
into the sea. 

To, pron. Thy. 

Syn. with Ton. 

To, prep. Up to; as far as. 

To nga turi te wai ; The water 
is up to the knees. 

To, A particle, which is a com' 
bination of the article te and 
the preposition o. 

Ko wai e haere ki to tera ta- 
ngata kainga ? Who will go to 
that man's abode ? 

Toa, s. The name of a fish. 
Play, 



He toa tamariki ; Children's 
play. (fi. C) 

A male. 

He toa tenei kararehe; Tliis 
animal is a male. 

*A store h(fuse. 

Toa, a. A brave, 

Toa, V. To be brave; to he 
victorious. 

Kia toa koutou aianei; fie you 
brave to-day. 

To play. 

Ka toa nga tamariki; The chil- 
dren are at play. {E, C.) 

Toa, V. To shoot up a stalk. 
Kua toa te witi ; The wheat is 
shot up into stalk. 

Tdanga, s. Bravery. 

Act of hauling, ^c. 

T6ari, a. Pellucid; pure, as 
water. («.) 

T6at6a, s. The name of a tree, 
Syn. with Tanekaha. 

Toe, V. To remain. 

Ko tahi tekau o nga kete i toe ; 
There were ten baskets which re- 
mained. 

Toeke, s. A rope tied round 
each ankle, by the assistance 
of which trees are climbed. 

Toemi, *. A hand-net. (w.) 

T<5ene, v. To set. 

Kua toene ke te ra ; The sun 
is quite set. 

Toenetanga, s. Act or time 
of setting, 

T6enga, s. A remainder; a 
remnant. 

T6ere, *. A hand-net. 



TOE 



(177) 



TOH 



T<5et<5e, v. To split. 

Toetoeahe kortri mo te kape- 
nga ; Let flax leaves be split for 
the fishing-net. 

T6et<5e, s, A species of grass. 

Shingles, wood split into the 
form of tiles, and %ised as 
covering for a roof 

Tdetdekiwi^ s, A species of 
grass. 

Tdetdepainangamdho^ s, A spe- 
cies of grass, 

Toetoerdutahi, s. A species of 
grass, {E. C) 

Toetoetabae, s, A species of 
grass, 

Toetdewatumanu» s. A species 
of grass, 

T6hake^ s, A basket, 

Kohia he wene Id te tohake ; 
Let food be gathered up into the 
basket. (JR.) 

Tdhaptiru, v. To tighten ; to 
draw up, as by a belt. 

Kia tohapurutia te manawa ; 
Let the body be drawn in tight. 

Tohe, s, A thief (R.) 

{First syllable very long.) 

T<$he, s, A striving ; urgency. 
He tohe nana i tukua atu ai ; 
Urgency on his part was the rea- 
son I let it go. 

T<$he, a. Striving ; urgent. 

Tohe, V, To strive ; to urge ; 
to persevere. 

Pass. Tohea. 

Ka tohe koe e kore e hoatu ; If 
you urge it will not be given to 
you. 



Tohenga, s. Act of urging or 
striving. 

Toherda, s, A species ofshelU 
fish. 

Tohetdhe^ s. The uvula. 

T6hi, s, A religious ceremony 
performed after a battle, 

A religious ceremony perform^ 
ed at the native baptism of 
a child, (W.) 

T6hi, V. To cut. 

Tohia nga purapura kia ranea 
ai ; Let the seed be cut that it 
may eke out. 

To perform the ceremony of 
native baptism, 

Kua tohia te tamaiti a Te Ha- 
neke; Te Haneke's child has 
been baptized. 

Tohipa, V. To turn aside, 

Tae rawa atu au kua tohipa ke 
he ara ke ; When I arrived he 
had turned aside another way. 

Tdhora, s, A whale. 

T6horaha, s. A whale. (R.) 

T6hu, s, A sign ; a mark ; a 
proof 

Idea. 

Kei te tohu a koutou e ora ? 
According to your thoughts will 
he live ? 

Tohu, a. Sparing ; merciful, 
Te mahi tohu a te Atua ; The 
merciful work of God. 

T6hu, V, To think. 

Nana i tahae nga kapana, tohu 
noa e kore e kitea ; He stole the 
potatoes, thinking he would not 
be seen. 

To spare» 



TOH 



( 178 ) 



TOK 



E kore koe e tohongia ; You 
will not be spared. 

Tdhunga, s, A priest, 

Tdhiingarua, s. A person who 
serves out food from a store, 

Tohungarda, v. To serve out 

food, 

Tohungaruatia etahi kapana ma 
tatou; Let some potatoes be 
served out for us. 

Tohutdhu, V. To mark; to 
direct. 
Pass, TohutohuDgia. 

T6i, S' The name of a plant. 

A black rough mat made from 
the same plant, 

T6i, V. To he moist. 

Toi tonu a roto o te rakau ; The 
inside of the tree is quite moist. 
E toi ana te roi ; The fbmroot is 
moist. 

Toihi, V. To be split, 

Kua toihi te rakau ; The stick 
is split iE.C) 

T6iki, s» A standing tree, of 
which the outer part is con^ 
sumed by fire, 

T6imaha, a. Heavy. (IPT.) 
Syo. with Taimaha. 

Tdingo, V. To be smart ; to be 
fine, 

Toingo ana te kakahu nei ; 
This garment is smart. 

Toitoi, *. A summit of a hill. 

T6itoi, V. To be quick, 

Kia toitoi te haere ; Be quick 
in going. 

Toitu, a. Entire ; untouched. 

T6ka, s, A stone ; a rock in 
the sea. 



Toka, V, To be full. 

Toka tonu te wai i runga ; The 
water is quite full to tbe top of 
the bank. 

Tokai, s. A strip of wood wMên 
covers the sides of the joints 
of a canoe. 

Tdkakawa, s. Steam; per- 
spiration. 

He tokakawa pea no te kohue ; 
It is perhaps steam from the 
boiler. 

T6kamatua, s, A company; a 
body of persons, (W.) 

T6kari, v. To cut ; to notch. 
Tokaritia te rakau, kia u ai te 
waewae ; Let the tree be notched, 
that the foot may be firm. 

To be severed or broken, 

Kua tokari te hutihuti ; The 
rope is broken. Kua tokari taku 
wae ; My foot is cut. (12.) 

To ebb, 

Kua tokari te ngaehe ; The 
tide has ebbed. {R) 

Toke, s. A worm. 

The name of a fish. 

Lobe of the ear. ( W.) 

Toke, V, To be out of sight ; 
to be gone, 

Syn. with Ngaro. 

Ko te tokenga tenei e toke atu 
ai ahau ; This is the departure in 
which I shall go for good. (/2. ) 

TdkeDga, s, A going out of 
sight ; a departure. 

T6ki, s. An axe ; an edge tool. 

T6ki, V, To fetch. 

Pass. Tokina. 
Syn. with Tiki. 



TOK 



Ko te toU shui i ngi poaka ; 
I am going to fetch the pigs. 
T<5kinga, », Ant or time of 

fetehing. 
Ttitdri, v. To tioM: to lArual. 
Tokiriti& te wska; Let the 
canoe be «bored acrou. 

Sjn witb Kokiri. (W.) 

Ttfkibifci, V. To earth up,- to 

laote» the earth aôout the 

T6ko, J teord prefixed to nu- 
merital adjecttoet from one 

Tokonu Dga tangsbi e haere 

nei ; "niere are tiro men going 

■long. [Thii compound is oiilf 

^plied to persoof.] 

Tdko, «. A pole to ehove with. 

Ray» o/liffhl. 

Ka hnpai nga toko o te rangl > 
The rnys of the heaveoa almot up ; 
— applied to the «arly down. 
Tdko,p. To .sAove ■with a polf. 
Takona te Uiika kia puta m ; 
Let the canoe be ahoTed with a 
pole that it may get throngh. 

To tpring up in the mind. 

Kb toko alte nga nbakaaro o 

te Dgakan; The tboughta apring 

up in tbe mind. ( W.) 

Tokohins, a. ffieeotiffh. 

T6kobi, ». Adultery. (w.) 

Tdkohlft, a. How many, 

Tokohia nga tangata ? How 
man; men aie there Ī 
T<ikohmu, a. Some. 

Tokohian e baere; Some will 
go. 
Ttikomiha, a. Many, 

He hanga tokomaba ; A na- 
meioua people. 



( 179 ) T 

Tdkotuanga, 

T^konmuri, s 
TrfkopuhAke, 



A prop; 
Hiccough. 



Hiccough. 

{E. C.) 
T6kor6a, «. Long lege. 
TiikonSa, a. Thin; lean. 

He raumati tenei koia i tokoroa 
aiteika; The fish is lean because 

Tdkotdko, s. A waHdng-Hiek. 
Tôku, pron. My. 
Tdma, «. A place where the 
dead are deposited. (B. c. ) 
'I'mmrmgi, s. Dew. 
Toriio, V. To be full. 

Ka tomo te kaipuke ; The ship 



Tiiinokanga, t. Entrance,- time 

of entering. 
Tdinuri, a. Late. 

He wici tomuri teuei i konha 
ai ; This nbcat did not come to 
perfection because it was late. 

(a. c.) 

Tdna, pron. Hi*. 

Tdiigii, a. South wind. 

Tdngiiko, o. To be scabbed; 
to be festered. 

Ka tongako te biako; The 
skin is scabbed. 

ToLignkotaratara, s. A south- 
west wind. 

Toiigainimi, *. The bladder. 



TON 



( 180) 



TOR 



Tongdnga, v. To be uncooked; 
to be raw. 

To be broken, 

ToDganga ana te kete; The 
basket is broken. (R.) 

T6ngi, s, A point; a speck, 

T6ngi, V, To nibble ; to shake 
the line, 

Ka tongi te ika; The fish is 
nibbling. 

T6no, V, To send. 

Tonoa he tangata hei tiki i a 
Te Uranga ; Let a man be sent 
to fetch Te Uranga. 

To ask for. 

E haere ana au ki te tono utu 
mo taku mahi; I am going to 
ask for a payment for my work. 

(TT.) 

T6nonga, s. Act or time of 
sending, 

T6nu, a. Quite; continually ; 

often, 

Ka titi te atarau marama tonu ; 
The moonlight is bright, it is 
quite light. 

. Ko ahau tonu ; It is I myself. 

T6pa, V. To cook in a native 

oven. 

Pass, Topatia. 

Me topa nga parareka kia reka 
ai ; Let the potatoes be cooked in 
the OTen that they may be good. 

T6paparu, a* Deeply laden. 
^e waka topaparu to koutou ; 
Your canoe is deeply laden. 

Topdtapdta, s. Very small 
kumara, 

"[fjjpatdpa, s, A general name 

for-birds. (FT.) 

's 



A very small stingaree. 
T6pe, 8. Short fern. 
T6pe, V, To cut off* 

Topea nud he mataora ; Let a 
wedge be cut off from this tree. 

Topipi, s* A very small naHve 
oven, 

Topipi> V, To cook a very small 
quantity of food in a native 
oven. 

Topipitia tetahi kaanga; Let 
some com be cooked. 

T6pito, s. End; extremity. 

T6pu, s. A pair. 

Kia ko tab! tekau topn ; hei 
there be ten pairs. 

Tdpuni, s, A dogskin mat, 

Tdpuni, adv. Together ; in a 
body. 

Me haere topuni ; Go together. 

{W.) 

T6ra, v. To spread^ as fire. 
Ka tora te ahi ; The fire spreads. 

Toranga, s. A place over which 
anything is dragged. 

T6re, v. To be heated. 

Ka tore nga umu ; The ovens 
are heated. {E. C.) 

Tdrea, s. The name of a bird. 

Toremi, v. To disappear ; to 
go out of sight, 

Kua toremi te waka ki tua o te 
rae ; The canoe has gone out of 
sight behind the headland. 

Torêmit^ga, s. Act or time of 
disappearing, 

Tdrena, v. To overflow, 

Torêngi, v. Togo out of sight. 
Syn. with Toremi. 



V 



TOR ( 181 ) 

Torêngitanga, s. Act or time 
of disappearing 

Tdrere, *. An abyss. 

Toretêre, s, A small stingaree. 

Tdretore, «. Inflammation of 
the eyes, (TT.) 

A large muscle, 

Syn. with Kuku. (£. C) 

T6ret6re,». To be affected toith 
inflammation of the eyes. 

{W.) 

Tdrewai, s. A fresh water 
muscle. {E. C.) 

Tori, s. A cat. (R.) 

Tdrino, s. Drum of the ear. 

To cut ; to sepa- 



TOR 



Toritori, V, 
rate. 

Tdrire, a. 

Tdriwai, s. 



Fine; smart. 

Watery eyes, 

Tdriwaitia, v. To be affected 
with watery eyes ; to water, 
Ka toriwaitia aku kanohi ; My 
eyes water. 

Toro, s. The name of a tree. 

{Drimys axillaris.) 

Toro, V, To burn, 

Kei toro te whare i te korakora ; 
Take care the house does not bum 
from the spark. 

To spt^eady as a tree; or as 
the tpater of the flood-tide. 

Kb toro nga kawae o te pauke- 
na ; /The runners of the pumpkin 
spread. 

To tvike out the hot stones of 
an fven preparatory to put- 
ting in the food. 

lorona te hangi» ka kaka ; Let 
the I stones be taken out of the 
OYetii, it is heated. 



To stretch out. 

Torona mai tou ringa ; Let 
your hand be stretched out. 

To visit ; to look at. 

E haere ana ahau ki te toro i 
taku wairenga ; 1 am going to 
look at my cultivation. (E. C. ) 

Tdroa, s. An albatross. 

Tdroai, s. An implement of 
war made of wood, flat at one 
end and pointed at the other. 

Tôrohê, s. A party going by 

stealth to fight. 

T6romiro, s. The name of a 

tree. 

Syn. with Miro. (E. C.) 

*T6rona, s, A throne. 
T6ronaihi, s. A sickle. 
Tdronga, *. Act or time of 
burning. 

Tdropdpa, v. To lie flat. 

Ka toropapa te wahie e kore e 
ka ; If the firewood lies flat it will 
not bum. 

T6roplike, s. A small hill ; a 
mound. 

T<5ropliku, v. To be secret. 

Ka toropuku te haere o te tahae ; 
The approach of the thief is secret. 

Toropuku, ad. Secretly; un- 
perceived. 

Ka haere toropuku mai te mate ; 
Death comes unperceived. 
Tororêre, *. Diarrhoea. 

(E. C.) 

T<5rot6ro, *. A creeper used in 
tying up fences. 

Syn. with Aka. 

Torouka, *. A headland. 
Syn. with Kumore and Rae. 

{E. C.) 

Torolika, a. Raw; uncooked. 

B — 



TON 

Tong&nga, t?. To be uncooked; 
to be raw» 

To be broken. 

Tonganga ana te kete; 
basket is broken. 



The 

(R.) 

T<5ngi^ s, A point; a speck. 

Tongi, V. To nibble ; to shake 
the line. 

Ka tongi te ika; The fish is 
nibbling. 

T6no, V. To send. 

Tonoa he tangata hei tiki i a 
Te Uranga ; Let a man be sent 
to fetch Te Uranga. 

To ask for. 

E haere ana au ki te tono utu 
mo taku mahi; I am going to 
ask for a payment for my work. 

(TT.) 

T6nonga, s. Act or time of 
sending. 

T6nu, a. Quite ; continually ; 

often. 

Ka titi te ataran marama tonu ; 
The moonlight is bright, it is 
quite light. 

. Ko ahau tonu ; It is I myself. 

T6pa, V. To cook in a native 

oven. 

Pass, Topatia. 

Me topa nga parareka kia reka 
ai ; Let the potatoes be cooked in 
the oven that they may be good. 

T6paparu, a. Deeply laden. 
^e waka topaparu to kouton ; 
Your canoe is deeply laden. 

Topdtapdta, s. Very small 
kumara, 

T6pat<5pa, s. A general name 
forMrds. (FT.) 



( 180 ) TOR 

A very small stingaree. 
T6pe, *. Short fern. 
T6pe, V. To cut off. 

Topea mai he mataora ; Let a 
wedge be cutoff from this tree. 

Topipi, 9. A very small native 
oven. 

Topipi» V. To cook a very small 
quantity of food in a native 
oven. 

Topipitia tetahi kaanga ; Let 
some com be cooked. 

Topito, s. End; extremity. 

T6pu, s. A pair. 

Kia ko tahi tekau topn ; Let 
there be ten pairs. 

T6pum, s. A dogskin mat. 

Tdpuni, adv. Together ; in a 
body. 

Me haere topuni ; Go together. 

(IPT.) 

T6ra, v. To spread, as fire. 
Ka tora te aM ; The fire spreads. 

Tôranga, s. A place over which 
anything is dragged. 

T6re, v. To be heated. 

Ka tore nga umu ; The ovens 
are heated. {E. C.) 

Tdrea, s. The name of a bird. 

Toremi, v. To disappear ; to 
go out of sight. 

Kua toremi te waka ki tua o te 
rae ; The canoe has gone out of 
sight behind the headland. 

Toremit^ga, s. Act or time of 
disappearing. 

Tdrena, v. To overflow. 

Torêngi, v. To go out of sight. 
Syn. with Toremi. 



\ 



TOR ( 181 ) 

Torêngitanga, s. Act or time 
of disappearing 

Tdrere, a. An abyss, 

Toretêre, s, A small stingaree, 

Tdretore, s. Inflammation of 
the eyes. {W,) 

A large muscle, 

Syn. with Kuku. [E, C) 

T6ret6re,». To be affected with 
inflammation of the eyes, 

{W.) 

Torewai, s, A fresh water 
muscle. {E, C.) 

Tori, s. A cat, (R.) 

Torino, *. Drum of the ear. 

To cut ; ' to sepa- 



TOR 



Toritdri, v, 
rate, 

Torire, a. 

Tdriwai, s. 



Fine; smart. 

Watery eyes. 

Tdriwaitia, v. To be affected 
with watery eyes ; to water, 
Ka toriwaitia aku kanohi ; My 
eyes water. 

Toro, s. The name of a tree, 

{Drimys ojnllaris,) 

T6ro, V. To burn. 

Kei toro te whare i te korakora ; 
Take care the house does not bum 
from jthe spark. 

To spread, as a tree; or as 
the water of the flood-tide, 

Kft toro nga kawae o te pauke- 
iia;/The runners of the pumpkin 
spread. 

To tvike out the hot stones of 
an Jtven preparatory to put- 
tinh in the food, 

[orona te hangi, ka kaka ; Let 
the I stones be taken out of the 
OTem, it is heated. 



To stretch out, 

Torona mai tou ringa ; Let 
your hand be stretched out. 

To visit ; to look at. 

E haere ana ahau ki te toro i 
taku wairenga; I am going to 
look at my cultivation. (E. C.) 

T6roa, «. An albatross. 

T6roai, s. An implement of 
war made of wood, flat at one 
end and pointed at the other. 

Torohê, s. A party going by 

stealth to fight, 

Tdromiro, s. The name of a 

tree, 

Syn. with Miro. (E. C.) 

*T6rona, s. A throne. 
Tdronaihi, s, A sickle, 
Tdronga, s. Act or time of 
burning. 

Tdropdpa, v. To lie fat. 

Ka toropapa te wahie e kore e 
ka ; If the firewood lies flat it will 
not bum. 

Tdroptike, s, A small hill ; a 
mound. 

Tdropliku, v. To be secret. 

Ka toropuku te haere o te tahae ; 
The approach of the thief is secret. 

Toropuku, ad. Secretly; un- 
perceived. 

Ka haere toropuku mai te mate ; 
Death comes unperceived. 
Tdrorere, *. Diarrhoea. 

(E, C.) 

T6rot6ro, s, A creeper used in 
tying up fences. 

Syn. with Aka. 

Torotika, *. A headland. 
Syn. with Kumore and Rae. 

{E. 0.) 

Torotika, a. Raw; uncooked. 

B 



TOR 



( 182 ) 



TOU 



! 



E rua nga kete torouka ; There 
are two baskets of uncooked food. 

{E. C.) 

Unseasoned; green. 

He rakau torouka; Unseasoned 
timber. (E. C.) 

Tdrowhenua, a. A species of 
kumara, 

Toru, a. Three, 

Torua, v. 

Ka taka ka toruatia, kahore i 
whai kupu. 

Torulii, *. The name o/ a fish. 

T6rut6ru, a. Few, 

He tangata torutoru nga ta> 
ngata o tera kainga ; The men of 
that place are few. 

Tota, *. Perspiration. 

Syn. with Kakawa. {E. C) 

T6tara, s. The name of a tree. 

(Podocarptu.) 

The 9iame of a small plant, 

*T6te, s. Salt. 

Totika, s. Correctness. 

A rule, 

Homai he totika mo tenei kai- 
nga ; Give us a rule for this place. 

(E. C.) 

Totika, a. Correct; right. 

{E. C.) 

Totika, V. To be correct; to be 
right. {E. C.) 

Totitoti, V. To limp. 

Rokohanga atu e au kei te Keri- 
keri e totitoti ana ; When, he was 
found by me be was limping at Te 
Kerikeri. 

Toto, *. Blood, 

Toto, V. To bleed. 

Ka toto taku ihu ; My nose 
bleeds. 



T6t6, V. To drag. 
Pass. Toia. 

Kei te toto rakau a Takiri ma 
mo te kaipuke; Takiri and his 
party are dragging spars for tiie 
ship. 

T6t6, V, To perform the cere- 
mony of native baptism. 

To knock off; to chip off, 

Tot6, V. To drop; to trickle ; 
to ooze out. 

E kore e toto te wain ; The 
milk will not ooze out. 

{E. C) {W,) 

Totdhe, V, To strive with ano- 
ther person ; to quarrel. 

Ka totohe nga tamariki ki ta 
waka na ; The children are quar- 
relling about the canoe. 

Totdhi, V. To cut ; to divide. 
Tohia a tatou kopura ; Let our 
seed be cut. 

Totohu, V. To sink, 

Kua totohu te waka ki raro ki 
te whenua ; The canoe has sunk 
to the bottom. 

Tot6ka, a. Thick; hard. 

Tot6ka, V, To be thitk. 

Ka totoka te hinu ; TThe oil is 
thick. . \ 

T6toke, s. The name of a fish. 

Tdtoreka, *. The na^e of a 
shellfish. , 

Tdtoro, V. To creep; to crawl. 

Totorongti, s. The nai^ of a 
fresh water fish, 

Tou, pron. Thy. 

Tou, V. To make a repd^t, 

Toua te repo ; Let the| gun be 
fired off. 

To kindle. 



TOU 



( 183) 



TUA 



Tona te rama; Let the torch be 
lighted. (jB. C.) 

Tou, ad. Continually/ ; quite. 
E haere toa ana ; He is con- 
tintially going. — {E, C.) Piri 
ton ; Quite cloee. 

Toupiore, v. To he listless. 

Na te werawera an i toupiore 
ai, te tae atn ai ki a koe ; I was 
listless through the heat, and 
therefore I did not go to you. 

(W.) 

Tourawbi, a. Male, 

He tourawhi taku poaka ; My 
pig is a male. 

Toutou, s, A small black bird, 
Syn. with Pitoitoi. 

T6uwha," V. To swell, 

Ka touwha te puku ; The ab- 
scess swells. 

Tdwawahi, v. To be moist; to 
be watery ; to shine, 

Towawahi ana nga kanohi me 
te mea e tangi ana ; The eyes are 
watery as though he were crying. 
Towawahi ana te taupoki o te pou- 
i^a ; The lid of the box shines. 

iW.) 
Towai, s, A tree, 

{Leiospermum racemosum,) 

T(5wha, V, To spread. 

Me towha te oneone ; Let the 
earth be spread about. 

Towhatdwha, v. To spread 
about. 

T6whe, V, To be stingy, 

Ka towhe te koroke nei ; This 
fellow is stingy. 

Towhêro, v. To be red, 

Ka towhero te puku ; The sto- 
mach is red. 

Tu, s. The part of a fishing- 
net which is first in the 
water. 



A blow ; a hurt. 

He tu i te rakau ; A blow from 
a stick. 

Manner ; or kind of; sort, 
Na wai tenei tu haere ? Whose 
manner of travelling is this ? 

Tu, V, To stand ; to proceed, 
E tu nei nga tangata ; The men 
are standing here. 

To be struck, 

Ka tu te manu ; The bird is 
struck. 

To be served, 

Kia tu katoa nga tangata ; Let 
all the men be served. 

Tua, s. Native baptism. 

Syn. with Tohi and Iriiri. 

{E. C.) 

Tua, V. To baptize according 

to the native rite. 

Kua tuatia te tamaiti o Te Pa- 
pa ; Te Papa's child has been 
baptized. 

Tua, ad. Bather. 

Kia tua iti iho ; Let it be rather 
less. 

Behind. 

Kua taka nga waka ki tua; The 
canoes are gone behind. 

Ttia, A word which, in combi- 
nation, denotes the number of 
times anything has been done. 
Ka tuahia koe ki Taranake ? 
How many times have you been to 
Taranake ? Ka tuatabi ; I have 
been once. Ka tuamaha ; I have 
been many times. No taku tua- 
tabi ki Hauraki ka mate a te 
Rauroha; Rauroha died when I 
went the first time to Hauraki. 

Ttia, V. To fell a tree. 
Pass, Tuaina. 

Ka riro ki te tua rakau hei wa- 



TUA 



( 184 ) 



TUA 



ka tuku ika ; He is gone to fell a 
tree for a fishing canoe. 

Xiia, ^ term of address itsed 
by the tribe Ngatiwhatua. 

Haere mai, e tua ; Come hither, 
sir.— Syn. with E mara^ E ta, E 
hoa, &c. 

Tuahangata, a, A person, 

Ka mahi a tuahangata; The 
person is working. (IT.) 

Tuahau, s. Name of a rough 

mat. 

Syn. with Pake. {E, C.) 

Tuahine, s. A sister, 

Tuahu, *. A heap of stones. 

A religious ceremony perform- 
ed with small sticks, an- 
swering to the augury of 
the Romans. 

Tuakana, s. An elder brother 
or sister. 

Tuakanga, s. Act or time of 
felling a tree. 

Tuaki, V. To disembowel fish 
or birds. 
Pass. Tuakina. 

Tuakura, s. A species of fern 
tree, 

Syn. with Wheki. (PT.) 

Tuaniii, *. Roof of a house. 

Ttianiii, v. To be harsh ; to be 
violent, 

Tuanui noa atu tou kupu ki 
ton tuakana ; Your words to your 
elder brother were harsh. ( W.) 

Tuao, a. Transient, 

He wai tuao te wai nei, mao 
rawa ake te ua ka mutu te wai- 
jmke ; This water is of short con- 
tinuance, as soon as the rain is 
over the flood is gone. ( W.) 



Ttiaprfra, «. First-frtdts of a 
crop. 

TMara, s. The hack. 

Ttiaraki, «. A north-west wind. 

Ttiarangi, a. Old; of ancient 

date, » 

He korero tnarangi ; A saying 
from of old« 

Ttiarangaranga, v. To be in a 
state of uncertainty ; to be 
unsettled, 

Ka toa a Ruku, ka tuaranga- 
ranga ka kowhete a roto o te nga- 
kau ; When Ruku was victorious, 
my mind was unsettled and dis* 
satisfied. {W.) 

Ttiaroa, *. Back part of a house, 

Tuar6ngo, s. Back of a house. 

{E. C.) 
Ttiatahi, a. First. 

Tuatara, s, A lizard. 

Tuatea, s. Break on the top of 

a wave. 

Ka pupuhi te hau ka whati te 
tuatea ; When the wind blows the 
top of the wave breaks. {E, C) 

Ttiatêa, v. To be anxious. 

Ka tuatea atu ki tona hoa e mate 
ana ; He is anxious about his wife 
who is sick. ( W.) 

Ttiatua, s, A species of shell- 
fish. 

Ridge of a hill. 

Syn. with Kaweka and HiwL 

{E,C) 

Tliaiikiliki, a. Of longstanding. 

He mate tuaukiuki ; A sickness 
of long standing. 

Tuauriiiri, a. Very many ; very 
large; excessive. 



TUA 

Tiiawhenlia, s. The mainland ; 
the interior. 



Tuhaua, v. To be quick, 

Kia tuhaua te haere ; Be quick 
in going. 

Ttihauwiri, s. A shaking with 

cold. 

He tuhauwiri te timatanga o 
taku mate ; A shivering was the 
beginning of my complaint. 

Ttihauwiri, v. To shiver; to 
shake with cold. 



185 ) TUK 

Ttii, «. A string offish or dried 

cockles^ ^e. 

{First syllable shorter than in 
the preceding word.) 

Ttiiau, s. Afiea, 

Tuittii, V. To sew. 
Pass. Tuituia, or Tuia 

To lash together, as the sides 

of a canoe to the lower part. 

Kei te tui waka a Kawe ma ; 

Kawe and his people are fastening 

on the sides of the canoe. 



Tuheihei, v. Tg b^ dishevelled ; 
to hang loose. 

Kua tuheihei nga hum o ton 
mahuna ; The hair of your head 
is hanging loose. (TT.) 

Tahiti, v. To expel ; to banish. 

Ko an tena ka meinga kia tuhi- 
titia e koe, e kore pea an e haere i 
ton tuhiti ; I am proposed to be 
expelled by you ; perhaps I shall 
not go through your expulsion. 

Ttihittihi, v. To write. 

Tuhituhia he pukapuka ki to 
whanaunga ; Let a letter be writ- 
ten to your relative. 

Tuhitrdhiiiga, s. Act or time of 
writing. 

Tdboe, V. To be steep. 

Ka tuhoe te tuanui e kore e tu- 
turu ; If the roof is steep it will 
not leak. 

Ttihono, v. To join. 

Tuhonoa tetahi wahi ki te ta- 
huhu ; Let a piece be joined on to 
the ridgepole. 

Ttihua, s. Obsidian ; volcanic 
glass. 

Tui, s. The name of a bird. 



Tuittiinga, s. 
sewing. 

Tlikararda, s. 
bird. 



Act or time of 
The name of a 



Tukekdu, v. To be short. 

Tukekau nei te roa o te ara ; 
The distance of the road is very 
short. 

Tlikemata, s. Eyebrows. 

Ttiketdke, *. Elbow. 

Tiiki, s, A song during the time 
of rowing a canoe, 

Ttiki, v. To keep time in a 
canoe by singing. 

Ttikino, v. To illtreat, to use 
with violence. 

Tdkipdho, s. Wind ahead, 

Ttikittiki, v. To kill. 

Tukitukia. te kuri ; Let the dog 
be killed. 

To knock to pieces. 

Me tukituki te taepa, ka hanga 
ai kia pai ; Knock down the fence, 
and put it up well. {E. C.) 

Tukitukinga, s. Act or time of 
killing. 

B 2 



TUK 



Tukorehu, s. The name of a 
plant. (Plantago,) {E, C) 

Tuku, V. To let dtnun; to come 
down. 

Ka tuku katoa te mangu o te 
rangi ; All the blackness of the 
heavens comes down. 

To let go ; to allow ; to sur- 
render. 

Tukua marietia nga pakeha kia 
haere ; Allow the foreigners to go 
quietly. 

Tuktiku, V, To plunder. 

Tukukua katoatia ana te kai a 
Taki ; All the food of Taki was 
plundered. 

Tukumaru, v. To be cloudy. 
E tukumaru ana te rangi ; The 
sky is cloudy. 

Tukunga, s. Act or time of let- 
ting go, or letting down. 

Tukupu, V. To fall on every 
side ; to he covered on every 
side. 

Tukupu te rangi ; The heavens 
are dark on every side . 

Tukupu, «. Falling on every 
side ; covered all over. 

He ua tukupu ; Rain falling on 
all sides. He moko tukupu ; A 
man fully tattooed. 

Tuma, ad. Upwards; — relating 
to number. 

Ko tahi rau tuma o te taua ; 
There is one hundred and upwards 
of the hostile party. 

Tumanako, v. To be in expecta- 
tion ; to hope fur. 

Ka tumanako tonu te ngakau ki 
te mea i kiia mai moku ; My mind 
is in expectation of what you spoke 
of for me. 

Tumaru, v. To he shady. 



( 186 ) TUN 

Kia haere Id te wabi e tomara 
iho ana i te rakau ; Let ns go to 
the place which is shaded by the 
trees. 

Tiiinatakuru,*. A thorny shrub. 

Ttimatatenga, ». To he afraid; 
to be anxious for another's 
safety» 

Tumatatenga, s. Anxiety, 

He tumatatenga nok a ki a kou- 
tou ; It was my anxiety on your 
account. 

Tumatohi, v. To be prepared. 
Kia tumatohi, mo te huaki 
rawa mai kua rite; Be pre- 
pared, so that when the attack is 
made you may be ready. ( W.) 

Tumau, *. A slave ; a servant. 

{W.) {E. C.) 

Tumau, a. Fixed ; constant. 
He kainga tumau ; A constant 
place of abode. 

Tumere, *. A weapon of war. 

Tumdremdre,». To be all heart. 

Tumoremore kau ana te rakau, 
kahore he hiako ; The tree is all 
heart, there is no sap. 

Tlimu, *. A promontory ; a 
point of land. 

Tlimu, s. A stump of a tree. 

Tlimu, V, To halt suddenly ; 

to start. 

Tumu ana te waewae, he kohe- 
ra ; The leg starts, it moves out- 
wardly. [In sleep, if the leg starts 
outwardly, it is a bad omen, but 
if inwardly, it is a good one.] 

Tumuaki, s. Crown of the head. 
Tumutumu, *. A stump. 
Tuna, s. An eel. 



TUN 



(187) 



TUP 



Tunewha, v. To nod; to wink 
with sleep, 

Tdnga, s, Jet of standing ; 
place of standing. 

Ko te tanga tonutanga o te ma- 
rama ahau ka hoki mai ai ; I shall 
X return when the moon is qnite 

up. 

Place struck ; a wound. 

Tunga, s. A grub. 

{First syllable shorter than in 
the preceding word.) 

Tungane, s. A brother ; a term 
used by a sister y but not by a 
brother. 

Tungangi, s. The name of a 
shell-fish. 

Tnngarangara, v. To be fa- 
tigued. . {^9') 

Ttingitdngi, s. A sacred oven 
by the side of a cultivation. 

(W.) 

' Tiingou, s. A nod, 

Tungdu, V. To nod. 

E tungou mai ana te tangata ; 
The man is nodding. 

TungODgo, s. A chrysalis. 

Tunguiningutu, v. To put em- 
bers together. 

Tungutungutua nga mounga ; 
Let the embers be put together. 

Ttinu, a. Boasted, 

Ka reka te kai tunu; The 
roasted food is sweet. 

Tunu, V. To roast ; to broil ; 

to parch. 

Tunua nga parareka ki nga 
_jsaro ; Let the potatoes be roasted 
jX the coals. 



Ttinuhliruhuru, v. To offend ; 
to injure ; to do violence to 
a friend or connection. 

Ttinunga, «. Act,place,ortime 
of roasting. 

Tuohu, V, To stoop; to bow 
the head. 

E tuohu tonu ana ahau, koia 
ahau te kite atu ai ; I am con- 
stantly stooping, therefore I did 
not see. 

Tu6i, a. Thin ; lean. 

He kararehe tuoi, e kore e kai- 
nga ; It is a lean animal, it will 
not be eaten. 

Tuoro, a. 

He tuna tuoro, ka rangona te 
tan o te tuoro. 

Ttipa, a. Unfruitful. 

He karaka tupa ; A karaka 
which bears no fruit. 

Tupakihi, s. The natne of a 
shrub, 

{Coriaria sarmentosa.) 

Tupakipaki, a. Small. 

He whare tupakipaki ; A small 
house. 

Tupapaku, s. A corpse. 

A sick person. 

Tupare, s. A chaplet ; a gar- 
land. 

Whatiia mai he kowhai hei tu- 
pare ; Gather some kowhai for a 
garland. {E. C.) 

Tuparipari, s. A loio bank of 
a river. 

Tuparuparu, v. To build with 

raupo, 

Tuparuparua te whare ; Let the 
walls be built with raupo. 

Tupatiu, s, A north-west wind. 



TUP { 1 

Tflpato, a. Jealous; eautiou». 
Tupato, a. Jealousy ,- caution. 



Tiipato, r. To be jealous; to 
be cautious ; to suspect. 

Tfipe, «. A prayer used in battle 
by one who is pursuing an 
enemy. 

Tupe hinga, tape ukoto. 

Tupêhupêhu, a. Angry ; blut- 

•Tupêka, s. Tobacco. 
Tdpete, v. Tojump. 

Tupeke inai e hoa ; Jump over 
to this side. (W.) 

Tupêrepêre, a. Violent, as a 
storm. 

He marttogai tuperepere ; A 
violent storm. 
Vigorous, as the growth of 
plants. 
Tiipoki, «. A covering. (W) 
Tupoki,y. Tocoter. (W.) 

TuponOjW. To reach ; to arrive 
at. 

Tnpono pa ki te kanohi o t« 
tanudti ; It just hit the eve of the 
cbild. 

Tupop<Su, p. To stoop low; to 
bow down. 

E tupopou tona ana te tamaīti 
ki roto ki te kohue ; Th« chUd 
stoops quite into the Iwiler. 

Tdpoporo, a. Overturned. 
Tupoupou, s. Aporpoise. 
Tiipu, «. A shoot ; the growth 
^ a plant. 



8 ) TUR 

Tiipu, a. Growing ; vigorous. 
He man topa teoei ; T\m gar- 
den ieiigorooa in growth. 
Native, where any one wot 

Keiheatokaingatup»? Wbere 
is jour Dative place ? 
Tiipu, P. To shoot; to grow; 

to inerease. 

Meake tupu te kino i tenei wa- 
hi ; Soon will the evil grow up in 
tJiis place. 
To be fast; tobefrtn. 

Tupu tonu taka puka ; My 
spade sticks ^t. 
Tdpuitj s. A fester. 
A divinity. 

Syn. with Hpna. 
Thievish. 



Katohi a 



t tukuta 



ki aku mea ) ^hat a thievish lei- 
low he is with regard to my things. 
Tdpuhi, *. J gale oftuind. 

He tupnhi tenei e kore tatou e 
pata ; It is a gale, we shall not 
get along. 

Tupuhi, a. Thin; lean. 

Syn. with Tuoi. 

Tiipuna, s. An ancestor. 
Tdpuui, B. To build up the sides 

of a native house. 

Me tupuDi ki te raupo ; Let it 

be bailC up with raupo. 
Sjn. with Tupaniparu. (E. C.) 
Tiipm-anga,*. Place whereany- 

flung grows. 
Tdputupu, s. A native mat. 
Tfirakfmga, s. Act or time of 

thrusting. 

I kite an i te turaksnga a Ic ta- 
maiti nei ki roto ki te wai ; I taw 
the puahing of this child into lh« 



TUR 



( 189 ) 



TUR 



down, 

Kua pau ke te taepa nei te tu- 
raki e te kau ; This fence has been 
pushed down by the cow. 

Turaki, a, A thmsting ; a push- 
ing down, 

Turama, s, A light. 

Homal he ahi bei turama mo- 
ku ; Give me a fire-stick for a 
Ught. 

Turama, r. To light a person 

with a torch, 

Turamatia ahau, e boa, ka pouri 
kerekere ; Let me be lighted, my 
friend, it is quite dark. 

Ttiranga, s. A standing place ; 
time of standing, 

Turapana, *. A fillip, 

Turara, v. To spread out ; to 
hold to the fire. 

Turara ki te ahi kia maroke; 
Hold it to the fire that it may be 
dry. 

*Ture, s. A law, 
*Turei, s, Tuesday. 

Turere, v. To start ; to run, 
Kua turere te moe ; I started 
in my sleep. Kua turere atu te 
kiore ; the rat has run away. 

Turêtirêti, v. To be on the 
balance ; to wriggle about. 

Kei taka koe, e turetireti ana 
te kaho ; Be careful lest you 
tumble, the cask is wriggling 
about. {W,) 

Ttiri, s, A knee. 

Deafness i obstinacy. 

He turi maori na te koroke nei ; 
It is obstinacy on the part of this 
fellow. 



Ttiraki, t7. To thrust ; to push \ Turi, a. Deaf; obstinate; 

stubborn, 

Turi, V. To be deaf; to be obsti- 
nate. 



Ka turi koe e kore e hoatu e au ; 
If you are obstinate I will not give 
it. 

Turingongengdnge, s. A lame 
person ; a cripple. 

Ttiripona, *. Knee-joint. 

Turittiri, s. Noise, 

E kore e rangona i te turituri ; 
It cannot be heard for the noise. 

Turittiri, 2??^. Hush ! 

Ttiri tiiri, a. Noisy. 

Ttirittiri, v. To be noisy. 

Tiirittiripourewa, s. The name 
of a bird. 

Turiwataitai, v. To be benumb- 
ed ; to shiver. 

Ttiriwetautau, v. To be be- 
numbed; to shiver, 

Tvūo6viT6vi,v.Toshake; to totter, 
as the legs of a sick person. 

Tliroro, *. A sick person. 
A corpse, {E. C.) 

Ttiroro, a. Sick. 

Ttiroro, v. To be sick. 

Kua turorotia a Moka ; Moka 
is become sick. 

Ttirotowaenga, s. The middle. 

No te turotowaenga o te po ; 

At midnight. (W.) {E. C.) 

*Tliru, s. A stool, 

Ttiruatu, s. The name of a 
bird, 

Turuawdenga, s. The middle. 



.t full. 



( 190 ) TUT 

Tfitata, a. Near. 
Tôtata, It. To be near. 



The 



To tkatck a house. 

Syu. with Ato. 
To grow ; to spring up. 

Ka hiraki nke n^a hnrahnru 

boa te monu ; The dcw feathera 

of the bird grow up. [B. C.) 

To follow ofler other per tone. 

Kb lioprcl^oulfu ni>o|o, k» to. 



after. 

Tiiniki, 



ra sboU fbUo« 



A tucker of a tree. 
(B. C.) 

TurupoTi, *. A walking stick ; 
a post upon which anything 

Tun]pou,u. To put upon a pole 
or stick. 



Tdrurn, p. To cover oneself up 
from the cold. 

He aba bo« ks toruni ai ? What 

are y oa coTeriog yourself up fur ? 

Tdrutu, #. The name of a 

(Dianella intermedia.) 
Tiita, *. Point of Junction be- 
tween Ike head and the spine; 
back of the neck. 
Tiitai, «. A spy; a scout, (w.) 
Tiitaki, v. To meet. 

Tulaki pu Diana i te ara ; We 
met on the road. 
To close ; to put together. 
Tutakina te taupoki o te poU' 
ska ; Let the lid of the boi be 



If a tattta te kainga ; The plan 

Tute, s. A spy ; a scout. 

Syn. withTutai. 
Tute, V, To shove with a pole. 

Tutea te waka ki waho; Lrt 
the caooe be ahoied oat. 

Sjn. widk TokODB. 
Tutoro, a. Wandering. 

Be moe tutoro ; A. nmidering 

Tdtii, s. The name of a shrub. 

SjD. with Tapakiht, Puhon, 
and Taweku. 

Juice of the shrub tupakihi. 
{E. C.) 
Tutni, s. Obstinacy ; perverse- 

Tutli, a. Obstinate ; perverse ; 

Tiitd, V. To be saucy ; to be 

perverse. 
Tutd, V. To set on fire. 

Fan. Tunfiii. 

Me tutu te korolia, kia Btea ai 
teara; Li'tthe fern besetonfire, 
that (he tdhiI tnsj lie cleiir 
Tdtii,». Tostandup; torise. 
Ka tntn te pueba ; The dnst 
rises. Ka tutu nga tara; The 
papill» on the skin become pro- 
minent from the cold, 
Tuttia, «. A poor man; a mean 

person. 
Tutuira, s. A small slingaree- 

(IF.) 

Tdtuki, r. To be stricken. 

Ka tutoki taku waewae i te ra. 
kau ; My leg is itruck agaioat the 



TUT ( 191 ) 

Tutuki, V. To be high water 
Ka tutuki te tai ; It is high 
water. 

To he finished ; to come to the 
end, 

Kia tutuki to korero ; Finish 
your speech. 

Tutukitanga, s. Act or time of 
finishing ; or of being struck. 

Time of high water. 

Ttitupapa, s. The name of a 
shrub. 

{A small species of Coriaria). 

Tuturi, V. To kneel, 

Tuturitia ou turi ; Go down on 
your knees. (-^O 

Tuturu, s. A doorpost. 

A leak ; a drop ; a dropping. 

Tuturu, a. Leaky, 

Tuturu, V. To leak, as through 
the roof ; to drip, 

iCa tuturu iho te wai o te kaho ; 
The water of the cask drips. 

To sit, as round food. 

To kneel. 

Tuturu ou turi ; Go down on 
your knees. (FT.) 

Tuturu, a. Fixed ; permanent. 
Kei hea tou kainga tuturu ? 
Where is your fixed residence ? 

{E. C.) 

Tuttirutdnga, s. Place or time 
of leaking. 

Tuwatawata, *. A fence. {E. C.) 

"Hiwha, V. To distribute, 

Tuwhaia nga kai ma nga tanga- 
ta ; Let the food be distributed 
for the people. 

To spit. 
Tuwhera, v. To be open. 



UAK 



Ka tuwhera te kuaha; The 
doorway is open. 

TuwherataDga, s. Act or time 
of being open. 



u 

TJ, s. The breast of a female ; 
a teat ; the udder. 

U, V. To arrive by water, 

Ka u te waka ki uta ; The canoe 
reaches the shore. Ka u te kai- 
puke ; The ship arrives. 

To befa^t ; to be firm, 

Kia u te pupuri ; Hold fast. 
Kahore i u nga pou o te taiepa, 
tarure noa ana ; The posts of the 
fence are not firm, they shake 
about. 



TJ, prep. According to, 

Ka tika koa u ana ; It is right, 

truly, according to him ; literally, 

according to his (idea). 
Ua, s. Rain, 

Back bone. 

Kia tika te ua o to tuara ; Let 
the bone of your back be erect. 

The collar. 

Te ua o te kakahu ; The part of 
the garment which goes to the 
neck. 

Ua, V, To rain, 

Ka uaina koe ki te haere aianei ; 
You will be rained upon if you go 
to-day. 

Ua, prep. After, 

Ko reira koe kite ai ua tae koe 
ki te kainga : You will then see 
after you have arrived at the place. 

LTakanga, s. Act or time of 
opening or shutting. 



UAK 



( 192 



UME 



I 



Uaki, V. To shut or open, 

Uakina te pouaka ; Let the box 
be opened, (if shut ; but if it is 
abeady open, it signifies,) — Let 
the box be shut. [There is the 
same use of this word in opening 
or shutting a door.] 

To shove ; to launch, 

Uakina mai te pouaka ; Shove 
the box this way. (JE. C) 

Uanga, s. A raining ; time of 
rain. 

Uaua,«. Sinew; tendon; labour. 

Na te mate uaua i riro ai tenei 

kainga a Ngapuhi ; This place 

went to Ngapuhi by main strength. 

A vein ; an artery. 

Uaua, V. To be strenuous, 

Uaua tonu ra ki te ora mana ; 
He is very strenuous for his safety. 

Uauatanga, s. Weight, 

Difficulty. 

Kahore koe i matau ki te uaua- 
tanga o tenei mahi ; You have not 
understood the difficulty of this 
work. 

Tie, V. To steer with an oar. 
Uea to taton waka ki waho; 
Steer our canoe by the outer 
channel. 

Ueha, *. A prop ; a support. 
Homai tetahi rakau hei ueha 
mo te poti ; Give me a piece of 
wood as a prop for the boat. 

Uene, v. To whine. 

Uere, s. The name of a shell- 
fish. {W.) 

llho, s. Heart of a tree. 
The umbilical chord. (E. C.) 

Uhu, *. A ceremony performed 
over the bones of the dead ; 
a crying. 



Tae rawa atu matou meake ma- 
tu te uhu ; When we arrived the 
** uhu'* was nearly over. 

Syn. with Hahu. {E. C.) 

Uhu, V, To perform a cere- 
mony over the bones of the 
dead; to cry ; to lament, 

Uhunga, s. Ceremony over the 
bones of the dead; time when, 
or place where, the ceremony 
is performed; a lamentation, 

(B, C.) 

Ui, v. To ask ; to inquire. 
Pass. Uia. 

E ui mai ana ki te tikanga o te 
ara ; He is inquiring the direction 
of the road. 

Umga, s. An asking ; time of 
asking. 

Uira, s. Lightning, 

Uira, V, To lighten; to glisten. 
He taua pea tena, ina hoki nga 
pu ka uira mai nei ; That is per- 
haps a party of fighting men, for 
the guns are glistening. 

Ūk^, V, To be fast, 

E uka ana a raro o te pou i te 
one ; The lower part of tiie post 
is fast in the soil. {B, C) 

Uku, s. White clay, {E, C.) (W,) 

Ukui, V. To wipe ; to rub. 

Ukui, s. White clay, 

Uma, *. The breast ; the chest ; 
the bosom. 

Umere, v. To sing, as in drag- 
ging a canoe. 
Syn. with Tautapa. {W.) 

To express wonder. 

Syn. with Miharo. (B, C.) 

Umere, s, A song repeated in 
dragging a canoe. {W.) 



UMI 



( 193 ) 



URU 



Wonder. 

Ka tangi te umere o te iwi nei ; 
The wonder of the people bursts 
forth. {E. C.) 

Umiki, V. To go round about. 
Nana i umiki te whenua ; The 
land was traversed by him. 

Umu, s. An oven made in the 

earth. 

Pokia ta tatou umu ; Let our 
oven be covered up. 

Unahi, s. Scale of a fish. 

Unahi, v. To scale a fish. 

Unahia nga ika nei ; Let these 
fish be scaled. 

Uliene, s, A begging. 

Hore i te unenê o te tangata nei 
ki takn pouaka ; How this man 
begs for my box. 

Unene, v. To beg. 

Unga, V, To send. 

Unga atu tetahi tangata ki ta- 
wahi ki te tiki kai ; Let a man be 
sent to the other side to fetch food. 

Unga, s. Arrival. 

Firmness. 

E penei ana te unga o o matou 
whakaaro ki te Atua ; Such is the 
firmness of our thought upon God. 

Ungutungutu, v. To put em- 
bers together. 

Ungutungutua nga motumotu ; 
Put the embers together. {W.) 

Unu, V. To pull off : to pull 
out; to put forth. 
Pass. Unuhia. 

Kei te unu ia i ona kakahu ; He 
is pulling off his clothes. Ka unU' 
hia te tere o te waka ; The swift- 
ness of the canoe is put forth. 

Unuhanga, *. Act, time, or 
place of pulling offer out. 



Upane, adv. Abreast. 

Upane tonu te haere o te taua ; 
The army is marching abreast. 

WO 

Upoko, s. Head; upper part. 
Kei te upoko o te mara e tako- 
to ana ; It is lying at the upper 
part of the cultivation. 

Upokohue, s, A porpoise. 

Upokororo, s. The name of a 
fish. 

Ura, V. To shine brightly, ap- 
plied to sunrise and sunset ; 
to be brown. 

Ka ura te kanohi i te riri ; The 
face is red with anger. Nana 
te mara e ura kau mai ra ; It is 
his field which has turned brown. 

Uri, s. Offspring ; a vestige. 
Kahore ho uri tangata ; There 
is no vestige of man. 

Uru, V, To join a party ; to 

associate with, 

Kia uru mai koe ki roto ki a 
matou, kia ora ai koe ; Come thou 
among us in order that thou may est 
be safe. 

Uru, *. A single hair. {E. C.) 

The upper end of a bed where 
the planting commenced. 

Urunga, s. A pillow. 

A rudder or steering paddle. 

Urungi, s. A rudder or steer- 
ing paddle. 

Urungi, v. To steer. 

Urupa, s. A fence round agrave. 

Urupa, V, Tocatch in the water. 
Ka urupa te hoe ; The paddle 
catches in the water. 

S 



URU ( 194 ) 

name of a 



UWH 



1 



Uniroa, *. The 
shelljish.» 

A species of shark, 

Ururiia, s. Bushes; a thick 
brushwood, 

Ururua, v. To he overgrown 

with bushes, 

Ka ururuatia te ara ; The road 
is overgrown with bushes. 

Uruta, a. Epidemic, 

He mate uruta ; An epidemic 
disease. 

IJinitapu, a. Untouched; in a 
state of nature. 

Hen gaberehere uruta ; A wood 
of which no part has been cut down. 

Uruumu, s, A swelling, 

Uruiimu, v. To be swollen, 

Ka uruumutia taku waewae, i 
tutuki ki te kohatu ; My foot is 
swollen, it was struck against a 
stone. 

IJruuru, a. Angry, 

IJta, «. Ashore; land. 

Kua u te waka ki uta ; The 
canoe has reached the shore. Kua 
riro to tangata ki uta ; The man 
is gone inland. 

Uta, V, To put on board a ship 

or canoe. 
Pass, Utaina. 

E uta ana ia i nga pouaka ki te 
waka ; He is putting the boxes on 
board the canoe. 

Uto, s. Revenge ; object of 

revenge. 

Ka mahara ki tana uto ; He 
thinks of his revenge. Ka kainga 
te kanohi o te tupapaku hei uto 
mo tona teina ; The eye of the 
dead man was eaten as a revenge 
for his younger brother. 



Utonga, V, To he hard. 

Ka utongatia te kai nei, e korc 
e reka ; This food is hard, it is 
not pleasant. 

Utu, 8. Payment; ransom; 
reward, 

Utu, t?. To pay. 

Utua taku mahi ; Let my work 
be paid for. 

Utu, V, To stanch. 

Pono atu ahau ka utu te toto ; 
When I arrived the blood stanched. 

Utuhanga, *. Act of haling up 
water. 

Utunga, 8, Act or time of pay- 
ing, 

Utuutu, V. To hale up water ; 

to dip up. 
Pass. Utuhia. 

Me aha nga kaho ka ki ai ? Me 
utuutu ki te pere ; WhatshaU be 
done that the casks may be full ? 
Dip up (the water) with a pail. 

Uwha, s. Female of brutes. 

IJwhango, a. Misty. ( W.) 

Uwhi, s. A winter potatoe. 

Uwhikaho, s. A yam. 

Uwliiuwhi, s, A covering, 

Tikina he tarutaru hei uwhiuwhi 
mo nga kete ; Let grass be fetched 
as a covering for the baskets. 

Uwhiuwhi, v. To cover. 
Pass. Uwhia. 

Uwhiato temaiti kite paraikete ; 
Let your child be covered with a 
blanket. 

To sprinkle. 
Pass. Uwhiuwhia. 

Uwhiuwhiangakakahu ki te 
wai ; Let the clothes be sprinkled 
with water. 



\VA 



w 

WA, s. Time; season. 

He wa mahi teoei, e kore matou 
e haere atu; This is the working 
season, ^e shall not go. 

The country» 

Kei te wa a Pita e noho ana ; 
Peter is living in the country. 

{E. a) 

"Wae, s. Afoot ; a leg, 

Wdea, r. To be weary. 

Ka waea aku waewae i te haere- 
nga; My feet are weary with walk- 
ing. Waea ana aku kanohi i te 
tirohanga; My eyes are weary 
with looking. 

WaeMua, s, A lame person, 

"WAekahu, s. The name of a 

jplant, 

{Lycopodium.) 
Wienga, s. The middle; a 
division, 

A cultivation, 

Mauria he kai Id waenga ; Let 
food be carried to the cultivation. 



s. The middle 
of anything. 



Wdenganui, 

Waengapu, 

W^ngarahi, J 

Waerau, s, A crab ; a cray^ 
fish, 

Waero, *. Tail of an animal, 

Syn. with Hiawaero. 

Waeroa, s, A mosquito* 

Waertiru, s, A species ofpo- 
tatoe, 

Syn. with Raparuru. 

Waewae, s» Afoot ; a leg. 



( 195 ) WAl 

Wdewaekaka, s. The name of 
a plant. 

(Gleichenia hecystophylla.) 

Waha, s. The mouth. 

Sheets of a sail. 

Waha, V. To carry on the back. 

Me waha he kai mo te ara ; Let 
food be carried for the road. 

Wahaika, *. A warlike instru- 
ment made of wood, 

Wahanga, s, A load for the 
back, 

Syn. with Pikau. 

Wahanga, s, A division ; a se- 
paration ; a splitting. [From 
Wawahi.] 

Wahangu, a. Quiet ; dumb. 

Wahapu, s. Mouth or entrance 
of a bay or river, 

Waharda, s. An entrance to a 
fortification, 

Wahawaha, s. The name of a 
shelUfish, 

Syn. with Ururoa. 

Wahi, *. A place; a portion. 

Maku tetahi wahi o tau ika ; 
Give me a portion of your fish. 

Wahie, s. Firewood, 

Wahine, *. A woman ; a wife. 
In the plural number Wa- 
hine. 



Waho, ad. Without, 

Maka atu ki waho ; Let it be 
thrown outside. Kia horoia ka- 
toatia a waho a roto ; Let it be all 
washed outside and in. 

Wai, pron. Who ? 

Ko wai tenei e haere mai nei ? 
Who is this coming here ? — Tera 



WAI 

aiio a Rewa a Moka, a wai a wai ; 
There comes Rewa and Moka, and 
all the rest. 

AVai, s. Water ; juice. 

A calabash. 

Bag of a fishing -net, 

E wha nga wai o \e kupenga ; 
There are four ba:;s of the net. 

Waia, V. To be accustomed. 

Ka waia te tamaiti ki te kai 
pakeha i ora ai ; The child thrives 
because he is accustomed to Eng- 
lish food. 



( 196 ) WAI 

Waikauere, v. To be without 
energy ; to he subdued; to 
be brought low by misfor- 
tune. 

Na te karakia matou i wai- 
kauere ai ki te riri ; In conse- 
quence of religion we have lost 
our energy for fighting. 

Waikeo, s. The name of a 
fish. 

Waikeri, s. A ditch, 

Waikorohuhu, v. To be with- 
out energy ; to be subdued. 



To be strained ; to water. xir'i r» ^ 

Ka waia nga Vanohi i te tiro- I Waikui'a, S. Rust. 

hfoklV ^^^ ^^ ""' ^"^ '''^'"^*^ ^^^^ ! Waimarie, a. Lucky ; fortu- 

Waiariki, s. A natural hot 
bath. 



AYaiata, s. A song. 

Waiata, v. To sing. 
Pass. Waiatatia. 

Waiaua, s. A porpoise. 

Waiehu, s. The name of a fish. 

Waihakihaki, s. A disease of 
the skin ; the itch. 

Waihape, v. To tack ship. 

Waihinau, s, A native mat. 

Waiho, V, To leave ; to lay. 

Waiho atu e au ka tae mai te 
pouaka ; When I left the box had 
arrived. Waiho nga kohatu i ko- 
iiei takoto ai ; Leave the stones to 
lie here. 

Waihoki, ado. In like manner; 
likewise. 

Waihotanga, *. Act of leaving ; 
time or place where anything 
is left. 



nate ; quiet. 

Waimarie, v. To be lucky. 

Ko Pi anake o riytga o to matou 
waka i waimarietia e te ika ; Pi 
was the only person in our canoe 
who was favoured by the fish. 

*Waina, s. The vine ; wine. 

Wainamu, s. A person who has 
a dislike to a certain food. 

Waiiigenge, s. A species of 
shark. 

"Waingohia, s. Facility ; easi- 
ness of accomplishment. 

Koia ano te waingohia o tenei 
pukapuka ki a au ; This book is 
very easy to me. 

Waiora, s. The spaces between 
the tattooed lines. 

Waipuke, s. A flood. 

He wai maori tenei, he wai puke ; 
This is fresh water, it is a flood. 

Wairangi, v. To be mistaken ; 
to be stupid. (ir.) 



l; 



WAI 



{ 1 



Wairangi,a. Mistaken; stupid, 

{W,) 
Wairangi, a. Stupidity. 

Nona ano tona wairangi ki te 
tahae, me tona whin ; Ifc was his 
own stupidity to steal, for which 
he got his flogging. (^0 

Wairanu, s. Grravy, 

Wairaraua, *. Juice of the ku- 
mara; gravy. 

Wairau, s. Remains of a crop 
of potatoes or kumara after 
the main crop has been taken 
up. 

Waireka, v. To like, 

Ka wairekatia ki reira e kore e 
hoki ; If he is liked there he will 
not return. 

Wairenga, s. A cultivation on 
timber land. 

Wairori, v. To turn. 

W4irua, v. A spirit; a shadow. 

Waitahinga, s, A ditch. 

Waitau, r. To be damp ; to be 
infected. 

Wharikitia te rua kei waitau 
ake nga kai ; Place some wood on 
the floor of the store, lest the 
food be wet from below. 

To be weary. 

Kua waitau te ngakau i te tiro- 
hanga; The mind is tired with 
looking out. {^Qt-) 

"Wait6hu, s. A mark. {e. C.) 

Waitdhu, V. To mark. 

Waitohungia nga poaka; Mark 
the pigs. 

Waiu, «. Milk. 

Waiuattia, *. The name of a 
shrub. 

{Rhabdothamnus Solanderi.) 



97 ) WAO 

Wdka, s. A canoe. 

Wakaheke, *. A rope.- 

Wakawa, s. A person who has 
a dislike to any particidar 

kind of food. 

Syn. with Wainamu. 

Wakawaka, *. A ridge ; a land 

in cultivation. 

E rua nga wakawaka ka oti ; 
Two lands are finished. {W.) 

Wana, s, A division of a heap 
of food, as placed at the time 
of a feast, 

Ko tahi wana i a matou ; We 
had one division. 

Upright sticks of a fence. 

Battens. {E. C.) 

Wdnawana, *. Fear; thrill. 

Ka rere mai te wanawana i te 
aranga matua ki te riri ; I felt a 
thrill when the company got up 
to fight. 

Wani, s. Sticks, by the friction 
of which fire is obtained. 
Syn. with Kauati. (i2.) 

Wani, v. To graze ; to pass 

near. 

Kia wani te poti ki tera taha ; 
Let the boat graze that side. 

Waniwani, v. To scrape. 
Pass. Waniwania. 

Kei te waniwani riwai nga ta- 
ngata; The men are scraping 
potatoes. ( W.) 

Waoko, s. A bushman. 

Waoku, *. A dense forest. 
E noho ana i te waoku, he puke- 
puke ki tetahi taha be pukepuke ki 
tetahi taha ; He is living in the 
dense forest, a hill being on either 
side. 

s2 



WAR 



( 198 ) 



WEH 



Warahoe, a. False. 

He hunga waiahoe koutoa ; You 
are false people. 

Warewiire, a. Forgetful, 

He tangata wareware koe ; You 
are a forgetful man. 

Wiirewarc, v. To forget, 

WAri, s. A potatoe which has 
become watery through age 
or frost. 

Wariwari, s. The name of a 
Jish, 

Syn. with Takeke. {R.) 

Warowaro, v. To be vigorous 
in growth. 

E warowaro ana te tupu ; The 
growth is vigorous. ( W,) 

Warn, a. Eight. 

Waru, V. To shave; to cut 
the hair. 
Pass. Waruhia. 

Watea, v. To be clear. 

To be careful ; to be cautious, 
Kia watea te tango i to Nga- 
pubi ; Be cautious in taking that 
which belongs to Ngapuhi. 

Wawa, s. A fence. 

Whakairia ki runga ki te wawa; 
Let it be hung upon the fence. 

Wawa, V. To wander. 

Kua wawa noa atu nga tangata 
ki te mahi ; The men have wan- 
dered away to their work. 

Wawae, v. To divide. 
Pass. Waea. 

Me wawae te rahurahu hei ara ; 
Let the fern be divided for a road. 

Wawahi, v. To split. 
Pofis. Wahia. 

Kei te wawahi rakau mo tona 
toepa ; He is splitting timber for 
his fence. 



Wawahi, «. Split, 

He taepa wawahi ; Split fencing. 

Wawdo, V, To separate con- 
tending parties, 

Waona nga tamariki nei, aua e 
tukua ki te whawhai ; Let these 
children be separated, let them 
not be suffered to fight. 

Wawara, v. To wander. 

Ka wawara te ngakau"; The 
heart wanders. 

Wawaro, v. To sound indis- 
tinctly. 

He reo tangata tena e wawaro 
mai na ; That is a man's voice 
which is sounding indistinctly 
there. 

Wawata, v. To desire ear- 
nestly ; to long after. 

E wawata ana te ngakau ki te 
hau pai kia awe te puta mai ; The 
heart is desiring that a fair wind 
may soon spring up. 

Wawau, s, A coward. 

Wawe, ad. Soon. 

E kore tatou e tae wawe atu ; 
We shall not soon arrive. 

Wêhewêhe, v. To divide; to 
separate, 

Wehea tenei puranga kia roa ; 
Let this heap be divided, let it be 
two. 

Wêhewêhenga, s. Act of di- 
viding. 

Wehi, a. Afraid; terrible. 
He tangata wehi; A terrible 
man. 

Wehi, s. Fear, 

Wehi, v. To be afraid. 
Pass. Wehingia. 

E kore e wehingia tana korcro ; 
His speech vtill not be feared. 



\ 



WEK 



( 199 ) 



WEW 



Weka, s. The name of a bird, 

Wekiki, v. To quarrel. 

Na wai nga tamariki e wekiki 
mai ra ? Whose are the children 
that are quarrelling ? (^0 

Weku, s, A wood, {R.) 

Wene, s. Shoot of the convol- 
vulus. 

Food. (».) 

* 

*Wênerei, *. Wednesday, 
Wênewêne, s. A gourd. 

Syn. with Hue. {B. C.) 

An insect. 

Wera, s. A \burn ; a burnt 
place on fern land, 

Homai he rongoa mo te wera 
o takutamaiti ; Let some medicine 
be given for my child's bum. 

Wera, a. Warm ; hot ; burnt ; 
scalded. 

Wai wera ; Hot water. 

Wera, v. To be hot; tobeburnt; 
to be scorched. 

Kua wera te wai ; The water is 
hot. Ka wera te whare ; The 
house is burnt. 

Wêranga, s. A being burnt ; 
time or place of burning, 

"Werewere, v. To hang down 
from ; to hang suspended. 
E werewere mai ra te kete i 
runga i te rakau; The basket is 
hanging upon the tree. 

Weri, *. A root. J 

Ko tona weri ' nei te kai ; Its 
root is the thing $aten. 

A centipede. I 

Weri, t?. To hear. 

Korerotia ri kia awe te weri ; 
Let it be spoken that we may 
quickly hear< 



Weri weri, «?. To be angry. {W.) 

Wêriwêri, a. Disgusting ; dis' 

agreeable. 

He kai weriweri; Disgusting 
food. He tangata weriweri ; A 
disagreeable man. {E. C.) 

Wero, s. A sting. 

Wero, a. Speared, 

Hemeawero; A thing speared. 

Werohanga, s. Act or time of 
spearing. 

Werdku, v. To be extinct ; to 
go out. 

Ka weroku te ahi ; The fire is 
gone out. (W.) 

Werotdringa, s, A rough mat. 
Syn. with Ngeri. (R.) 

Wêruwêru, s, A garment of 
any kind. 

Kua riro nga weruweru i a To- 
hipatu ; The garments are taken 
away by Tohitapu. 

Weta, s. An insect. 

Wetangotdngo, ad. Very. 

Pouri wetangotango te ngakau ; 
The heart is very dark. 

Wetara,*. Seed potatoes which 
throw up a very weak shoot. 

{E. C.) 

Wetekanga, s. Act or time of 
untying, 

Wetoki, V. To swim in shoals ; 
to float. 

He aha te ika e wetoki mai nei ? 
What is the fish which is swim> 
ming here ? (/2.) 

Weu, s, A single hair. 

We wero, v. To strike with a 
spear. 



WAR 



( 198) 



WEH 



V\r;irah6e, a. False. 

He huDga waiahoe koutou ; You 
ure false people. 

Wareware, a. ForgetfuL 

He tangata ware ware koe ; You 
are a forgetful man. 

WTirewarc, v. To forget, 

Wiiri, s. A potatoe which has 
become watery through age 
or frost. 

Wariwari, s. The name of a 
Jish. 

Syn. with Takeke. {R.) 

Warowaro, v. To he vigorous 
in growth. 

£ warowaro ana te tupu ; The 
growth is vigorous. ( W.) 

Waru, a. Eight. 

Waru, V. To shave; to cut 
the hair. 
Pass. Waruhia. 

Watea, v. To be clear. 

To be careful ; to be cautious. 
Kia watea te tango i to Nga- 
pubi ; Be cautious in taking that 
which belongs to Ngapuhi. 

Wawa, s. A fence. 

Whakairia ki runga ki te wawa; 
Let it be hung upon the fence. 

Wawa, V. To wander. 

Kua wawa noa atu nga tangata 
ki te mahi ; The men have wan- 
dered away to their work. 

Wawae, v. 'To divide. 
Pass. Waea. 

Me wawae te rahurahu hei ara ; 
Let the fern be divided for a road. 

Wawahi, v. To split. 
Pass. Wahia. 

Kei te wawahi rakau mo tona 
taepa; He is splitting timber for 
his fence. 



Wawahi, a. Split, 

He taepa wawahi ; Split fencing. 

Waw4o, V. To separate con- 
tending parties. 

Waona nga tamariki nei, aua e 
tukua ki te wbawhai ; Let these 
children be separated, let them 
not be suffered to fight. 

Wawdra, v. To wander. 

Ka wawara te ngakau'; The 
heart wanders. 

Wawaro, v. To sound indis- 
tinctly. 

He reo tangata tena e wawaro 
mai na ; That is a man's voice 
which is sounding indistinctly 
there. 

Wawata, v. To desire ear- 
nestly ; to long after. 

E wawata ana te ngakau ki te 
hau pai kia awe te puta mai ; The 
heart is desiring that a fair wind 
may soon spring up. 

Wawau, *. A coward. 

Wawe, ad. Soon. 

E kore tatou e tae wawe atu ; 
We shall not soon arrive. 

Wêhewêhe, v. To divide ; to 
separate, 

Wehea tenei puranga kia roa ; 
Let this heap be divided, let it be 
two. 

Wêhewêhenga, s. Act of di- 
viding. 

Wehi, a. Afraid; terrible. 
He tangata wehi ; A terrible 
man. 

Wehi, s. Fear, 

AV^ehi, V, To be afraid. 
Pass. Wehingia. 

E kore e wehingia tana korcro ; 
His speech w ill not be feared. 



\ 



WEK 



( 199 ) 



WEW 



Wêka, *. The name of a bird. 

Wekiki, v. To quarrel. 

Na wai nga tamariki e wekiki 
mai ra ? Whose are the children 
that are quarrelling ? ( W.) 

Weku, 8, A wood. {R.) 

Wene, s. Shoot of the convol- 
vulus. 

Food. ifi.) 

■ 

*Wênerei, s. Wednesday. 

Wênewêne, s. A gourd. 

Syn. with Hue. {B. C.) 

An insect. 

Wera, s. A %hurn ; a burnt 
place on fern land. 

Homai he rongoa mo te wera 
o takutamaiti ; Let some medicine 
be given for my child's bum. 

Wera, a. Warm ; hot ; burnt ; 
scalded. 

Wai wera ; Hot water. 

Wera, v. To be hot; tobeburnt; 
to be scorched. 

Kua wera te wai ; The water is 
hot. Ka wera te whare ; The 
house is burnt. 

Wêranga, s. A being burnt ; 
time or place of burning. 

"Wêrewêre, v. To hang down 
from ; to hang suspended. 
E werewere mid ra te kete i 
runga i te rakau; The basket is 
hanging upon the tree. 

Weri, s. A root.r 

Ko tona weri i nei te kai ; Its 
root is the thing ^aten. 

A centipede, j 

Weri, V. To h^ar. 

Korerotia ra kia awe te weri ; 
Let it be spoken that we may 
quickly hear. / 



Weri weri, t7. To be angry. (W.) 

Wêriwêri, a. Disgusting ; dis- 
agreeable. 

He kai weriweri; Disgusting 
food. He tangata weriweri ; A 
disagreeable man. {E. C.) 

Wero, s. A sting. 

Wero, a. Speared. 

He mea wero ; A thing speared. 

Werobanga, s. Act or time of 
spearing. 

Werdku, v. To be extinct ; to 
go out. 

Ka weroku te ahi ; The fire is 
gone out. {W.) 

Werotaringa, s. A rough mat. 
Syn. with Ngeri. (jR.) 

Wêruwêru, *. A garment of 
any kind. 

Kua riro nga weruweru i a To- 
hipatu ; The garments are taken 
away by Tohitapu. 

Weta, s. An insect. 

Wetangotango, ad. Very. 

Pouri wetangotango te ngakau ; 
The heart is very dark. 

Wetara, «. Seed potatoes which 
throw up a very weak shoot. 

(E. C.) 

Wetekanga, s. Act or time of 
untying. 

Wetoki, V. To swim in shoals ; 

to float. 

He aha te ika e wetoki mai nei ? 
What is the fish which is swim- 
ming here ? (/2.) 

Weu, s. A single hair. 

Wewero, v. To strike with a 
spear. 



I 



I 



WEW 



( 200 ) 



WHA 



Pass. Werohia. 

E wewero patiki ana ; He is 
spearing soles. 

Weweru, *. A garment of any 
kind. 

Wewete, v. To untie ; to un- 
ravel, 

Wetekiate tauotokakahu ; Let 
the string of thy garment be untied. 

Wha, a. Four, 

Whaea, s, A mother, 

Whaerere, «. A mother; a 
dam, 

Whai, 9, A large fiat fish ; a 
stingaree, 

Whai, a. Returning to a place 
constantly ; fixed ; settled. 

He tangata whai ahau ; I am a 
settled resident. 

Whai, V, To possess, 

Ka whai pukapuka ahau ; I 
possess a book. 

To perform a religious cere- 
mony upon first occupying a 
new dwelling. 

Ma tona tangata ano i tona 
whare e whai ; Let the person to 
whom the house belongs perform 
the ceremony. 

Whai, V. To follow after ; to 
woo. 
Pass, Whai. 

Whai noa atu, whai noa atu, 
te hopukina te waka naka; 1 
followed after, but could not 
catch the canoe. 

Whaihanga, v. To make; to 
build. 

Whaihangatia he whare ma te 
pakeha; Make a house for the 
foreigner. (JE. C.) 

WhaikiSrero, v. To harangue. 



Whakatika ki te whaikorero; 
Get up and make a speech. 

(E, C.) 

Whaikorero, s, A speech ; an 
harangue, 

Whainga, s, Enmity; hostility, 
Kei hea te tangata hei ki mo 
te whainga } Where is the man 
to speak of hostilities ? 

Whainga, s. A ceremony per- 
formed in a new house before 
it is inhabited, 

I mea ia kia patua te tangata 
hei whainga mo te whare ; He 
talked of killing the man as an 
otfering for his house. 

Act of pursuing. 

Whaioio, *. The name of a 
bird. 

Whaioio, a. Very numerous. 
He tini whaioio ; A very great 
number. 

Whaiti, V, To be in small 
compass ; to be compact ; to 
be narrow, {E, C.) 

Whaitaua, s. A party which 
comes to the assistance of 
another in time of war or a 
disturbance, 

Whaitiri, s. Thunder, 

Syn. with Whatitui. {E. C.) 

Whaitoka,*. A doorway. {E. C.) 

Whaitua, s. Side, 

Kei tera whaitua o te manga ; 
On the otber side of the stream. 

Whaiwhaia, s\ Witchcraft, 

{E. C.) 

Whaiwhaia, w.' To bewitch. 

Kua wbaiwhaiatia taku midua 
e Maru ; My lather has been be- 
witched by Maru. 



\ 



\ 



WHA 



( 201 ) 



WHA 



"Whaka, s. Food or property 

given in return for a present 

of a like nature, 

Hei whaka nga parareka nei 
mo nga kai o Ngaitahupo ; These 
potatoes are a present for the food 
of Ngaitahupo. (iB. C.) 

Whakaae, v. To assent; Jo 

consent. 

Pass. Whakaaetia. 

E kore ia e whakaae kia haere 
au ; He will not consent for me 
to go. 

Whakaaeaea, v. To pant. 

Ka kake i te pikitanga ka wha- 
kaaeaea ; If he climhs the ascent 
he pants. (-^V) 

To break off ; to disconnect. 

Kaua e whakaaeaeatia tou ko- 

rero, engari honoa tonutia ; Let 

not your speech be disconnected, 

rather let it be continuous. [Ngt.) 

Whakaaenga, s. An assenting. 

Whakaahu, v. To swell. 

E whakaahu ana taku puku ; 
My swelling enlarges. 

Whakaahu, o. Rejecting ; de- 
spising» 

Katahi te tangata whakaahu ki 
aku kai ; You are the man who 
rejects my food. {E. C.) 

Whakaahua, v. To grow in 

the womb. 

E whakaahua ana te tamaiti ; 
The child is growing. 

Whakaahuru, v. To warm. 
Pass. Whakaahurutia. 

Whakaako, v. To teach. 
Pass. Whakaakona. 

Whakaakonga, s. Act of teach- 
ing. 

Whakaakoranga, *. Act of 
teaching. 



Whakaara, v. To awcjte ; to 

raise up. 

Whakaarahia o tatou hoa ka 
moe tonu nei ; Let our companions 
be awoke who keep on sleeping. 

AVhakaara, *. A hostile party ; 
an army. [W.) 

Whakaarahanga, s. Act or time 
of awakening up. 

Whakaaranga, v. To appear 
in a vision. 

Ka hara te tangata ka whakaa- 
ranga mai te atua ; When man 
commits a crime the god appears 
to him. {W.) 

Whakaari, v. To hold up to 
view. 

Te.ia whakaaria mai to mea, 
kia kite au ; Let your thing be 
held up to view, let me see it. 

Whakaariki, s. An army; a 
hostile party. 

Whakaaro, s. Thought; opi- 
nion. 

Whakaaro, v. To think; to 
consider. 

Whakadta, *. A looking glass; 
something which reflects the 
shadow. 

AVhakaatea, v. To clear. 

Whakaateatia te whare mo te 
manuhiri ; Let the house be 
cleared for the guest. 

Whakaateataijga, s. Act or 
time of clearing. 

Whakaatu, v. To point out ; 
to explain. 

Ma wai e whakaatu te ara ? 
Who shall point out the road } 

Whakaea, v. To make an equal 
return for ; to pay for. 



WHA ( 202 ) 

Na Ihu Karaiti i whakaea o ta- 
tou hara ; Our sins were payed for 
by Jesus Christ. 

Whakaeke, v. To draw to close 
quarters. 

To rush. 

Tena wbakaekeal Rush for- 
ward ! 

To cause to ascend, 

Whakaêkeêke, a. Sprinkling; 
showery. 

He ua whakaekeeke ; A sprink- 
ling rain. 

Whdkaekenga, s. Act of draw- 
ing to close quarters. 

A causing to ascend. 

Whakaêmiêini, v. To assemble. 
Whakaemiemia mai nga tanga- 
ta ; Let the men be assembled to- 
gether. 

WMkaetêa, v. To be cleared. 
Ka whakaetea te nohoanga; 
The sitting place is cleared. 

Whakaewa, s. Strings of a 
mat. 



WhakaM, v. To breathe upon 
or into. 

Pass. Whakahangia. 

"WTidkaliaehae, *. A thing 
which makes afraid; a scare» 

crow, 

Ko nga ture hei whakahaehae 
mo te ngakau ; The command- 
ments serve to make the heart 
fearful. {E. C.) 

Whakahaere, v. To cause to 
go; to carry about. 

Me whakahaere te tamaiti ; Let 
the child be carried about. 

Whdkahaerenga, *. Act of 
carrying about. 



WHA 



Whdkahd,na9 v. To hold «p 
weapons in defiance, 

Ka whakahana i ngapatai nga 
pu me te pukana ; They hold up 
their weapons, and their gons» 
and they distort their coimte- 
nances. {W.) 

"WhakaMnumi, r. To mix. 

Whakahanumitia te hnka Id 
roto ki te paraoa ; Mix the sugar 
with the flour. (B. C.) 



a. 



Very 



Whdkahdrahara, 

great. 

He tangata whakaharahara a 
Tareha; Tareha is a very large 
man. 

Whakaharahara, v. To dimi- 
nish. 

Kia whakaharaharangia te wai 
o te poti ; Let the water in the 
boat be lessened by baling. 

WhakahAwea, v. To disbelieve. 
E kore ahau e whakahawea ki 
tana korero ; I will not disbeliere 
his word. 



WhakahAuhau,». Stirring up; 

exciting. 

He kai whakahauhau; A person 
to stir up others. 

Whakahauhau, v. To stir up ; 

to excite. 

Haere rakoe ki te whakahauhau 
i'nga tangata ; Go and stir up the 
men. 

Whakahduora, v. To revive; 
to quicken., 

Whakahe, v. To cause to go 
astray; to mislead; to find 

fault with, 

Na te kuia ra matou i whakahe ; 
We were caused to go astray by 
the old woman. 



WHA 



hei, V. To go to meet a 

n. 

:ina wbakaheitia a Te Wha- 

i te ara ; Go and meet Te 

anui on the road. (£. C) 

heke, v. To catch eels 
sans of a net attached 
weir. 

riro ki te wbakabeke tuna ; 

gone to catch eels. 

bemo, V. To consume, 
a whakahemokia ona taonga 
aoho kino ; His goods have 
spent in riotous living. 

hêmohêmo, v. To attend 
a person in his last ill' 

i te whakahemohemo a Te 
tabi i tona veabine; Te He- 
i is attending upon bis wife, 
s near death. 

henga, s. A causing to 
tray ; a finding fault, 

hengi, v. To steal upon 

'son, 

vbakabengi mai ana te tanga- 

a au; The man is stealing 

me. 

here,*. Sacred food pro- 
tory to a deity; an 
\ng ; a sacrifice. 

Mhi,r. To defy ; tospeak 

*mptuoushj ; to boast. 
) wai tenei e whakabibi mai 
Who is this who speaks con- 
tuously ? 

Mpa, s. Hair of the 
; the head. {W.) 

hipa, V. To turn aside, 

bakahipa ki tabaki kei mau 
Turn aside lest you be 
at. 

ibipahipa, a. Irregular. 
I taiepa wbakabipabipa ; A 



( 203 ) WHA 

fence which is crooked, or of 
which one part is higher than 
another. 

Whakahirahira, v. To boast. 

"Whakahirihiri, v. To change 
about ; to carry in turn. 

He kore tangata hei whakahi- 
rihiri, te riro ai te peke huka ; 
The bag of sugar did not come, 
because there was no one to carry 
in turn with me. {E. C.) 

Wliakahiweka, v. To hang up. 

Temeaneiwhakahiweka; Hang 

up this thing. {R,) 

"WTiakahde, v. To reject ; to be 
careless ; to be indifferent, 

Whakahdha, a. Wearisome. 
He mabi whakaboha tenei mabi ; 
This is wearisome work. 

"WTiakahdki, v. To return a 
thing; to turn back; to 
answer, 

Whakabokia tenei toki ki a Pa- 
reibe ; Let this axe be returned to 
Pareihe. 

"WTiakahdkinga, s. Act or time 
of returning, 

Wliakahdpo, s* A threatened 
blow, 

"WTiakahdpo, v. To make a 
feint at striking, 

"Whakahori, v. To disbelieve. 
E kore e whakahoria to korero ; 
Your word will not bo disbelieved. 

{W.) 

"WTiakahdringa, s. Act of dis- 
believing. (W.) 

Whakabdro, v. To throw down; 
to let down. 

Whakaboroa te wakabeke ; Let 
out the rope. Whakaboroa nga 
kohatu ; Throw down the stones. 



WHA ( 21 

TiVimkalnitiihdtu, e. To pant i 
to ioh 

Wliakohotuhotii anate manawa ; 

The lienrt panta. {,Tauranga.) 

Whakahouhou, v. To refresh ; 

to make cool. 
AVhataliiia, i-. To repeat. 

Go on, let jour song be reptated. 
Wtakfthiiatanga, », Ael or 

lime of repentivi;. 
Whabai, v. To lookat oneself 

in vain admiration. 
AVliakaihi, a. Betrothed. 



He 



ahine 



a Uku 



; A. wife betrothed 

son. LW.) 

Wbakaibo, c. To i^ut the hair. 

Tenei to iramutn whakaiho ake ; 

Here is jour nephew, cot his hair. 

(B. C.) 

Whakdika, v. To lie. 

Kei ko nga kaho e whakajka 
ana ; The battens are Ijiing there. 
"VVliakaikeike, v. To raise up 
high. 
Pail. Whakaikeikeina. 

Taria mai be oneone he! wba- 

kukeike i te wahl nei ■, Let some 

sartli bcbroughlto raise this place. 

Wliakaiugiiingo, a. Sobhing. 

He tamaiti wiiakaingoingo ; A 
sobbing cbild. 
Whakainu, v. To give drink to 
a person. 

Whakaiiiuiniu ana ahau ki te 
tnpukibi reira ; I waa supplied 
with tupakihi to drink at that 

"Whiikainuinanga, *, Act or 
time of giving to drink. 

"Wlialtairi ». To hang up. 
Pan. Whakair». 



I ) WHA 

Mewhakairi te ketaki rnngalii I 
te taepa ; Let the basket be hiu! 
up oa the ftnce. 
Whiikau-iiiga, a. J Aangingsp; 
time fir place of hanging up. 
Wliakdiro, a. Carved. 

Ko tabi te ponaka whakaira a 
te tangata ra. hei hoko ; The awn 
has nne carved box to sell. 

WhakAiro, s. Carving. 

Nanabu aus te whakairo o u 
waka nei ; The carving of tlw 
canoe is beautiful. 

WhakAiro, v. To carve. 

Whabaka, s. Combustible mat- 
ter. 

Tera be otaota hei wbakaka mo 
te kniiara; Give us some rnbbiih 

to mnkc the Hk liurn. 
AV'lii'ikakalia, a. Strengtheniag. 
iiotnui be rongoa Tihakakaha; 
Give some gtrengtheniag medi- 

Whakakaha, s. To ttrengtken. 

I'as». WbakakahBEgia. 
Whiikiiknliaiiga, *. A strength. 

Whakaknhcire, v. To annul; to 

E kore tena korero e taea te 
whakakahore ; That sajing camiM 
be denied. 
Whakakahd retail ga, *. Actor 

time of annulling. 
Wliakakai, s. An ornament for 

"Wbakakaitoa, v. To «oy to an- 
other — It servesyou right. 
"Whakaki'ikaliu, v. To clothe. 
Pan. Whakakakaburia- 



WHA 



( 205 ) 



WHA 



Whakakakahuranga, s. Act of 
clothing. 

Whakakake, a. Boasting ; am- 
bitious. 

He tangata whakakake ; A boast- 
ing man. 

Whakakake, v. To boast. 

Whakakanapa, v. To cause to 
shine; to make bright. 

"Whdkakdrekare, v. To shake, 
(IS water in a bottle. 

Whkkakarekarenga, s. Act of 
shaking up. 

Whakakarikari, v. To notch. 
Me whakakarikari kau te ra- 
kau ; Just notch the stick. 

Whakakata, v. To cause to 
laugh. 

Wh^kakeke, v. To be obstinate. 
Kaua koe e whakakeke ki te ku- 
pu o to matua ; Do not be obsti- 
nate when your father speaks. 

Whakakêukeu, v. To shake, 
Kia ata whakakeukeu ; Do not 
shake. 

"Whakaki, v. To fill. 
Pass. Whakakiia. 

Whakakikiwa, v. To blink the 
eyes, as in pain, 

Ka whakakikiwa ona kanohi i 
te mamae ; His eyes are blinking 
with pain. 

Whakakinga, s. Act of filling. 

Whakakino, v. To reject ; to 
treat with contempt ; to dis- 
approve of 

Ka whakakinongia tau mahi 
tutu ; Thy ill conduct .will be 
disapproved of. 



Wbakakinonga,*. Act of treat- 
ing with contempt, 

Whakakite, v. To reveal ; tor 
disclose. 

Whakakitea mai ki a matou to 
pukapuka ; Let thy letter be 
shown to us. 

Whakakitenga,*. A revelation; 
a disclosure. 

Whakakiwi, v. To lookaside, 
Ka whakakiwi te kanohi i runga 
i te peke ; His eye is looking over 
his shoulder. 

"Whakakd, ad. Thither. 

Ka haere au whakako ; I am go- 
ing thither. ( W.) 

Whakakdekoe, v. To tickle. 

Whakakdi, v. To sharpen, 

Wbakakoia taku toki ki to ho- 
anga ; Let my axe be sharpened 
on your grindstone. 

"Whakakdia, v. To assent. 

E wbakakoia mai ana ; He is 

assenting. 

Whakakoinga, s. Act of sharp- 
ening. 

Whakakoko, v. To go side- 
ways ; to hide. 

Whakakoko ana te haere o te 
tamaiti, kei kitea tana aporo 
The child is walking sideways, 
lest his apple should be seen. {W.) 

Whakakopakopa, r. To fold up. 
Pass. Whakakopakopaia. 

Whakakopakoparanga, s. Act 
or time of folding up. 

Whakakorakora, v. To scatter 
in small quantities; to let 
fall, as it were sparks, 

Whakakorakorangia mai tetahi 
wahi ma matou ; Let a portion be 
scattered for us. 

T 



WHA 



( 206 ) 



WHA 



Whakakdrero, v. To speak 
about, 

Mau e whakakoreroki ta te Atna 
korero; Speak thoa about the 
words of God. 

Whdkakdro, v. To urge; to 
endeavour. 

Wbakakoro noa matou te taea 
Patangata; We urged on to no 
purpose, and were not able to 
reach Patangata. {E, C.) 

Whakakordiroi, v. To disturb ; 
to spoil. 

He aha tau ka whakakoroiroi 
nei i te mahi ? Why do you spoil 
the work ? 

"Whdkak<5rok6ro, v. To loosen ; 
to slacken, 

Whakakorokoroa te wakaheke ; 
Let the rope be slackened. 

Whakak<5rua, v. To make hol- 
low ; to excavate, 

Whakakoruatia te takotoranga 
mo te wai ; Let a place be made 
hollow for the water to lie in. 

Whakakumu, s. A creeping 
plant. 

Whdkakumu, v. To be timid; 
to be reluctant, 

E whakakumu ana taku ngakau, 
e kore au e haere ma te waka ; I 
am afraid, I will not go by the 
canoe. 

"WTidkama, s. Shame, 

Whakama, a. Ashamed ; cans- 
ing shame, 

Whakama, v. To be ashamed. 
Ka whakama katoa ratou ki ta- 
na kupu ; They were all ashamed 
on account of his expression. 

Whakamahdra, a. Reminding. 
He pukapuka whakamahara 
tenei moku ; This is a book of 
remembrance for me. 



WhdkamaMra, v. To remind. 
Whakamaharatia a Mikere ki 
tana korero o nanahi ; Let Mikere 
be reminded of what he said yes- 
terday. 

Whakamabaratangay «• Act 
of reminding. 

Whakamahau, s. A verandah. 

Whdkamaho, v. To float, 

Whakamaho kau ana i runga i 
te wai e kore e kau ; He floats 
on the top of the watô:, he does 
not swim. ( TF.) 

Whakamahu, v. To heal, 

Homai he rongoa hei whakapia- 
hu i taku ringa ; Give me some 
application to heal my hand. 

Whakamahu, a. Healing, 

Whakamahue, v. To finish. 
Ha ! haere noa te tangata, ka- 
hore ano kia whakamahuetia tana 
mahi ; The man is going, and his 
work is not finished. 

Whakamahuetanga, s. Act or 
time of finishing, 

Whakamahunga, r. To make 
trial of a new crop of pota- 
toes, ^c. 

Katahi ano ka whakamahunga - 
tia te kai ; The food is only now 
made trial of. 

Whakamaiengi, v. To raise up. 
Whakamaiengitia tena poro o te 
rakau; Let that end of the log 
be raised up. 

Wbakamaiengitdnga, s. Act 
or time of raising up, 

Whakamdkaka, v. To make 
cpooked. 

Ka whakamakakatia te aho ; 
The line is made crooked. 

Whakamaktiku, r. To moisten; 
to water. 



\ 



\ 



«Hi 






To6.i»I"""- , i(=' 



( 207 1 To 5"»** ■ 

reman" w ^""^ ' Jet «"^ 

kl««"»S"i.i»'»"" 



\ 






WHA 



( 208 ) 



WHA 



Whakamatea te kuri nei ; Let 
this dog be killed. 

Whakamdtenga, s. Act or time 
of killing y or of making sick. 

Whakamduru, v. To echo. 

£ wbakaraauru ana mai te tangi 
o to pu ; The report of the gun b 
echoing. 

To keep steady, 

Puritia te taura hei whaka- 
mauru ; Hold the rope to keep 
you steady. (W.) 

Whakamêne, v. To assemble. 

E haere ana auki te whakamene 
i nga tangata ; 1 am going to as- 
semble the men. 

Whakamenenga, s. Act or time 
of assembling. 

Whakamiharo, v. To cause won- 
der or surprise. 

Whakamiharo, a. Wonderful, 

Whakamine, v. To assemble, 
Syn. with Whakamene. 

Whakaminenga, s. Act of as- 
sembling. 

Whakamda, v. To heap up. 

Whakamoainanga kohatu; Let 
the stones be heaped up. 

Whakamde, v. To close the eyes; 
to put to sleep. 

Ka whakamoea nga kanohi, ko 
te tangata e ara ana ; The eyes are 
closed, but the man is awake. 

Whakamdenga, s . Act of put- 
ting to sleep, 

Whakamôhio, s, A song intro- 
duced into a speech, (e. C.) 

Whakamdhio, v. To teach ; to 
cause to understand. 



Whakamdka, v. To muzzle the 
mouth of an animal. 

Whakamokatia tou kuri; Muz- 
zle your dog. 

To fold or tie up, 

Whakamdnenehu, v. To ^ 

out of sight. 

Ka whakamonenehu te waka; 
The canoe is going out of sight 

Whakamomori, r. To do a thing 
under the impulse of vexor 
tion ; to commit an act of 
desperation, 

Whakamua, ad. Before, 

Ka haere ia whakamua ; He is 
going on before. {W,) 

Whakamtiri, ad. Behind. 

Whakamutu, v. To finish; to 
leave off. 

Whakamutua te mahi; Leave 
off work. 

Whakamiitunga,*. Act of finish- 
ing, or leaving off, 

Whakana, v. To satisfy. 

Whakanamunamu, v. To dis- 
appear. 

Ka whakanamunamu te waka ; 
The canoe disappears. 

Whakananau, s. Anger, {E. C.) 

Whakananawe, v. To wait for ; 
to loiter. 

Ka whakananawe atu ki muri, 
e kore e bohoro te haere ; He is 
waiting behind, he does not walk 
quickly. 

Whakanano, s. Discredit ; 
disbelief. 

Ha ! to whakanano ki aku ko- 
rero ! Your disbelief of my word ! 

Whakandnu, v. To mix. 



WHA 



( 209 ) 



WHA 



tCa whakananua te rongoa ki te 
wai ; The medicine is mixed with 
water. 

Whakandnunga, s. Act of 
mixing. 

Whakanau, v. To refuse, 

E kore matoueaheitewhakanau 
ata ; We are not able to refuse. 

Whakanêhenêhe, s. A quar- 
relling. 

Whakanêhenêhe, a. Quarrel- 
some, 

He tangatawhakanehenehekoe; 
You are a quarrelsome man. 

"Whakanehu, v. To reduce to 
powder. 

Whakanêkenêke, v. To cause 
to move. 

Homai he wai hei whakaneke- 
neke mo te rongoa; Give me some 
water to wash down the medicine. 

Whdkanene, v. To jest ; to 
sport ; to quarrel. 

£ whakanene mai ra nga tama- 
riki; The children are sporting 
yonder. 

Whakanene, s. A sporting ; a 
jesting. 

He whakanene nau ; It is a jest 
of thine. 

Whdkangahdro, v. To shake off, 

Whakangdkau, ». To have a 
grudge against; to hear 
malice. 

Whakangakau, a. Malicious; 
spiteful. 

"Whakang4ko, r. To banter'; 
to joke. {E, C) 

Whakangdmia, v. To be swal- 
lowed up. (il.) 



Whakanganangdna, s. Deceit. 

Whakangdnangana, v. To be 

deceitful. 

He aha tau e whakanganangana 
nci, e ta ? Why are you deceit- 
ful ? {E. C.) 

Whakangao, v. To sprout ; to 

send forth shoots. 

£ whakangao ana i nga rau ; It 
shoots forth leaves. 

Whdkangari, v. To tease. 

Whdkangari, s. A teasing, 

Ka mea koutou he whakangari 
naku; You say it is teasing on 
my part. 

Whdkangdro, v. To conceal. 
Pass, Whakangaromia. 

Whakangdromanga, s. Act or 
time of concealing. 

Whakangarue, v. To shake, 
Kia ata whakangarue ; Do not 
shake. {E, C.) 

Whakangau, v. To catch with 
dogs ; to hunt, 

Kua riro kite whakangau poaka ; 
He is gone to catch pigs. 

Whdkangduetie, v. To shake. 
Syn. with Whakangarue. 

Wbdkangauetietanga, s. Act of 
shaking. 

Whakangawari, v. To soften. 

Pass W^hakangawaritia. 

Wbakangawaritanga, s. Act of 
softening. 

WMkangeingei, v. To stretch 
out ; to spread ; to extend. 

Ka whakangeingei te kawe o tou 
hue; The runner of the melon 
spreads out. 

Whakangita, v. To make fast. 
Whakangitaia mai to kuri ; Let 
your dog be made fast. {R.) 

T 2 



WHA 



To pour out. 

Me waiho kete ranei, me wha- 
kangita ranei ; Shall the food be 
left in the baskets, or shall it be 
poured out? {W.) 

Whakangungu, r. To refuse to 
speak, 

Whakangutungutu,». Toscold; 
to grumble ; to be sulky. 

He aha taku e whakangutungutu 
mai na koe ki a au ? What have 
I done that you are grumbling at 
me? {W.) 

Wbakanihoniho, v. To throw 

up a small shoot ; to sprout. 

Ka whakanihoniho te rea o nga 
parareka nei ; The sprout of these 
potatoes begins to shoot. {E. C.) 

To quarrel, 

Kei te whakanihoniho nga tama- 
riki ; The children are quarrelling. 

Whakaninlhi, v. To turn away 
from a person. 

To be in the posture of attack. 
Ka whakaninihi i runga i nga 
kauaeroa ; They are formed in 
companies ready to attack. 

AVliakanda, v. To make common; 
to take off the tapu. 

Whakanoatauga, s. Act of 
making common, 

Whakanoho, v. To place ; to 
establish. 

Na Te Wera i whakanoho Nga- 
puhi ki Nukutaurua; Ngapuhi 
were established at Nukutaurua 
by Te Wera. 

Whakanoboanga, s. Act of 
placing or establishiiig, 

AVhakanoi, v. To hang up, 

Whakanoia nga tuna ki runga 
ki te pataka ; Let the eels be hung 
up on the stage. {W.) 



( 210 ) WHA 

"WTidkandnijr. Totnake crooked. 
Nau i whakanoni te rarasgit 
The row was made 'crooked by 
thee. 

Whdkanoti, v. To draw up, as 
a bag. 

To bury f re in the ashes that 
it may not go out, 
Whakanotia te kapura ; Lettbe 
fire be covered up with ashes. 

Whakanui, v. To enlarge. 

Whakanuinga, s. Act of en- 
larging, 

Whakad, v. To answer to a call. 

Ka whakao mai te tangata i roto 
i te ngahere ; The man answers 
from within the wood. 



Wbakaoho, v. To startle, 

Kaua ra e whakaohokia te mana 
ra ; Do not let the bird be startled. 

Wbakaohokanga, s. Act or time 
of startling, 

Wbakaoioi, v. To shake, 
Syn. with Whakangaueue. 

Wbakaoioinga, s. Act of shah 
ing. 

Wbakaomooino, v. To attend 
upon a sick person. 

E whakaomoomo ana ia i tana 
tupapaku ; He is attending upon 
his invalid. 

Wbakaora, a. Saving. 

He korero whakaora tenei ; This 
is a word of salvation. 

Wbakaora, v. To save, 

£ te Ariki whakaorangia ahau, 
ka mate ahau ; Lord save me, 1 

perish. 

Wbakaoraiiga, s. Act or time 
of saving. 






WHA 

ffTiika<5ti, p. To finish. 

Pan. Whakaotk. 
iVhakacStinga, «. Act a 

offinitking, 
A youngmt child. 

Ko Pehi ta matou whakaotinga; 
Pehi was the joungrat of os- 
tVliiikaiiwliiti, v. To make 
jealous, (-E- C.) 

Syu. with Wfaakatupato. 
WTiakapA, p. To touch. 
Whakapae, *. J fake accu&a- 

Wbakapae, v. To accuse 
falsely. 

1 wlinliapata flhau kei a au t« 
maripi te taagata re, ; 1 was 
faleelf accused tbaC I bad tbe 
man's knife. 

To lay cTomways. 

Me whakapae te rakau hei ara- 
whata; Let the tree be laid across 

Wliakapaenga, *. Act of ac- 
cusing falsely. 

"Wbakapaliiike, P. To lie still; 
to bash in the sua. 



Whakapaho, v. To float on 
the aurfaee. (Ng.) 

Whakapahure, e. To pass by ; 
to cause to pass by. 

WhAkapihiiretanga, s. Act or 
time of passing by. 

Whakapai,». Praise; approval. 

Whakapai, v. To praise; tc, 

approve ; to put in order. 

Paaa. Whakapaingia. 



( 211 ) WHA 

"WTiakapimga, s. Act ofprais- 



Whdkapaipai, s. Ornamental i 
fine. 

He kakahu whakapaipu ; An 
omnmentsl garaieiiC. 
AVbakapaipai, v. To adorn. 

Me nhakapaipai tu waka ki te 
torM ! Lut Ihe eaniw be adorned 
with aibatross featheis. 

Whakapakari, v. To boast. 
"WTidkapakdri, a. Boasting. 
WLakapakepake, a. Enticing; 

persuading . 
"\Vli!iknp:ikq)akf, v. To entice; 
to tempt. 

Na Te Raagi i whakapakepake 
i oma ai taku pononga ; My slave 
ran away because Te Raugi eu- 

Whakapaiepdkenga, 8. Entice- 
ment; temptation. 

Whdkapakihi, v. To be on the 
surface ; to do superficially. 



WhAkapaktSko, s. An image; 
an idol. 

Whakapaku, v. To be di- 
minished; to he small. 

Ka whakapaku te tai, iaa nga- 

tahuna ; The tide is nearly out, 
for the birds are lighting upon the 
sand -bank. 



Whdkapapa, If. To go slyly ; to 
go by stealth. 

Ka nhakapapa mai te tangata 



WHA 



( 212 ) 



WHA 



ra, he tahae pea; The man is 
coming slyly there, perhaps he is 
a thief. 

To lay in a heap. 

To place one upon another, as 
a stack of boards. 

To speak of past events, 

I haere mai ia ki te whakapapa 
i nga kaawhau o mua ; He came 
to speak of the history of former 
times. 

Whakaparahako, r. To reject ; 

to refuse. 

He aha koe i whakaparahako 
ai ki te kakahu mou ? Why did 
you refuse the garment ? 

Whakapareho, v. To be almost 
consumed. 

Ka whakapareho nga ku o te 
rua ; The food of the store is al- 
most consumed. 

Wbakaparebotdnga, s. Time of 
being nearly consumed. 

Whakapdreko, v. Synon, with 
Whakapareho. 

"Whakaparekotanga, s. Synon. 
with Whakaparehotanga. 

Whakapdtai, v. To ask. 

Ka whakapataia mai e te pa- 
keha ; A question is asked hy the 
foreigner. (^.) 

Whakapatdritari, r. To pro- 
voke ; to stir up. 

Whakapatipdti, s. Flattery; 
deceitful language. 

Whakapatipdti, a. Flattering ; 
speaking deceitfully. 

Whakapatipati, v. To speak de- 
ceitfully ; to flatter ; to coax. 
He aha tau e whakapatipati ? 



e kore hoki e hoata e an ; Whitf 
are you flattering for ? It will nol 
be given by me. 

Whdkapau, v. To consume; to 
finish. 

Whakapaua nga kai nei ; Let 
this food be consumed. 

Whakapdunga, s. Act or time 
of consuming. 

Whakapê, a. Making soft, 
Homai he rongoa whakape mo 
taku whewhe ; Give me some medi- 
cine to make my boil suppurate. 

Whakape, v. To make soft ; to 
cause to suppurate. 

Whakapehapêha, a. Boasting. 
He tangata whakapehapeha ; A 
boaster. 

Whakapehapeha, *. A boast, 

Whakapehapeha, v. To boast; 
to glory. 

Ko ia e whakapehapeha ana kia 
whakapehapeha ki te Ariki ; Let 
him that glorieth glory in the 
Lord. 

Whakapeke, a. Concealed. 

Whakapêke, v. To conceal. 
Ka mau ki te hate, ka whakape- 
kea ki roto ki ona ; He took up 
the shirt, and then it was con- 
cealed within his garments. 

Whakapekenga, s. Act or time 
of concealing. 

Whakapihangaiti, v. To put 
in a heap. (B, c.) 

Whakapiko, s. A murder com- 
mitted upon persons, who are 
in the act of eating food, 
which has been prepared by 
the murderers. 

Whakapiko, v. To bend a thing. 



WHA. ( 213 ) 

Act of bend- 



VTiakapiopio, *. A creeping 

&fa. with Aka. 
VTiakapipi. v. To place one 

upon another, o» bricks. 
Vhakapipinga, s.AKorkwhieh 

is conatmcted in a regular 
■ manner, by placi/ig one thing 

upon another, asii' masonry. 
iVhakapohehe, v. To confuse. 
rtTiakūpôk!uiialm,f. Toconfuse. 
Whaiapokakukilku, e. Syt 

with the above. 
Whakap6korūa, v. To hollow 

Sja. with Whakakarus. 
Whdkapono,». Belief ; faith. 
Whakapdno, a. Believing. 

He tangaCawhskapoDO ; Alie 

■Wliakaprfno, P. To believe; t 

Ko IB e nhakapono ana e on 
He who belieieth will be Bsvcd. 
Whakapdiiotaoyn, *. Act of 

believing. 
Whakaporepdrc, v. To propi- 
tiate Lyagift, asin courtship, 
WhakaprfrepiSre, *. A gift 
for the purpose of propi- 
tiating favor. 

He whakapoi-epore mou 
taoDga ra Ma uhuri ai koe ki 
The preaeots are to propitiate 
yon that jou may turn to him. 

"Wtakapiiroraru, f. Toconfus 

Syii. with Whakapohehe. 



WtAkapi5ruru, v. T» refuse. 

He aba koe ka whakaponuu ai 

ki te kai mau ? Wby do you re- 

fuBO the food which is gi'tin to 

you? 

To be sorrowful; to be gloomy. 

WliaknpiSto, r. To shorten. 
Wlifllinputoalekorero; Let the 
speech he ahort. 

WliakapDuri, a. Causing dark- 
ness; distressing. 

He korero whakapouri tenei ; 
■Tljisi^ ditiirnsiiJi; intelligence. 

Whakapouri, v. To darken; 
to distress. 

Na luna niahi tutu ahau i 
whakapouri ; I was distresaed by 
his ill coaduct. 
"WbakapouritaDga, s. Act of 
darkening, or causing dis- 
tress. 
"Wliakapii, «. Aheap; a stack. 
He whakapu kupenga tera e la- 
koto msi ra ; The heap which lies 
there is a fishing-net, 
Wbakapii, v. To lay in a heap. 
KeL hea o tatou kete whakapu 
ail Where shall our basketa be 
heaped up ? 
Whakapliakiiiiga, s. Act or time 
of disclosing, or declaring. 

Heoi ano ta matou whakapna- 
kanga i te kupu ki a koutou ; 
This is the last time of our de- 
claring the word to you. 

Whākapuaki, u. To disclose; to 
declare. 

WhEikHimukiiia mai to kupu ; 
Let your word Lc uttered, 

"\^^iakapulu•e, v. To open. 

Pass. Whakapu aretia. 
"Wliākūpi\firetatiga, s. Act or 

time of opening. 



WHA 

Whakapuhoru, v. To jump, 
as a fish out of the water. 

E whakapuhoni ana te kanae ; 
The mullet jump out of the water. 

Whakapuke, v. To conceal ; to 
keep close in the mind, 

Whakapuke rawa ki rote ki tona 
ngakau ; He keeps it close within 
his own breast. 

Whakapungênengêne, v. To 
cover up with clothes. 

Whakaptiru, s, A pad to de- 
fend the hack when a load is 
carried, 

A covering to keep off wet and 
dirt. 



Whakapuru, ». To defend the 
hack or any other part hy 
means of a pad. 

Whakaputa, *. A boasting. 

Whakaputa, a. Boasting. 

Ka kino to mahi whakaputa; 
Your boasting is evil. 

Whakaputa, v. To hoast; to 
hring to view. 
Pass. Whakaputaina. 

Whakarae, v. To lie out of the 
ground, as potatoes when the 
crop is very ahundant. 

Whakarae ana nga laimara ki 
runga ; The kumara are lying out 
of the ground. 

Whdkarae, a. Baw ; uncooked. 

E. C) 

Whakarangar4nga,t;. To boast; 
to vaunt. 

£ whakarangaranga ana i a ia te 
koroke nei ; This feUow is vaunt- 
ing. 

Wbdkarangatira, a. Ennobling. 



( 214 ) WHA 

WhikaduigatirayV. ToennoNe, 

Ma te pakefa» taku kainga e 
whakarangatira ; My place wOl 
be made of more consequence \tj 
the foreigner. 

Whdkaj-dngatirat^iiga, «. Act 
of ennobling. 

Whakardnu, v. To mix. 

Whakardpa, s. A fish basket. 

Whakardpopdto, v. To be (m- 
sembled. 

Whakararata,^. To make tame; 

to quiet. 

Mauria he puwha hei whakara- 
rata i te hoiho ; Let some thistles 
be taken to make the horse quiet. 

Whakararo, ad. From below; 

towards the lower part. 

£ haere ana au whakararo ; I 
am going towards the lower, cr 
northern part. ( W.) 

Whakardto, v. To serve 
equally. 

Whakaratoa nga tangataldte 
kai ; Let the men be served equally 
with food. 

Whakardtonga, «. Act of serv- 
ing equally. 

Whakarau, s. A slave ; a cap* 
live in war. 

Whakarduora, v. To save alive 
a captive in battle. 

Whakarawa, v. To fasten; to 

close. 

Whakarawatia te tatau ; Let 
the door be fastened. 

Whakarawa, s. A fastening ; 

a latch, 

Kahore he whakarawa mo te 
tatau ; There is nothing to fasten 
the door with. 



I 



WHA 



( 215 ) 



WHA 



awai, *. Contemptuous 

%ge. 

whakarawai tenei korero ; 
peech is contemptuous Ian- 

awai, V. To disparage; 

er at. 

rhakarawaitia ana te kaV^". 

i'he garment is disRfi-aged. 

•awe, V, rb close, up, 

ioslet, 

ikarawea nga kete kumara; 

le baskets of kumara be 

up. 

awenga,*. Actofclos- 

• 

ei, s. Carved work at 
id and stern of a canoe, 

(E. C) 

ei, V. To cast away. 
Bikareia atu nga kai nei ki te 
, ka tahuri tatou ; Let this 
e thrown into the sea, we 
»e upset. (E, C) 

eka, a. Sweetening. 

eka, V. To sweeten. 
nai ra he ti hei whakareka i 
raha ; Give me some tea to 
in my mouth. 

ere, v. To cast away; 

?ct. 

whakarere enei rakau, kua 
Let these boards be reject- 
ey are rotten. 

ere, ad. Suddenly; un- 
s, 

puts whakarere te tonga; 
Duth wind comes on sud- 

'êrenga, s. Act or time 
ting away. 

y cast away. 



He whakarerenga tenei naku ; 
This is a thing cast away by me. 

Whakarewa, v. To put afloat. 
Whakarewaia te waka ; Let the 
canoe be put afloat. 

Whakarewai, v. To rain in 
large drops. 

I ua nenu i'ir?»«», m^'» '^^o ka 

whakarewai ka rahi^ v,*^® *® P*** » 

It was a mizzling raiiiV ^^ ^^8^» 

and then it came down ii? l*rge 

d rops. ('^'^^ 

Whakarewanga, s. Act of 

putting afloat. 

Whakariharilia, a. Disgusting. 
Wliakarikarika, s. Disgust. 

Whakarira, s. Hard work; 

difficulty. 

I runga ahau i te whakarira, a 
ruwha noa iho ; I have been at 
the hard work and am quite spent. 

Whakaririka, v* To wait for. 
Whakaririka noa ana matou 
kia tika te hau ; We were waiting 
for the wind to be fair. 

"Whakariro, a. Wresting; per- 
verting. 

He tangata whakariro korero ; 
A man who perverts speech. 

Whakariro, v. To wrest ; to 

pervert. 

Kei whakariroia ta matou kore- 
ro e koe ; Let not our expression 
be perverted by thee. 

"WTiakarironga, s. Act of per- 
verting, 

Whakarite, a. Made like to 

anything. 

He kupu whakarite ; A para- 
ble, a fable, a comparison, 

Whdkarite, v. To liken to any- 
thing. 



WHA 

Whakaritenga, s. Act of liken- 
ing. 

Whakaroa, v. To lengthen; to 
delay ; to linger. 

Whakaroa, a. Dilatory. 

He tan grata whakaroa ; A Hi I a.. 



.«'I 



^■*' . ., ^. . ?/' (.(iflU'.^-n : 

■ . '■•■> ■> .V : » . ■ !•:!■•. : 

» ■ . 
. . . . t.. ■ 

Whakaroiroi, t?. ^jTo wander 
about; to be unstable; to 
be unsettled, 

Whakarongo, a. Listening ; 
attentive. 

Whakarongo, v. To listen ; to 
attend. 

Whakardngoa, s. Noise. 

Te whakarongoa o te tamaiti 
nei ; The noise of this child. 

Whakarua, s. A sea breeze. 

{E. C.) 

Whakaruaki, v. To make sick. 

Whakaruhiruhi, v. To be ener- 
vated ; to be made weak. 

Ka whakaruhiruhia te tangata 
nei e te mate; This man is en- 
feebled by sickness. 

Whakariike, ». To strike. 

Whakarukea te kuri ki te ra- 
kau; Let the animal be struck 
with a stick. 

Whakarunga, ad. From or to- 
wards the upper part, 

Whakaruru, s. A screen. 

Whakaruru, v. To shade ; to 
screen. 

Me hanga he pahokahei whaka- 



( 216 ) WHA 

ruru mo nga teneti ; Let a screen 
be made to shelter the tents. 

WTiakarurunga, s. Act of 
screening. 

A rumbling sound, 

Kei tawhiti te whakamrann jm 

ir*ar.u'J ; Tlie sound of guu )^ 
' .;"dav wuia at a distance. 

Wiuikatiieiir,, t?. To contendi 
/o strive tcith. 

E kore e taea tera ta!i!.'.l v/u 
wh\kataetao e an ; 1 cai:i.ol coi- 
tcuu with that man. 

Whakataha, v. To go on one 
side. 

Whakataha koe ki tahaki ; Go 
on one side. 

Whakatahataha, v. To go by 
the side of anything; to 
pass by. 

Whakatahe, s. A miscarriage. 

Whakatahe, v. To clear out. 
Ka whakatahea te awa kia ren 
ai te wai; The river is cleared 
out that the water may flow. (fT.) 

Whakataimaha, a. Weighing 
down. 

Whakataimaha, v. To weigh 
down ; to make heavy, 

AVhakatairangaranga, v. To 
lift up ; to raise up ; to eh' 
vate. 

To rise up. 

Na Ngapuhi i whakatairanga- 
ranga ki te riri, koia Tokakuku ; 
The movement was made by Nga- 
puhi to the contest, hence the 
battle at Tokakuku. 

Whakataka, *. A herd; a 
flock. 

Ka taki rau nga kararehe i te 



WIiĀkaUka, o. To eau»e to 

fall to throw down. 
Whakatakariri, a. Fexatioue. 

He msLi whakutakariri teiiei; 

This isaieiBtioas act. 
\^Tiiikfltakariri, ». Vexation. 
Wbatatatavo, v. To amme ; 

to ploy with. 
WLikatiki, t>. To begin; to 

proceed in a ipeeeh ; to eon- 

Makn Ilos e vhakataki, kia tika 
n< to haere ; Yoa ehall be can- 
ducted by me, tbat you may go 
right. 
Wh^at&ki, «. A speech. 
WhAkatiko, a. Peeled off, as 
- the sk'm when blistered. 

He mta nhnkutako te hiako; 
The skiu is peeled off^ or, Tbe 






naff. 



Whakatakoto,«. An amhutcade. 

Ko spopo i te ata ka liaere te 
whakaCakoto a Pi; To-morrow 
morning the arabascade of Pi nili 

Whakatakoto, p. To place ; to 

WhakHUkotoriatetamaitiki te 
moenga ; Let the child be pieced 



Wliiiltatāiiiat;imn, a. Lazy. 

KaUhi ano te fangala whaka- 
Uimatama ki te taka kai ; What a 
lazy fellov you are !□ preparing 

WhakatĀngi, v. To cause a 



sound; to play on an inatru- 

Pan. Whakatangihia. 
Wlinkatantjitangi, «. Aspeetes 
of creeper. (MelrotiJerot.) 

yrhekatio, V. To put food into 
an oven. 

WliflkHtaonntatatouomti! Let 
thefooil be put into our oren. 
Wliakatapukc, v. To be almost 
spent 1 to be nearly all come 
or gone. 

Ka nhakatapeke mai nge tanga- 
la ki le nbare ; The men are nearly 
all come to the bouse. 

Whakatapu, o. Making sacred. 
■\Vtiiikatipu, c. To make sacred. 

Paiii. Whokatapna. 

WiatatApiraga, s. Act of mak- 
ing sacred, 
Whakataplihi,p. Tocarryabout, 

Whakatapuhilia te tamuti nei, 
katangi; Let this child be car- 
ried about, it crie9. 

Whakatarapi, a. Fastidious. 

{W.} 
Whakat^e, v. To hang up, as 

Pau. Whakatarea. 



"Whikfttirenga, s. Act of hang- 
ing up; place inhere anything 
is hung up. 


WhAkatāri, V. 


To bring upon 


Nau ano koe i whakatari i mate 
ai; Youbroughtituponyourself, 
that wag the reaaon jou suffered. 


WLakataruiia, e 
nected with. 


To be OR. 



( 218 ) WHA 

ahau te haere atu ai Via akona 
te tuhituhi ; Because you w€ 
busy I did not come to be taug 
writing. 
Whakate, v. To squeeze. 
Me whakate te puku; Let 1 
abscess be squeezed. 
Whdkateka, a. DisbeUevini 
ngona T^f korero ; Draw near Wh^têka, V. To dviheh^ 
that your speech may be heard. ^^^^atêkanga, 9. Act of i 



WHA 

Na taku wahine ahau i whaka- 
taruna ai ki Ahuriri ; I am con- 
nected with Ahuriri through my 
wife. 

Whakatarunatanga, «. A cause 
of connection ; a tie, 

Wbakatata, v. To draw near. 
Kia whakatata mai koe kia ra 



Whakatatanga, s. Act or time 

of draiving near, 
Whakatatutu, v. To soundwith 

a line. 

Me whakatatutu ki mua kei eke 

te kaipuke; Let it be sounded 

first, that the ship may not get 

aground. 
Whdkatatdturdnga, s. Act of 

sounding, 

WMkatau, r. To imitate ; to 

mock, 

Ko wai tau e whakatau nei ? 
Who is it you are mocking ? 

To go to meet a person. 

Whakatauhiku, v. To keep in 

the rear, 

Na te toa i whakatauhiku ai ; 

He kept in the rear of the retreat 

because he was brave. ( ^*^») 

Wbakatauki, s. A saying ; a 

proverb, 
Wh^atdunahiia, s. A com- 
mencement of work upon 
land, for the sake of secur- 
ing it from the occupation of 
another, 
Whdkataupe, t?. To look in ad- 
miration at oneself, 

Wh^atdute, s. Occupation. 
Na te whakataute i a koe, koia 



believing. 

Whakateki, v. To suspend 

in a fence. [One pal 

shorter than the rest is i 

pended, that it may be € 

with the others at the t 

Me whakateki tenei papa ; 

this board be suspended. 

Whakatênetêne, a. Teas 

contentious; emulating. 

Katahi ano te tangata w! 

tenetene ko koe ; What a U 

man you are. 

"Whakatênetêne, «. Ateoi 

contention. 

Hore i te whakatenetene 
te taurekareka nei ; There 
thing like the teasing of this 

Whakatepe, v. To do 
pletely. 

Whakatepea te mahi ; J 
work thoroughly. Mehaei 
katepe te korero ; Give the a 
without omission. 

Whakatere, v. To turn c 
Pass. Whakaterekia, 

Whakaterenga, s. Act of 

ing adrift. 
Whakatêretêre,u. To sail 

Kei te whakateretere wi 
taraariki ; The children ar« 
canoes. 



WHA 



(219) 



WHA 



Whakatêteka, v. To be eager, 

E whakateteka ana ki te wha- 

whai ; He is eager to fight. {E. C) 

Whakatiki, v. To keep without 
food ; to starve. 
Pass. Whakatikia. 

Whdkatikinga, «. Act of keep- 
ing without food, 

Wh^atina, a. A provocation. 
He whakatina ra ki a au kia oho 
ai au ; It was a provocation to me 
that I might be stirred up. 

Whakatina, v. To oppress with 
hard work, 

Ka whakatina mai koe ko te 
mea taumaha ki a au ; You over- 
load me by giving me the heaviest 
thing. (E. C.) 

To keep without food ; to 
starve. 

Ka wbakatinaia ahau ki te kai ; 
I am kept without food. 

Wh&kato, V. To plant, 

PoMu Whakatokia. 

Whikatoatoa, v. To boast of 
hraveiy, 

WMkatldi, a. Teasing. 

WMkatoi, s. A teasing, 

K'ati te whakatoi; Leave off 
yoDfj teasing. 

(toi, V. To tease; to 
*cute, 

Itoka, a. Astringent, 
Ha>mai be rongoa whakatoka ; 
Give \ me some astringent medi- 
one. 

WMkawokanga, s. Act or time 
of planting. 

Whflcalomo, s, A large basket, 

Wh&atopa, v. To soar, 

Ka rere whakatopa te manu, 



kahore e aroarowhaki nga pari- 
rau ; The bird soars, its wings do 
not flap. {W.) 

Whakatopatdpa, v. To plant 
kumara, 

Wliakat6rot6ro, v. To push 

out, 

E whakatorotoro kau ana i te 
timata i roto i nga rau, kahore ano 
kia wero noa ; He is only pushing 
about his spear among the leaves, 
he has not yet struck the bird. 

Whakatdtika, v. To make even 
or straight, {E. C.) 

Whakatot6hi, v. To cut. 
Pass, Whakatotohitia. 

Whakatti, s. A speech, 

Na Te Koki enei whakatu ki ana 
tamariki ; These speeches were by 
Te Koki to his chUdren. 

Whakatu, v. To make a speech. 
E whakatu ana ia i te tataura- 
nga; He is making a speech about 
the contest. 

To place in an erect position. 
Pass, Whakaturia. 

Whakatuanui, v. To be sulky ; 
to be proud, 

Whakattiatea, v. To be per- 
plexed; to be anxious, 

E whakatuatea ana ahau ki te 
mate o taku tamaiti; I am anxious 
about the sickness of my child. 

{Ngt,) 

Whdkattima, s. An expression 
of anger. 

Whdkatungangi, s. A stile. 

He ara whakatungangi ; A stile. 

{E. C.) 

Whakatuperemi, v. To make 

a certain noise with the lips. 

Whakatupererutia nga kukupa ; 



WHA 



( 218 > 



WHA 



Na takn wahine ahau i whaka- 
taruna ai ki Ahuriri; I am con- 
nected with Ahuriri through my 
wife. 

Whdkatarunatanga, s. A cause 
of connection ; a tie. 

"WTidkatata, v. To draw near, 
Kia whakatata mai koe kia ra- 
ngona ai to korero ; Draw near 
that your speech may be heard. 

TThdkat^tanga, s. Act or time 
of drawing near. 

IVlidkatatutu» v. To soundwith 
a line. 

Me whakatatutu ki mua kei eke 
te kaipuke; Let it be sounded 
first, that the ship may not get 
aground. 

Whdkatattiturdnga, s. Act of 
sounding, 

WLdkatdu, v. To imitate ; to 
mock. 

Ko wai tau e whakatau nei ? 
Who is it you are mocking ? 

To go to meet a person. 

Whdkatauhiku, r. To keep in 

the rear, 

Na te toa i whakatauhiku ai ; 
He kept in the rear of the retreat 
because he was brave. (^0 

Whdkatduki, s, A saying ; a 
proverb, 

Wh&katdunahtia, s. A com- 
mencement of work upon 
land, for the sake of secur- 
ing it from the occupation of 
another, 

Whdkatdupe, v. To look in ad- 
miration at oneself. 

Whdkatdute, s. Occupation. 
Na te whakataute i a koe, koia 



ahau te haere atu ai kia 
te tuhituhi ; Because y 
busy I did not come to I 
writing. 

Whakate, v. To squea 
Me whakate te puku ; 
abscess be squeezed. 

Whdkateka, a. Disbel 

Wh^ateka, v. To dis 

WMkatekanga, *. Aci 
believing. 

Whakat6ki, v. To susj 
in a fence, [One 
shorter than the resi 
pended, that it may 
with the others at tl 
Me wbakatcki tenei pe 
this board be suspended. 

Whakatenetene, a. 1 

contentious ; emulati 

Katahi ano te tangati 

tenetene ko koe ; What 

man you are. 

"Whakatenetene, s. A t 
contention, 

Hore i te whakatenetc 
te taurekareka nei ; The 
thing like the teasing of 1 

Whakatêpe, v. To c 

pletely. 

Whakatepea te mahi 
work thoroughly. Me h 
katepe te korero ; Givett 
without omission. 

Whakatere, v. To turn 
Pass. Whakaterekia. 

Whakat6renga, s. Act 
ing adrift. 

Whakateretere, V. Tosa 

Kei te whakaterctere 
taraariki ; The children i 
canoes. 



WHA 



(219) 



WHA 



WMkatêteka, r. To he eager, 

E whakateteka ana ki te wha- 

whai ; He is eager to fight. {E. C.) 

Whakatiki, v. To keep without 
food ; to starve. 
Pass, Whakatikia. 

Whakatikinga, s. Act of keep- 
ing without food, 

Whakatina, a, A provocation. 
He whakatina ra ki a au kia oho 
ai au ; It was a provocation to me 
that I might be stirred up. 

Whakatina,». To oppress with 

hard work, 

Ka whakatina mai koe ko te 
mea taumaha ki a au ; You over- 
load me by giving me the heaviest 
thing. (E. C.) 

To keep without food ; to 
starve. 

Ka whakatinaia ahau ki te kai ; 
I am kept without food. 

Wh£kat6, v. To plant. 

Pa». Whakatokia. 

WhAkatoatoa, v. To boast of 
hraeery, 

Whakatoi, a. Teasing. 

WMkatoi, s. A teasing, 

Kati te whakatoi ; Leave off 
yofir^ teasing. 

Whfloitoi, V. To tease; to 
persecute, 

"Whakattoka, a. Astringent. 
H(bmai be rongoa whakatoka ; 
GWe I me some astringent medi- 
dne. \ 

WMkatj^kanga, s. Act or time 
of planting. 

WMkatoino, *. A large basket, 

WMkat6pa, v. To soar, 

Ka rere whakatopa te manu, 



kahore e aroarowhaki nga pari- 
rau ; The bird soars, its wings do 
not flap. (1^0 

Whakat<5pat6pa, v. To plant 
kumara, 

Wlidkat6rot6ro, v. To push 

out, 

E whakatorotoro kau ana i te 
timata i roto i nga ran, kahore ano 
kia wero noa ; He is only pushing 
about his spear among the leaves, 
he has not yet struck the bird. 

Whakat6tika, v. To make even 
or straight, [E. C.) 

Whakatotdhi, v. To cut. 
Pass, Whakatotohitia. 

Whakatti, *. A speech, 

Na Te Koki enei whakatu ki ana 
tamariki ; These speeches were by 
I'e Koki to his children. 

Whakatu, v. To make a speech. 
E whakatu ana ia i te tatauni- 
nga; He is making a speech about 
the contest. 

To place in an erect position. 
Pass, Whakaturia. 

Whakattianui, v. To be sulky ; 
to be proud, 

Whakatuatea, v. To be per- 
plexed; to be anxious. 

£ whakatuatea ana ahau ki te 
mate o taku tamaiti; I am anxious 
about the sickness of my child. 

{Ngt.) 

WMkattima, *. An expression 
of anger, 

Whdkatungdngi, s, A stile. 

He ara whakatungangi ; A stile. 

{E. C.) 

Whakatupererii, v. To make 

a certain noise with the lips. 

Whakatupererutia nga kukupa : 



WHA ( 220 ) 

Let a noise be made to startle the 
pigeons. 

Whakatupu, v. To cause to 
grow ; to cherish ; to rear, 

Whakatupua, s. A certain fish. 

Whakatutuki, v. To he near 
high water, 

E whakatutuki haere ana te tai ; 
The tide is near high water. 

Whakatuwhera, v. To open. 

Pass, Whakatuwheratia. 



Whakaô, a. Relating to a place, 

at which a religious ceremony 

is performed by persons, who 

have arrived there for the 

first time. 

He kamaka whakau ; A stone at 
which this ceremony is performed. 

WMkau, V, To perform a reli- 
gious ceremony at a certain 
sacredplace, which consists in 
repeating a'* karakia maori,^^ 
and then casting a piece of 
stick or grass upon the stone. 

Whakau, v. To make fast ; to 
bring to land. 
Pass. Whakauria. 
Whakauria to tatou wakaki uta ; 
Let our canoe be brought to land. 

Whakauaua, v. To endeavour ; 
to strive, 

Whakauaua, s. An endeavour, 
Mahue rawa te whakauaua ki te 
ora mana ; The effort for his own 
safety was very great. 

Whakauaua, adv. Hardly ; 
with difficulty. 

Whakaumu, s. An excavation 
to mark the spot where any 
one has fallen in battle. 



WHA 

An ally. 

Inserted, 

To insert; tt^ 



I 



Whakauru, s, 
Whakauru, a, 

Whakatiru, v, 

intermix. 

I whakauru etabi tangataoNga- 
tihine ki roto ki te Uriongonga; 
Some persons of the tribe Ngati- 
hine intermingled among the tribe 
Uriongonga. 

Whakawa, a. Judging ; relat- 
ing to judgment. 

He kai whakawa; A judge. Te 
ra whakawa ; The judgment-day. 

Whakawa, s. Judgment ; an 

enquiry. 

E haere ana matou Id te whaka- 
wa ; We are going to the investi- 
gation. 

Whakawa, v, Tojudg^ ; to in- 
vestigate, \ 
Pass, Whakawakia. ^ 

Whakawaha, v. To td^/ce up a 

load on the back. 

Whakawaha e koro ma, ika haere 
tatou ; Take up your loa^, let u 
go. 

Whakawahi, v. To an^nt. 

Kua oti nga turi te wSiakawahi 
ki te hinu ; The knees hfluve been 
anointed with oil. 

Whakawahinga, *. Act ofwanmnt- 

ing, 
Whakawdi, v. To deceive; to 
persuade to an evil aft, 
Na te nakahi ra au i wpakawai , 
I was beguiled by the serpent. 

Whakawai, s. Deception, 

Whakawai, a. Beguiling; de^ 
ceptive. 

Aua koe e whakarongo Id tana 
mahi whakawai ; Do net listen to 
his wiles ; literally, his beguiling 
work. 



V 



WHA ( 221 ) 

Whakawaiata, *. The name of 
a fish, 

Whakawairua, r. To cast a 

shadow, 

E whakawairua mai ra te poti i 
roto i te wai ; The boat casts a 
shadow in the water. 

Whdkawairua, a. Spiritual, 

Whakawakanga, 8, Act of 
judging; the time or place 
of judgment, 

Wh^kaw^e, a. Hindering, 

Whakawdre, v. To hinder ; to 
engage the attention; to 
amuse. 

He aha koe i roa ai ? I whaka- 
warea ahau e te manuhiri ; Why 
were you gone so long ? I was 
hindered by the visitor. 

Whakawarenga, s. Act of hin- 
dering, 

Wh^kawawa, r. To stray ; to 

disperse, 

Whakawawa atu tatou kia taki 
tahi atu ; Let us disperse one here 
and one there. 

Kia whakawawa te tangata mo 
ana hara; 

Wh^kawehi, a. Making afraid ; 
terrible, 

Whakawehi, v. To terrify, 

Kaua e whakawehia nga tama- 
riki ; Do not let the children be 
frightened. 

Wliakawêrewêre,t?. To suspend. 
Whakawerewerea ki te manga o 
te rakau ; Let it be suspended to 
the branch of the tree. 

Whakawêrewêrenga, s. Act 
of suspending. 

Whakawêti, a. Threatening, 
He kupu whakaweti ; A threat- 
ening word. {^ff^') 



WHA 



WhakawMiti, v. To put in 

small compass. 

Whakawhaititia nga pukapuka ; 
Futthe books into small compass, 
or together. [E, C.) 

WMkawhanau, v. To he about 
to bring forth; to attend 
upon a person in labour, 

Whakawheru, ». To be hin- 
dered; to be encumbered. 

I whakawherutia ahau e taku 
tamaiti imauai ahau; I was caught 
because I was encumbered with 
my child. (^9-) 

Whakawhetai, v. To thank. 

Whakawhirinaki, v. To lean 
against. 

Wbakawhirinakitanga, s. Act 
or time of leaning. 
A place to lean against, 

Whakawhiti, s. A sail for a 

{W.) 

a, ^ 
over or across. 

Whakawhiti, v. 

over or across. 

Hoea mai he waka hei whaka- 
whiti i a matou ; Let a canoe be 
paddled over to convey us across. 

To exchange. 

Whdkawhiu, v. To oppress; 

to overload ; to afflict. 

{E, C) (W.) 

Whakawhiu, s. A fishing-net, 

Whdkawiri, v. To twist; to 

wring. 

Me whakawiri nga kakahu kia 
awe te maroke ; Let the clothes be 
wrung out that they may be soon 
dry. 

To make to tremble. 



canoe or boat, 
Whakawhiti, 



Conveying 
To convey 



WHA ( 2 

Wbdkawiri, a. Wrung out; 
twitted. 
Afraid. 
Whikawiriuga, «. Act of twist- 
ing, Src. 
Whaki, p. To confes» ; to re- 
veal. 

Whakina mal to Uhsej Let 
your theft be confesaed. 

Whakinga, ». Confeition. 
WMkoma, p. To eat. 

Whskrfrekdre, «. Denial. 

Ms tana whakorekore te aba? 

— E whakaponohia ? What of 

bii deoial >— WiU he be believed > 

(B. C.) 

■Whak.5rek(5re, o. To deny. 

Ka whakorekore mū ia ki taim 

koiero ; He deniee that sajing. 

(B. C.) 
Whina, p. To kick. 
Pan. WhanB. 

Kei whana koe e te hoibo ; 
Mind you are. not kicked by tba 

Toffo. 

Tens an te wbana atn na ; f 
shall eooD go there. (R.) (B. C.) 

"Whana, a- Bent ; crooked. 
He rakan vhaiia ; A crooked 
«tick. 

Whana, a. A bent stiek which 
forms part of a rat-trap. 

A company ; a body of per- 

Ka ara tetahi whana; One 
company gets ap. (E. C.) 

Whanake, v. Tofiow. 



i) 



WHA 



Ka whacake te rakaa nei ; TiJ 

Wbanake, «. A tree. 

Syn. with Ti. ( IF.) 

Steam. 
Whanako, «. Theft. {B.C.) 
■Whdnako, e. To steal. 

Syn. with Whenako. {S. C.) 
Whananga, s. Act of kicking. 

Act of growing . 
WhAnariki «. Brinuione: nd- 

phur. 
Whinau, v. To bring forth 
young. 

Kua whaiiaD tana lunaiti ; IhT 
child JB born. 
Whinau, ». Offspring. 
Whanāu, b. To lean; to bend. 

Kia whanaa to taepa ; Let 



mauiimgiu ,, Arehition. 

He Wtmnnunf>a pu ft Kawili ki 
oTeKoki; Kawiti ia 8 iwattdi- 
tioQ to Te Koki. 
A leaning ; a bending, 
Whanautanga, s. Act, time, or 

place of briHging forth. 
"WhanewhanG, s. Liver. 
"Whanga, v. To watch ; to waif 
for; to lie in wait. 

KahoeaCunialūuk.iTntnkaka, | 
ivhajiga mHi aiti a koe; We dull 
row to Tutukaka, and wait foryoa 

To measure with the arms ti- 
tended. 
Whanga te rakan nei ; Let tlua 



WHA 

To repeat after another, 

Whanga, ad. On one side, 

Whakarerea tenei rakau i te 
whanga ; Let this timber be left 
on one side. ( E, C.) 

Whangai, o. Fed, 

He poaka whangai ; A pig which 
has been fed. 



Whangai, v. To feed. 

Pass. Whangainga. 

E whangai ana ia i tona tamaiti; 
He is feeding his child. 

Whangaihau, 8, A song over 
the dead, 

Syn. with Pihe. 

A ceremony performed hy a 
priest upon those who slay 
an enemy in battle, 

Whangainga, *. Act of feeding, 

Whanganga, v. To measure 
with the arms, 

Syn. with Whanga. 

Whangawhdnga, v. To tease. 

He aha tan e whangawhanga ? 
What are you teasing about ? 

{W.) 

Whango, *. A person who 
speaks through the nose. 

Whango, fl. Defective in speech. 
He reo whango ; Defective 
speech. 

Whdngo, V, To speak through 
the nose ; to he hoarse. 

Whangongo, s. Food for a sick 
person, 

Whano, v. To he on the point 
of 



( 223 ) WHA 

Whanoke, v. To he had; to he 
troublesome ; to he extraor^ 
dUnary. 

I pai ano i mua, katahi ano ka 
whanoke te ahua ; He was good 
formerly, — now, for the first time, 
his appearance is different. 

Whanui, s. Breadth; width. 

Ehia whanui o te awa ka tae 

nga hota ki te manu ? How many 

times the width of the river will 

the shot reach the bird ? 

Whao, s, A nail. 

Whaowhao, v. To carve. 

{E. C.) 

Whapuku, s. A cod-fish. 

Whara, s, A mat used as a 
carpet. 

The name of a plant. 

Whara, r. To he struck acci- 
dentally. 

I whara taku waewae 1 te kama- 
ka ; My foot was struck with the 
stone. 

Wharakai, v. To eat ; to taste 
food, 

Kahore ano te turoro i whara- 
kai; The sick person has not 
tasted food. 

WTiarahi, a. Broad. 

He ara wharahi te ara e tika ana 
ki te mate ; The road which leads 
to destruction is a broad road. 

Wharaki, s. A fester. 

Wharangi, s. The name of a 
tree. {Melicope temata . ) 

Wharara, v. To lean against. 
Me wharara ki te pakitara o te 
whare ; Lean against the wall of 



the house. 

Ka whano ka mate ; He is on I WMraratanga, s. Act of lean- 
the point of dying. * ing, ^c. 



1 



WHA 

Place against which a person 
leans. 

Whdrariki, *. A species offiax 
plant, 

A mat used as -a carpet, 

Wharau,*. A temporary sleep- 
ing shed, 

Whare, s, A house, 

Whdrebdu, «. The name of a 
fish. 

Wharemôa, a. Hollow. 

He wharemoa te rakau ka ma- 
hne ; If the tree is hollow we 
shall leave it. {E. C.) 

Wharengdrara, s. A parasiti- 
cal plant. 

Wharepu, s. A species of shark, 

Wharepuni, *. A sleeping 
house. 

Wharerangi, s, A storehouse 
built upon posts, (R,) 

Wharetangata, s, A marriage 
connexion. 

Kawea te kakahu mo tou wha- 
retangata ; Carry the garment for 
your marriage connexion. (E. C.) 

"Whdrewhare, s. The name of 
a fish, 

Whariki, *. A covering; a car- 
pet ; a table-cloth. 

Hokona tenei takapau hei wha- 
riki ; Let this mat be bought for 
a carpet. 

Whariki, v. To spread out a 
covering. 

Wharikitia te whare Id te raua- 
ruhe ; Let the honse be spread 
with fern leaves. 

Wharite, v. To measure. 



( 224 ) WHA 

Wharitea te roa o te rakan ; Let 
the length of the tree be measored. 

Wharo, *. Charcoal ; coal. 

A cough, 

Wharona, s, A heap, 

Kei te wharona kai e noho ana ; 
He is sitting at the heap of food. 

(JB. C.) 

Wharona, v. To lie in a heap. 
Hei kona wharona ai nga peka; 
Let the firewood lie yonder. 

Whdroro, v. To stretch out. 
Ana e wharoro o waewae ; Do 
not stretch your legs out. 

Wharowharo, v. To scrape. 
E wharowharo ana ia i te riwai ; 
He is scraping potatoes. 

Wharua, *. A valley. 
What a, s. A stage on which 
food is kept, 

Syn. witii Timanga. 
Whata, V, To hang up. 

Pass. Whataia. {E. C.) 

Me whata to kakahu ki runga 
ki te takitaki ; Let your garment 
be hung up on the fence. 

Whdtai, V, To stretch out the 
neck. 

He aha tau e whatai na, e ta ? 
What are you stretching out your 
neck for? (B, C) 

Whatau, v. To measure. 

Ka whataua atu te ngohi me te 
pakihiwi te roa; The fish was 
measured, and was as long as from 
the end of the fingers to the shoul- 
der. 

Whatero, v. To put out the 
tongue, 

Whati, s. An emigration ; a 
party emigrating. 
Syn. with Heke. 



\ 



WHA 



Whati, V. To break; to 
broken up. 

Ka whati te rakau ; The stick 
will break. 

To remove. 

Ka whati Ngatiwhatua ki Wai- 
kato ; Ngatiwhatua are emigrating 
to Waikato. 

Whatianga, s. A fold of a 
garment. 

A cubit ; the bend of the arm, 
Kei te whatianga te roa ; The 
length is from the bend of the 
arm ; literally, at the bend. 

Whatinga, a. A breaking. 

Whatimotimo, v. To gather up 
a line, 

Whatinotino, v. To stretch out 
the neck. 

Whatitiri, s. Thunder. 

Whatitoka, 8. A doorway. 

Whatiwhati, v. To break into 
small pieces. 

£ haere ana maua ko Keno ki 
te whatiwhati rara ; I and Keno 
are going to break small sticks 
for firewood. 

Whatiwhatinga, s. Act of 
breaking into small pieces, 

Whatoro, v. To stretch out, 
as the hand. 

Whatu, s. Pupil of the eye. 
Titiro o whatu ; Look with 
your eyes. 

Hail. 

Whatu, V. To weave. 

Whatua he kakahu mo to ta- 
maiti ; Let a garment be woven 
for your child. 



(225) 
be 



WHA 



Whatui, V. To fasten together 
by tying. 

E whatui ana a Te Aka i te 
kupenga ; Te Aka is fastening 
together the parts of the net. 

Whatuktiku, s. The kidney. 

Whatumanawa, s. The kidney. 

Whatunga, s. Act of weaving. 

A piece of work which is being 
woven. 

Whaturama, s. A rupture. 

Whau, s. The name of a tree. 
{Enhelia arbor escens.) 

Whaupa, v. To eat voraciously. 

He kiko poaka ka homai whau- 

patia ake ; A piece of pork was 

given him and he swallowed it 

up. 

Whaupaku, s. The name of a 

tree. 

{Panax arbor eum.) 

Whaurau, v. To scold. 

Ka whaurautia koe e au ; I 
shall scold you. (^0 

Whauwhau, s. The name of a 
tree. 

Whauwhi, s. The name of a 
tree. 

Whawha, v. To feel 

E haere mai ana kia whawhakia 
tona mate ; He is coming to have 
his complaint felt, or examined. 

Whawhai, a. Contentious ; be- 
longing to contention* 

Whawhai, s. A quarrel ; con- 
tention; a contest ; war. 

Whawhai,». To fight; to re- 
sist ; to quarrel. 

Pass. Whawhaitia. 



WHA 

Akuenei ratou te whawhai ai ; 
They will quarrel presently. 

Whawhai, v. To be in haste ; 

to be quick, 

{First syllable very long,) 

Kia whawhai tatou te baere ; Let 

us be quick to go. He aha tau e 

whawhai nei ? What are you in a 

hurry about ? (E. C) 

Whawhai, a. Hasty ; hurried; 

in a hurry. 

He haere whawhai taku haere ; 
My journey is a journey of haste. 

{E. C.) 

Whawhdki, v. To pluck; to 
gather. 

Whakiia he pititi ma taua ; Let 
some peaches be gathered for you 
and me. 

Whawhakou, s. The name of 
a tree. 

Whawhatanga, s. Act of feel- 
ing. 

Whawhao, t?. To put into, as 
into a bag or basket. 
Pass. Whaongia 

Kua pau te parera te whawhao 
ki roto ki te kete ; The duck has 
been put into the basket. 

Whawhati, s. A chap on the 
skin ; a cleft. 

Ka mate au i te whawhati o aku 
ringaringa; I am troubled with 
the chapping of my hands. 

Whawhdti, v. To break; to 
break off. 

Whatiia mai nga topito; Let 
the ends be broken off. 

Whawatitata, a. Sudden, 

He mate whawhatitata ; A sud- 
den death. 

Whawhau, s. Act of tying up 
a fence. 



( 226 ) WHE 

Kia u te whawhau; Let th» 
tying up be fast. 

Whawhau, t>. totieupfendngi 
to bind together. 
Pass. Whauwhia. 

Whdwhe, V. To come towards. 
£ whawhe mai ana te paoa; 
The smoke is coming this way. 

Whe, s. A caterpillar. 
A dwarf, 

Whêau, V. To be long in time. 
E kore ra e wheau ka hinaki 
pouri ; It will not be long before 
it is quite dark. 

WTieinga, s, A quarrel. 

Katahi te wheinga o te hanga 
tamariki ; The quarrel of the chil- 
dren is great. 

Wheinu, s. Thirst, 

Tikina he wai mo taku wheinu ; 
Let some water be fetched for mv 
thirst. (R») 

Wheinu, V. To be thirsty. («.) 

Whekau, s. Entrails. 

Whêkawhêka, s, A garment. 

Wheke, s. A marine reptile. 

Wheki, s. A species of fern tree. 
(Dicksonia squamosa.) 
Syn. with Tuakura. 

Wheko, V. To go out, as fire. 
Meake wheko te rama ; The 
torch will soon go out. 

To become black, 

Ka wheko te riwai i te ra ; The 
potatoe turns black with the sun. 

Wheko, «. Gills of a fish. 

Syn. with Piha. 
Whenako, s, A thief. 

Whênako, v. To steal. 

Kua whenakotia taku toki i te 
po nei ; My axe was stolen last 
night. 



\ 



WHE 



( 227 ) 



WHI 



W hênguwhêngu, s. A snuffling. 

Whênguwhêngu, v. To snuffle, 

W henu, s. Threads of a mat or 
of cloth which run length- 
ways, 

Whênua, s. The earth ; soil. 
The placenta, 

Whênuku, v. To slip down; 
tofalL 

"Whêo, a. Uncooked» 

He mea wheo; A thing un- 
cooked. 

Whêoro, r. To he jarred, 

Ka wheoro aku taringa ; My 
ears are jarred. 

Wherahanga, «. Act of spread" 
ing open, 

Whêriko, V, To glitter; to 
dazzle. 

Wheriko ana te hihi o te ra ; 
The sun's rays are dazzling. 

Whêro, a. Red, 

Whero, v. To he red, 

Ka whero aku kanohi i te hau ; 
My eyes are red from the wind. 

Whetau, a. Small, 

He toki whetau ; A small axe. 

Whete, V, To stare, 

Whete ana nga kanohi o te ta- 
whiti nei ; The eyes of this fellow 
Btare. 

To ooze out, 

Ka whete te pirau Id waho ; The 
puss oozes out. 

"Whetengi, s, A piece of land 
which has^ heen under cul- 
tivation, and of which the 
strength is exhausted. 

Wheto, a. Small. (E, C.) 



Whetd; ad. Without cause. 

He tamaiti tangi wheto ; A child 
who cries without cause. 

Whetu, s, A star, 

Whêtui, s. An old cultivation, 
Syn. with Whetengi. (R.) 

Wheua, s. A hone. 

Whêuri, s, A deep part. 

Kei roto te wheuri o te awa ; 
The deep part of the river is 
within. 

Whewhe, s, A hoiL 

Whewhêia, s. An enemy, 

Ko tona whewheia te kuri maori; 
The native dog is its enemy. 

Whewhengi, v. To he shrivelled. 

Ka whewhengi nga puka i te 

whitinga o te ra ; The cabbages 

are shrivelled from the shining of 

the sun. 

Whewhêra, v. To spread open. 
Pass. Wheraia. 

Na wai i whewhera te puka- 
puka ? By whom was the book 
opened ? 

Whinau, s. The name of a tree, 
Syn. with Hinau. (J57. C) 

Whio, V, To whistle, 

"Whionga, s. Act of whistling, 

Whiorau, s. A small grey duck 
found on the forest streams, 

Whirikdka, s. Strength, 

Whiriwhirii v. To pick out ; to 
choose. 

Whiriwhiria nga mea papai» 
me whakarere nga mea kikino ; 
Let the good things be chosen, 
let the bad be rejected. 

Whiriwhiringa, «. Act of pick- 
ing out. 



WHI 



Whiro, s. Name of the evil 
spirit, 

"Whitau, 8, Flax. 
Syn. with Muka. 

Whiti, V. To shine. 

Kia whitingia e te ra ka maro- 
ke ; Let it be shone upon by the 
sun, and it will be dry. 

To pass over; to cross. 

Kua whiti te waka ki tera taha ; 
The canoe has crossed over to that 
side. 

Whiti, a. Crossing over. 

Mana te ringa whiti ; Let him 
strike the first blow ; literally, Let 
his be the hand which crosses over. 

Whiti, 8. A hoop. 

Whitiki, s. A girdle ; a belt. 

A species of eel. 



( 225 ) WUR 

To put ; to place. 

Whiua ki runga ki to kete ; Let 
it be placed upon your basket. 

Ka whiua nga hanga ki uta; 
The goods ar^ put on shore. {E C.) 

To cast. 
Whiunga, s. Act of whipping ; 
time or place of whipping. 

Whiwhi, 8. The skin or mem- 
brane which covers the vis- 
cera. 



\ 



Whiwhi, V. To be entangled. 
Aua e hoatu te aho ki te ta- 
maiti kei whiwhi; Let not the 
string be given to the child lest it 
be entangled. 

To possess ; to obtain, 

Ka whiwhi ia ki tona hoa haere ; 
He has obtained his companion 
for the journey. 



Whitiki,!?. To gird; to tie. , ,. , mr ^ 

Whitikiria to kakahu ; Let your ] Whiwhirau, s. I tie name oj a 
garment be girt up. 



Whitinga, s. A shining. 

A crossing. 

Whito, s. A dwarf, 

Whitoki, V. To be tied. 

E whitoki mai na te poaka ; The 
pig is tied there. (^0 

Whitu, a. Seven. 

Whiu, s. A whip; a stroke 
with a whip. 

Whiu, V. To whip. 
Pflw«. Whiua. 

He aha tau ka whiu nei i to ta- 
maiti ? What are you whipping 
your child for ? 

Togo. 

Whiua taua ki waho ; Let us go 
outside. (E. C.) 



fish, 

*Wiki, s. A week. 

Wiri, V. To tremble. 

He makariri noku i wiri ai ahau; 
It was cold from which I was 
trembling. 

Wiri, s. A gimlet. 

Wiri, V. To bore; to twist; 

to plait. 

Wiria nga papa, ka titi ai ki te 
whao ; Let the boards be bored, 
and then fasten them with nails. 

Wiringa, s, A trembling, 

A boring. 

*Witi, 8. Wheat. 

Wiwi, s. Rushes. 

*Wuruwlii, 8. A wolf. 



END or THE riEST PAET. 



A DICTIONARY 



OF THE 



NEW ZEALAND LANGUAGE. 



THE SECOND PART. 



A 



A, art. He* 

Abandon, r. Whakarere* 

Abate, v. Mahaki; marie; 
iti haere, 

iSf^^ Convalescent and Subside. 

Abbreviate, v. Whakapoto. 

Abdomen, «. Kopu; manawa; 
takapu {e, c.) / riu. 

Abhor, V, Kino; whakakino ; 
matakawa (js. c). 

Abide, v, Noho. 
Ability, «. Kaha; ngoi; ngohe ; 
koiwi (e, c.) ; aria* 

Able, V, Ahei ; kaha. 
Abode, 8, Kainga; wkare* 

Abolisli, r. Whakakahore ; 
pehi ; whakakore. 

Abominable, a. Whakariha- 
riha ; weriweri {b, c.) ; 
whakarikariha. 

Abominate^ r. . Whakakino; 
kino; matakawa. 



ABS 



Abortion, 9. Materoto ; take ; 

tvhakatahe. 
Above, prep, in number. Tera 

atu ; nui atu, 

— in rank. Nui atu* 

— in place. Runga, 

Abound, r. Hua; huhua (e. 
c) ; rahi ; maha ; nui; tini ; 
ranea ; rauaka {e, c); w«- 
nea {e, C.) ; roaka ; makuru; 
ngahoro; rarawe. 

About, prep, near to. Tata ki, 

— engaged in. Kei, as kei te 
mahi» 

— outside of, (as clothes). Kei 
waho^ 

Abreast, adv^ Vpane, (Ng.) 
Abridge, r. Whakapoto. 
Abscess, 9. Puku ; tapoa. 
Absence,*, Ngaro; ngaronga. 
Absent, to be. v. Ngaro. 

X 



A6S 

Absent, a, thoughtless. Mu- 

hukau 
Absorbed, to be. v, Mimitu 

Abstaio, v. Expressed by a 
negative with the verb of that 
which is to be abstained /rom, 

as 

Abstain from evil ; Ana koe e 
kino. 

Abstinence, s. Nohopuku ; 

puku. 

Absurd, a. Wairangi ; kuare ; 

rare. 
Abundance, s. Hua ; huhua 

(£,C,);maha; nui ; tint; 

rahinga; ranea ; nanea {e, 

C.) ; roaka j makuru. 

Abuse, V. WhakaMno, 

Abyss, s, Torere. 

Accelerate, r. Whakahoro ; 
whakangawari ; whawhai ; 
whakahauhau. . 

Accept, V, Tango. 

Access, to have, ». Tata; tae. 
How shall I have access to that 
person ? Me aha ka tata ai ahau 
ki a ia ? or, ka tae atu ai ? 

Accident, s, casualty. Mate, 

Accompany, v, Haere tahi. 
I will accompany you ; Ka 
haere ahan i a koe. 

Accomplice, *. Hoa, 

Accomplished, to be, r. Taea* 

According to, prep, Ina ; u ; 
ki» 

According to my idea let us go ; 
Ki taku whakaaro me haere. 

Account, narration/ «. Korero, 

Accurate, a, Tika, 

Accusation; s, Korero whaka- 
pae. 



( 230 ) ADV 

Accuse, V. Whakapae. 

Accustomed, to be> v. Ton- 
nga; waia, 

Ache^ s, Mamae. 

Acid, a. Kawa, 

Acknowledge, v. Whaki; whh 
kaae^ 

Acquire, v. Whiwhi; riro; 
takeke. 

He has acquired great wealtk; 
He nui nga taonga ka riro i a ia. 

Acrid, a. Tangeo'; kawa,. 

Across. See Lie across. 

Action, s, Mahi, 

Active, a. Sohoro ; Jeakama. 
See Quick. 

Acute, a. Koi; tiotio. See 
Sharp. 

Add, v. Apiti ; hnihui ; ta- 
piri ('F.)/ taparu {e. c). 

Addition, s, Whakaroaka ; 
apiti: tapiri. 

Adept, a, Matau ; mohio. See 
Skilful. 

Adhere, v, Piri, 

Adjacent, to be, v. Papara. 
See Near. 

Admire, r. Whakataupe ; 
whakcti. 

Admit, V, Tuku, 
Admonish, v, Ako ; whakaako. 
Adorn, v. Whakapaipai, 
Adrifb, to be, v, Manu ; tere. 
Advance, r. Haere, See Qo, 

Advantdge, s, Pai; huhua^ 
tanga, 

Adyerse, to be, v. Tika ke. 



\ 



ADV 



( 231 ) 



ALO 



Adversity, s. Mate, 

Advice, *. Korero ; kttpu. 

Adult, «. Kaumatua; hoeke. 

Adulterate, o. WTiakamanu, 
Sjee Mk. 

Adulterer, «. Tangata pu/remu. 

Adultery, «. Puremu; tekohi 

(ir.). 
Adze, 9, Kapu^ 
Afar, adv. Tawhiti, 

Affect, V, Fa ; mantae ; aha. 

I shall not be affected ; E kore 
e pa ki a an. £ kore a au e ma- 
mae. E kore a au e ahatia. 

Affection, s. . Aroha. . 

Affirm, V, WhaJcaae. See Speak. 

Affiict, 9. Whakawhiu ; wha- 
kamamae ; whakapouri, 

ASrsj, 8, Kakaritanga ; nga- 
ngaretanga ; tatauranga ; 
whawhai. 

Afinght, V. Whakamataku; 
whakawehv. 

Afloat, to be, t?. (of a boat or 
ship). Morewa ; manu; fa- 
rewa; retoa. 

Afraid, to be, v, ' Matahu ; 
wehi ; whakawiri ; pairi ; 
paoho ; ihiihi ; maka ; paw€' 
ra ; pahunu ; hurangi ; ko' 
pipi {w.). 

AiteT,prep. Ua; muriiho, 
Afberbirtb, e, Whenua, 

Afternoon, s. Te heketangn o 
te ra ; te titahatanga o te ra. 

Again, adv. Ano. 



Against, prep, leaning against. 
• Ki te taha, 

— fighting against. . Ki, 

Age, *. Tau, 

What is your age ? Ehia ou 
tau? 

Agony, ē, Mamae, 

Agree, r. Bite. SeeUUkQand 

Assent. 

Agriculture. Ngahinga, 

Aground, to be, v. Eke, 

Aha! int. Ha! 

Ahead, adv,. Mua. 

Alarm, in a state of, ê. Ma- 
taJeu; toeki, 

Alas ! int. Aue ; taukiri ; tau- 
kUri {^E. c). 

Albino, *. Korakorako ; rako. 

Alike, to be, v. Rite tahi. 

Aliment, s. Kai, See Pood, 

AJire, a, Mataora ; ora. 

All, a, Katoa. 

Altogether, adv, Petapeta. 

Allow, V. Tuku, 

Allure. See Entice. 

Alluvial soil, e. Kotae; one- 
matua. 

Ally, 8, Whakauru. 
Almighty, a. Kaha rawa^ 
Almost, adv. Wahi iti. 
Aloft, adv, Runga, 
Alone, adVf Anake; anake. 

Along, prep. I. 

Along the road ; Ite ara, 

Aloof, to bei V, Mdmotu, See 
Separate. 



^ 



ALO ( 232 ) 

Aloud, adv. Speak aloud. Kia 
nui te reo ; kia nui ie waha» 

Also, adv, Hoki, 

Altar, *. Aafa. 

Alter, 9. WhaJcaahua he. See 
Change. 

Alternate, v. Whakawhiii' 
wkiti ; whakawhiriwhiri. 

(e. c.) 
Although, adv. Ahakoa. 

Altitude, *. Ikeike, 

Altogether, adv. Tahi. 

Always, adv. Tonu ; i nga mm 
katoa. 

Ambitious, a. Whakakake. 

Ambush, *. Haupapa ; pehi- 
pehi; whakatakoto. 

Amidst, prep, Waenga ; wac' 
nganui ; waengapu ; wae- 
ngarahi. 

Among, prep. Kei roto ; i 
roto. 

Amount, *. Huihuinga. 

Amputate, r. Kokoii ; poro ; 
pouto ; tapahi; haporo. 

Amuse, v. Pataritari; wha- 
katakaro ; whakaware. 

An, art. He. 

Ancestor, 8. Tupuna ; heinga 
{Ng.) ; Tipuna {e, c). 

Ancestry, s. Kawai; kawei; 
korero tahu. 

Anchor, si Punga* 

Anchorage, *, Tunga kaipuke. 

Ancient, 8. Tuarangi. 

And, conj. A; taa; me. 



ANX 

Angel, ē. Anahera. 

Anger, s. Biri; aritarUas 

nanau (i?. c.) / whakafumoM 

(b. c). 
EzpnaMim of anger ; vfatki- 
tanuu 

Angle» ê. Ngao. 

Angry, to be, v. Bin; art' 
tarita ; weriweri (ir.) ; m- 
pahu ; hakiki (jB .c.) ; tupe^ 
hupehu i uruuru ; haua ; 
aweke. 

Animal, s. Knri; karareke. 

Aninialcida&, s. Ngu, 

Animation, b, Tara, 

Ankle, s. Pona. 

Annihilate, v. Whakangaro. 

Annoyance, 9. Wkakataka- 
riri ; honohonoa (Jff. c.) ; po- 
rearea (js. c); aweke; natuh 
kia ; autaia (e. C.) ; inati ; 
taitahae. 

Annul, V. Whakahakore ; 
whakakore. 

Anoint, v, Whakawahi ; kau* 
kau ; korae ; popo ; porae ; 
takawai (l2.). 

Another, a. Tetahi atu. 

Answer, v. JFhakao ; whaka* 

koki kupu. 
Ant, «, Pokorua. 

Antagonist, *. Soa whawhai. 

Anxious, to be, v. Awanga- 
wanga ; karangi ; manuka" 
nuka (e. c.) ; pairi (e. c.) / 
manakanaka ; w/itapopore; 
pahi (e,c.); tuatea \w.) ; 
tumatatenga ; whakatuatea. 



} 



XSY 



( 2Ô3 ) 



ASS 



Any, a. Tetaki;'etahu 

Apart, adv, Tatahi; tajcitahi. 

Apostle, 8. Apotoro. 

Appear, f . Puta ; whakaputa ; 
pahure {w*)* 

— as a spirit. Poke ; whaka' 
Uranga. 

— above water. Moriroriro ; 
,maea; puea, 

— • as the new moon, Kowhiti, 

Apf>earance,^. Putānga, See 
Likeness. 

Appease, v. Whakamarie, 

Appeased, to be, v. Marie; 
marire; rigata. 

Appetite, «. HiaJUa; kiakau 

Apple, *. Aporo, 

Apply, V. TJi. See Ask. 

Appoint, V. Whakarite. 
Approach, r. AwM; whako' 
eke; whakatata. 

Approve, v, Whahapai. 

Argue, r. Totohe, 

Arise, r. Ara; maranga» See 
Sise. 

Arm, s. Ringaringa, 

Upper part of the arm ; Peke. 
Armpit, «. Keke, 

Army, *. Ope; tdua; tohaka- 
ariki: whffkaara C»'.), 

Aromatic, a, Kakara, 

Around, p7*ep, Ki tetahi taha, 
ki tetahi taha. See Bound 
about. 

« 

Arouse, v. Whakaara; wha- 
kaoho. 



Arrange, v. Whakarite; wka- 
katikatika. 

Arrive, v, Tae ; u; roko' 
hanga ; pono ; tupono* 

Arrow, s, Pere, 

Art, 8, Mahi tohunga. 

Artery, «, Uaua^ 

Artist, #. Tohunga. 

As, conj. A; i. 

As I was going; I a au e haere 
ana. 

As ;&r as. To. 

Ascend, v. Eke ; hake ; piki. 

Ascension, 8, Kakenga. 

Ascent, «. Ekenga ; kakenga ; 
pikitdnga ; pananakitanga ; 
panaunau. 

Ashamed, to be, v. Whakama; 
hane(s,c,); numinumi {w,); 
matangerengere; ngaringaria 

(«-■). 

Ashes, 8. Pungarehu ; poko- 
rehu (u.). 

Ashore, adv. Vta, 

Aside, adv. Tahaki; whanga 

{e, c.) 

Ask, V, Inoi ; ui ; patai {fv.) ; 
pakiki ; tono ; whakapatai ; 
pakirehua. 

Asleep, to be, t?. Moe. 

Aspect, 8, Anga, 

Ass, 8, Kaihe. 

Assault, V. Tau ; rere mat. 
He assaulted me ; Nana i rere 
mai ki a au. 

Assemblage» 8. Huihuinga; 
whakamenenga, 
i2 



ASS ( 234 ) 

Assemble, 9. Huihui ; whakū' 
mene ; whakamine; whaMa' 
emi; whakarapopoto. 

Assembled, to be, v; Ewdemi ; 
kuemi ; mene; mine; pohu- 
hu ; rupeke ; tamene ;tanga ; 
rapopoto, 

AsBonti V, Whakaae ; whaka' 
koia. 

Assert, v, Korero; In. 

Assiduous, a. Mamahi, 

Assimilate, v. Whakarite. 

Assist, V. Awhina (tt.). 

Assittant,». Hoa; kaiawhina, 

Assooiato, 9. Hoa, See Com- 
panion. 

Assume. Tango. 

Astonish. Bee Wonder. 



Astray, to be, »• Marara, See 
"Wander. 

Astride, to be, v. Sangai, 

Astringent, a. TFhakatoka, 

Asunder. Tatahi; takitahL 

At, prep, of future time. A ; 
hei. 

— of place. Hei ; i ; kei. 

Athirst, a, Matewai ; hiainu. 

Atone, V. Whakautu ; wha- 
kaea ; utu. 

Atonement, «• IJtu ; whaka^ 
utu. 

Attack. See Assault. 

— by stealth. Haupapa. 

Attainable, to be, v, Barawe ; 
taea. 



BAC 

Attempt, r« JFhakamaUtu; 
tohe. 

Attend, 9. Bongo; whakarongo. 

— upon a sick person* Who- 
kaomoomo. 

— upon one at the point of 
death, TFhakahemohemo, 



I 



Attention^ 9. Bongo. 

Attentiye, to be, v. Bongo: 
maientti; puakaha; tau. 

Avarice, 8. Apo ; kaiponu. 

Audible, to be, v. Bangona. 

Avenge, 9. Bapu utu ; takitaku 

Avert, V. Whakaninihi. 

Aught, a. Tetahi mea* 

Aunt, 8, Matua keke. 

Avoid, V. Whakarere. 

Author, 8, Take ; pntake. 
He is the anthor of that eril ; 
Nana tera kino. 

Authority, 8. Mana ; take. 

Awake, to, v. Ara ; oho. 

Awaken, v. Whakaara. 

AwsLj, adv. Atu. See Distant. 

Awe, to feel, v. Hopokopo, 

Awfiil, a, Wehi; mataku. 

Axe, 8. Poke; titaha; toki. 

Aye, adv. Ae. 



B. 

Baby, 8. Tamaiti ; potikL 
Bachelor, 9. Bopa, 
Back, adv. Ki muri. 



Back, a. Tuara. 

•^ Lowerpartof theback. TiH. 
^ of a Bouse. Tuaroa ; tua- 

ronffo (e. c). 
Backbone, >. Iwi tuararo ; xta. 
Backwarda, adv. Whakamuri. 
Backwater, i. Anhoki; mu- 

Bacon, s. Poaka tohatam. 
Bad, a. Kino. 

— weather, *, On; paroro ; 
pukoro. 

B^, ». Bute ! pufea. 
Bait, t. Poapoa, 

— for fish. Maunu ; parangia. 
Bake, r. T^nu. 

Bald, o. Fakira; kena (s. 0.) ; 

moremore; marakerake. 
Bale water, to, o. Tiherus tata 

{E. c). 
Bale, ». Tata {e. c.) ; tihem. 
Bale of goods, *, Tarins/a- 

BaU, *. Poi. 

— of string, e. Poiai. 
Ballaat, ê. Whahataimaha. 
Band, «. Ruraku. 

— for the hair, «. Aute ; pare ; 
tupare. 

Bandage, t. Taiai. 
Banish, v. Pet ; pana. 
Bank, t, Maioro. 

— of a river, t. Taha ; taha- 
taha (s. c.) ; iuparipari. 



Banter, v. Wkaiangako (£. 

c). 
Baptiam, t. Irixringa, 
Baptize, v. Iriiri; toM; toto; 

Baptizer, i. Kai iriiri. 

Bare, a. Mamore; marake- 
rake; moremore. ;Sm Naked- 
Bark, g. Hiako I kiri ; tangai ; 
pêha{jr.'); tapeha {^,), 

Bark, v. Too. 

Bam, ». Whare witi. 

Barnacle, a, Koromawtga- 
maunga. 

Barren, a. Pakoko, 

Barricade, a. Arai ; tauarai. 

Barter, v, Hokoi. 

Baaaltic stone, a. Kara; koma. 

Bask, V. Whakapahake, 

Basket, a. Kete; rahu (2. 
c) ; hao ; hapainga ; ko- 
haokao ; paepae ; pepepe ; 
poha; pukoforoa ; raw At 
(^.); rori; tapahtri (r.) } 
taukoro, 

— for cooked food. Paro ; 
rourw (fi. c.) ,■ hanganoa ; 
poti ! kaki^v ; kono (»".) j 
mairehu (e. c) ; poikewa. 

— in which fish are caught. 
Hinaki: kotutu ; pahao ; 
punga; taruke; wkakarapa ; 
tohake (r.) ; whakatomo. 

Bastard, a. Poriro. 
Bat, a. Pekt^eka. 



BAT 

Bath fhot;, ,. fTaiariB. 
Bathe, r. KauAc». 
Batieiu, «. Kaio. 
Battle, #. Parekura i, pan- 

KAero; latauroMgrn. 
Battle-Seld, «. Pankurc. 
Bawl, F. Hamawui ; kara^a. 
Bar, t. Kokontlanga. 
Beach, «. Tataki ; mu. . 
Beacon, «. ToAk. 
Beak, «. Ngutu. 
Beam, *. Kauae; Jcurupae. 
Bear,p, Mau ; kawe. See Carry. 
Bear up under pain, e. Mana- 

Bear fruit, v. Hua. 

Beard, «. Paikaa ; pahau (b, 

c. ) : kumkumi. 
Bearer, J, JTaiomo, lcaimau,^c. 
Beast, ê. Xuri ; kararehe. 
Beat, e. Euru ; palupatu ; 

*— down, as fruit from a tree. 

Ta. 
■ — OH the heart, Kapakapa ; 

taporepore j panapana. 
— ill, BS wind or rain. liavrhe. 
Beating tlie hreost, s. Keka. 
Beauty, ». Jtaakva. 
Because, conj. No te mea; 

mo te mea; hoki. 
Beckon, r. Tawhxri. 
Bed, *. Moenga. 



2M) 



BEL 



Bed, in a garden. RaraMt; 
moa; rmmht (jr.)/ /bjUm 
(it.) ; r«e«la (S. C); wo- 

Bt^hamber, *. ff^are aili- 
Beetle, ». Kelurent. 
Beetle (a maol), a. Ta. 
Before, a^e. Keneha s mua ,- 

wkaiamua. 
Beg, o. Korara ; peo ; piao- 

no (r^.)> inette; matai; 

matiro; motiro i wtotoi. 
Begin, o. Timata ; koto ; 

wkakataki. 
Beginning, d. Timatanga. 
Beguile, p. Wkakawai ; pa- 

lipali; whakapatipati ; ta- 

runt (it.) 
Behind, prep. Muri ; tua; 

lokakamuri ; taitua; inoaira 

<.'■)■ 

Behold, int. Na ! nana I rtre ! 
Behold, e. 7%tiro. 
Be!ch, o. Kupa; pupa (w.) 
Belief, *, Whakapono. 
Believe, v. Whakapono. 
Believer, «. Tangata wkaka- 

Bell, #. Paku ; pere. 

Belly, t. Kopu ; manawa ; fa- 

kapu (s. C.) ; riu. 
— of a fish, ffawahawa. 
Belonging to. No. 
Below, prep. Raro; vkaka- 



BEL 



( 237 ) 



BLA 



Selt. Whitiki; tatua. 

Send (to make crooked)^ v. 
Whakamakaka; whakanani; 
whakapiko. 

.— the body, as in rowing. 
Koiri. 

— as a stick. Piko ; makaka ; 
manana ; kowhana ; nuke; 
parehe (tt.); parori ; ta- 
pore ; tatao ; tawharu ; wha^ 
na; piwari; pingore, 

— as a path, a river, or a rope. 
Fiko ; kowhane ; konae ; 
horu; noni; kopi, 

— Kopikopiko ; koropiko. 

Bend of the arm, *. Whatia- 
nga. 

Beneath, prep, Raro, 

Bent, to be, (dinted), v. Kope; 
kokohu ; kokopa. 

Benumbed, to be, v, Hauaitu ; 
korongenge ; mangenge ; ma- 
tangerengere; matarekereke; 
matangurunguru ; matengo' 
tenga ; matorutoru ; teteka 
(ii.) ; turiwataitai ; turi' 
watautau; kerewau 

Beseech, v, Inou See Ask. 

Besides, prep, Haunga^ 

Besiege, v, WhaJcapae, 

Besmear, v. Pant. 

Bespoken, a, Taunaha. 

Best, a, Pai rawa ; tino pat. 

Betray, r. Tuku, 

Betrothed, a, Tautnau ; tau- 
naha ; puhi; whakaihi (tt.). 



Better, it is, v, defec. Engari; 
erangi; nut atu tepau 

Between, prep, Ki waenganui. 

Bewildered, «. Poauau ; porfh 
raru. See Confused. 

Bewitch, v, Mahutu; whai" 
whaia (jb, c). 

Beyond, prep, Pahaki ; ki ko 

atu ; ki tua atu, 
Bible, ^. Paipera, 
Bier, e. Amo; kauhoa. 
Big, a, Nui; rahi ; tetere. 
Bile, *. Pawa ; au (e, c, — tt.). 
Bill, s. Ngutu, 

Bind, V, Hohou; herehere ; 
houwere {e, c); whawhau 
(tt.) ; takai; hotiki (js, c). 

Bindweed, s, Pohue; panahu 

Bird, 8, Manu; topatopa {w,)^ 

Bird's nest, e, Kowhanga (is, 
c.) / owhanga. 

Birth, s, Whanautanga. 

Bit, 9, Wahi; maramara. 

Bite, 17. Kakati; ngau. 

Bitter, a, Kawa, 

Black, a. Manga ; pango, 

— pigment, s, Ngaraku ; nga" 
rehu {e, c). 

Blacken, v. Whakamangu-, 

Bladder, s* Tongamimu 

Bladebone, 8, Papaahuahua, 

Blame, to, v. Riri, 

Blanket, *• Paraikete, 

Blaspheme, v, Korero kino* 
kohukohu. 



Biaze, t. yimra ; papain ; 

komgaugf <R.). /m,- faHie^km. 

Bktd, r. Tita ; titm (s. c). Boat, «. Pofa'. 

Bleas, F. Whakapai. Bodr, «. Tum». 

Blessing, «. WTtakapaimga. Body, in a, «A. TopiHu'. 

Blind, a. Matapo; kapo (x. Bog,<. .fi«po. &e Swamp. 

C); pohe. ^oggr,a. Taen; tapotopoh; 
BIidIc, r. 3Iowu>e ; wiaiaJa- poteiamKA^ru. 

ktwa; UneKha. goil, t. KorvpipM; pup»; 
Blister, r- Koputa ,- laugo- kv ; iaroAwlH. 

rmgorQ;kopu. Boil,», maehe. 

Blwrk of wood, ». Pt>ro. Boiler,*. Kekue. 

Block up, r. Jrai ; pa ; pitru : Boiling spring, ». A>owfc. 

papani; ri; lain. ^^ ^ Toa;maia. 

Blocked up a. (of a river). Bone, *. Iwi; Khnta; kaj^ti. 

; — To remove bonea. Bake. 



Puni. 

Blorjd, ». Toto. 

Bloody, a. Pwtoto. 

Blossom, s. Pua ; puauiai. 

Blow,*. Kuru ; moto ; tu. 

Blow, V. Pupuhi ; pukeru ; 
kekengi {w.) ; Jki. 

Blow gently, r. Atarangara- 
'"ffa ; pahengihengi. 

— (to fan). Kov>kiumhixt. 

Blunder, *. He. See Mietoke. 

Blunt, a. Pukuki. 

Bluster, c. Rupahu ; lupehu- 
peh, (»-.) 

Board, s. Papa. 

Boast, V. Whakapehapeha ; 
pepeka ; whakahihi; tehaka- 
kake; whakahirahira ; wka- 
kamanumanu (f-); wkaka- 
pakari; whakaputa; who- 



Book, «. Pukapuka. 
i Booty, «. ParvTenga; parakete. 

Border, *. Taniko ; remu. 
I Bore, o. Ore ; win. 
I Bosom, ». Poko; uma; ni. 
I Both. £ rua e rua ; tona fu 
I {e. c.) ; ngatahi. 

Bottle made of seaweed, ». 
KoMhi. 

Bottle, ». Pounamtt. 

Bottom, «. Kara. 

Bough,». Manga; peka. 

Boundary,*. Kaka ; patanga ; 
ripa (it.) ; rohe ; tautiJta. 

BuiHitifiil, a. Atawkai. See 
Generous. 

Bow, V. Tuoku ; iupoupoH. 

Bow, *. Kopere. 



BOW 



( 239 ) 



BRO 



Bowels, s, Whekau, 

Bowl, *. Hake (tt.) ; kutneii ; 
oko (tt.). 

Box, V, Momoto, 

Box, 8, Pouaka. 

B07, 9, Tamaiti. 

Brace, «. Hokai. 

Brains, s. Row, 

Bran, «• Papapa* 

Branch, *. Manga; peka. 

Brandish, v, Rurerure, 

Braye, a. Maia ; toa. 

Bread, s, Taro, 

Breadth, s, Raurarahi (tt.) ; 
raununui (s. t?.) / whanui ; 
wharahi ; hokai (w.). 

Break of day, s. Atahapara ; 
atapo; ataponffiponffi; atatu; 
aonga ; haeata (E, c.) ; maru- 
ao \e\ c). 

Break (to dawn), ». Huaki; 
puao ; takiri. 

Break off, v. Aura, 

Break half through, v, Ko- 
ngunw. 

Break in pieces, V. Whatohati; 
pakaru ; motu ; kowhaki' 
whaki; kore; korarirari; ko- 
ropehu ; ngawhere ; pahu ; 
papa» 

Break on the top of a wave, s, 
Tuaiea. 

Breast, s. Poho (js. c); uma; 
u; ret* 

Breath, s. Manawa, 
Breath, to take, v. Taupua. 



Breathe, v, Nga (s. c.) ; ta. 

Breathe upon, v, Whakaha. 
Breech, s. Papa, 
Brick, s, Pereki, 

Bride, s, Wahine marena hou. 

Bridegroom, s, Tane marena 
.hou. 

Bridge, *. Arawhata. 

Bridge over, to, v, Kahupapa, 

Bridle, 8, Paraire, 

Bright, a. Kanapa ; kanapu 
(»r.). 

Brighten, v. JVhakakanapa, 

Brim, s. Ngutu, 

Brimstone, *. Whanariki ; ku' 
papapapa. 

Bring, r. Mau ; ngita (ft.). 
See Carry, 

Bring forth, v. Whanau, 

Bring to land, v, Whakau. 

Bring upon, v, Whakatari. 

Brink, s, Tahataha. 

Brisk. See Quick. 

Brittle, a. Papa noa. 

Broad, a. Wharahi ; whanui. 

Broil, V, Tunu* 

Broken, to be, r. Pakaru ; 
kore; pakqre ; mawhaki ; 
tokari (u.) ; tonganga («.) ; 
potapota ; hawa ; kohanga- 
weka; mangungunoa; pore- 
kepu; pororere; porokere. 

Brood, to, V, Tapapa. 



BRO ( 240 ) 

Brother of a sister,*. Tungane, 

— elder brother of a brother, 
Tuakana. 

— younger brother of a bro- 
ther. Teina; Taina, 

Brother in law, 3, Taokete; 
autane. 

Brow of a lull, s, Taumata, 

Brown, a. Paka ; ura. 

Bruised, to be, v, Koparu; 
maru. 



BY 



\ 



Brushwood, a. Heuheu ; huru' 
rua. 

Bud, 8, Puku; pihL 

Bug, 9, Kekereru. 

Build, V, Hanga ; whaihanga. 

Build up the walls of a native 
house, V, Tuparwparu; tu- 
. puni (JB. c). , 

Builder, *. Kai hanga* 

Bullet, *. Mata. 

Bulrush, 8, Kopupungawha ; 
ngawha. 

Bump, «.' Puku. 

Bunch, 8. Tautau. 

Bundle, s, Kakati; paiere ; 
paiherei (jE. a) ; pupu; ta- 
piki (jE, c.) ; tiraha (e, c). 

Bundle, to,.r. Pui ; pupu. 

Bung, 8, Puru, 

Bung, V. Puru, 

Buoy, *. Karewa^ 

Burden, *• Pikaunga ; pikau ; 
wahanga; kawenga. 



Burial place, «. Urupa; tarn 
(js. o.). 

Bum, ». Ka; toro ; wera; 
pawera; nawe; ngiha; pa- 
hunu (jR,), 

Bum, (to set on fire), v. Tah% 

Bum by the sun, v. Tikaka. 

Bum, *. JFera. 

Burnt, (vegetation having beea 
destroyed by ^e,) a. Bo- 
wer a; tawera; wera; pa- 
rawera. 

Burst, V, Pahu ; papa. 
Burst open, v, Pawhara (^.c). 
Bury, V, Tanu ; tapuke (i. c). 
Bury itself, v. Apu (jf,). 
Bush, 8. Puia, 

Bushman, 9. Kowao ; mokoao; 
waoko. 

Busy, to be, v. Earn. 

But, conj, Heai; heoti; ka* 
ore; oti ; otiia ; otira. 

But now. Tena ; tena ko te- 
nei ; tanganei (u.). 

Butterfly, 8. Pepepe. 

Button, 8, Patene, 
Buy, »• Hoko, 
Buyer, 8. Kai hoko^ 

By, prep, as by an agent. E; 
i; ma; na, 

— as "by that way." Ra; 
ma ; na, 

— as "one by one." TaH; 
tataki. 

By and by, adv, Taihoa ; to- 
karo (E, c.) ; kiatoka (h^X 



CAB 



C. 



(241 ) 



CAT 



Cabbage, s. Puka. 

Calabash, s, Ipu; JcahaJca; 

Jcaraha {je. c); taha {e. a) ; 

kia (e. c.) ; kimi ; koaJca ; 

pahaka ; papapa ; take («.) ; 

tawha(fF.); wai{Ng.). 
Cajole, V, Hangarau; ma- 

minga. See Deceive. 

Calamity, s. Mate, 

Calculate, v, Tatau. 

Calf of the leg, s, Ateatenga 
(e. c). 

Calk, V. Mono» 

Call, to, r. Karanga; pia {w.). 

Calm, 8, Pariratanga ; ma' 
rino ; aio. 

Calm, to be, v. Aio ; marino ; 
marinoto ; marinotokitoki ; 
taroia. 

Can, V. See To be able. 

Candle, s. Kanara, 

Cannon, s. Purepo ; puhun- 
whenua^ 

Cannon ball, s. Mata purepo. 

Canoe, *. Waka; tiwai; ta- 
wax (e, c.) ; konia ; kopapa ; 
korea ; neke ; pitau; koki; 
pinaku (w.) ; tete. 

Canoe made of rushes. Moki ; 
mokihi {e. c). 

Cap, s, Potae, 

Gape, *. Rue; tumu. See 
Headland. 

Captive, 8. Pononga ; whaka- 
rau; hei*ehere. 



-^«.reful, a. Tupato; wateti. 
oeer Cautious. 

Careless about, to be, v. Wha- 
kahoe. 

Carpenter, s. Kamura, 

Carpet, *. Whariki. 

Carrier, 8, Kai amo ; kai mau, 

Cany, on the shoulders, v 

Amo; kauhoa; matata; ma- 

tika. 
Carry in the hand, v. Kawe ; 

hari (w.) ; apatari ; mau ; 

ngita{R.); tari ; rare(E. c). 
Carry about, v. Whakahaere ,* 

whakatapuhi. 

Carry away by stealth, v. Ka- 

haki. 
Carry in the arms, v. Okooko ; 

hiki, 

Cbttj on the back, v. Pikau ; 

waha ; tihei (e. c). 
Carry on a pole, v. Tauteka, 

Carve, v. Whakairo ; whao- 

whao (e. c). 
Carved well, a, Nanahu, 
Carver, 8, Kai whakairo. 

Case, 8. Kopaki, 
Cask, 8, Kaho, 
Cast, to, V, Maka; whaka- 
rere ; whiu ; whakarei {e. c) . 

Cat, 8, Poti; ngeru ; tori («.). 

Cataract, 8, Rere ; taheke. 

Catarrh, s» Taiawa ; taruta- 

whiti (e. c). 
Catch, V, Hopu ; tango. 

Catch hold of, v. Tatango, 

T 



CAT ( 242 ) 

Cstob in the water, as an oar, 

r. Umpa. 
Catch one's breath, e. Sua- 

tare (w.) ; taretare; kiha. 
Catechize, t>. Uivi; palai. 
Catechism, *. Patai ; katiki- 



Caterpilkr,*. Attuke; haioato; 
hoteU ; makorori,- wke ; ku- 

Cave, ». Ana. 

Cauae of a quarrel, «. Papa. 

Causeless, a. Suhuakore ; 

Kheto; pokanoa. 
Cautious, to be, v. Atea ; tu- 

paio watea ; koriLt [w.) ; 

rikarika ; hopohopo. 
Cease, to mate to. r. Whaka- 

muiu Khakaoti. 
Centipede,» Weri. 
Centre,*'. Pokapuj waengoHut. 

See Middle. 
Certain, it is, c. Ao; ngaro. 
Cervical yertebrsp, s. Tangai. 
Chaff, ». Papapa. 
Chain, ». Mekameka. 
Challenge, p. 7'akt. 
Chance, by, adv. Noa. 
Change about, to, v. Whaka- 

whiliKhiti; Khakahirihiri (b. 

' Change, o. Korure. 
Change, as the name, p. Pa- 

Channel, *. Awa ; hongere ; 



Chap, to, t». Ngalata ; pato- 
lot; rai^; iapa ; titvpa; 
wAawhati. 

Charcoal, t. JFaro, 

Chase, V. Ant ; wAot ,- tmokai; 
turuH, 

Chasm, (. Ngatata ; pakoht ; 

Chatter, e. Sbrerorero. 
Cheek, «. Paparinga. 
Cheerful, to be, ». Manahaa. 
Chequered, a. £otaigotago. 
Cherish, v. WhakatMpu. 
Chest,*. Poho ; uma; ret. 
Chew, e. Nga». 
Chicken, ». Pi. 
duckweed, *. Kohukokv. 
Chief,». Ariki; rangatira. 
Chilblain, a. Mangtongio. 
ChUd, a. Poliki ,- tamaiti ; ko- 

hungahvnga ; tahake is. c). 
Chilli bood, *. Tamarikitanga, 
Chin, 8. Kauae. 
Chip, a. Maramara. 
Chip, p. Hahaui tarai; rehti ; 

rvna ; tola. 
Chipped, a. Hawa; riwka. 
Chip with a spade, p. Pert- 

pere ; tipi. 
Chisel, t. Purvpurv. 
Choked, to be, p. Bawa ; tanea. 
Choke with weeds, e. JCo- 

Chooae, p. WkirtKhiri. 
Chop, p. Tapaki. 



CHR 



( 243) 



COL 



Chrysalis, s. Xihikihi; tungo- , Close, to, v. Whakarawe ; Tco^ 



ngo. 
Circle, s, Porotohita. 
Circuitous, a. Awhiowhio. See 

Bound about. 

Circular, a. Fotakataka. 

Clandestinely, adv, Momote. 

Clap, V. Papaki. 

Clatter, v. Tatangu 

Claw, 8, Matihao, 

Clay, s, Kotore ; kerewhenua. 

Clay, white, s. Uku ; (s, c. ^ 
TT.); ukui {Ng,). 

Clean, a. Ma. 

Clear, to be, v, Atea ; marama ; 
watea; whakaatea ; whaka- 
etea; mahea; toari (jt,) ; 
purotu (e. a). 

Clear away, v. Tahi ; tarake ; 
whakatahe ; heuheu. 

Clear a road, r. Para, 

Clear off weeds, v, Paketu ; 
perepere. 

Cleave, v, Wawahi ; titore. 

See Split. 
Cleft, 8, Biwha. 
Cliff, 8, Pari, 
Climb, V, Kake ; piki. 
Cling, V, Pupuri, 
Clinch the hand, v, Kuku, 
Clip, V, Kokoti, See Cut. 
Clod, 8, Keretu, 

Close, to be, v. Apiapi ; pa- 
tata ; pepe ; puputu ; piri ; 
pine; poruru ; punui; pu- 
ruru. 



pani ; kopi ; whakarawa ; 

tutaki; ropi. 
Close the eyes, t>. Whakamoe. 
Closed, to be, v. Kati, 
Clot, «. Tepetepe, 
Cloth, 8, Kakahu, 
Clothe, V, Kakahu; whakaka- 

kahu. 

Cloud, 8, Kapua ; kekeao ; au. 

Cloudy, a. Kongu; koruki ; 
koruru; koruruku ; tuku- 
maru ; paroro. 

Clump, *. Ropu. 

Cluster, to, v. Pohuhu ; mui ; 

ohu ; popo ; rapoi (w,). 
Cluster, 8, Tautau. 
Coal, 8, Waro, 
Coast, 8, Tahatika ; takutai. 

Coat of raupo on the wall of a 

house, 8, Paru, 
Coat, 8, Koti, 

Cobweb, 8, Whare pungawere- 
were. 

Cock, *. Tikaokao» 

Cockles, *. Pipi, 

Codfish, 8. Hapuku ; whapuku. 

Coil, 8, Koromeke, 

Cold, 8, Taiawa ; taruta- 
wkiti (b, c). 

Cold, 8, Makariri ; matao ; 
matoke ; hotoke ; anu ; hau^ 
aitu {e, c.) ; hotohoto («.) ; 
kopeke ; korohawini ; ko- 
warm; kuiki ; kutao ; ma^ 
eke, 

CoUar, 8, TJa, 



I 



COL 



(244) 



CON 



Collarbone, s» Manumanu ; 
paemanu. 

Collect, r. Kohikohi; hvihui; 
apo; amiJci ; puhangaiti {w/); 
pihangaiti {e. C.) ; rapoi(w,); 
whakawhaiti. 

CoUops of fat, ê. Fori. 

Colour, 8, Tae, 

Comb,*. ITeru ; karau; ma- 
para (e. c.) ; rovtu (e, c). 

Combustible matter, *. Whaka- 
ka. 

Come, r. Haere ; makara {e, 
c); ahu. 

Come, leaving none behind, r. 
Mutu ; poto ; peke ; pan ; 
tapeke; taweke ; monimoni- 
noa. 

Come down, v. Tuku. 

Come in sight, v. Puta; pa- 

hure {w*). 
Come out, as the handle of an 

axe, r. Maunu. 

Come in, or towards, v. Ha- 
whe ; whawhe. 

Come to remain, v, Oti mai. 

Come to the end, v. TutuJci. 

Come hither. Haere mai 
(Nff.); hara mai (e.c); nau 
7nai {w,) ; tauti mai (tf.). 

Command, v, Korero ; ki ; 
mea ; akiaki; tapa. 

Common, a, Noa. 

Common, to make, v, Wkaka- 

noa. 
Common, as, to all. No ratou 

tahi. 

Companion, 8, Hoa ; taka- 
pui ; iapui ; whakauru. 



Company, tf. Ope; iira;ika; 
matua; pahi; puni ; ran- 
gapu {B. c) ; ranga ; ropu; 
tahapui ; teretere ; tokoma- 
tua i^w,) ; whana {E. c). 

Company of workmen, 8. Jpa; 

apu ; ahu. 
Compact, to be, ». Whaiti 

(e, a). 

Compare, r. Whakarite, 
Compassion, 8. Aroha, 

Complete,». Whakaoti ; wha- 
katutuki. 

Completed, to be, v. Oti; 
tino rite ; tino tika. 

Concave, to be, v, Kokopa; 
kokoha. 

Conceal, v. Huna; kuhu. See 

Hide. 

Conclude, r. Whakamutu; 
whakaoti. 

Conclusion, 8. Mutunga; who- 
kaotinga; poronga. 

Concourse, *. Huihuinga; wha- 
kamenenga, iSNe^Assemblage. 

Concubine, 8, IToahoa. 

Condemn, v, Whakahe, 

Conduct, V. Arahl ; arataki 
(e, c.) ; whakataki. 

Confess, r. Whaki, 

Confuse, r. Whakapohehe; 
whakararu; rika. 

Confused, to be, as words, r. 
Nanu; papipapi. 

Confused, to be, as the mind, r. 
Poauau ; pohehe; pororaru ; 
pokaikaha ; pokaku ; poke- 



CON 

loa ; ponana (je, c) ; poraU' 
raha. 

Congregate, ». Huihui ; wha- 
kamene. See Assemble. 

Connected with, to be, by rela- 
tionship or friendship, v, 
Taruna {e, c.) ; taunga ; 
whakataruna. 

Connexion, 8. Whakataruna' 
tang a. 

Connexion by marriage, *. 
Wharetangata {e, a). 

Conquer, v, Toa. 

Conscience, s, Sinengaro ; 
ngakau. 

Conscious, to be, v. Matau ; 
mohio ; mahara. 

Consecrate, v, Whakatapu. 

Cojisent, V. Whakaae ; wha- 
hakoia, See Assent. 

Consequence, s, Tukunga iho. 

Consideration, s, Ngarahu ; 
whakaaro. 

Consolation, s, Whakamarie- 
tanga ; oranga ngakau. 

Console, v, Whakamarie ; 
whakaora. 

Conspiracy, s, Whakapapa ; 
torohe ; kohuru. 

Constant, to be, v, Pumau; 
tumau ; tuturu (jE. c.) ; 
what; taketake (s, c). 

Constricted, to be, v, Nanati, 

Consume, v. Whakapau ; 
whakahemo ; amiki ; ponga- 
kawa. 

Consumed, to be, r. Hemo ; 
pau; pareho ; memeka; ha- 



( 245 ) COO 

ma (n.) ; mahiti ; monimoni- 
noa ; moti (tt.) {e, c.) ; pa- 
reko ; peto ; takeke ; tipo- 
ko (e, c). 
Contagious, a, Uruta, 

Contemptuous language, s, 

Whakarawai, 
Contend, v, Tautohe ; wha- 

kataetae ; tatawhainga (e, 

C.) ; tauwhainga. 

Contentious, a, Whakatene- 
tene ; whawhai. 

Continually, adv, Tonu ; tou 

(e, c). 
Continue, v, Tiwai ; mau. 
Contract, v, Hupeke* 
Contradictory, a, Tata, 
Contribute, v, Homai ; hoatu. 

Convalescent, to be, v. HaU' 
ora {w,) ; matutu ; tanga- 
tanga (e» c). 

Conversation, 8. Korero, 

Converse, r. Korero. 

Convert, v, Whakatahuri. 

Convey, v, Kawe ; mau. See 
Carry. 

Convey over, v. Whakawhiti, 

Convolvulus, 8. Pohue ; pana- 
hi. See Bindweed. 

Convulsion, 8. Hukihuki. 

Cook, V, Tao ; topa ; topipi ; 
tarahu. 

Cooked, a. Maoa ; maoka (e. 
c). 

Cook-house, s. Kauta ; he- 
reumu ; kamuri ; kuhu. 

Cool, a. Hauhau; houhou ; 
hauangi (e. c.) ; puangiangi 



coo ( 246 ) 

(w,); matomato ; pongipongi ; 
puanu. 

Cool, to, V. Whakahovhou ; 
whakamataotao. 

Copy, *. Tauira ; puhenga. 

Cord, *. Aho, See Line. 

Core, *. Uho ; tarauho» 

Cork, *. Puru, 

Corks of a net, *. Pouto, 

Com, *. JCaanga. 

Comer, *. KoJconga ; hau ; 
konakitanga (r.) ; ngao. 

Comer, inner, *. Kopanga; 
pott. 

Corpse, 8, TupapaJcu ; turoro 
(e, c). 

Correct, a, Tiha ; totiha {b. 
c). 

Correct, to, r. Whakattka, 

Corrupt, a, Pirau, 

Cost, *. Utu. 

Cover, V, JECipoki ; taupoki ; 
poki ; raupi ; ropi ; ropine ; 
roropi ; takai ; tupoki (w,) ; 
whakapungenengene ; uwhi- 
uwhi. 



CRE 



Cover, or spread over, v, JECo- 
rapa (s, c). 

Cover up embers with askes, 
V. Kanoii, 

Cover up oneself, v. Tururu. 

Covered, to be, v, Kapi ; puni. 

Covered over with clouds, to 
bo, V. Tukupu, 

^overing^ *. Kopaki ; wha- 
~ ; whakapuru. 




Covering over food in an oven, 
8. Retao ; ritaka. 

Covet, V. Apo ; kaiponu ; pch 
pono ; taiapo ; huirapa ; 
ihupuku. 

Cough, *. Mare ; menemene; 
wharo. 

Council, 8, Runanga, 
Counsel, 8, Ngarahu, 
Count, V, Tatau. 
Countenance^ 8. Ahua; ka* 
nohL 

Country, *. Wa (JB. c). 
Couple, *. Rud, 
Courage, *. Tara; toa. 

Court, to, V, Amaru. 

Cousin, 8. Tungane keke; 
tuahine keke ; tuakana keke; 
teina keke. 

Coward, 8, JSaua ; wawau. 

Crab> 8. Papaka ; rerepari. 

Crack, v, Ngatete ; pake; 

pato ; te. 
Cracky, as the ground, r. Ka- 

kata; pukatakata ; tawha; 

ngatata. 
Crafty, a. Maminga, See 

Deceitful. 

Cram, v. Whakakiki. 

Cramp, r. See Benumb. 

Cranium, 8, Anganga. 

Crave, v, Hiahia, See Desire. 

Crawl, V, Ngaoki; ngoki. 

Crayfish, *. Koura; waerau. 

Crazy, to be, r. Haurangi; 
porangi. 

Cream, *. Pata. 



CRE 

Create, v, JSanga, 

Creep, v, NgaoJd; ngoki ; 



ngaweki ; totoro. 

Creep under, v. Sou, 

Crime, 8, Hara. 

Criminal, *. Tang at a hara. 

Crimson, a, Whero, 

Cripple, «. Ngongengonge ; 
turingongengonge, 

Crookback, 8, Sake. 

Crooked, to be, v, Kopikopi- 
ko ; hapa ; hape ; kononi ; 
makaka; noni; nuke» 

Cross, to, V, Whiti, 

Cross, *. Ripeka, 

Cross-road, s. Peha ; peka- 
nga. 

Crowd, *. JSuihuinga ; ropu. 

Crowd together, «>. Apuru ; 
kiki; poruru. 

Crowd around, r. Muu See 
Cluster. 

Crown of the head, «. Tumu- 
aki ; tipuaki (jb. c). 

Crucify, v. Ripeka» 

Crumb, «. Kongakonga. 

Crumble, ». Horo ; koara; 
mohungahunga ; ngawhara ; 
ngawhere. 

Crumping noise, to make, r. 
Mangengenge. 

Crumple, v. Koromengemenge ; 

kopenupenu ; humene ; ko- 

hangaweka. 
Crushed, to be, v, Koparu; 

penupenu. 

Cry, r, Tangi; koreto. 



( 247 ) CUT 

Cry out, V. Hamama ; hapa* 
rangi (e. c.) ; par are. 

Cubit, 8. Whatianga» 

Cultivation, 8. Mara; nga- 
kinga; waenga. 

Cultivation on timber land, s. 
Wairenga, 

Cumbersome, a. Hirawerawe, 

Cure, V» Rongoa, 

Curl, as smoke, v, Riporipo. 

— as a wave, v, Kapukapu» 

Current, 8. Au ; ia ; roma. 



Curse, ». Kanga; apiti (w.)\ 
kohukohu. 

Curse,*. Kanga; apiti; ko' 
hukohu» 

Curved, as a bow, a. Ti* 
whana. See Bend. 

Custom, 8, Ritenga, 

Cut, 8. Motu. 

Cut, V. Kokoti ; kaehae ; hori 

(e, c.) ; kutikuti \ ripi ; wha- 

katotohi; koripi; tohi^hapo" 

ro\ hatepe; pouto; ta; ta- 

pahi; toritori'y poro. 

Cut with* a spade, v. Tipi ; 
perepere. 

Cut, or notch, v. Tokari, 

Cut off, V, Haukoti {w.). 

Cut off short, as a canoe, a, 
Koporo, 

Cut off at the end, as of hair, 
a. Kaikauau ; kohumuhumu ; 
parekuhi. 

Cut, to pare, v. Manihi (jb. c). 






l"*!!:»*, *M,-i;'i;*p. .#. 



OCT ( 24S ) DEC 

\' i\ iiiwi wrjoj, o. Para-, Dasher. Jki. 

'^^*' "^*'- . Dtoh fonrard, r. Ranga. 

ir'mMK7. P.nr/i.ini. Daub. r. Pani. 

; M -u. juiP. ,. Tirataro : D^ngfeter, *. Ta-mAme. 

^. : Daiighter-in-law,«. JEEunofrnga, 

, Dawn, «. Atatu ; atapo. See 
I Break of day. 

' Day, «. ^o ; weahana ; ra. 

Daybreak, «. Matu. jS^eDawn. 
pj Dayliglit, #. Awatea, 

Dar time, #. ^o. 

r :!!fri(.'& '••J i ^tfittfi Dazzle, r. Konewhcmewka ; 

konkortko; wheriko. 

K^tua ; Dead, to be, r. Mate ; hem ; 

pM.' vr nu:v.T. #. j!^ir(£^<ira Deaf, to be, r. Turi; potwri; 
» il<w; pukoi ; puwAarawkara. 

V:r"\\ :;' '.v. 7. Hmi^iiku Dear, «. Aroha. 

^ y ,-. vw.;-.t ; r.«r-r.'* ^^i»-.). Dear, in price, a. C7ii nut. 

l^t:\\\ *. ::ri.*. i^^ni : hi-^ Death, #. Jfa/ip; hemonga; 

y.iMjis: lv.Ur'2S:xri£ : *y«». marerttanga ; kaerenga. 

^ Debt, *. Taomga tarewa (w.); 

' taanga iamrewa {b. c). 

«^ LKecaveo, a. Ptretu ; paroparo, 

Pav.^ r. *. ( W/too : «.^nrih : ! 

s -/./=iM . p^MaM. Deceittul, a. Mangarau; kem- 

,v , ^ X %- X garei'a ; hianga ; maminga; 

Daro, r. A/iiki. raureka (ir. c.) ; rorc (if. c); 

D:irk. to K\ r. Ulnakipouri: ^'opeka : makoi ; nuka ; 

kakarouri; kunikuni ; po- t aware ; whakanganangana 

fangotango. x.^' ^-f' 

Dark, in the, adc. Pokere, I>eceive, r. Hangarau ; han- 

T^ 1 , . rr ' gareka ; hianga ; maminna : 

Dark skin, *. Hengia; pa-: #.«;jl^„^« -„/.«-^ 

' ^ ' r ^ ttmnanga ; nukarau ; raure' 

^^^'^^^ ka; whakawai; kopeka ; 

Dart, V. Kokiri; wero, nuka. 



\ 



I 



DEC 

■ -Decide, v. Whakarite. 

\. Declare, v, WhaJcapuaIci ; 
> korero, 

r. Deqjiiie, v, Titaha; nehuneJcu; 
4 rehurehu ; tairi (it.). See 
:| Descend. 

' Decrease, v. Hi haere. 

Deep, to be, v, Hohonu; ngoto. 

Deep water, «. Kopua ; veto ; 
^ rire ; wheurL 

] Defeated, to be, v. Kore. 

i 

'•. Defend (by means of a pad), 
V. WhaJcapuru ; matata. 

Defy, V, WhahahihL 

Delay, v, Whakaroa, 

Delighted, to be, r. Ahua- 
reka; pat; maha (e. c). 

Delirious, to be, v. Haurangi; 
porangi ; hawata. 

Deliver, v. Whakaora. 

Deluge, *. Waipuke, 

Demoniac, *. Porangi; Kau- 
rangu 

Den, «. Ana. 

Deny,». Whakakahore; wha- 
kakorekore. 

Departure, s. Haerenga ; to- 
kenga. 

Dependant, s. Rahi, 

Deprived of a limb, a. Mutu. 

Depth,*. Hohonu; ngotonga. 

Deranged, to be, v. Ilaurangi; 
porangi. 

Descend, v. JSeke ; taheke ; 
taiheke ; ahuahu ; hokio 
(e. c.) ; horua (e, c.) ; ma- 
tiko («.). 



( 249 ) DIA 

Descent, s.' Heketanga ; ho- 
kiotanga {e. c). 

Describe, v. Korero. 
Desecrate, v. Haparu; wha- 

kanoa. 
Desert, *. Koraha. 

Desire, v. Hiahia ; amene ; 

minamina; korotu; korou ; 

kuika; manawapa; manawa' 

popore ; minaka ; ohia ; oka- 

ka {e. c); oke ; pie {w.) ; 

popore ; taporepore ; wa- 

wata. 
Desire, 8. Hiahia ; koha ; 

minamina. 
Desolate, a. Takoto kau. 
Desperation, to commit an act 

of, V. Whakamomori, 

Despise, v. Whakaahu ; wha- 
kakino. 

Destitution, s. Onge. 

Destroy, v, Tinei ; whaka- 
ngaro. 

Detain, v, Pupuri ; pupuru 

(IF.). 

Detect, V, Hopu. 

Detest, V. Kino ; whakakino ; 
whakarihariha. 

Devil, 8. Re w era ; Whiro, 

Devour, v. Kai. See Eat. 

Dew, 8. Haunni ; haurahi ; 
hauku (e. c); haurutu {w.) ; 
hautaorua {e. c.) ; kopata 
(e. c.) ; taituri («.) ; tomai- 
rengi. 

Dialect, 8. Reo. 

Diarrhoea, 8. Tarahi ; hi ; hu- 
hu ; koangi ; konao ; koripi; 
tororere ; tikotiko. 



CUT 



( 248 ) 



DEC 



Cut down wood, r. Para; 
tope; tua. 

Cut open, V. Pawhara. 

Cut the hair, v. Tarotaro ; 
whakaiho (e. c). 

Cutting, a, Tiotio, 



D. 

Daily, adv. I tend ra i tenet 
ra. 

Dam, mother, s. Katua ; 
whaerere ; tiaka {b, c). 

Dam for water, *. Matatara 
(w.-). 

Damp, to be, v, Hautahu 
(e. c); maku; waitau (^.)- 

Dance, *. Haha; hari; ha- 
nikani ; kotaratara ; nga- 
hau ; ngarahu ; ngarahu- 
taua; patere. 

Dandle, v. Poipoi. 

Danger, 8, Oranoa ; oraiti ; 
orapito ; pitotahi. 

Dangle, v, Tawheta (Ng,). 

Dare, v. Maia, 

Dark, to be, r. Hinakipouri; 
kakarauri; kunikuni; po- 
tangotango. 

Dark, in the, adv. Pokere, 

Dark skin, «. • Hengia; pa- 
rauri. 

Dart, V. Kokiri; wero. 



Dash, V. Aki, 

Dash forward, v. Ranga* 

Daub, V, Pani, 

Daughter, *. Tamahine. 

Daughter-in-law, «. HMnaonga. 

Dawn, 8, Atatu ; atapo. See 
Break of day. 

Day, #. Ao ; mahana ; ra. 

Daybreak,*. Atatu. SeeDawa. 

Daylight, 8, Awatea. 

Day time, 8, Ao. 

Dazzle, v. Konewhanetoha ; 
korekoreko ; wheriko. 

Dead, to be, v. Mate ; hemo ; 
marere. 

Deaf, to be, v. Turi ; poturi; 
hoi; puhoi ; puwharawhara. 

Dear, a. Aroha. 

Dear, in price, a. Utu nut. 

Death, 8. Mate; hemonga; 
mareretanga ; haerenga. 

Debt, 8. Taonga tarewa (w.); 
taonga taurewa (e. c). 

Decayed, a. Pirau ; paroparo. 

Deceitful, a. Hangar au; han- 
gareka ; Manga; maminga 
tinihanga ; nukarau (tt.) 
raureka {e. c.) ; rore (e, c.) 
kopeka ; makoi ; nuka 
t aware ; whakanganangana 
(e. c). 

Deceive, v. Hangar au ; han- 
gar eka ; Manga ; maminrja ; 
tinihanga ; nukarau ; raure^ 
ka ; whakawai ; kopeka ; 
nuka. 



DEC ( S49 ) 

Whakarite. 
Wkaicapvaki 



iDecide, v. 
Declare, 

korero. 
Defjiiie, o. Titaka; nehuneka, 

rekurehu; tairi {w.). See 

Deecend. 
Decrease, v. Iti haere. 
Deep, to be, v. Hohonu; ngoto. 
Deep water, s, Kopua; relo; 

rire wheuri. 
Defeated, to be, v. Kore. 
Defend (by means of a pad), 

e. Wkakapurv ; matata. 
Defy, V. WkakaAihi. 
Delay, v. Whakaroa. 
Delighted, to be, v. JAua- 

reka; pai; maka {s. c). 
Delirious, to be, v. Haurangt; 

porangi ; kawala. 
Deliver, v. Whakaora. 
Deluge, s. Waipuke. 
Demoniac, «. Porangi; hmi- 

Den, *. Ana. 

Deny, c. Whakakakore; wha- 

kakorekore. 
Departure, ». Haerenga ; to- 

Dependant, t. Rahi. 
Deprived of a limb, a. Mutu. 
Depth, «. Hohonu; ngotonga. 
Deranged, to be, B, JIaurangi; 

porangi. 
Descend, e. Heke ; takeke ; 

taikeke ; ahuaku ; kokio 

{s. c.) ; koma (s, c); ma- 

tiko («.). 



; hO' 



Heketanga , 

hiotanga {e. c). 
Describe, v. Korero. 
Desecrate, v. Haparu; wha- 

kanoa. 
Desert, a. Koraha. 
Desire, v. Hiahia ; antene ; 

tninamina; horotu; kormt ; 

kuika; manaivapa manawa- 

popore ; ntinaka ; ohia ; oka- 

ka (e. c); oke; pie (jr.); 

popore ; laporepore ; wa- 

wala. 
Desire, «. Hiahia ; koha ; 



Takoto kau. 
desperation, to commit an act 

of, p. WAakamomori. 
despise, v. Whakaahu ; wka- 



Onge. 

Tinei ; whaka- 



Destitution, t 
Destroy, 

Detain, ». Pupuri ; pupuri* 

Detect, V. Hopu. 

Detest, V. Kino ; vikakakino ; 

whakarikarik a . 
Devil, a. Itewera ; Wkiro. 
Devour, v. Kai. See Eat. 
Dew, *. Haunni ; kawraki ; 

Aauku {e. c); haurutu (ir,); 

hautaorua (e. c.) ; kopata 

(e. C.) ; taituri (b.) ; tomai- 

Dialect, s. Heo. 

Diarrhcea, s. Tarahi; ki ; hu- 

ha; koangi ; konao ; koripi; 

tororere : tikotiko. 



DIE 

Die, to, V, Mate ; hemo ; ma- 
rere; maker e. 

Diet, «. KaL 

Differ, v, Puta ke. 

Different, a. Ke, 

Difficult, a, Whakarira; uaua. 

Difficulty, to be in, v, Baru- 
raru. 

Dig, V, Ngaki; ko ; keri; 
kari (e. c.) ; piwai ; kahau; 
hangohango ; nanaku. 

Digging implement, 5. Kama' 
ruru {R.) ; ko ; kaheru ; 
hangohango. 

Dignity, s. Ahua rangatira. 

Dilatory, a. Whaharoa; pa- 
rori. See Slow. 

Diligent, a, Mamahi; ahu- 
whenua. 

Dim, to be, v, Haumaruru 
(w.); matatoua {w.). 

Diminished, to be, v. Ahu- 
ahu; whakapaku ; kohako- 
ha ; korokoro ; whakahara- 
hara ; taharahara. 

Diminish, as pain, ». Mau- 
ruru; ririo. 

Dinted, a. Kokohu, 

Dip up water, v. Koutuutu ; 
utuutu ; tikoko* 

Dip of a hill, *. Kakaritanga, 

Direct, ». Tohutohu. 

Direct, to be, v. Anganuimai ; 
hangai {lE. c). 

Directly, adv, Inamata; natou; 
aianei. 



! 



( 250 ) DIS 

Dirt,«. Paru; paruparu {s.C.): 
para. 

Dirty, a. Poke ; paru. 

Disagreeable, a. Weriweri ; 
whakarihariha; whakank&- 
rika. 

Disagreeable to the taste, a. 
Kutaitai (tt.) ; kawa. 

Disappear^ r. Toremi; to- 
rengi ; nunumi ; henum; 
tanumi ; whakamonenehm ; 
whakanamunamn. 

Disapprove, v. JVhakakino; 
kawa; kino. See Despise. 

Disbelieve, v, TFTuikateka; 
whakakahore ; whakahori 
(tf.) ; whakahawea ; whdka- 
manu (jb. c.) (tf.) ; whakO' 
nano (w.)» 

Discern, v. Kite. See Know, 
and See. 

Disciple, s, Akonga; tauira 
(e, a). 

Disclose, V, Puahi; whahaU- 
te ; whakapuaki. 

Disconnect. Whahaaeaea, 

Discover, r. Kite, 

Disdain, v, JVhakakino ; wha- 
kaahu. 

Disease, *. Mate ; taru. 

Disease on the skin, «. Ma- 
haki. 

Disembowel, v. Tuaki. 

Disfigured, to be, v, Nonoi 

Disgusting, a. Whakariha- 



riAa; wkakarikarika ; we- 

riweri {e. c), 
DiflheTelled, to te, e. Hutoi- 

toi; tuheihei (w-)- 
Disinclined, to be, ». Ngahau- 

kore. 
Dislike, v. Eino ; whakakino; 

matakavia {b.c). 
Dislike any particular food, r. 

Wttinama; wakawa {B.C.). 
Dismiss, », Tono. 
Disobeilient, a. Turi; tutu. 
Disorder, to be in, ». Takoto 

ke tokolo ke. 
Disparage, v, Whakarawai ; 

kanikani. 
Disperse, v. Seukeu; horara; 

tirara; «ihakaaama. 
XKepirited, a. MaroMrohi. 
Display, V, Whakakite ; wha- 

Dispute, V. Tautoketohe. 
Dispute, s. Ngangaretanga ; 

tohetokenffa. 
iJisquieted, to be, v. Paxrii 

ateangawanga. iS^ee Anxious. 
DlsBolve, e. Memeka. 
Distance, at a, adv. Tawhiti ; 

auaatv ; auanoaatu {e. c.) ; 

ahko; hoi. 
Distance, J. yiatarataiiga;ma- 

mao ; nuku ; pamamao. 
Distant, to be; v. Matara; 

mamao ; pamamao; tataki ; 

aweawe; hoi; nanihi {e. c). 
Distant by reUtionship, a, 

Keke. 
Distorted, to be, v. Rori. 



1 ) DOM 

Diatress, to, v. Whakapouri. 
Distress, *. Male. 
Distribute, o. Tuviha, 
Disturb,». JFhakarant ; toha- 



Ditch, *. Waikeri; awaken 
(JV^.); awakari(E.c.); awa- 
rua (w.) ; waifakinga. 

Dive, V. Ruku. 

Divide, v. Wekeaiehei wateae; 
totohi; kokoti. 

Divided, to be, t>. Tarerarera/ 

Divination, «. Niv. 
Divinity, s. Tipua ; lupua. 
Division, a. Kotin^a ; wo- 

kanga ; hua ; tiriwa; wehe- 

wehenga. 
Division, of people, ». Tanga; 

waenga;tehana; matua. See 

Company, 
Division of a song, *. Rangi. 
Dizzy, V. Anini. See Giddy. 
Do, p. Mea. 
Do thoroughly, v. Whaka- 

tepe. 



Dock, a plant, ». Runa. 
Doctrine, *. Akoranga. 
Dodge, e. Sikohiko ; kohi- 

kohiko. 
Dog, *. Kirehe ; kuri ,- nane; 

peropero. 
Doings,*. Meanga; meatanga. 
Dominion, «. Rangattratanga. 



I 



DON 



( 252 ) 



DRO 



Done, to be, v. Paia. 

Door, 8. Tatau, 

Door-post, 8, Tuturu. 

Door-sill, 8. Pekipehi. 

Door-way, 8. Kuaha; whati- 
toka ; whaitoka. 

Dot, 8. Tongi. 

Double, to be, v. Paparua. 

Double up, V. Poruku ; taka- 
papa. 

Doubt (to be in), v, Pohehe; 
pohewa; pokaku; ruarua. 

Down, soft feathers, 8, Hum- 
hum, 

— of raupo, 8, Hune ; tahune 
{e, c.) ; tahunga (je. c. ). 

— from a garment, 8. Hunga- 
hunga, 

Down, ach, Iho ; raro. 

Doze, t7. Moe. 

Drag, V. Kukume ; toto» 

Dragonfly, 8. Kapowai. 

Drain, 8. Awakeri; waitahinga. 
See Ditch. 

Draw out, v. Ope. 

Draw together, v, Kuku ; ku- 
kuti ; runa ; roiroi ; taroi ; 
ruruku ; tohapuru ; whaka- 
noti. 

Draw up (as the clothes), v, 
Hikupeke (w.) ; hupeke; pu- 
korukoru ; ropi. 

Draw aside, v. Ultra, 

Draw near, a. Whakatata / 
awhi; whakaeke. 



\ 



Draw up, as the legs, v. Pe- 
peke. 

Dread, v. Wehi; tnataku. See 
Pear. 

Dreadftd, a. Mataku ; wehi. 

Dream, s. Moe; moemoea; 
rekanga kanohi. 

Dregs of shark's oil, *. Apo. 

Dress, s, Kakahu, 

Drift, r. Pae ; papae ; teki 
{R.) ; tere. 

Drift-wood, *. Paewai (e. c). 

Drink, v. Inu, 

Drink through a reed, v. Ngo- 
ngoa. 

Drink out of the bond, v, Ka- 
pu; koronae. 

Drink, to give, v. Whakainu. 

Drip, V, Tuturu; hoho. See 
Drop. 

Dripping wet, a. Poteretere. 

Drive, v. A; kopere; pei; 
pana ; tukiti (e, c.) ; atiati 
{e, c). 

Driven broadside on, a. Paea, 

Drizzle, v- Konehunehu, 

Drop, 8, Pata. 

Drop, V, Seke ; pata ; toto; 
tuturu ; hohx). 

Drop off, t?. Ngahoro ; marere. 
Dropsy, s. Kopurua, 

Dross, 8, Para. 
Drought, 8. Raki. 
Drowned, to be, v: Panemo. 



\ 



DRO 



( 253 ) 



EAT 



Drowsy, v, JSiamoe; hinamoe, 
Drug^ «. Bongoa, 
Drum of the ear, ê. Torino» 
Drunk, a. JEEamrangi, 

Dry, to be, v, MctroJce ; mi- 
miti; paku; pahupakuoreore. 

Dry, as the ground, or as herb- 
age, a» Poke ; puJcatahata ; 
pungata ; raki ; tipoJca; ti- 
kaha ; koka ; kongio; mauka 
(R.); ngata; paka; pako- 
hea; tipa. 

Dry, r. Whakamaroke, 

Duck, *. Parera ; putangi- 
tangi {s, C.) ; matapouri ; 
poreterete ; whiorau. 

Duck, to, V, Kapiro ; rumaki ; 
tcmrvmarumaki. 

Dull, in movement, v. Puhoi ; 
rare. See Blunt. 

Dumb, a. Wahangu; reo kore. 

Dunce, *. Kuare ; rare. 

Dung, *. Wdirakau, 

Durable, a. Maro ; uatia. 

During, prep. /. 

Dusk, to be, r. Akiahipouri ; 
kakarauri. 

Dust, 8, Nehu ; para ; puehu ; 
punenehu. 

Duty, s, Tikanga, 

Dwarf, 8, JSakahaka; roiroi; 
taukena {e, c.) ; whito. 

Dwell, V, Noho. 

Dwelling, 8, Kainga ; whare. 

Dwelling-place, ê. Kainga. 



Dwindle, v. Iti haere. 
Dye, 8, Tae. 



E. 

Each| adj, pron. Tera — tera ; 
ia — ia, Ae, 

Tera tangato tera tangata ; each 
man. 

Eager, to be, v. Whawhai; 
whakateteka; takare. 

Eagle, 8. Kahu. 

Ear, 8, Taringa, 

Ear, lobe of the, 8, Hoi ; to- 
ke (it.). 

Early, to be, r. Moata, 

Earth, 8. Oneone ; whenua. 

Earthquake, 8. Ru. 

East, 8, Rawkiti. 

East wind, 8, Paeroa, 

Easy, a, Rarawe (s, a) ; ia- 
koto noa ; ngawari. 

Eat, 27. Kai; kami ; kamu ,' 
kome; tametame; whakoma; 
wharakai. 

Eat before others, v. Hamure ; 
koramuramu (w,). 

Eat ravenously, v, Kaihoro ; 
whaupa; horomiti {w.) ; ta- 
paru (tt.). 

Eat raw, v. Ota, 

Eat scraps, v. Hamu ; hara» 
ngote, 

z 



EAV ( i 

Eavea, <. Ikuiku. 

Ebb, e. JViBB ; keke (e. c.) ,- 
pa(R.); tarn; tokari {«.),- 
taicAali {e. c.) ; tiremi (r.). 

Echo, «. Paoro ; parikaranga- 

Echo, p. Whahamaum ; pa- 
oro ; wawaro. 

Eddy, *. Aukoki I ripo, 

Eddy-wind, g. Haupuroroku ; 
ponffipongi ; kauponffi ; hau- 
ripo i kaunitu ; tnumukau. 

EdgCj s. Koinga. 

Edge, to be set on, e. Mania. 

Eel, «, Tuna; keke ; koiro ; 
kirikopuni; kokopu i kvpao- 
pao ; area ; pnhanga; puhi- 
korokoro ; puhi ;. lakiekie ; 
ngoringori; paewai jr.) ; 
parikou; pikarau {ir .) ; pi- 
kilara (ff.) ; matarejie; ma- 
fuatua; ngoeioelo; ngohiwe 
(w.) ; ngoiro ; whitiki. 

EiBoreacenceofsalt, «. Hatea. 

Effort, -t. Koha. 

Egg, a. Hua. 



ENC 



-of a 



Rika. 



Eject, K. Pana ,- pei ,- tvhiti. 
Eight, a. Want. 
Eighth, a. TuBwaru. 
Eighteen, a. Tekau ma team 
Eighty, a. Warn tekau 

%oy>aru (n-.). 
Either, od.pron. Ranei 

Elhow, 8. Tuketvke. 






Kaumalua ; 



Elder person, , 
muanga. 

Elder brother or sister, ». Tua- 

kana. 
Eleven, a. Tekau ma tahi. 
Else, adv. Oti. 
Elsewhere, adv. Ki kea rand. 
Emaciated, a. Eiko kore. See 

Tbin. 
Embark, c. Eke. 
Embera, s. Mounga ; molii' 

molu ; ngotungotti. 
Embrace, v. Awht. 
Emerge, v. Maea. 
Emetic, «. Wkakaruaki. 
Emigrant,*. Heke; kimene. 
Emigrate,». Seke; tohati. 
Emit gas from fire, v. Pure- 

hua. 
Empty, a. Kavlakanga "(r. 

C.) ; piango. 
Emulate, v. Tatawhainga {x. 

c.)i tauloAetoAe; tautehai- 

nga; whakateRetene. 
Enable, e. Whakakaha. 
Enfeeble,». WhakaruhirvHi 

ahakangeikare. 
Eacampment, «. Puni ; no- 

koanga ; pahi. 
Encircle, e. P«koro ; taiawhio. 
Enclose, v. Hao; karapoti; 

kopani; pahao. 
Enclosure, ». Marae. 
Encounter, e. Wkawhai. 
Encourage, v. Whakahavhau ; 

akiaki. 



ENC 



(2 



Whakawheru. 
End (finiBhing), e. Mutunga; 

whakamulunga ; otinga. 
End of a branch or leaf, t. 

Kamata. 
End, V. Tmtpero ; poro ; toAa- 

katrnttu ; tohakaoti. 
Endeavour, g. Koka. 
Endeavoor, v. Tohe; whakau- 

aua ; whakakoro (s. c). 
Endless, a. MutUnga kore. 
Enemy, «. Boa riri; tohaka- 

ariki ; tohewkeia. 
Energy, «. Ngoi. 
Enlarge, c. Whakanui. 
Enlighten, v. Whakamarama. 
Enmity, «. ffhainga ; paka- 

.nga 



Entangled, to be, e. Raka _ 

rapa ; rori ; taptki ; whiwhi. 

Enter,». Puta; lapoko ; tomo. 

Entertain, ». Atawhai; tau- 
rima (w.) ; manaaki {s. c). 

Entertainment, a. Atamhai- 
tanga ; manaaHtanga. 

Entice, v. Poapou; tchaka- 
patipati; tohakapaitpake. 



5 ) 'EVB 

Entire, a. TiJcitu ; lot/u , mjk- 

tapu; tino. 
Entirely, adv. Ke. 
EntraiU, *. Wkekau. 
Entrance, s. Kuaka ; putanga ; 

waharoa; tomokanga; waha; 

wahapw. 
Entreat, v. Tohe. See Aak. 
Entwine, r. Takatakai. 
Entwined, to be, v. Tatohi- 

loki ; rapa. 
Enry, c Hae. 
Envy, i. Hae. 
Epidemic, a. Rewkarewka ; 

male uruta. 
Equal, a. Rile. 
Equalled, to be, u, Rile;taea: 



Equity, *. Ttkanga. 

Erect, a. Tu tonu. 

Err, r. Se. 

Escape, v. Puta ; oma. 

Establish, t>. Wkakanoko ; 

wkakapuinau. 
Eternal, a. Ora tonu. 
Eternity, s. Oranga tonulanga. 
Evaporate, b, Mimiti haere. 
Even, a. Tika. 
Even, adv. Hoki. 

9. Ahiaki. 
star, «. Rere ahiahi. 
Ever, adv. Tonu ; i aga wa 

kaloa. 
Everlasting, a, Ora tonu. 
Evermore, adu. Ake, ake, ake. 



EVE 



( 256 ) 



EYE 



Every, a. Katoa, 

Evident, a, Takotonoa ; ma- 
rama. 

Evil, a. Kino, 

Evil spirit, *. Rita ; whiro. 

Exact, a. Bite tahi. 

Exalt, V, Whakanui. 

Examine, v. Titiro ; mataki- 
taki. 

Example, *. Tauira. 

Excavate, v, Wkakakorua. 

Excavated, to be, v, Jreare, 

Excavation, s. Korua, 

Exceed, v, JEEipa ; pakika (s, 
c). 

Excel, V. Pahika; pai ake ; 
ratee. 

Excellence, 9, Huhuatanga; 
rawe ; rawenga. 

Excellent, a. Bawe. 

Exchange, v, Hohoko ; wha- 
kawhiti. 

Excite, r. WhaTcahauhau ; 
tohe ; akiaki ; whakapatari- 
tari. 

Excoriated, to be, v, Mahi- 
hore ; mahore ; titupu ; wha- 
katako. 

Excuse, *. Whakaora. 

Excuse, V, Whakaora, 

Exempt, to be, v, Kapea ; ha- 
mama. 

Exert oneself, to, v, Tohe; 
whakauaua. 



Exhort, V, JFhakahauhau ; 
akiaki. 

Exile, 9, JELeke. 

Expand, 9. Makowha ; tvwha- 
ki. 

Expand, as wings, 9. Roha ; 
aroarowhaki. 

Expect, o. Tumanako, 

Expel, V, Fei; pana; tuhUi 
(e, c). 

Explain, 9. Whakaatu, 

Explode, V, Papa, See Bunt. 

Explore, v. Titiro. 

Extended, a. Mahora, 

Extend the neck, r. Neinn 
(w.) ; whakangeingei. 

Extent, 8, Nuku; nuinga; 
roanga. 

Extinguished, to be, r. Pirau ; 
poko {b. c.) ; ketoketo ; pio 
(«.); kewa; ngio (n.)/ J"" 
roku; wheko ; toeroku. 

Extraordinary, a. Whanoke; 
tangi ke. 

Extremity, *. Sikuhiku ; mo- 
ka; topito ; matamata; mo- 
remorenga; pito ; poro. 

Exudation from plants, s, Tae, 

Exult, V, Whakakake, See 
Boast. 

Eye, 8. Kanohi; karu. 

Eye-ball, 8. Whatu. 

Eyebrow, 8, Kape ; pewa ; 
tukemata. 

Eyelash, 5. Kamokamo, 

Eyelid, 8, Rewha. 



FAB 



F. 

Fable, s. Kupu whakarite. 

Face, s, Mata; hanohu 

Face, to, v. Hangai. 

Fade, v. Hatea, 

Faint, a, Hemo ; hauhaicaiiu ; 
porepore. 

Faint, v. Hemo. 

Fair, a. Paki; mao ; tahao' 
hao. 

Faith, 8. Whahapono, 

Faithful, a. Pono, 

Faithless, a. Telca. 

FaU, V, Hinga ; maker e ; ma- 
rere ; makaro (r.) ; ngaku' 
ru ; horo ; taha ; tanuku. 

Fall, as by lot, v. Taha. 

Fall heavily, v. Maker ewhatu ; 
tukupu. 

Fall out, V, Ngahoro ; riaki. 

False, a. Teka ; horihori (w.) ; 
parau (e, c.) ; warahoe. 

Falsehood, 8. Teka ; parau. 

Fame, s. Rongo. 

Famine, s. Wa kai kore. 

Famish, v. Hemo kai. 

Fancy, v. Whakaaro. See 
Think. 

Far off, adv. Tawhiti. See 
Distant. 

Farewell, int. Hei konei ra ; 
e noho ; haere ra. 

Farm, «. Mara, 



^ 257 ) FEA 

Farther, adv. Ki ko atii. 

Farthest, adv, Ki ko rawa atu. 

Fast, a. Mau ; ngita {r.) ; u. 

Fast, a. Horo, See Quick. 

Fasten, v. Titi ; whakau; 
whakarawa ; whakangita 
{r.) ; tamau (s. c). See 
Tie. 

Fasten the sides of a canoe 
with cord, v. Tui (Ng,) ; 
kotui ; aukaha {b. c). 

Fastening, s, Tia ; whaka- 
rawa ; herenga ; aukaha. 

Fastidious, a, Whakatarapi 

(w.). 
Fasting, a. Nohopuku; puku. 
Fat, a. Momona, 
Fat, 8, Ngako ; matu. 

Fat about the kidneys, s. Pa ; 
taupa (JE. c). 

Father, s. Pa ; papa ; matua 
tane. 

Father-in-law, 8. Hungawai ; 
hunarere (e, c.) ; hunarei 
(b. c). 

Fathom, s. Maro. 

Fatigued, a. Tungarangara 
{Ng.) ; ngenge ; hoha. 

Fault, s. Hara ; he. 

Fear, s. Mataku; wehi ; ho- 
pohopo ; koera ; hihira ; mO' 
niania ; wanawana. 

Fearful, a. Wehi; mataku. 
See Afraid. 

Feast, 8. Hakari. 

Feather, s. Hou ; raukura, 

z 2 



FEA ( 258 ) PIN 

Feathers, large, of the wing, #. ! Fertile, a. Momona. 

Fester, *. Tupua ; wharah; 



Bohu 

Feeble, a, Xpoil'w^; kci 
See Listless. 

Feed, r. Wl^npai, 

FeeL r. WTURrka. 

Feint, to make a, r. IT^oX»- 

FeDow, #. Korohe; takakt 

(i. c). 

— a companion. JJai. 
Female, a. Wakine. 

— of brutes. CVAtf. 

Fence, «. Taiepa ; taepa ; ta- 
kitaki {B, c); kcawa ; kere- 
teki : mmAe (w,) ; fywata^ 
wata (e. c.) ; iafa (if. c.) ; 
t afar a {w,) ; teki. 

Fence against a flood. Ahu- 
riri ; kaungaroa. 

Fence in a river for eels. RaU" 
iri ; ririwai. 

Pender; s, Aral ahi. 

Ferment, r. Toroi ; i. 

Pern leaves, s. Rahurahu ; 
rarahu ; rauaruhe {ē, c.) ; 
rarauhe{w,); peka ; marohi; 
takaka. 

Pern root, s. Roi; aruhe ; 
mohani ; moheke ; meke ; 
pakakohi ; renga (*r.); pa- 
rara {f^.). 

Fern land, «. Koraha ; ko- 
rehe* 

Perry, «. Whakawhitinga, 

JPerryman, s, Kai whakawhitu 



\ 



pahupahu; tongako. 

Fetch,». Tiki; toki. 

Fever, «. JGfr» ka. 

Few, a. Ruarua; torutoru; 
ouou (fF.) ; ngouruuru. 

Fibrous roots, 9. Akaaka; 
kaka. 

Fibula, 8. Tatahau. 

Field, *. Mara, 

Fierce, a, Riri, 

Fifteen, a. Tekau ma rima. 

Fifth, a. Tuarima. 

Fifty, a, Rima tekau; hoko- 
rima (ir.). 

Fight, V, Tatau ; whawhai. 

Fill, r. Whakaki. 

Filled, to be, r. £a ; puru. 

Filled up, as a swamp. Rahoa 

Fillip, V, Koropana ; tura- 
pana. 

Fin, *. Tira, 

Find, V. Kite. 

Fine, a. Whakapaipai; torire ; 
toingo. 

Fine, as weather, a. Paki, 

Finger, s» Matihao ; mati- 
kara; koikara {JB, c). 

Finger, the little, *. Koroiti. 

Finger nail, *. Maikuku ; ma* 
tikuku» 

Finish, v. Whakamutu; wha- 



iaoli ; wha/tapau ; lekaia- 

Finished, to be, e. Mutu ; oti ; 

hemo ; poro (fi. c.) ,- taupo- 

to; tutuM. 
Fire, i. Ahi; kapura; hatett ; 

kanaka (ji.) ,- mapnra ,- kora 

{R^; mtntle{R.); ngiha[w.); 

pahunu (r.). 
Fire, to set on, v. TaAu. 
Fire, to, v. Pupuhi. 
Firewood, *. Wahie; peka 

(s. c.) ; kokure (r.) ; kora 

(r.) ' J""* ("■)■" pirakui 

piraku ! piraka ; vara. 
Firm, to be, e. 17; mate ; au ; 

takelake ; ttipa ; vka (B. a.). 
FimmeBS, t. Vnga. 
Tirma.Qieut, *. Kikorangi. 
Pirwt, a. Maiamua ; mataati ; 

mataika ; matangohi. 
First, adt). Matua ; atua. 
First bom, a. Matamua. 
First-fruits, «. Tuapora ; (a- 

mahu (0*.). 
Fish, ê. Ikū ; ngohi. 
Fish,c. Hi. 
Fish-hook, t. Malau; matika; 

Fisherman, a. Kai hi. 
FishingTod, t. Manane (r.). 
Five, a. Rima. 
Fix, V. Whakau ; whakamau; 

whakapumau ; poupou. 
Fixed, a. Pumau. See Con- 

ctant. 



i ) FLt 

Flaccid, a. Ngorenoa ; taro- 

manoa. 
Flag, a plant, «. Raupo. 
— colours. Kara, 
Flame, t. Murattmra. 
Flank, Eaokao. 
Flap the wing, v. Aroaro- 

wAaki. 
Flap in the wind, v. Tare- 

parepa. 
Flash, c. Mura; kolamulamu. 
Flat, a. PapataM; pararahi; 

Flat part of a spade or paddle, 

<■ Rapa. 
Flat-nosed, a. Ikti pararahi. 
Flatter, t. Whakapatipali. 
Flattery,*. .Patipati; rulu. 
Flavour, ». Sa. 
Flax plant, i. Korari; Hara- 

keke; tihore ; Kharariki ; 

taka. 
Flax (dressed), *. Muka; wAi- 

Flay, V. Mahikore. See Strip 

off. 
Flea, «. Keha; tuiau; pu- 

rtthi; mororohu (s. c). 
Flee, V. Oma. See Bud. 
Fleet, ». Kaupapa. 
Flesh. ». Kikokiko. 
Flexible, a. Ngorengore ; ngo- 

renoa, ; ngohengoAe (s. c). 
Flight, «. Omanga. 
Fling, e. Maka; akiri. See 

Throw. 



FLI ( 2 

Flmt, «. Kiripaka. 

Float,)). Mann; rexa ; lavr 
pua; wknkamako {W.); wha- 
knpaho {Ng.) ; wetoki («.). 

Flock, ». Kahui. See Herd. 

Flog, V. Whiu. 

nood, s. Waipuke ; para- 
wAenita (b. c). 

Floor, », Kaupapn. 

Flour, *, Paraoa. 

Flow, u. Tere; patere ; ku- 

Flow, us tho tide, c. Part ; 

kiito (s, c.) ; heru ; kura ; 

ketii; pnpnra (tF.); pi ; 

whanake (h.)- 
Flowor, 

akn. 
nuti', 



' ) 



FOR 



Paawai ; pua ; pu- 
Putorino; rehu; 



k bird, V. Kirpe- 



Flutter, a 

— as the heart. See Beat. 
Fi_v, «. Ngaro; rango {s. c); 

hurangi («■)■ 
ny, p. Rere. 
Fly before a foe, n. Inaki. 
Foam, «. -ffutm. 
Fog,*. Kohu; nu ; pukoku.. 
Fold, *. A'orw ; lokatianga. 
Fold, p. irXaioio^ftio^ ,- 

Follow, 0. -i«i ; wAfli ; fii- 

ruki ; lawhai (w,). 
Food, ». Kai; knme ; kamu- 

iamu; kome (w.); o; ora- 



nga; parare {«.) ; tame; 
tauihi; wene (A.). 
Food eaten as a relish. £f- 

Fooliah, a. Kuttre ; rare; 

wairangi. 
Foot, ». Waewae. 
Foot of a pig, i. Tapvtapu. 
Footstep, ». Tapuai. 
Yor,prep. Set; mo. 
Forbid, p. Wkakakahore; 

whakakore ; peAi; riri. 
Force, i. Kaha. 
Ford, ». Kanranga. 
Forearm, «. Takakau. 
Forebe&d, ». Roe. 
Foreigner,*. Pakeka; tatauja. 
Foremost, a. Matamua. 
Forest, *. Ngakerehere ; ne- 

keneke ; waoku. 
Forget, V. Wareware. 
Forgive, v. Hokou i le ronyo. 
Porgotteo, to be, v. Ngaro. 
Fork, J. Oka ; Itrou ; marau; 

purou (»"-). 
Fork of a tree, #. Peka ; tara- 

hanga. 
Form, 9. Ahua. 
Former, a. Te tnea o uiiia. 
Formerly, adv. Inamnta ; 

nonamaln. 
Fornication, «. Parema: mot 

Forsake, v. Wkakarere. 



FOR 



(261 ) 



GAP 



Forsaken, to be, v. Mahue; 
tahape (w,) (s. c). 

Fortification, *. Pa, 

Forty, a. Wha tehau ; hoJco- 
wha (tt.). 

Forward, adv. Atu. 

Fosterchild, s. Whangai. 

Found (a thing), *. Kuru- 
pas ; mea kite. 

Fountain, s. Puna. 

Four, a. Wha. 

Four days ago, adv. Inao- 
aJcenui. 

Fourteen, a. Tekau ma wha. 

Fowl, barn-door, *. Heihei ; 
tikaokao. 

Fracture, *. Kore ; pakaru ; 
pakore ; whati. 

Fragile, a. Papanoa. 

Fragment, *, Korenga ; wha- 
tinga. 

Fragrant, a. ' Kakara. 

Fraud, s. Tahae; whanako; 
kaia. See Thief. 

Freckle, s. Iraira (w.) ; koti- 
whatiwha. 

Free, a. Rangatira, 

Free from law of separation, a. 
Auriuri. 

Frequent, a. Auau; tonu. 

Fret, V, Karangi, 

Friend, *. Hoa. 

Fright, *, Mataku; wehi. 

Frighten, v. Whakamataku; 
whakawehi. 



"From, prep. J; no. 

Front, *, Aroaro. 

Front of a house, *. Roro. 

Frost, 9. Suka ; haupapa ; 
hauhunga. 

Froth, *. Huka. 

Fruit, *. Sua. 

Full, to be, V. Ki; ngihangiha ; 
pang or o; puhake (ft.) ; toka; 
puhapuha; tamo; turuki. 

Full, to be (of the moon), v. 
' Sua. 

Fulness about the eyes or lips, 
8. Peru, 

Fungus on trees, *. Harori; 
harore (s. a) ; hawai; poro- 
tawa ; putawa. 

Funnel, s. Korere. 

Further, adv. Ki ko atu ; ki 
pahaki atu. 

Fusty, a. Hekaheka ; puru. 

Future, a. Mua. See Here- 
after. 



G. 

Q-ain, 8. JVhakanuinga ; hua. 

Gale, *. Awha ; marangai ; 
ori; paroro (r); tupuhi. 

Gall, *. Pawa; au (e. c.) {w.). 

Game, s. Takaro ; kai. 

Gap, *. Putanga ; pakaru. 



GAP 

Onpo, V. Kohera. 

(} anion, «. Mara ; kari. 

(ilarland, s. Pare; tupare. 

(jJarmont, *. Kahu; kaJcahu; 
kaka {k, c.) ; kowhekawhe- 
ka : irer Hirer u, 

(^arnunit, old, *. Tawhetawhe; 
kar^tkaru (E. c). 

Oasp, r. Kuha ; kiha, 

Oato, *. Tatau ; keti. 

(^atluT, i\ iVhawhaki ; ho- 
u'haki ; tahora (s. c). 

(hithor up, r. Raua ; whati- 
motimo. 

Oathor t(^»:;othor, r. Kohikohu 
See (\^lUvt. 

Kh\iK\ e, Matakiiaki; tiro- 
tiro, 

i}im<'i\\oi*\, s. Kawai; kawei; 
korero tahit, 

(U>nomus, a. Oha ; atawhai; 
atamai, 

Cloiitloma», A\ Rangatira, 

(JoiitKnvoman, *. Wahine ra- 
ngatiro^ 

Oontlv, tutv, Ata. 

(iluKst, *. U'airua, 

(iiililv , t o bt\ <\ Jmai ; amiomio; 
auini ; arohirohi ; rangiroro. 

Q\^s *. Mea homai noa ; tnea 
hoatu noa. 

Gills of a fish, s, Piha ; puha; 
tcheko, 

Giinlot, s» JFiri, 

Gird, V. JJ^itiki ; rapaki. 



( 262 ) GO 

Girdle, s, Whitiki; tatua 
(s. c.) ; pongi; ruruhu. 

Girl, s, Kotiro ; hengahenga; 
kohaia. 

Girl, address to. Eko; ehika; 

ehine. 

Give, r. Homai; hoatu. 

Give way ! int, laua ; tana. 

Glad, to be, v. Hart; koa; 
maha. 

Glare, v. Kanapa; uira. See 
Shine. 

Glide, V. Tere ; kotiti; pa- 
tete. 

Glisten, v. Kanapa; uira; 
hahana ; wheriko. 

Gloomy, a. Whakaporuru ; 
pahi {e. c). 

Glory, V. Whakahihi; whaka- 
puta. See Boast. 

Glory, 8. Kororia, 

Glow-worm, s, Puratoke. 

Glutton, *. Kaihoro. 

Gnash, v, Tetea. 

! Gnat, s, Waeroa, 

Gnaw, V, Ngau ; ngungu. 

Go, V. Haere ; ngawi; tiki; 
whiu (e, c.) ; whana («.) 
(e. c). 

Go about, V, Haereere ; kaewa 
(e. c). 

Go round about, v. Jmiki; 
amiku (w,) ; awhiowkio ; 
taiawhio (w.); tawhio(jr.); 
umiki. 

Go towards, v, Anga, 



GO 

Go sideways, v. Whakakoko 

(IF.). 

<3ro out, V, Pirau, See Ex- 
tinguished. 

Go out of sight, V, Toremi ; 
nunumi. See Disappear. 

Go by the side of, v. Tapanihi; 
whakatahataha. 



Go on 1 Hoatu ; tena. 

Go ahead, v. Koke ; kohi ; 
kotiti. 

Go in a body, v. Kopuni, 

Go for good, Vi Oti atu, 

God, 8. Atua. 

Gold, 8, Koura. 

Gone, to be, v. Riro ; ririo ; 
tapeke ; tawehe ; toke (i?.) . 

Good, a. Pai ; purofu {e. c). 
It is good ; Mari ano. 

Goodness, 8. Huhuatanga ; 
pai 



( 263 ) GRI 

Grain, «. Kakano, 

Grandchild, 8, Mokopuna. 

Grandfather, s. Tupuna ; ti- 
puna {e. c). 

Grape,*. Kerepi. 

Grasp (measure by the arms 
stretched out), 8. Pae. 

Grasping, a, Huirapa; ihu- 
puku. 

Grass, 8. Otaota ; tarutaru; 
patiti {e. c). 

Grasshopper, 8. Mawhitiwhiti; 
kowhitiwhiti ; kihikihi ; ko- 
eke. 

Grave, 8, Poka ; ma ; marua» 

Gravel, 8, Kinkiri. 

Gravy, 8. Wairanu, 

Graze, (to touch lightly), v. 
Hohoni {Ng.) ; konihi {w.); 
ward ; miri. 



Grazed (as the skin), a, Pa- 
hore. 



Goods, *. Hanga; rawa ; nge- j Q^gase, 8. Hinu. 
rengere {e. c.) ; taputapu ^ 



(e. c). 
Goose, 8. Kuihi. 

Gooseberry, 8. Kupere. 

Gorge, 8: Apiti ; kapiti. 

Gospel, 8. Kongo pai. 

Gourd, 8. Hue; wenewene 
(e: c). 

Grace, 5. Arohanoa; kaha» 

Gradually, adv. Ata ; as Ka 
ata tupu; it grow8 gradually . 

Graft, V, Ilono. 



Great, a. Nui ; rahi; wha- 
kahara ; tetere {e, c). 

Greatness, s. Koiwi; nuinga. 

Greedy, a. Kaihoro ; kai- 
ponu. See Stingy and glut- 
'ton. 

Green, «. Kakariki ; mato- 
mato. 

— (unripe). Torouka. 

Greet, v. Tangi, 

Grey, a. Hina, 
Grief, 8. Pouri, 



GRI 



(264) 



HAN 



Grieve, r. n. Pouri, 

Grin, V. Pukana ; pakiri ; to- 
matama ; hoho ; ngangcihu. 

Grind (in a mill), r. Huri, 

— (on a stone). Oro, 

Ghrindstone, «. Hoanga, 

Gritty, fl. Mangengenge, 

Groan, v. Aurere ; ngunguru; 

tare. 
Groove, s. Awaawa. 

Grope, V. Whawha haere. 

Grove, s, Motu rakau. See 

Wood. 
Ground, *. Whenua ; oneone. 

— of a quarrel. Papa, 
Grow, V. Tupu ; kahu ; wha* 

nake. 

— (of feathers). Turuki {s, c). 

Growl, V. Ngunguru. 

Grub, *. Tunga ; pepe ; huhu ; 
moeone. 

Grumble, v. Amuamu ; haku- 
haku (e. c); tapitapi; ko* 
whetewhete ; whakangutu- 
ngutu. 

Grunt, V, Ngengeri; ngo* 
ngoTO, 

Guard, r. Tiaki, 

Guard, a, Kai tiaki. 

Guest, s» Manuhiri, 

Guide, V. Arahi ; arataki. 

Guide, s, Kai arahi. 

Gulp, V. Moro. 

Gum, s, Pia ; kauri; ware» 

Gums, 8. Tako, 



Gun, *. Pii. 

Gunwale, «• Niao. 

Gust, «. Ropu. See Eddy 
wind. 

Gut, s, JFhekau. 

Gutter, *. Korere. 



H. 

Ha! int. Ha! 

Habit, 8, Bitenga. 

Hack, V. TapahL 

Hackle, v, Menemene, 

Hail, V. Karangaranga, 

Hail, 8. Nganga ; whatu. 

Hair, 8. Huruhuru; makawe; 
mahunga ; whakahipa (tf.). 

Hair, a single. Kaha (Ng.): 
weu ; uru (jsr. c). 

Half full, a, Hangere ; kē" 
manga ; papanga. 

Half grown, a. Pipi, 

Half cooked, a, Rairoi, 

Hallow, V. Whakatupu, 

Halo, 8. Pukoro. 

Halt, V, Tu. 

Halt suddenly, r. Tuwa, 

Hammer, «. Ta {s. c.) ; Kama, 

Hand, «. Ringaringa. 

Handful, «• Aowhanga; ku- 
tanga. 



HAN 



die, «. Puritanga ; lau; 

ukawe; kawe ; feme; po- 

ia (,.)■ 

Ī an axe. Kahau. 

daome, a. Ataakua. 

jspike, a. Hua. 

y,v. Tarona; lahere(ī. c). 

*up,B.n./n; tarewa ; ta- 

wa; tare ; not {w.) ; lake' 

; tauraki (e, C.) ; ttari. 

I up, V. a. Whala (e, c); 

akairi; vihakakiweka {r.); 

akratoi (if.) ; vhakatare. 

Ī down, p. Werewere ; 

oereioere. 

i the lip. Hauwere. 

J looaely, v. Havgoru- 

oru; tiepa (Jf.). 

: the hair. Tuheihet, 

liness, a. Sari; koa. 

)y, a. Hart; koa. 

ngue, *. Whaikorero. 

our, ê. Kokorutanga ; 

tga kaipuke. 

, a. Maro ; paktke ; pa- 

-i; pakohea; papa; to- 

■a ; ulonga. 

. work, «. Wkakarira. 

ly, adv. Whakttuaua. 

y, a. Maro. 

h, a. Tata (»■.) ,■ tuanvi 

eat, s. Hauhakenga ; ko- 

ga. 

lu, V. Sohoro; ahtki («.); 



( 26a ) HEA 

Hasten ! Eahua ! 
Hasty, a, Hohoro; whavihai; 

porangi. 
Hatched, to be, v. Pao. 
Hatehefc, *. Patiti. 
Hate, T>. Kino; whakakino. 
Hateful, a. Whakarihariha ; 

whakarikarika ; weriweri 

(«. c). 
Hatred, «. Mauahara. 
Have, e. generally expreaaed 

by the poaaeaaive pronouD, 



Haughty, a. Wkakakthi ; uiha- 
kapehapeha; viAakakake. 

Haul, V. Toto ; kukume. 

Hauled on shore, ». Ea. 

Hawk, J. Kaku ; karearea; 
kaeaea (b. c.) ; kataia ; kau- ' 

He, pron. Ia, 

Head, s. Upoko ; matenga-; 

makunga; karu; anganga ; 

karaua (fi.) ; ngoto ; pan* 

(w.),- pareko; parihirihi; 

wkakahipa ("■.)- 

— back of. Hemihemi ; ko- 
hamo; kopako (e. c.) ; mu- 
rikokai. 

— of a tree. Kauru ; konru 

— of a ship, Ihu. 
Headache, «, Anini ; kolivru ; 

ngahoakoa {W.) ; ngaruru ; 
pahaahoa, 

2 A 



HOW 

How, adv, Pehea; pea («.). 

I Tow many. Eai! erawe ! 

(«.). Interrogatively, ^Aifl/ 
tokohia? hokohia? (jv.). 

How great ! Ano ! 

JTowl, V. Tangi; nyawi. 

irumble, V. Whakaiti. 

ITundrcd, a. Rau, 

Hunger, «. Hiakai ; hemokai. 

I I iingry, a. Hiakai ; hikoko ; 
pikoko. 

] I lint, V. Whakangau, 

J I II rricane, s. Tupuhi ; mara- 
Ttgai, 

Hurry, *. Taruketanga {Ng!) ; 
jwrangi, 

H u rry , to bo in a, v. Porangi ; 
v)hawhai (s. c.) ; tahare (e. 
('.) ; kaika (e» c.) ; whaka- 
tetcka ; potatu (^E. c). 

Hurry, to do in a, v. Auraki; 
ivhawhai. 

Hurt,*. Tu. 

1 1 unhand, «. Tahu ; tane. 

HuhIi! int, Kati ; turituri ; 
maniania» 

JluHk, s» Kopaki. 

Jlyuui, «, Ilimene ; waiata. 



I. 



I, pron. An ; ahau» 

Ice, 8. JIaupapa ; hauhunga ; 
huka (e. c.) ; hukapapa (e, 
c). 



( 268 ) KC 

Idea, 9. Toku ; wkakaaro. 

Identical, a. Pu ; iino. 

Idiot, 8, Porangi; kaurangi. 

Idle, a. Mangere. See Lazy. 

Idol, 8, Whakapakoko. 

Idolater, 8, Kai karahia ki U 
whakapakoko. 

Ignorance, «. Kuaretanga, 

Ignorant, a. Kuare. 

If, conj. Me ; mehemea; pe- 
nei; kapatau, 

HI, a. Mate. See Sick. 

Hltreat, v. Tukino. 

Illustrious, a, Man; ingoa nui. 

Image, 8, Whakapakoko ; 
ahua. 

Imitate, tr. When ; whakatau ; 
tawhai (tt.). 

Immediately, adv, Aianei ; na 
ton {e. c.) ; inamata (if.). 

Impatient, a, Porangi; wka- 
whai (e, c). See Hurry. 

Impetuous, a. Taikaha. 

Importunate, a, Tene; tohe. 

Improve, r. Pai haere. 

In J prep. I ; kei. 

— (within). Roto; ro. 

In comparison of, prep. I. 

Inaccessible, a. E kore e taea. 

Incite, V. Whakahauhau ; 
akiaki ; tohe ; whakapa- 
taritari. 

Inclination, «. Aro ; aronui; 
pai. 

Increase, v. Oha ; nui haere. 



INC 



( 269 ) 



ITC 



Incredible, a, E hore e taea 

te whakapono. 

Indeed, adv. Hoki. 

Indignation, mark of, int. Ha! 
ata ! 

Indefinite, a. Taurangu 

Indentation, «. Kokorutanga ; 
kokohutanga. 

Indistinct, u. (of sound). Hi- 
rearea ,- hakiri (iJ. c.) ; ma' 
heahea, 

— (of sight). Kotea. 

Industrious, a. Mamahi ; ahu 
tohenua. 

Infant, 9, Potiki; tamaiti. 

Infer, v. Whakaaro ; maori. 

Inferior in rank, a. Ware ; 
kuare ; paraparau. 

Influence, a. Mana. 

Influence, to give, v, Whaka- 
mana. 

Influenza, s. Taiawa ; tamtam 
whiti {e» c). 

Informer (who bears the news 
of the approach of a war 
party), s. Autaua, 

Inhabit, r. Noho. 

Injure, v. Tukino ; tunuhu- 
ruhuru. 

Injury, *. Kino ; tukinotanga. 

Ink, s. Mangumangu. 

Inland, adv. Ki uta. 

Inquire,». Ui; patai; whako' 
patai ; pakiki» 

Insane» a. Porangi ; haurangu 



Insect, «. Ngarara, 

Insensible, a. Kahore he wha^ 
kaaro. 

Insert, v. Kokomo ; whaka- 
uru; whakanoho. 

Inside, adv, Roto. 

Insipid, a. JECakore, 

Instead of, prep. Mo. 

Instruct,». Ako; whakaāko. 

Intercede, r. Inoi. 
Intercept, v, Kokoti ; haukoti 

(TT.). 

Intercessor, «. Kai inoi. 

Intercourse, *. Korero. 

Intermix, r. Whakauru, See 
Mix. 

Interpret, v, Whakamaori. 

Interval, *. Takiwa. 

Interview, *. Kitenga* 

Intestines, *. Whekau. 

Into, ^r^p, Roto; ro. 
Invent,». Tene ; tito ; p'oka. 

Investigation, *. WhakawM. ' 
Inward, a, Roto; whakaroto. 
Iron, 8, Rino; maitai. 
Irregular, a. Whakahipahipa 

Island, 8, Motu; maheno. 

It, pron. la» 

Itch, 8, Sakihaki: waihaki- 
haki; harehare ; tarakura. 

Itch, V. Rekareka ; ngaoko ; 
mangeo. 

2 A 2 



HOW 

How, adv, Pehea; pea («.). 

How many. Eai ! erawe ! 
(n.). Interrogatively, ^Aiai' 
tokohia ? hokohia ? (if.)* 

How great ! Ano ! 

Howl, V, Tangi; ngam. 

Humble, v, Whakaiti, 

Hundred, a, Rau, 

Hunger, «. HiaJcai ; hemokai. 

Hungry, a, Hiakai ; hikoko ; 
pikoko. 

Hunt, V. Whakangau. 

Hurricane, *. Tupuhi; mara- 
ngai. 

Hurry, s, Taruketanga (Ng.}; 
porangi. 

Hurry, to be in a, v, Porangi ; 
whawhai (jB, c.) ; iaJcare (e. 
c.) ; kaika (e, c.) ; whaka- 
teteka ; potatu {e, c). 

Hurry, to do in a, t?. Auraki; 
whawhai. 

Hurt, s, Tu, 

Husband, s. Tahu ; tone. 

Hush ! int, Kati ; turituri ; 
maniania. 

Husk, s, Kopaki. 

Hymn, «, Himene ; waiata. 



I. 



X^pron, Au ; ahau* 

Ice, 8. Maupapa ; hauhunga ; 
huka {e, c.) ; hukapapa {e. 
c). 



( 268 ) INC 

Idea, s, Tohu ; whakaaro. 

Identical, a. Pu ; iino. 

Idiot, s, Porangi; hauranffi 

Idle, a. Mangere. See lazjf- 

Idol, s, Whakapakoko* 

Idolater, s. Kai karakia ki U 
whakapakoko. 

Ignorance, a, Kuaretanga. 

Ignorant, a, Kuare, 

If, conj. Me; mehemea; pe- 
nei ; kapdtau, 

m, a. Mate, See Sick. 

mtreat, v. Tukino. 

Illustrious, a, JSau; ingoa nut. 

Image, s, Whakapakoko ; 
ahua. 

Imitate, tr, Whai ; whaka tan ; 
tawhai (tt.). 

Immediately, adv, Aianei ; na 
ton {e. c.) ; inamata (w.). 

Impatient, a. Porangi; wha- 
whai (e, c). See Hurry. 

Impetuous, a. Taikaha, 
Importunate, a, Tene; tohe. 
Improve, v, Pat haere. 
In, prep, I ; kei, 
— (within). Roto; ro. 
In comparison of, prep. L 
Inaccessible, a, E kore e taea. 

Incite, tr, Whakahauhau ; 
akiaki ; tohe ; whakapO' 
taritari. 

Inclination, *. Aro ; aronui; 
pai. 

Increase, v. Oha ; nut haere. 



INC 



( 269 ) 



ITC 



Incredible, «. E hore e taea 

te whakapono. 

Indeed, adv. Hoki. 

Indignation, mark of, int. Ha! 
ata ! 

Indefinite, a, Taurungu 

Indentation, «. Kokorutanga ; 
kokohutanga. 

Indistinct, a. (of sound). Hi- 
rearea ; kakiri (e. c.) ; ma' 
heahea, 

— (of sight). Kotea, 

Industrious, a. Mamahi; ahu 
whenua. 

Infant, s. Potiki; tamaiti. 

Infer, v, Whakaaro ; maori, 

Jjnferior in rank, a. Ware ; 
kuare ; paraparau. 

Influence, s, Mana. 

Influence, to give, v, Whaka- 
mana. 

Influenza, s, Taiawa ; taruta- 
whiti {e» c). 

Informer (who bears the news 
of the approach of a war 
party), «. Autaua. 

Inhabit, v, Noho, 

Injure, v, Tukino ; tunuhu- 
ruhuru. 

Injury, *. Kino ; tukinotanga. 

Ink, «. Mangumangu. 

Inland, adv, Ki uta. 

Inquire,». TJi; patai; whaka* 
patai; pakiki. 

Insane» a. Porangi; kaurangi. 



Insect, «. Ngarara, 

Insensible, a. Kahore he wha- 
kaaro. 

Insert, v, Kokomo ; whaka- 
uru; whakanoho. 

Inside, adv, Roto. 

Insipid, a, Sakore. 

Instead of, prep. Mo, 

Instruct, V, Ako; whakaāko. 

Intercede, v, Inoi, 

Intercept, v. Kokoti ; haukoti 

(jr.). 
Intercessor, s, Kai inoi. 
Intercourse, *. Korero, 

Intermix, v. Whakauru, See 
Mix. 

Interpret, v. Whakamaori, 

Interval, s. Takiwa, 

Interview, *. Kitenga* 

Intestines, s, Whekau, 

Into, prep. Roto; ro. 
Invent,». Tene ; tito; poka. 

Investigation, *. JFhakawft. 

Inward, a, Roto; whakaroto. 

Iron, s, Rino ; maitai. 

Irregular, a. Whakahipahipa 
(jr.). 

Island, s, Motu ; maheno. 

It, pron, la. 

Itch, s, Hakihaki: waihaki- 
haki ; harehare; tarakura. 

Itch, V. Rekareka ; ngaoko ; 
mangeo, 

2 A 2 



JAB 



J. 



Jabber, r. JSautete ; korero- 
rero. 

Jaded, a. Ngenge. 

Jail, s, Whare herehere. 

Jamb, 8. Tuturu. 

Jar, r. Mania ; tioro ; wheoro. 

Jaw, 8. Kauae. 

Jealous, to be, v, Tupato ; kae ; 
atea ; owhiti (e. c.) ; puka 
(if.); taruhae. 

Jeer, v, Tawai ; taunu ; wha- 
katau ; patai (Ng.), 

Jehovah, *. Ihowa, 

Jerk, V. Takiri. 

Jest, 8, Tinihanga; hanga- 
ran ; hangareka ; raureka ; 
whakanene. 

Jingle, V, Tatangi. 

Jog, V, Ngaueue ; ngarueme. 

Join, r. Apiti ; huihui; uru; 
haumi ; karapiti ; taparu 
(e, c) ; tapiri ; tuhono ; 
tapuni» 

— parts of a net. Tatai ; tui ; 
whatui. 

Joint, 8. Porta» 

Joist, 8, Kurupae. 

Joke, 8. Sangarau ; tinihanga» 
See Jest. 

Journey, 8. Haere, 



( 276 ) KIN 

Joy, *. Hari ; koa. 

Judge, V, Whakariie tohaku' 
wa. 

Judge, «. Kai whakariie vluh 
kawa. 

Judgment, «, JFhakawakanga. 

Juice, 8, Wai ; (ae. 

Jump, V. Peke ; tupeke {w) ; 
tnawhiti ; mowhiti ; mohh 
whiti; mahuta(jR. — w.), 

— out of the water. Auha; 
panati; whakapuhoru. 

Junction of tribes for hostile 
purposes, 8. Haumi. 

Just, a. Tika. 



K. 

Keel, *. Takere ; tangere. 
Keep, V, Pttpuri; pupuru (ft.). 
Keep close, v, Pirihongo (w,). 
— in the mind. Whakapuke. 
Keepsake, «. Oha; manatunga* 

Kick, V. TFhana, 

Kidney, *. Whatukuku, 

Kill, V. Patu ; whakamate; 
(ukituki. 

Killed, to be, v, Maru. 

Kind, a. Atamai ; atawhai. 



KIN ( 271 ) 

Kind, *. Tu. 

Kindle, v. Tahu ; toua, 

« — a fire by rubbing sticks. 
Hika. 

Kindred, s» Whanaunga; him' 
nga. 

King, *. Kingi, 

Kingdom, «. Rangatiratanga, 

Kiss, V, Mote ; kihi. 

Kitchen, 9, Kauta ; kuhu ; 
hereumu; kamuri. 

Kite, a toy, s, Manu. 

Knead, v, Pokepoke; popo. 

K!nee, *. Turi, 

Knee-deep, a. To nga turi, 

KJaee-joint, *. Turipona, 

Kneel, t?. Koropiko ; tuturi; 
tuturu. 

Knife, «. Maripi; mikara (s. 
c) ; kota {r,). 

Knob, *. Puku» 

Knock, V, Patuhituki; pa- 
kuku ; pahuru ; whakapa- 
kuku, 

— to pieces. Tukituki. 
Knot, on a tree, s, Mona, 

— in a string, &c. Pona, 

Know, V. Matau ; mohio; 
hua, 

I know not ; Ana \ auake. 

{B, C.) 

Kiiowledge, 9. Matauranga ; 
mohiotanga. 

Knuckle, s. Pona, 



LAR 



L. 



Labour, toil, *. Uaua. 

Labour-pain, *. Whakamamae, 

Lace, V, Kotui. 

Lade, v, KoTco; tikoko» 

Laden deeply, to be, v, Paru- 
paru ; toparuparu. 

Ladder, s, Arawhata, 

Ladle, ». Koko ; tihoko. 

Lady, *. Wahine rangatira. 

Lag, V, Haere i muri. 

Lake, a. Roto ; moana. 

Lame, a, Kopa ; ngongengo- 
nge ; turingongengonge ; ko- 
piri; haua {e, c); waehaua. 

Lament, v. Aue. 

Lamp, s, Rama, 

Lance, s. Matia; Tcokiri; tao. 
See Spear. 

Land, «. Whenua; uta. 

Land, v. Riro mat ki uta; 
kawe ki uta. 

Landing-place, s, Tauranga. 
Landmark, *. Tio (Ngt.), 
Landslip, s. Horo, 

Landwind, *. Mauauru; pa- 
rera {e. c.) ; paraki ; kape- 
kape. 

Language, s. Reo, 

Languid, a, Ngoikore; iwi" 
kore. 

Lard, 8, Taupa ; p^. 



LAR 



Large, a, Nui; rahi; tetere 
(s. c). 

— very. Whdkaharahara. 
Largeness, s. Nui, 
Lash, V, WTiiu, 

— (to festen). Hohaa ; ho- 
tiki ijB, c). See Bind. 

Last thing, s. «2V mea o muri; 
toenga. 

Last night. Inapo ; nanapo. 

Last year. Tauhouanga (e, c). 

Latch, ê. WhaJcarawa» 

Late, to be, r. Po, 

Late, a, Tomuri (s, c.) ; 
akuto (w,). 

Lath, s, Kaho, 

Lather, s, Huka, 

Lava, s, Rangitoto, 

Laugh, V. Kata; ngingio ; ho- 
hehohe {w,). 

Laugh, to cause to, t?. Wha- 
kakata. 

Launch, v, Kokiri ; to; uaki. 

Law, s, Ture, 

Lawful, a. Tika, 

Lay, V, Whakatakoto ; waiho; 
panga. 

Lay crosswise, v, WJiakapae, 

Lazy, a, Mangere ; pakihore ; 
rora ; whakatamatama ; inu- 
korokoro (e, c). 

Lead, s. Mat a. 

Lead, r. Arahi; whakataki; 
arataki {e. c). 

Leader, *. ICai arahi. 



( 272 ) LET 

Leaf, s. Ran ; pakatoha (ir.). 

Leak, v. Tuturu; mama. 

Lean, v, Hinga ; tiraha ; 
whanau; taiuru; honga (w»), 

— against. TfTuikawhirinake; 
wharara. 

Lean, a, Hauaitu ; tupuhi^ 
pakoko : hauarea ; haware- 
ware; hiroki ; kohoi ; pa- 
nganga ; tuoi; tokoroa. 

Leap, ». Peke; tupehe. 

Learn, v. Ako. 

Least, a. Iti ravoa ; nohinofU 
rawa. 

Leave, v. Waiho. 

Leave off, v. Wkakamutu. 

Left, to be, v. Mahue; tahapa 
(w. — E. c). 

Lefb-handed, a. Maui. 
Leg, s. Waewae ; tatahau. 
Legend, s. Kauwhau. 
Leisure, s. Ateatanga. 
Lend, v. Tuku. 
Length, s. Roanga. 

Lengthen, v. Whakaroa ; pa- 
tetea. 



Leprosy, *. Tuwhenua ; mO' 
haki. 

Less, a. Iti iho; nohinohi 
iho ; momipu. 

Lessen, v, Harahara ; whaka- 
iti. 

Lest, conj. Kei, 

Let down, r. Tuku; whaka^ 
horo. 



Let go, tp. Tuku. 
'■ Letter, t. Pukapuka. 
Level, a. Tika tonu. 
Level, V. TahoTO. 
Liar] a. Tangata teka. 
Liberal, a. Atawhai ,- oha ; 

atamai. 
Lick, n. Mitimiti. 
Lid, i. Taupoki; popoii. 
Lie, f . Morihori ; parau ; teka. 
Lie, t). Tttkoto; pae ; kaike 

(it.),- taika (e. c); kauki 

(W.) :noi iff'.); rare (B.C.)! 

taeki(^.C.) tawketa (s.c.) ; 

ttte{E. C); whakaika. 

Lie acrose, v. Rakapikipiki; 

tarapiki. 
Lie broadside, v. Pae ; koro- 

Lie about, p. Takotonoa. 
Lie in a heap, e. TiAi; pehi 
(ft.) ; tanetoha (r.) / tangi- 

Lie fiat, v. Torapapa. 

Lie separate, v. Tauke (w.). 

Lie still, V. Whakapakake. 

Lie in wait, p. Whanga. 

Life, ». Oro ,■ oranga. 

Lifetime, ». Oranga, 

Liil up, v. Mapai ; tekaka- 

ara; paikeike ; riaki (w.) 

(I. c). 

Ligament, «. Uaua. 
Light, in weight, a. Mama. 



Light, *. ^ 

— Turama ; rama. 



Light, as a bird, e. Tau. 
Lighten, e. Whakamama. 
Lightning, *. JJira. 
Like, p. Ahuareka ; matia- 

aki ; manako ; waireka. 
Like this, adv. Penei. 
Like that, adv. Pena ; pera. 
Like manner, in, adv. Wai- 

Like, to he, p. Rile; ahvka- 
huka(w.); ariaria {s.c). 
Liked, to be, v. Paingia. 
Liken, p. Whakarite. 



Likewise, ade. Soki; wai- 

hoki. 
Lime, t. Sofa. 
Limp, p. Totitoii. 
Line, or etring, i. Jho ; nape. 
Line, or row, «. Kapa. 
Linen, «. Rinena. 
Linger, v. Wkakaroa. 
Lintel, ». Karupe. 
Lion, t. Raiona. 
Lip, *, Ngutu. 
Listen, r. Wkakarongo. 
Listless, a. Hgoikore; xwi- 



LIT 



(274) 



LOV 



kore ; waikauere ; waikoro- 
huhu ; kongehe ; anewa (tt.) ; 
toupiore {w.). 

Litter^ s. Amo; kauhoa. 

Little, a* Nohinohi ; iti; pa^ 
ku. See Small. 

Little more, or less. Tua, 

Little while ago, adv. Ina- 
kuara ; nonakuara. 

Live, r. Ora; noho. 

Live coal, s, Konga ; ahi. 

Liver, s. Ate ; whanewhane. 

Lizard, a, Mokomoko ; tua- 
tara; ruatara (iVJ/.). 

Load, 8. Kawenga ; pikau ; 
pikaunga ; wahanga. 

Loathsome, a, Whakariha- 
riha ; whakarikarika ; weri- 
weri. 

Lobster, s. Koura, 

Lock of hair, s. Rinomakawe. 

Locust, 8. Tatarakihi ; kihi- 
kihi {e, c.) ; whitiwhiti ; ma- 
whitiwhitL 

Lodge, V, Noho, 

Lofty, a, Teitei (tf.) ; tike- 
tike; ikeike. 

Loin, 8, Sope; tikihope. 

Loiter, v, Whakaroa; wha- 
kananawe. 

Loll, V, Whakawhirinaki, 

Lonely, a. Mokemoke ; meha- 
meha; ongeonge. 

Long, a. Roa; hitawetawe ; 
tapotu. 



Long, in time, a. Huka; m- 
hea ; taro ; wheau. 

Long (of long standing), a, 
Tauhiuki, 

Long after, v. Atohitu; tM* 
wata ; manawapa ; moM» 
wapopore ; okaka {e. c). 

Long time ago^ adv. Inamata ; 
nonamata, 

Longlegs, 8, Tokoroa, 

Look, V. Titiro. 

Look about, v. Maiakitaki; 
tirotiro; kaeaea. 

Look anxiously for, v. Msta- 
tau. 

Look at, V. Toro (js, c). 

Look for, V. Bapu; kind; 
rapa (e, c); haha (w,); 
harau ; auhaha. 

Look sideways, v. Whaka- 
khjoi ; titiro kotaha. 

Looking glass, 8, Whakaata. 

Loose, to be, r. Korokoro ; hh 
ngoro; Kangorungoru; tango- 
rongoro; taromanoa; tarure; 
titaka; kaewa {e, c) ; ta^ 
nganga. 

Loose, as earth, a, Pungo- 
rungoru. 

Loosen, v, Whakakorokor^, 

Lop, V, Tope; kokoti. ^8<eeC)ut. 

Lord, 8, Ariki ; rangatira. 

Lost, to be, V, Ngaro ; matoha 

Loud, a, Marama ; tangi n«t. 
Love, 8, Aroha ; koingo ; hh 

nohi ; manakanaka ; mate- 

nui. 



LOU 

Xiouse, s. JSktu, 

liow water, to be, v. Makau ; 
jpdkoa; makoa (w,) ; pakihi 

(S. C7.). 

liOW, to be, V. Sakahaka ; 
papaJcu. 

Low, tkrougb misfortune, to 
be, V, Waihauere; toai- 
korohuhu. 

Lower, adv, Iko, 

Lucid, a, Marama, 

Lucky, a. Waimarie, 

Lug, V, JBCuhuti; tauhutihuti. 

Lukewarm, a, Puivera, 

Lull, S' Marino, See Calm. 

Lump of earth, 8. PoJcuru- 
Jcuru ; keretu ; kurupei ; pei' 
pei ; kerengeo ijt,) . 

m 

Lumpj, a, Kanokano. 
Lungs, s, Pukapuka» ^ 



M. 



Mackerel, s, Tawatawa; te- 
wetetoe («.). 

Mad, a. Saurangi ; porangi ; 
porewarewa. 

Madman, 8. Porangi ; hau- 
rangi. 

Maggot, 8, Kutukutu ; iroiro ; 

Jcetoketo (k.). 

Magnify, v, Whakanui» 

M^tgnitude, 8. Nut. 



( 275 ) MAR 

Maize, 8, Kaanga ; kopaki' 
paki. 

Maimed, a, Kero. 

Mainland, 8, Tuawhenua, 

Make, v, JBCanga; whaihanga 
{e. a). 

Male, a. Tane ; tourawhi; toa. 

Malice, 8, Mauahara, 

Malicious, a. Mauahara ; ka- 
we riii, 

Man, 8, Tangata. 

Man, old, «. Kara; koroheke ; 
kor&ua {e. c.) ; hakoro (E, 
c.) ; karaua ; purakau («.). 

Man, young, 8. Taitamariki. 

Manage, v, Whakarite, 

Mange, 8, Waihakihaki, 

Manifest, a, Marama ; kitea. 

Mankind, 8, Tangata, 

Manner,*. Ritenga ; tu; ti- 
kanga. 

Manure, 8. Wairakau, 

Many, a, Tini; maha; tokO' 
maha; hia, 

Mark, r. Tohutohu, 

Mark, 8. Tohu; toaitohu (s. 
c). 

Mark of a preserve or sacred 
spot, 8, Rahui. 

Mark on the skin at the birth, 
8, Ira, 

Marrow, 8, JEEinu wheua. 

Marriage, 8, Tangohanga (s, 
c.) ; marenatanga. 

Married woman, #. Maronui, 
Marry, r. Marena, 



\ 



MIS 



Marshy, a. Tapokopoko ; repo. | Mellow, a. Ngaieari; ngohe- 
Marvel, v. Miharo. See 

"Wonder. 
Maahed, a. Hvpenupenu ; ko- 

kari ; penapenu ; tararo. 
Mast, s. Rewa ; rakau. 
Maat of a canoe, ». Tiratu. 
Master, «. Rangattra. 
Mat for the floor, *. Takapau ; 

tapau ; wharariki ; koaka 

(B.C.); tienga (e.c). 
Me, pro». Ahau. 

— for me, Maku ; moku ; ma- 
hahi; mohoht. 

— by me. Maku ; naku. 

— of jne. Noku. 
Mealy, a. Makunga; moftgaro; 

mokungakunga ; motuhanga. 
Mean, a. Tutua ; teare ; mo- 



Measure, s. Tatai; mehua. 

Measure with extended arms, 
V. Whanga; Whanganga; 
wkarite ; whatau ; tatai. 

Meat, i. Kikokiko. 

Meddle,». Rahurahu; tango- 
tango. See Pull about. 

Mediator, a. Takawaenga. 

Medicine, s. Rongoa. 

Meditate, v, Wkakaaro. 

Meek, a. Mahaki. 

Meet, ». Tutaki; whahahei 
{E. c.) ; uhakataw {Ng.). 

Meet in front, 

(IF.). 



ngohe; taromanoa. 
Melt, V. Rewa. 
Membrane which coTCra tbe 

viscera, #. Whiwki. 
Memory, t. Mahara. 
Mend, v. Sanga. 
Mention, v. Sorero. 
Mentioned before, a. Tava ,- 

Merciful, a. ToAu. 
Merry, a. Sari ; koa. 
Mesb, ». Kanakanaj tnata; 

takekenga. 
Message,*. Evpu; korero. 
Messenger, a. Earere; kin- 

kaiwaiu; purahorua {w.). 
Meteor, «. Kotiri; mataka-. 

Middle, g. Waenganttt ; wae- 
ngapu; waengarahi wae- 
nga;pokoptij lurotowaenga 
(w.~E. c.) ; tttruoKaenga. 
Midnight, «. Waenganuipo. 
Mild, o. Mahaki. 
Mildew, ». Hekaheka. 
Mile, ». Maero. 
Milk, s. Waia. 
Mill, s. Mira. 

Mind, s. Ngakau; kinengaro. 
Mine, ^roM. Taku; toku; ta- 

haku ; tohoku. 
Miracle, *. Merekara. 
Haukoti Miscarriage, «. Materoto; ta- 
ke J wkakatahe. 



C 271 



MIS 

MiBcHevouB, a. Nana; rau- 

kehe (jr.); rakuraku (b. c). 
Miaery, a. Mate; pouri. 
Misgire, v. Manukanuia ; 

awatigaaanga; korapa (w,). 
Mislead, v. Wkakahe. 
Miss, o. Semo; heke ; pa- 

hemo. 
Mist, a. Kohu ; art (e. C.) ; 

pukohu. 
Misty, a. Anehw (ir.) ; moha- 

nffo (w.). 
Mistake, s. Se ; poauau ; po- 

Aehe ; pohewa ; pokahi; po- 

rakuraku , wuirtini/i. 
Mistake in speech, ». Pakewa. 
Mis, r. Pokepoke ; nanu ; 

whakanonu ; popo ; ranu ; 

konalunatu {e. c.) ; natu (e. 

c),- inhakaranu ; whakaha- 

numi{E.c.). ' 
Moan, ». Aurere; ngunguru; 

Moat, a. Awakeri; awakari; 



Mob, ». Taua. 

Mock, o. Tawai; taunu ; wha- 

katau ; patai {Ng.). 
Model, a. Pvkenga (s. c); 

lauira. 
Moderate, e. Mahaki. 
Moderate, to be, p. Rikarika 

(>r.). 
Moist, to be, p. Maku; hauku 

(b. c.) ; kaumaku {e. c.) ; 

kautaku (e. c.) ; koputoitoi; 

kuwaiwai ; tat; towawaki 

(»■•)■ 



MOV 
Moisten, v. Wkakamakuku. 
Moisture, g. Mai 

kautaku. 
Mole, ». Iraira. 
Month, ê. Marama. 
Monument, s. Toku. 
Moon, «. Marama. 
Moonlight, «. Atarau; ata- 



Moor, »■ Koraha. 

More, a. Tetahi atu ; nw 

atu ; raki atu. 
Morning, e. Ata. 
Morning star, *. Tawera. 
Morrow, on the, adv. Apopo; 

auinake. 
Morsel, a. Waki. 
Mortified, to be, p. Kikokunga. 
Mosquito, a. Waeroa. 
Moss on trees, a. Eokukohu; 

papapa. 
Most, a. Te waki nvL 
Moth,». Huhu; naonao;pu- 

rekurehu ; purehua (s.c). 
Mother, a. Malua wakine ; 

whaea ; koka {e. c) ; wkae- 

Mother-in-law, a. Hvngaieai; 

kunarere {e. c.) ; kunarei 

{E. c). 
Motion, a. Koninga ,- kori- 

koringa ; keukeunga. 
Motive, a. Take ; putake. 
Move about, v. Keukeu ; ko- 

rikori ; taka. 
Move swiftly, e. Omakl See 

Glide. 

2ti 



I 






M.'T-* ::3 izii ii^irz. r. Pirn- 



M:i.jiT. t: r»r, r. Httakgim: 



M:':ir£. #. TcrppE.rr,- fmke- 



Mcum. r. IVwcf ,- ««f ,- f ffva. 
Mourning, #. T^ifetf ; toMfi. 
Mou;h, #. yicx^ai; waĀ^ ; 

^louih, sides of, *. Pakitraka 

Mouib of a river, f, yputua- 
tea; l-uaAa ; puaha ; troAa- 
pH : I'cn^rNtu. 

Much, cr, Xmi ; rahi. 

Mud, *. Paru ; parvparu (f. 
c.) ; ^M. 

Multiply, r. TThakaHui ; nui 
ha ere. 

Multitude, s. Maha ; hira ; 
mano ; tini ; hea. 

Murder, s. Kohuru ; whaka- 
pilo. 

Mtirder, v, Kohiiru, 

Murmur, v, Kowhetewhete ; 
kohumuhumu. See Grumble. 

Muscle, s, Kuku ; purewha ; 
kutae ; ngupara. 

Muscle, freshwater, s, Ka- 
kahi. 



2rs ) N£A 

,- MoshrooiB, «• Hiarori, 
' Made» «• Mukika, 

Musket, 9. Pm. 

MiLst. M€j before the xerb, as 

Me haere; Yon must go. 

Mutter, r. Hameme ; hamu- 
mm; komeme ; hawata. 

Muzzle, «. Tfaha ; ngutu. 

Muzzle, r. TFhakamoka, 

Mr, pnm. Taku; toku ; aku; 
okm. 

Mystery, *. Mea ngaro. 



Xail, *. Titi ; whao, 

Xaked, a. ^au; tdhanga (t.); 
takahore. 

Xame, s. Ingoa. 

Xame, r. Sua ; tapa, 

Xamely, adv. Ara. 

Xap, 8, Hungahunga. 

Xarrow, a. Whaiti. 

Xation, «. Iwi ; hapu ; pu. 

Native, a, Maori ; tupu. 

Natural, a. Maori. 

Navel, s. Pito, 

Nay, adv. Kahore, ^eeNot. 

Neap tide, s. Taitai riiiki. 

Near, a. Tata; tutata; ta- 
lata ; patata ; pine ; pupu- 
tu; taru. 



NEC 



( 279 ) 



NOS 



Necessary, a. Ka takoto te 
tikanga. 

Neck, *. Kaki. 

Neck, back of, s, Tuta ; poro- 
kahi (e, a.) ; moua (s. c). 

Needle, *. Ngira, 

Neglect, 8. Whakaaro kore. 

Neglect, V, Whakarere, 

Neighbour, *. Hoa lata. 

Neither, adv. Kahore. See 

Not, 

Nephew, s, Iramutu; tapai- 

ru (^^O' 
Nest, 8, -Owhanga; kowhū' 

nga. 
Net, r. Ta. 

Net, 8. Kupenga ; kukuti ; 
. pukoro; tauwhatu ; whakū' 

whiu, 

— small handnet. Tata ; ta- 
wiri; rohe (r,); kori; toere; 
toemi (j9^.)> 

Nettle, 8, Ongaonga, 

Never, adv, Kahore rawa ; ki- 
hai rawu. 

New, a, Hon. 

Newness, 8. Kaimatatanga ; 
hounga. 

News, 8, Korero» 

Next, a. Tata, See Near. 

Nibble, v. Harangote ; tongi, 

Nice, a, Reka. 

Nick, 8. Samamatanga ; nga- 
tata; ngawhatanga. 

Niece, 8, Iramutu; tapairu 



Night,*. Po; kengo (r.). 

Nimble, a, Hohoro ; kakama. 

See Quick. 
Nine, a, Iwa, 
Nineteen, a. Tekau ma iwa. 

Ninety, a, Iwa tekau; hokoi- 
wa (tt.). 

Nip, V, Kikini; kuku; joa- 
kini. 

Nipple, 8. U. 

Nit, 8, Rika, 

No, adv, Kahore; kanape. 

Nod, V. Tungou; manana. 

Nod through drowsiness, v, 
Txmewha. 

Noise, 8, Turituri ; maniania 
{e. c.) ; nganga ; nge ; nge* 
ngere ; ngunguru; porearea 
{e, c). 

Noise, to make, v. Tihoihoi; 
whakarcngoa ; haparangi {e, 
c); hoihoi{w.); nani(E.C»); 
turituri; maniania; nganga. 

Noise of steam in boiling, 8, 
Hu ; huhu. 

Nonsense, 8, Sangareka ; 
hangarau ; tinihanga ; raur 
reka. 

Noose, 8. Rore; tawhitu See 
Snare. 

Nor, adv. Kahore. See Not* 

North, 8. Nota, 

North-east wind, *. Pawhu' 
karua. 

North-west wind, 8, Hauatiu; 
kotiu; tuaraki; tupatiu. 

Nose, 8» Ihu. 



NOS ( 280 ) 

Nostril, 9, Pongaponga. 

Not, adv, Kahore ; aua ; eha- 
ra; Icore ; shake ; kaunga ; 
hore; hori (w.); Jcaua; Tcau- 
aha ; Jcanape {e. c.) ; Jcei ; 
Tciano ; kihai ; te. 

Notch, V, Teno ; tokan; wha- 
kakarikari. 

Nothing, «. Kahore kau he 

mea. 
Notwithstanding, conj. Aha- 

koa. 

Novice, s. Ihupuku, 

Now, adv, Aianei ; inaianei ; 
na tou. 

Nuisance, s. Nanakia ; taita- 
hae ; autaia {e, c.) ; wha- 
noke {e. c). 

Number, s. Hira {w.) ; toko- 
mahatanga. 

Numerous, «. Hira (jt.) ; tini 
ngerongero ; tini whaioio. 
See Many. 

Nurse, v, Siki; tapuhi (jB. c). 

Nurse, «. Kaihiki, 



OIN 

Obstacle, a, Taunahua; arai; 
tauarai. 



I 



0. 

O, vocative, int, E, 

Oar, ê. Hoe, 

Obey, V, Rongo. 

Object, w. fVhakakahore; wha- 
kakorekore. 

Observe, v, Titiro ; mataki- 
taki. 

Obsidian, *• Tuhua. 



Obstinate, a, Turi; tutu; 
whakakeke ; taumaro; pa- 
pamaro (e. c); hoi; keke; 
motohe (s. c.) ; pake ; ra» 
weke. 

Obstruction, s, Arai; pa; 
taupa. See Block up. 

Obstruction in the eye, *. 
Pura» 

Obtain, r. Whiwhi, 

Occasion, s. Wa, 

Occupation, s, Whakataute. 

Occupy, V, Noho, 

Ocean, 9. Moana, 

Ochre,*. Kokowai; tareha; 
karamea\ horua. 

Odd number, 9, Hara ; koha ; 
punga. 

Odour, 9, Kakara ; haunga. 

Of, (belonging to), prep. A; 0; 
naku; noku. 

Offence, 9, Hara ; kino ; he. 

Offend, V, Hara ; he ; tunU' 
huruhuru. 

Offensive, to be, v. Anuanu. 

Offering to a deity, 9. Tiri; 
whakahere, 

OflGw?e, 9. Mahi, 

Offspring, 9, Uri; tohanau ; 
momo ; momohanga. 

Often, adv, Tonu ; tou. 
Oh, int, O, 
Oil, 9, Hinu, 
Ointment, *. Hinu, 



OLD ( 3 

Old, «. TaieMto ; tuarangi. 
Omen, a. Aitua; toku. 
Omit, ff. ^pe. 
Omnipotent, a. £aAa ratea. 
On, prep, Ki miiga. 
Once, ade. Tuatahi. 
One, a. TaKi; ngatahure (».). 
Only, adv. Anake ; anahe ; 

Onwarda, at/tJ. Ake; atu. 
Ooze,». Tolo; pati; wkete. 
Open, a. Samama : puare; 

tuwhertt ; kowkera ; mala- 

tawha (it.) ,- pirara ; pi- 

watateata ; porara ; puata- 

ata: purara; pwcatavrala; 

tawhera; tiwhiki. 
Open, e. IHtakapuare ; wAa- 

katuwhera; uaki. 
Opening, «. Putanffa ,- toma- 

kanga. See Entrance. 
Ophthalmia, t. Papahetoa ; 

toretore (ir.). 
OpinioH, «. Wkakaaro. 
Opportunity, «. Wa. 
Oppose, p. Whawkai; arai. 
Opposite, to be, v. Anganui 

mai ; kangai. 
Oppodtp aide, *, Tawahi ; 

farawnhi. 
Opposite aide, on the, adv. Tai. 
Oppreas, V. Whakmokiu ; 

wliakatina 
Or, (answering to whether), 

cotg. Ranei; ahakoa; ra- 

im. (n. c). 



1 ) OVE 

Oration, ». Sjirero; taki; 

whaihorero. 
Orator, s. Kai korero. 
Ordain, ». TFhakarile. 
Order, v. Palukituki (r.) ; 

unga; tono; tapa. 
Order, to put in, v. Whaka- 

pax. 
Origin, «. Timatanga. 
Ornament for the neck, e. 

Met; heitiki. 
Ornamental, a. Whakapaipai. 
Orphan, ». Pant. 
Other, pron. Tera ; tttahi. 
Otherwise, adv. Penei, 
Oven, «. Hangi ; umu; hapi; 

hopi (a.); karahu ; kolma 

{v.); konao (w.); kopa(R.); 

kori(ir.); iapi; okeoke(s. 

C); larahi; topipi. 
Over, prep. Rwnga. 
OTereome, to be, e. Mate'; 

laea. 
Overdone, a. Harotu. 
Overflow, v. Hurt; pukea; 

torena ; purena. 
Overgrown, o. Hururua ; 

mmu. 
Overhang, p. Tiiuwhareu>harf: 
Overhanging, a. Pent. 
Overload, v. Whakawkin (i. 

o. — w.) ; wkakatina (b. c). 
Overbok, v. Tirotiro. 
Overtaken, a. Rokokanga; 

rokohma. 
Overthrow, v. Svri; hua/ 

porokuri ; tvpoporo. 
2b2 



OUG ( 282 ) 

Ought, p. Me; ka takoto te 

tikango. 
Our, pron. To tatou ; la to- 

iou; lomatou; ta tnatou. 
Ourael ves, pro«, Talouj ma- 

Out, adv. Wako. 
Outermost, a. Waho ratea. 
Outeide, adv. Waho. 
Owtward, adv. Waho, 
Owl, «. KoukoH; ruru. 
Own, a. Ake; as, laku ake, 

my own. 
Owner, «. Tangata nona te 



Ox,,. 
Oystei 



OkiAa. 

». Tio ; ngakiki {w.). 



Pack up, V. Tahai; koht. 
Packet, «. Takai. 
Pad, a. Whakapunt ; paretua. 
Pad, p. Matata; mhakapuru, 
Padd!e,s. Soe; kirau { tr. — R.). 
Page, ». Wharangi. 
Pain, a. Mamae. 
Pain, to be in, p. Mamae. 
Paint, 0. Pant. 
Pair, *. Topu; purua {s. c). 
Palatable, a. Reka. 
Palate, t. Ngao; pikiarero. 
Pale, a. Ma. 



, *. Whana (b; c.)' 



Palm of the hand," a. Paro. 
Pant, e. Mapu ; tare; pvka; 

kiha; kutare (w.) ; wkaka- 

aeaea; whakaJtotuhotu. 
Pap, s. V. 

Papa, 9, Papa ; matua. 
Paper, a. Pukapuka. 
Papillffl on the ekin, », Tara ; 

huahua. 
Parch, ff. Tunu. 
Pardon, e, Mohou i te rmgo. 
Pare, b. Manihi (e. c.) ; tihore. 
Parent, a. Matua. 
Parrot, a. Kaka; kaiariki 

(ff. 0. — »■.); powhaitere. 
Part,*. Waki; etoAi; ehm*. 
Partly, adv. Eo tetaki wahi. 
Partner, a. Hoa ,- Makau 

(»-■)■ 
Party, a. Ope,- pahi. See 

Company. 
Pass by, v. Pahure ; Aori (s. 

c.) ; taka; pahemo (»".); pa-_ 

hika {s. c. — r.) ; takapa 

(e. c). 
Pass from one to another, p. 

Jutukav/a. 
Pass near, v. Wani; miri; 

hohuiii {Ng ) ; konihi (jr.). 
Pass over, (omit), v. Kape. 
— to be passed over, ffapa; 

ngere. 
Pasa over, (eroBa), p. WAiti. 
Pass through, p. Puta. 
Passage, *. Jra; kueraAi. 



[PAS 



( 283 ) 



PIC 



■Past, to be, v, Mahue ; pakure ; 
pahemo ; hori. 

Pat, V. PakipaJd ; popo. 

Patch, «. Papaki; tapiri ; 
tapi; hoi. 

Patch, V, Papaki; tapi. 

Path, «. Ara ; huardhi; hua- 
nui. 

Patient, a, Manawanui, 

Pattern, s, Tauira ; ritenga ; 
pukenga. 

Pause, V, Okioki, 

Pay, V, Whakaea ; utu. 

Payment, s, Utu. 

Peace, to make, v, Hohou 
i te rongo. 

Peaceful, a, Rangatira ; rangi- 
marie; marie. 

Peacemaker, s. Kai hohou 
rongo; takawaenga. 

Pebble, a, Kirikiri ; kohatu. 
Peck, V. Timo, 

Pedigree, s. Tahu ; kawai ; 
kawei. 

Peel, 8, Kiri ; Mako ; tangai ; 
tapeha ; peha {ff,). 

Peel, V, Tihore; horehore; 
paopao; pangunungunu. 

Peeled, to be,r. Mahore; mahi- 
hore ; titupu; whakatako. 

Peep, V, Tirotiro; matakitaki. 

Peg, 8. Poupou; tia; tirau. 

Pelt, V, Epa, 

Penetrate, v, Aurara, 

People, *. Hunga; tangata. 



Perceive, v. Kite, 

You may perceive ; mau koe ; 
or maori koe. 

Perch, 8. Taunga, 

Perfect, a, Tika; rite tonu. 

Perform, v, Mahi. 

Perhaps, adv. Pea. 

Perish, v. Mate, 

Permanent, a. Tuturu ; tupu ; 
taketake ; pumau ; tumau ; 
whai. 

Permit, v. Tuku, 

Perpendicular, a. Tu tonu. 

Perplexity,*. Raru; kuraru- 
raru ; pokeka ; ponana ; 
whakatuatea ; pohehe. 

Persecute, v. Whakatoi, 

Persevere, v, Tohe, 

Person, 8, Koro ; tuahangata 
(rr.) ; tahae {fv. — e, c.) ; 
tahake (jb. c). 

Person employed in anything, 
8. Kai. 

Perspiration, s. Kakawa ; 
tota ; tokakawa. 

Persuade, tJ. Whakawai, See 
Beguile. 

Perverse, a. Tutu, 

Pervert, v. Whakariro. 

Pest, 8, Nanakia ; autaia (s, 
c.) ; taitahae. 

Pestilence, «. Mate uruta. 

Pet, 8. Puhi. ^ 

Phlegm, *. Mare, 

Physic, 8. Rongoa, 

Pick, V. Hikohiko, 



PĪC ( 2 

Pick out, V. Wkiriwhiri ; hope; 
tikaro ; hikaro ; iotohiti- 
whili; iomiri; kowae. 

Piece, i. Wahi. 

Piece, V. Sonohono ; tukono- 

Pieree, «. Witro. 

Pierced through, a. Nga- 



Kg,.. 


Poaka; kukukuAu. 


'tr. 


». Kukupa; kereru; 


Pi6«iy, 


. Pataka ; raihi. 


Pile up 
Heap 


V. Puranga, See 


Pillow, 


. Vrunga. 


Pilot, a. 


Eai vnmffi. 


Pimple, 
tona. 


1. Huahua ; kiri- 


Pimples, to be eovered with, 
tf. Papata ; para. 


Pin, *. 


Pine. 


Pincers, 


g. Kiiiu. 


Pioeh, . 


Pakini; kikini. 


Pit, .. 
tanffi 


Rva; pokorua; koro- 
kopika; koraa. 


Pit of the stomach, «. PoAo. 


Pitch, . 


Ware. 


Jitb, .. 


Vho; tarauho. 


Ktj.,,. 


Aroha. 


Pity,,. 


Aroka. 


Place,» 


Wahi. 


Place of departed spirits, a. 



Po ; remga. 



I ) PLU 

Place, c. Panffa; waiia; 

whakanoho : whakatakoto ; 

wkakatu ; whiu. 
Place before, v. Tapae. 
Place one upon another, r. 

Whttkapapa ; wAakapīpi. 
Plain,». Mania ; raorao; pane; 

tahora ; papaiahi ; reorn 

(«■)■ 
Plait, 0. Raranga; wlUri. 
Plan, ». Tatai ; tikanga. 
Plank, i. Papa. 
Plant, V. Wkakato ; ko ; tin; 

pokapoka ; koiri {s. c.) ; p- 

Tori (E.C.) ; ojio \s. a). | 

Planting time, s. Koango: I 
Play, e. Takaro ; whakanene; I 

toa {e. c.) ; kapa. 
Plaything, «. Pataritari ; mea 

takaro. 
Pleasant, a. Jhuareka ; ata- 

ahua; purotu ; reka. 
Pleased, to be, v. Pai ; ahua- 

reka maha (b. c). 
Plentiful, a. Maka ; tini. Set 

Abundance. 
Plenty. Maka; tini. See 

Ahundaiu'c. 
Pliable, a. Ngokengoke (s.c.) ; 

ngorenoa; ngorengore. 
Pluck, p. Whaahaki; ko- 

whaki; kafo ; aunt; iopepe. 
Plug, a. Punt. 
Plug, e, Puru ; mono. 
Plunder, r. Muru ; tnurei; 

hone ; ngatt ; pakua ; rar^ 

mi; takahii tuhtku. 



PLU 



( 285 ) 



PRE 



Plunge, V. Kopiro ; ruJcu. 

Pocket, *. Putea, 

Point, s, KeoJceongn ; hoinga ; 
mata ; tongi. 

Point, on the, adv. Whano. 

Point out, V. Whakaatu, 

Pointed, a, Keokeo ; popo. 

Pole, 8. Toko, 

Pole on which a weight is car- 
ried, 8. Tauteka (jE. c). 

Polish, V, Whakakanapa, 

Pollen, 8, Para, 

Pond, 8, JECopua ; kopiha ; 
harotoroto (e, c). 

Pool, *. JEEopua ; kopiha. 

Poor, a, Mokai; tutua ; ware. 

Porch, 8. ' Whakamahau, See 
Verandah. 

Pork, 8. Poaka. 

Porpoise, s, Tupoupou ; ho- 
puhopu ; waiaua ; upoko- 
hue. 

Porter, 8. Kai amo ; kai pi- 
kau. 

Portion, 8, Wahi. 

Position, 8. Turanga; toko- 
toranga. 

Possess, r. What; whiwhi. 

Possess power or influence, v. 
Manamana, 

Possible, a. Taea; ahei. 

Post, 8. Pou ; turupou. 

Post, middle, of houses, 8. 
Poutokomanawa, 

Pother, 8, Pongere. 



Potato, 8. Kapana ; parare- 
ka ; riwai ; hiwai ; taiawa. 

Pound, V. Pad. 

Pour, V. Riringi ; tahoro (jE, 

c.) ; whakangita (w.)- 
Pout, V. Taperu. 
Powder, v. Whakanehu. 

Power, 8, Mana ; kaha ; ma- 
ru. 

Praise, v. Whakapai ; moe- 
miti. 

Pray, v. Inoi. 

Prayer, s. Inoi. 

Preach, v. Kauwhau. 

Precious, a, Utu nui ; mata- 
hiapo. 

Precipice, s. Pari. 

Precise, a. Pu ; tino. 

Pregnant, to be, v. Sapu ; 
ahua. 

Premature, a. Kokoti. 

Preparation, s. Takanga. 

Prepare, v. Taka ; takatu ; 
tumatohi (jr.). 

Present, 8. Hakari. 

Present in return, s. Pehipe- 
hi; whaka (e, c). 

Present time, up to, adv. Mo- 
hoa nva nei ; moroki noa nei. 
Present, v. Tapae. 

Presently, adv. Akuenei ; tai- 
hoa; takaro ; kia toka. 

Preserve, v. Rahui ; rongoa ; 
tohu. 

Press, V. Pehi ; tatami. 

Press forward, v. Jteia, 



PRE 



( 286 ) 



PUN 



I 



Press to do anything, r. To- 1 Protect, r. TiaJcL 
he ; Jcakari {e. c.) ; akiaki. 

Pressure, 8. Pehanga ; taminga. 

Prettv, a, Ataahua, 

Prevent, v. Arai; taupa. 

Prey, s. Parakete ; parurenga. 

Price, s, Utu. 

Prick, V, Oka, 

Pricklj, to be, v, Ongaonga ; 
koikoi; taratara. 

Pride, «. Whakapehapeha, 

Priest, «. Ariki ; tohunga. 

Print, V. Ta. 

Printer, «. Kai ta. 

Prison, 8. Whare herehere. 

Private, a, Tautauamoa. 

Proceed, v, Haere. See Go. 

Productions of the earth, «. 
Mau, 

Profess, V, Korero, 

Projection, «. Ngao ; puku. 

Promise, 8, Kupu whakaari. 

Promontory, 8. Rae ; kurae ; 
tumu. See Headland. 

Proof, 8, Tohu ; whakapono- 
tang a. 

Prop, 8. Tokomanga ; ueha. 

Proper, a. Tika, 

Property,*. Hang a ; taonga ; 
rawa ; taputapu; ngerengere. 

Prophet, 8, Poropiti, 

Propitiate, v. Whakaporepore, 

Prosy, to be. Amiki; autaki 



Protection, 8. Tiakanga. 

Proud, a. Whakapehapeha ; 
whakahihi; wkakakake. 

Prove, V. Whakapono, 

Proverb, 8. Whakatauki, 

Provisions, *. Kai; o; po- 
tohiriwhiri. 

Provocation, 8, Whakatina. 

Provoke, v, Whakapataritari. 

Prow, 8. Ihu. 

Prudent, a. Whakaaro, 

• Prune, v, Kokoti, 

Psalm, 8, Waiata. 

Pshaw, int. Hi, 

Publican, 8, Pupirikana. 

Public, a. Nui, 

Publish, V. Korero nui. 

Pull, V, Kukume, 

Pull about, V, Rahurahu ; ta- 
ngotango ; makitaunu ; ran- 
Ketce, 

Pull the hair, v, Tauhutihuti ; 
huhuti. 

Pull out, V. Nanao, 

Pull up, V, Huhuti ; karikari ; 
kowhiti ; nape; rang a. 

Pull a trigger^ v, Keu» 

Pull towards, as with a stick, 
V, Rou ; tirou. 

Pulled off, to be, v, Maunu. 

Pumice, 8. Pungapunga ; ta- 
hoata {JE, c). 

Pungency, 8, Tawau ; tangeo. 



PUP ( 287 ) 

)f the eye, s, Whatu ; 
'pango. 

ise, V, HoTco, 

1, Ma; purotu (jS, C.) ; 
i («.) ; piata. 

, V. Whakama ; mea 
ma. 

, a, Papura. 

36, V. Whakaaro ; ho- 
' mea; hi. 

36, to no, adv, Mau- 
; noa ; kahurangL 

Pirau. 

s. Reke, 



V, Turaki ; kopere ; 
katorotoro. 

Maka. See Place. 

rth, V. Umi, 

, V. Kokomo ; whawhao. 

I board a ship or canoe, 
Uta. 

it (extinguish), 2;. Tinei. 

ut, as the tongue, v, 
itero ; whetero. 

gether, v. Tungutungu- 
tutakitaki {e. c); ungU' 
mtu{fy.) ; whakawhaiti 
c). 

I, a. Pirau ; i ; pihovga ; 
J. 

y, V. Kikohunga. 



QUI 



Q. 



Quack, V, Keke» 

Quadruped, «. Kararehe, 

Quake, v. Win ; hungoingoi ; 
huoioi. 

Quantity, s, Maha ; nui. 

Quarrel, s. WTiawhai; paka- 
nga ; whainga ; wheinga. 

Quarrel, v. Whawhai ; tatau ; 
ngangare; kakari; kaikiri ; 
pakani ; totohe ; whakane^ 
henehe; whakanene; whaka- 
nihoniho (e.c); wekiki (jf^^)* 

Queen, s. Kuini, 

Quench, v, Tinei. 

Question, v. Ui; patai ; pa» 

kiki» 
Quick, to be, v. Awe ; hohoro ; 

kakama; hauhau; hihiko{w.); 

kapekapetau ; kautangata- 

nga {w.) ; nahau ; ngahau ; 

ngawari ; pekepeke ; tata^ 

nga; toitoi ; tuhaua; wha- 

kamaroro ; whawhai (JE. c.) ; 

hihiri. 
Quicken, v, Whakahohoro ; 

whakangawari ; whawhai ; 

whakahauhau. 

Quickly, adv» Jnamata (w.); 

inangeto. 
Quicksand, s, Powharuwharu. 
Quiet, a. Marie ; rangatira ; 

rangimarie ; ahua waimarie; 

wahangu ; hangu ; mahaki ; 

whe ; rarata. 
Quiet, V. Whakamarie ; wha- 

kararata. 



QUI ( 2SB ) 

Quiotly, ade. Marie; maiia 



{E. c-y 

Quill,*. Jloiai. 

Quite, arlr. Ata : rated ; tonu; 
loH {E. r.) ; tiao ; kangeha- 
nge : ke ; kifa (s. c.) s noa 



R. 



RED 
Whiu ; hurv ; 



Bap, V. 

paid. 
Sssh, a. HiJeaka. 
Bat, I. Kiore: maungarm; 

inamoki i riroi. 
Bather, adv. Engari; eran^ 
Battle, V. Tatangi. 
Rare, r. Saurangi ; pormgii 

hawata. 
Eavel, ». Whitohi. 
Bav, a. Mala; torouka; km- 

mala; putolo ; whakarat; 

tonganga. 
— raw, as inside of the moutb, 

Kamaoa. 
Bay, «. Mihi; toko. 
Eazor, ». Stv; rama{w.). 
Beach, p. Tvptmo ; tae. 
Beach to the bottom, v. ToA. 
Beach, to be out of, r. Jioemee. 
Bead, V, Korero pukapuia. 
Eead_v,tobe, v. Sokai; taiabi. 
Kokoti. 



Kaci' (wafoivourse), ». Maero 

C"-.), 

Badiu^ of the arm, «. Jpitt. 

KaiV, S-, Kahiipapa. 
Iīarter, *. Ileke ; neke (R.). 
Kag, s. Pakaru kakahu. 
Iīage, «. Riii : aritarita ; »a- 
nau (£. c); ivhakananau 

(E. C). 

Bail of a fonoe, *. Tango- 

taiigo: Aiia/iii,! (ir.) ; lako. i Beap, 
Baiii, 5. Va: awAa (e. c.) ; Bear, r. Whakatupu. 

>rA<ikiireiciii. BcasoD, «. Take; putake. 

Baiubo\\-, s. Jniwaniica; ka- Beceive, r. Tango. 

ht!k:i!:i ; otieiiukii (E. c). ' Bei'kon, e. Talau. 
Baise, r. ILipai : «-JSuii-ndro ; | Kecollecfc, p. Mahara. 

paikeike; riaki {tf.—E. c). : !līfLc>ltectīou, s. MaAara. 
Baiac by a U'vor, r. Ilua. Keeovered from sicliness, 

Baised, to be, r. Whakaikei- '■ '»''' '• Ora. 

ke ; ickiikamuiengi ; icAak 

lairaiiga ; rciigai ; muhua. 
Kake, «. Rahiraku. 
Bank, s. Sangalii-alanga. 



Sin 



r(K. 



Becoi ep (get back), i 

JBed, a. Wiero; kvra; ma- 
kurakura ; paka ; pakaka; 

I ngaiigaiia Cw-),' paturakura 
(r. c); towAero, 



RED ( 289-) 

IBed oclire, s, KoJcowai; to- 
reha; horua(E.c.). 

Sedeem, v. Soko, 

!Bedeemer, «. Kai hoJco, 

Beed> «. Kakaho, 

Reel, *. Sukeke, See Stagger. 

Befi^sh, V, WhaJcahouJiou, 



RES 



SefresbiDg, a. Sauhau ; hou- 
hou. See Cool. 

Befuge, 8, Omanga ; piringa. 

Befuse, v, Paopao; whaka- 
nanau ; wkakapouru. See 
Beject. 

Begiment, 5. Hapu hoia. 

Begret,t7. Manawapa; awkitu. 

Beign> v, Slngu 

Beject, V, Whakarere; wha- 
kakino ; whakaahu (e, c.) ; 
whakahoe ; toAakaparahako, 

Bejoice> v. Sari; koa; toha- 
kamanamana. 

Relation» a. Whanaunga; huu' 
nga. 

Relation by marriage, «. Kai- 
reperepe (w.) ; pakuwha {e, 
c.) ; tapakuwha (b, a), 

Belax, V, Tfhakakorokoro; tu* 
hutuku. 

Belease^ f. Tuku kia haere. 

Belie, «. Oka, 

Relief, «. Whakangawaritanga. 

Beligion» «. Karakia, 

Belisb, V, Beka ; as, Ka reka 
ki-aau taku kai; I relish 
my food. 



Reluctant, a, Whakakumu ; 
e kore e pat. 

Rely, v. Okioki; tohakawhi' 
rinaki. 

Remain, v. Toe, 

Remain (stay in a place), v. 
Noho. 

Remainder, s, Hau; koha; 
toenga. 

Remains of food, 8, Maanga ; 
toenga. 

Remark, 8, Kupu ; korero. 

Remedy, 8. Eongoa, 

Remember, v, Mahara, 

Remind, v, WhakamaJ^ara, 

Remnant of an army or tribe, 
8, Morehu; toenga. 

Remorse, 8, Pouri, 

Remove, v, Saere ; heke ; 
whati. 

Rent, to be, v, Motu; pakaru ; 
pakohu. 

Repair, v. Hanga. 

Repeat, r. Whakahua ; papa* 
rua; whanga. 

Repent, v, Ripeneta, 
Replace, v, Whakahoki, 
Reply, V, Whakahoki kupu. 
Report, to make, v. Tou; papa. 
Reproach, v. Tawai ; taunu. 
Reprove, v, Riri, 
Reptile, 8, Ngarara, 
Request, v, Ui; inoi. 
Resemble^ v, Ahuahua; aria- 
ria (e, c), 

2 c. 



RES 



( 290 ) 



ROA 



I 



E^semblance, *. Ahua; Ara- 1 Eib, *. Bara; taiJd 



hua ; ritenga. 

Eeserve, v, Waiho ; tohu ; 

rongoa, 
Besidence^ a. Kainga ; whare; 

pouakakiwi. 

Besin, «. Kapia ; ware, 

Eesinous wood, a, Kapara, 

Resist, V, Whawhai; riri, 

Besolute, a, Maro; uaua. 

Respect, a, Koha ; tohakaaro. 

Respect, v, Manaaki; whaka' 

aro ku 
Respire, r. Ta te manawa. 

Rest, ^. Okioki, 

Rest upon, ». Tatao ; okioki; 
tau. 

Resting-place, *. Taumata; 
okiokinga. 

Restless, a, Okeoke ; tahuri" 
hurt ; ohooho. 

Restore, v, WTiakahoki. 

Restrain, v, Fupuri; pehi ; 
koropehu* 

Retire, r. Soki. 

Return, r. Soki ; whakahoM, 

Reveal, v. Whakakite ; who- 
kaptuiki ; wkaki. 

Revenge, v. Ngaki; takitaki; 

rapu utu. 
Revenge, a. Utu; raptmga 

utu. 
Reverence, «. Sopohopo, 

Revile,». Tauwu; tawa%;pa» 

tat. 
Reward, a, Utu, 



Rich, a, Momona ; what too- 
nga. 

Riddle, a. JBmu See Siere. 

Ridge, *. Kaweka ; kiwi (s. 
C.) ; kahiwi (s. c.) ; twttua 
(b. c); tau; taukaka (l 
c). 

Ridgepole, *. Tahu {s. c); < 
tahuhu. 

Ridicule, «. Taunu ; taiwm. 

Right, a. Tika ; totika (e, c). 

Rigidity of the hair, *. PM- . 
hikihi. 

Righteous, a, Tika. 

Right hand, a, Matau ; ku' 
tau {e, c). 

Rim, a, Ngutu. 

Rind, a. Siako ; kiri ; tangai. 

Riog, a. Kapa ; porowhita; 
mowhiti. 

Ringworm, a, Muna ; patito. 

Ripe, a, Maoa; pe. 

Ripple, *. Kare. 

Rise up, V, Ara; maranga; 
matika ; whakatika; iaka- 
rita ; tutu ; maea / pueā ; 
whakatairangaranga. 

River, «. Aum. 

Road, a, Ara ; huarahi ; hua- 
nut. 

Roar, V. Rata ; iangi. 

Roast, r. Tunu ; rangirangi ; 
parahunuhunu (r.) ; para» 
n^unu (li.). 



ROB 



(291 ) 



SAC 



Sob» V, Tahae; whandko ; 
kaia; Jceia, 

Sock, 8, Kowhatu; hamaka ; 
toJca ; teko, 

Eod, 8, WMu, 

Soe of a fishy s, Sahari. 

Soil, V. BJurihuri; kopiupiu. 

Eoll along, v. Pirori, 

"Root, 8. Tuanui, 

"Root of the mouth, *. Pikta- 
rero ; ngao, 

Soof, V. Tapatu ; ato. 

Soom, 8, Takiwa ; wa ; wahL 

Soot, «. Putake; take; paki- 
oka ; paiaka (jE. c.) / weri, 

!Boots» fibrous. Akaaka. 

Soot, V. Ketu, 

Soot up, t^. JBCuhuti; unu, 

Sope, 8, Wakaheke ; taura ; 
rahiri; kaha; hutihuti(R, — 
w.). 

Sopy, to be, ». Ta taki. 

Sotten, a. Pirau ; koko ; ku- 

rupopo ; manumanu (^.)* 
Sotten wood, *. Pukorukoru. 

Sough, a. Ongaonga ; tara' 
tar a. 

Sough, as the sea, a. Ngaru- 
ngaru, 

Sound, a. Porotaka ; potaka- 
taka, 

Sound about, ad, Awhio- 
whio ; autaki («^.) ; taka- 
awhe {JB, c.) ; taiawhio {w.)> 

Sow, «. Kapa; rarangi. 
Sow, V, Hoe, 



Sub, V, Miri ; mukumuku ; 
kanikani ; ukui, 

Subbish, 8, Otaota; kapu- 
rangi, 

Sudder, *. TJrungi ; urunga, 

Sule, 8, Tikanga; totika, 

Sumbling noise, 8, JECaruru ; 
ngunguru ; koko {e, c.) ; 
whakarurunga. 

Sun, V, Rere ; oma ; taka- 
whaki ; turere ; karehe (ft.). 

Sun away, v, Tahuti (jy>) : 
tawhiti (e, c). 

Sun off to a point, v, HiokL 

Sun over, ». Huri ; pukea ; 
torena; purena. 

Sun through, v, Komama^ 

Sunner, s. Kawe ; kawai (JB. 
c.) / kawei {w,). 

Supture, 8, Whaturama. 

Sush, V. Amo ; huaM ; ranga ; 
rangatahi; whakaeke ; pa- 
hihi, 

Sush, a plant, 8. WiwL 

Sust, *. Waikura ; parariku 

Sustle, V. Ngahehe, 



s. 

Sabbath, 8, Hapati; ra tapu» 
Sack, 8, Pek% 
Sacrament, 8, Hakarameta. 
Sacred, a, Tapu; rahui. 



SAC 



( 292 ) 



SCA 



Sacrifice, «. Whdkahere ; pa* 
tunga tqpu. 

Sad, a, Pauri. 

Saddle, 8, Nohoanga funho. 

Safe, to be, v. Ora. 

Safety. Ora; oranga. 

Sail, «• Ba; komaru ; ma- 
maru; whahawhiti (a.). 

Sail, V. Here, 

Sail together, v. Kariri, 

Sail about, v. Whakateretere, 

Sail close to the wind, r. 
Ngongo, 

Sailor, 8, Kai whakatere kai- 
puke. 

Saint, 8. Tangata iapu. 

Sale, 8. Soko, 

Saliva, *. Hauare ; haware ; 
huare (e, c). 

Salt, *. Tote. 

Salt, a, Mataitai, 

Salt water, *. Tai ; wai tai. 

Salute,». Hongi; tangi; oha. 

Salvation, *. Oranga. 

Same, a. Taua. 

Sanctify, v, Whakatapu. 

Sand, 8. Onepu. 

Sandal, *. Parekereke. 

Sandbank, 8. Tahuna. 

Sandfly, *. Namu, 

Sap, *. Wai, • 

Sapling, 8, Mahuri. 

Satan, 8, Hatana. 



SatisfEiction, «. Utu ; manawa* 
reka. 

Satisfied, to be, v. Iro ; wukM' 
wareka ; maha (s. c); na; 
ngata; tatu; whakana^ 

Saturday, 8. Hatarei. 

Sauce, 8, Kinaki. 

Saucy, a. Tutu, 

Save, V, Whakaora; whahi' 
rauora. 

Saved with difficulty, a. Orth 
noa ; orapito; oraiti. 

Saviour, «• Kai whakaora. 
Savour, 8. Kakara ; ha ; rthi. 
Saw, 8. Kani. 
Sawdust, 8. Ota ; para. 
Sawpit, «. Wahapukamrahm, 
Sawyer, 8, Kai kani. 

Say^v. Korero; ki ; mea. See 
Speak. 

Saying, 8. Whakatauki; kupu; 
korero. 

Scabbed, to be, v. Tangako. 
Scald, *. Wera. 
Scald a pig, v. Hunuhunu, 
Scalded, to be, v, Wera, 
Scale, 8, Inohi; unahi. 
Scapula, 8. Papaahuahua. 
Scar, 8. Nawe ; nawenga. 
Scarce, to be, v. Onge ; wwH 

(W, — E. C). 

Scarcity, «. Onge; moti. 

Scare, v. Whakahaehae; 
whakawehi. 

Scarecrow, v, Whakdhaehae. 

Scarify, v. Haehae. 



Scarlet, a. When. 

Scatter, t>. Titariiari; tira- 

Tigaranga ; tirangorango ; 

Aahu ; tikahuhahu ; wkaka- 

korakora;rwi; lahakamarara. 
Scattered, to be, v. Makeu; 

paoarikiriki (.B, c). 
Scent, to emit, t>. Kakara ,■ 

Hare {w.) ; kaunga. 
ScMsin, a. Weheviehenga. 
Scholar, «. Akonga. 
School, «. Kara. 
Science, «. Mataurangai mo- 

hiolanga, 
Sciesora, ». EutikuH. 
Scoff, t). Tttunv ; tawai ; 

whakatau; patai (Ng)- 
Scold, r. Riri; whakangu- 

tungulu (w.); wkqvraa (^-)< 
Scoop, V. Tikaro ,- koko. 
Scorch, V. Wera ; rangirangi. 
Scour, V. Horoi. 
Scrap, I. Toehga ; tapahanga ; 

motuhanga. 
Scrape, v. Bahiraku ; wharo- 

wharo; tahitahi (if.); U- 
t (IT.) ; wa- 



Scrape out, d. Ope. 

Scrape along the surface, v. 

Harakuht. 
Scrape fiaz, «. Haros Aa> 

kuku s takiri (». o.)- 
Scraped, to be, v. Pakeke. 

Natu; rakuraku. 



Scieam, o. Tangi. 

Screen, ». Hoka ; hva (w.) ; 

pahoka (w.) ,- rianga. 
Scieen, V. Arai ; pa ; whaka- 

tnaTMmaru ; wkakarur» ; ri ; 

rohi (/F.). 
Scribe, «. XJii tuhiluhi. 
Scrofula, «. Puku ; pukaki ; 

mahaki. 
Scrub, p. Horoi ; parahi. 
Sculk, V. Piri. 
Sea, «. Moaaa; tai. 
Sea-beach,». Tahuaa; tahilai. 
Sea-breeze, t. Muriiai ; wka- 

karua {S. c). 
Sea eoaat, i. Tatahi; taku- 

tai (b. a) ; taipu. 
Sea urchin, a. Kitia. 
Seal, *. Kekeno. 
Seam, ». Tuinga. 
Search for, v. Rapu; kaku. 

See Seek. 
Season, #. Wa ; po. 
Seat, I. Nohoanga. 
Seat in a boat, ». Taumatw, 
Seaweed, *. Rimu. 
Second, a. Rita ; tttarua. 
Secret, o, Ngaro; puleu; to- 

ropuktt. 
Secretly, ad. Puku. 
SecreticHi from the noae, a. 

Hupe ; kea (e. O.). 
Sediment, a. Para, 
See, p. Kite. 
Seed, a. Parapura; hurt; ia- 

kano; kopura. 
2 2 



SEE 



< «M ) 



Seek, ». Kapm; hmi; rtpm; ■ Seren, m. WTutm. 

^^^ K ^ '■"»«' I Serarteen,.. ra«, 

8eemeth,it,». Xgiat tingm, ^^T^*r. «■ WUtu tein; 
Seer, *. Mataiite. 
Seine, «. Kmptiufv, 
Seize, r. ^opu ; igpo. 
Select, r. Wkirvekiri. See 

Pick out. 
Sell,r. Hoio. 

Send, r. To»» ,- n^are ; mnga. 
Senae, *. Wluikaaiv. 
Sentence, *. fiijM. 
Separate, v. WtketitAt ; mo- 

Kolu; mtneeke ; ktneae {w.). 
Srj;:ir;r i. t . , r. Motukate j Shake, r, Ngaueue ; mei; 

l^irj , lapaiaAi {s. c). 1 rmrernre; Hffarme (e. c); 

■'^parate ci>nteadiDff p»tieā, t i »*"'«" (t.),- lekakakeuke»; 
"• whakakorikori ; vkakango- 



(IT.). 

Sever, r. Momohi ; wtkevtke ; 

toritim; wmmi^. 
Severed, ■. Mo/m; token. 
Sew, r. TW/Hi. 
Shade, r. IPiUiarwv,- wiots- 

narunonr 
Shaded, a. Tvmaru; taMman; 

paruru (w.') i punm (Ng.); 



Ata: 



ataraigi! 



Separate, to be, i 
kitaku 



Tataki; ta- 



September, t. Hepetema. 
Sennon, *, £a«>ekau. 
Serpent,*. Nakahi ; tiete. 
Servant, t. Pimonga; raki; 

tumau («. c, — IF.). 
Serve, v. Wkakarato. 
Served, to be, e. £0(0; tu. 
Served, not, a. Hapa ,■ ngert. 
Serves you right, it, p. Kaitoa, 
Serrice, «, Maki. 
Set,*. Toene; torengi; toremi. 
Set on fire, p. Takuiaku; 

tutu. 
Settle, V. Tatu ; keke; iaunga. 



rue; Kkakangauc^e; wkaiih 

Shake off, v. Wkakangakon. 
Shake in the nind, e. Kope- 

kope; tareporepa. 
Shake, as a garment, v. Bype- 

rupe {w.). 
Shake, as the ground, p. 

Ngaeri; ngapu. 
Shake, as a line bv £ah, p 

Tongi. 

Shake up, ae liquid,». Whaka- 
karekare. 

Shallow, a. Pahipaktt ; papa- 
ku ; koraka ; takiata {b. c). 

iham, a. Hmgareka ; hanga- 
rau ; maminga. See Deceit- 
ful. 



SHA 



( 295 ) 



SHR 



Sbam, «. JEEangarau; kianga; 
raureka ; maminga. 

Shame, *. Whahama ; ngaii' 
ngaria {w,). 

Shape, 9, Ahua. 

Share, *. Wahu 

Shark, s. Mango, 

Sharp, a, Koi ; tiotio ; ane- 
ane; ngangahu ; pirata. 

Sharpen, v, Oro ; whakdkoi. 

Shave, v. Heu; warn. 

She, pron, la. 

Sheaf, *. Pupu ; kakati; pat- 
ere. 

Shear, r. KoJcoti ; warn. 

Shed, 9. Wharau. 
Sheep, 8, Eipi, 

Sheet, 8, Hiti, 

Sheet of a sail, 8. Kotohoto ; 
waha. 

Shell, «. Pupu; Jcota. 

Shell, V. Kowha, 

Shellfish, 8. Pupu; Icota, 

Sheltered, a. Marumaru ; ru- 
ru. See Shaded. 

Shepherd, *. Separa, 

Shield, 8, Puapua, 

Shine, v. Kanapa; tiaho ; 
whiti; titi ; ura ; hahana ; 
Jcanapu {w); towawahi (w.). 

Shingle (for roofing), *. Toe* 
toe. 

Ship, 8. KaipuJce, 

Shiver, v, Wiri ; kauaehangu- 
ru; tuhauwiri; turiwataitai; 
turiwetautau. 



Shoal, 8, Koraha ; pahupahu ; 
papaku ; tahuna (js, c). 

Shoal of fish, 8, Rara ; ranga. 

Shoot, 8, Tupu ; Tcotete ; ngao ; 
pariri (tt.) ; poioio. 

Shoot, middle, 8, Korito. 

Shoot (as plants), v, Tupu ; 
toa ; hoiata (ir.) ; Jcohura ; 
Jcoropana ; Jcoriro ; whako' 
ngao; whaJcanihoniho, 

Shoot weakly, r. Hutoitoi. 

Shoot with a gun, &c., r. 
Pupuhi, 

Shoot forth, v. Tarewa, 

Shore, *. Uta, 

Shorn of branches, a, Humu- 
humu. 

Short, a, Poto ; taJcupu. 

Short time, 8, Tukekau, 

Shorten, v, Whakapoto, 

Shove, V, Kokiri ; tokiri (^,); 
toko; tute; uaki {e, c). 

Shovel, V. Koko ; tikoko. 

Shoulder, 8, Pakihiwi (e, c.) ; 
pokowhiwhi ; pokohiwi {s, c.) . 

Shoulder blade, s. Papaahu» 
ahua. 

Shout, V. Karanga ; par are; 
hamama. 

Show, V, Whakakite ; whaka- 
puta. 

Shower, «. Ua ; pokaka ; awha. 

Shrimp, *. Potipoti, 

Shrivelled, a, Memenge ; ngi- 
ngio; whewhengi; kopuka ; 



SEE ( 294 ) 

Seek, 11, Rapu; himi; rapa; Seven, 

hahu; haha{w.)i avAaha; 

karau. 
Seemetb, it, p. Ngia; tinga. 
Seer, *. Matahte. 
Seine, ». Kupenga, 
Seize, v. Mopu ; hapo. 
Select, V. WhiriKkiri, See 

Kck out. 
Sell, p. H„ko. 

Send, V. Tono; ngare; unga. 
Sense, t. Whakaaro. 
Sentence, *. Kupu. 
Separate,». Wehemehe ; ma- 

malu; mawehe; kowae {w.). 
Separated, to be, v. Motukake 

(ir.) ; tapataki {e. c). 
Separate contending parties, r. 

Wowao. 
Separate, to be, r. Tatahi; ta- 

kitahi, 
September, «. Hepeiema. 
Sermon, «. Kauwhau. 
Serpent, t. Nakaki ; neke. 
Servant, *. Pononga; rahi; 

tumau (b. c. — w.). 
Serve, e. Whakarato. 
Served, to be, e, Rato; tu. 
Served, not, a. Bapa ; ngere. 
Serves you right, it, v. Kaitoa, 
Service, a. Mahi. 
8et,>. Toene; tarengi; toremi. 
Set on fire, t. Taintahu,- 

tutu. 
Settle,v. Tattt ; heke ; taunga. 



Whitu. 

a. Tekau ma whitu. 
,, . Whitu tekm; 
kokowkitu (w,). 
Sever, p. Momota ; tctkewehe ; 

torilori; mmoae. 
Severed, a. Motu; tokari. 
Sew, V. Tuitui. 
Shade, p. Wkakantru; wkaka- 

warumarv. 
Shaded, a. Tumaru; taumant; 
paruru (if.) ,- pumrw (Ng.); 
marumaru. 
Shadow, ». Ma; atarangi; 

Shake, v. Ngaueue ; oioi; 
rurerure; ngarue (e. c); 
ngateriiw.^rwhakakeukeu; 
whakakorikori ,■ whakatya- 
rue; whakangaueue ; wkt^a- 

Shake off, e. Wkakangahoro. 
Shake in the wind, v. Kope- 

kope ; tareparepa. 
Shake, ae a garment, 

rupe (tr.). 
Shake, as the grotmd, ». 

Ngaeri; ngapu. 
Shake, as a line by fish, e. 

Tongi. 
Shake np, «liquid, t>. Whdka- 

karekare. 
Shallow, a. Pahipaku; papa- 

ku ! koraha ; tahuxa {s. O.). 
Sham, a. Eangareka ; kanga' 

rau ; mantinga. See Deceit- 
ful. 



Bupe- 



SHA 



( 295 ) 



SHR 



Sham, «. Hangarau; hianga; 
raureka ; maminga» 

Shame, *. Whakama ; ngari- 
ngaria (w.)* 

Shape, 8, Ahua, 

Share, 8, Wahi. 

Shark, 8, Mango. 

Sharp, a, Koi ; tiotio ; ane» 
ane; ngangahu ; pirata. 

Sharpen, v, Oro ; whakakoi. 

Shave, r. Heu; warn. 

She, pron. la. 

Sheaf, «. Pupu ; kakaii ; pat- 
ere. 

Shear, v, Kokoti; warn. 

Shed, *. Wharau, 
Sheep, 8. Eipi. 

Sheet, 8, Hiti. 

Sheet of a sail, 8. KotoTcoto ; 
waha. 

Shell, 8. Pupu; hota. 

Shell, r. Kowha. 

Shellfish, 8, Pupu; Jcota, 

Sheltered, a. Marumaru ; ru- 

ru. See Shaded. 
Shepherd, 8. Hepara. 
Shield^ 8. Puapua. 

Shine, v, Kanapa; tiaho ; 
whiti ; titi ; ura ; hahana ; 
Jcanapu{w.); towawahi^w.). 

Shingle (for roofing), *. Toe- 
toe, 

Ship, 8, KaipuJce. 

Shiver, v. Wiri ; kauaehangu* 
ru; tuhauwiri; turiwataitai ; 
turiwetautau. 



Shoal, ê. Koraha ; pahupahu ; 
papaku : tahuna (e, c). 

Shoal of fish, 8, Rara ; ranga. 

Shoot, *. Tupu ; Jcotete ; ngao ; 
pariri (tf.) ; poioio. 

Shoot, middle, 8. Korito. 

Shoot (as plants), r. Tupu; 
toa ; hoiata (ir.) ; Tcohura ; 
horopana ; horiro ; whaka* 
ngao; whakanihoniho. 

Shoot weakly, v. Hutoitoi. 

Shoot with a gun, &c., v, 
Pupuhi. 

Shoot forth, v, Tarewa, 

Shore, *. Uta. 

Shorn of branches, a, Humu- 
humu. 

Short, a, Poto ; takupu. 

Short time, 8. Tukekau, 

Shorten, v. Whakapoto. 

Shove, V, Kokiri ; tokiri (ff.); 
toko; tute; uaki (s. a). 

Shovel, V, Koko ; tikoko. 

Shoulder, 8. Pakihiwi (e, c.) ; 
pokowhiwhi ; pokohiwi {e. c.) . 

Shoulder blade, 8. Papaaku" 
ahua. 

Shout, V. Karanga ; parare ; 
hamama. 

Show, V. Whakakite ; whaka- 
puta. 

Shower, «. IJa ; pokaka ; awha. 
Shrimp, 8. Potipoti. 

Shrivelled, «. Memenge ; ngU 
ngio; whewhengi; kopuka ; 



SHR 

koHffio; koaka (s. C.) ; ptt^ 
tokitoki. 

Shrub, 8, Rdkau. 

Shut, V. Uahi ; kopam ; kopi. 

Shut, to be, V, Kali, 

Shy, a, Maka. 

Sick, a. Mate ; turoro ; rua- 
ki; kongenge. 

Sick person, 5. Turoro ; ngo- 
ngo ; ketoketo (tf.) ; o^e*, 
oke (tt.) ; maki. 

Sickle, *. Toronaihi. 

Sickness, s, Rewharewha ; 
mate; maki. 

Side, *. Kaokao ; taha ; mo- 
ka ; tapa (e. c) ; whaittm 
{fr.) ; whanga ; tahaki. 

Side, on one, ad. Titaha ; 
mauatara. 

Sieve, «. Tatari ; hitari{w,). 

Sift, V. Tatari. 

Sigh, V. Mihi ; mapu; ngu- 
nguru; takuate (^.)« 

Sight, out of, a, Ngaro ; he» 

numi ; nunumi; toke (a.)* 
Sign, 8, Toku. 
Signal, 8, Tohu, 

Silent, to be, v, Karangata (e. 
C.) ; noho puku ; wahangu. 

Silently, adv, JECu; puku. 

Sill, 8. Pekipehi, 

Silt, *. Parakiwai, 

Sin, *. JBLara ; he ; kino. 

Since, conj. Ina, 

Since, ^rep. No; nomuri; i 
muri. 



( 296 ) SKI 

Sinew, «. Uaua. 

Sing, V, WcMbta ; tautupa; 

umere (w.). 
Sing, as water in boiling, v, 

Sihu 
Singe, 8. SJumthunu. 

Single, a. Tapatahi. 

Single person, s, Marokim, 

Single woman, s. Takakau, 

Singly, ad, Takatahi. 

Sink, r. Totohu. 

Sink into the ground, r. P<h 
wharuwharu (JB, c.)* 

Sinker, 8, Make; maihea. 

Sinner, 8. Tangata hara. 

Sister, of a brother, s. TuO' 
hine, 

— of a younger sister. Tua- 
kana, 

— of an elder sister. Tetfta. 
Sister in law, *. AuwaJdnt; 

taokete. 
Sit, t?. Noho; ngawahi; ra- 
rau; tina ; tuturu. 

Sit around, v, Popo, 
Site, 8. Paenga ; papanga. 
Six, a. Ono. 
Sixteen, a. Tekau ma imp» 

Sixty, a. Ono tekau ; hoho- 

ono (wr.). 
Size, 8. Rahi; nut. 
Skeleton, «. Koiwi. 
Skid, *. Neke ; rango. 
Skilful, a. Tohunga; ma^! 

mohio; matanga. 

Skim, V. Koko ; tikohō. 
Skin, 8. Hiako ; kiri. 



! 



SKI ( 2 

Bkin, white, ». £Jirilea. 
Skin, inner, t. Kiriwai. 
Skull, t. Anganga ; poangatiga' 
Sky, t. Rangi ; kikorangi. 
Slab, «. Papa; kiri; kiako. 
Slack, a. Sorokoro. 
Slacken, r. Whakakorokoro ; 

tukutuktt. 
Slant, V, Hinga. 
Slap, f . Pakipaki ; pahia. 
Slate, t. Papa. 
Slave, I. Serekere ; pononga ; 

taureiarekā; taurereka; ro- 

pa{w.); tumau{E.c.—w.); 

iaro&aro ; ora ,- parakau ; 

parau. 
Blayery, «. Parau ; Aerehere. 
Sleep, V. Moe; iaikaru {Ng.), 
Sleep wakefully, v. Moetilo- 

ro ; moeloropuku. 
Sleepy, to be, v. Miamoe ; mo- 

moe; Mtiamoe ; parangia. 
Slime, ». Ware. 
Sling, s, Kopere; kotaha; 

ptre. 
Slink away, v. Ninihi. 
Slip, e, Hangoro Jiiihu ; ia- 

heko{w!), kareko; kare- 

ngo; tapepa. 
Slip along, v. Mania; paAeke; 

pahuhu; paneke ; konehe. 
Slip down, p. Panuku; tanu- 

Slip in, V. Tapoko. 
Slippery, a. Mania; paheke- 

heke ; pakeno (b. c.) ; pare- 

ngo; patihu {s. c.}> 



Slit, V. Hori; koreparepa {w.); 

Slothful, a. Mangere; rora; 
pakihore. 

Slow, to be, e. Wkakaroa; 
akuto; porori (s. c); puhoi; 
lapantru {w.) ; tirt^a (S. 
c). 

SlownesB, *. Porori. 

Sludge, s. Pant. 

Slug, «. Ngata. 

Sluggish, a. Ngoiiore; ma- 
ngere; iwikore; wkakaroa. 

Smack the lips, v. Eotamu- 
tanut ; tametame. 

SmaU, a. Nohinohi; iti; pa- 
ku (fi. C.) ; riki ; hak^a- 
ka; tnoroiti ; poheke ; tu- 
pakipaki; mahake; m/tkari; 
tmromeroiti ; wkelo («. c.) ,■ 
wketau. 

Small aa dust, a. Xonenehu. 

Smart, c. Puia. 

Smaeh, c. Kopehupeku ; tax- 
art ; pakarv. 

Smear, o. Pani. 

Smell, p. Hongi, 

SmeU unpleasantly, e. Piro; 
haunga ; harurv, ; koeo ; ko- 
nakona ; kopumpuru ; mo- 
nomono; puhonga. 

Smoke, ». Paoa ; av ; auaAi. 

Smoke, r. Paoa; ponguru; 
pongere. 

Smooth, a. Maenene. 

Snag, I. Taita. 

SaaU, t. Ngata. 

Snake, «■ Neke ; nakahi. 



SNA ( :»B ) 

Snap, V. Mottt ; paiaru. 
Snare for birds, t. Beti; tore; 
taahiti ; mahanga ; oAtre 

(»•)■ 

Snare, v. Rare; mahanga; 

torohere. 
Snatcfa, », Eapo; hop». 
Sneak, r, Haere toropuku. 
Sneer, v. Tawai; taunu; mha- 

karawai. 
Sneeze, c. Tihe i matihe (s. 

c.) ; tihetoa. 
Snore, v. Ngongoro. 
Snout, e. Ihu. 
Snow, #. Huka ; hukarere. 
Snuffle, V. Whenguiehengu, 
Soaked, a. Eapiro ; tuku ki 



teu) 
Soap, «. Hopi. 
Soar, V. Whakatopa. 
Sob, f. Hotu; whttkahotuho- 

til; whakaingoijigo. 
Soft, to be, V. Ngawari; ngore- 

ngore; Uffokengo/ie (fi, c); 

maenene ; ngaeki ; harotu ; 

kope; korengarenga ;ktilere; 

ngatri; ngorenoa; oru; pe; 

takoho; takoi taoru; taro- 

Soften, V. WAakangawari, 

Softly, ad. Ata ; marire. 

Soil, ê. Oneone. 

Sojourn, v. Noho. 

Soldier, i. Hoia. 

Sole of the foot, «. Baparapa ,■ 

kapukapu. 
Solid, a. Maro ; pakehe. 



SOU 

Solitary, to be, t>. MehamAa; 

mokemoke; ongeonge. 
Some, a. Tetahi ; ehimtf to- 

kohinu ; etaki. 
Son, J. Tama; tamaiti. 
Son-in-law, j. Hnnaonga, 
Song, ». Waiata; lau; pUu; 

whdkamohio. 
Sonorous, a. Mahea ; tatmgi. 
Soon, ad. Meake ; taro ; im- 

we. 
Sootlie, V. Whakamaru. 
Sore, a. Mamae; koipidpu; 

kowkaki. 
Sore throat, t. iSitirehe {w.). 
Sorrow, *. Koingo ; Jetmofd; 



Sorrow, eipreasion of, «. Ke- 

tekete; rtgetengete. 
Sorrowful, to be, p. Pottri; 

whakaporuru. 
Sort, i. Ttt I tikanga. 
Soul, «. Wairva. 
Sound of voicee, indistinct, i. 

Hamumu. 
Sound, (!. Tangi; tatangi; 

whakatangi ; paAu; pain; 



Sound, to be, as sleep, t>. Au. 
Sound indistinctly, ». 'Win- 
Sound in succession, o. IVrt- ■ 

papa. 
Sour, to be,». /; kaua; tangeo. 
Source, ». Pukeitga ; mata- 



SOtJ 



( 299 ) 



SPO 



mata; matapuna ; matawai 

{e, c). 
South wind, a, Tonga, 
South-east wind, «. Futonga- 

marangau 

South-west wind, «. Tongako- 
taratara. 

Sow, V, Rut. 

Space, s, TaJciwa; wa. 

Spade, 8, Puka; koto; hare- 
hu {e, c). 

Spare, ». Tohu. 

Spark, 8, Korakora, 

Speak, ». Ki ; korero ; mea ; 
puaki ; whakatu ; koroki ; 
kuika (e. c). 

Speak of past events, v. Kau' 
whau ; whakapapa. 

Speak frequently, v, KupU" 
kupu ; potete. 

Speak loudly, v. Par are. 

Speak through the nose, v, 
Whango, 

Speak indistinctly, v. Samu' 

mu. 
Speak iUof, v, Hanihani (jv.). 

Speak at departure, v, Poro- 
poroaki. 

Speak in a low voice, v, Kuihi, 

Speak treacherously, v, Muna, 

Spear, 8, Matia; iao ; ko" 
Mri ; hoata (JE, c); kail' 
kau («.) ; timata (e, c). 

Spear, v, Wewero. 

Speech, «. Ki; korero; reo ; 
taki ; kauwhau ; tataku ; 
whakataki; whakatu. 



Speed, ê, Hohoro, 

Spent, to be, v. Pan ; hemo ; 
mahiti; pareho ; moti ; onge- 
onge; pareko ; peto. 

Spider, *. Pungawerewere ; 
puwerewere. 

Spider, venomous, «. Katipo. 

Spilled, a. Maringi. 

Spin, V, Miromiro, 

Spine, *. Iwituararo, 

Spirit, 8, Wairua, 

Spiritual, a, WhakawairtM, 

Spit, V, Tuwha ; puwha. 

Spittle, *. Suare (e, c.) ; ha' 
ware ; hauarê. 

Splash, V, Pati ; pohutuhutu. 

Splice, ». Eono ; haumi. 

Splinter, *. Maramara, 

Split, V, a, Wawahi ; tata; 
tit ore ; toihi {e. c); kore- 
parepa (w,); nakunaku (w,); 
toetoe ; tiora. 

Split, r. n. Akoako ; koara ; 
koihihi ; kotata ; tnatata ; 
matitore; ngatata; ngawha; 
pohaha ; tiwarawara. 

Split off, V. Rehu, 

Spoil, 17. Whakakino ; whaka» 
roiroi» 

Sponge, 8, Pungorungoru ; 
kopuputai; hautai {e, c). 

Spongy, a. Kopuka; kopu^ 
toitoi. 

Sponsor, «. Matuaatua. 

Spoon, «. Koko; hako. 



SKJ ( 300 ) 

Korotiwhaiiwha i 
"'kotaoAatiwhai kotingotingo; 

purepure. 
Spouse, ». Makau. 
Spout, «. Eorere. 
Sprained, a. TakoJn; tanoe; 

tanoni; laui. 
Sprawl, V. Takamhetmeheta. 
Spread, v. Whariki; hora- 

hora ; whewhera ; Aorapa 

{B.C.); rauroha (w.) ; No- 
spread abroad, e. Marara,- 

tarewa ; Hrara ; turara. 
Spread, ae fire, e. Toro ; tora. 
Spread over, (as the leaves of 

a plant on tlie ground,) e. 

Hangabanga. 
Spring, V. Fihi ; tvpu ; tipu ; 

rea (s. o-)- 
Spring up in the mind, v. 

Toko (w.). 
Spring, ». Ptina. 
Spring tidea, t. Taitai nwtut. 
Sprinkle,». Ta; mcAmwhi. 
Sprinkling, a. Whakaekeeke. 
Sprit, 9. Titoko i takotokota ; 

kotokolo. 
Sprout, ». Piki; tupu. 
Spy,». Tite; tale; lutai(w.). 
Squall, «. Pokaka ; ropu. 
Square, a. Tapatuka. 
Squeak, v, Kotokoto ; ngawi 



titi. 
Squeeze, c. Raiai; rortmi 

tatau; whahate. 
Squint, p. Kekoi karapa 



STB 
Stab, V. Oka ; wero. 
Stack, ». Whakt^u. 
Staff,*. Tokotoho: tmrv/pim. 
Stage,*. PaparaM; vara. 
Stage for food, *. Whala; 



komanga i pataka ; timanga- 
Stagger,». Hirori : tap^a; 

talulaiu (»".); tvroriron; 

hukeke. 
Stained, a. Poke ; pe. 
Stiurs, *. Artaehata, 
Stake, ». Poupou; Ha; li- 

Stalk, «. Ka&au ; to ; tanvAt ; 

takakau; tata(B. c). 
Stanch, r>. Viu. 
Stand, p. Ta. 
Star, *. JVhetu. 
Stare, p. Hinana; wAete; ti- 

tiro Kahttu. 
Stari;, V. Oho; ohorere ; hi- 

kikuki; titi; iumu; turere. 
Starting, «. OAo ; ohorere 



Startle, c, Whakaoho ; Ami 

Starre, e. Whakatiki. 
State, p. Korero; Khakatakt. 
Statue, e. Wkakapaioko. 
Stature, ». Roanga. 
Stay, a. Hokai ; ueha. 
Steady, p. WhakamaurH (JT.); 

vjhdkau. 
Steal, p. Tahae; tohanalut {s. 

C.) ; whenako; kaia (jc. C.)^ 

keia (w.). 



STE 

Steal upon any one, v, Whaka- 
hengi; whakapapa. 

Stealthily, to go, v, Whakct^ 
hengi; whakapapa. 

Steam, «. Korohu ; koromahu; 
korowhanake; mamaha ; ma- 
maoa ; tokakawa ; whanake. 

Steep, to be, v, Poupou ; tu- 

hoe. 
Steer, r. TJrungi; ue ; runa. 

Stem, 8, Tata; tinana. 

Stench, s, Piro ; haunga ; ka- 

kara. 
Step, «. Hikoi, 

Stem, 8, Kei ; paremata ; ta 
(tt.); noko. 

Stew, 8. Suahua. 

Steward,*. Tohungarua; tuari. 

Stick, 8, Rakau, 

Stick, V, a. Oka ; wero. 

Stick into the ground, v, Tia; 
jpoupou; tiatia; tihoka. 

Stick, V, n, Firi, 

Stick fast, V, Tamomi; tupu; 
mau. 

Sticky, to be, v, Tataki, 

Stiff, a. Maro; pakeke. 

StUe, 8, Koronae; whakatu- 
ngangi. 

Still, a'. Marie, 

Still water, $, Puroto (^.). 

Sting, V. Kahati; wero. 

Stingy, to be, r. Atuapo ; ihw 
puku ; kaiponu ; kaihakere 
(j?. c.) ; manawapopore ; pi- 
tokiie; towhe; meko. 



( 301 ) STR 

Stink, V, Piro ; haunga. . 

Stir, V, Kororirori, 

Stir up, V, Whakahauhau ; 
akiaki. 

Stitch, V, Tuitui, 

Stomach, 8, Puku, 

Stomach of a shark, 8, Koki. 

Stone, 8» Kamaka ; kohatu ; 
toka ; teko ; nganga. 

Stool, 8, Turn, 

Stoop, V, Koropiko ; piko ; 
tuohu ; tapapa ; kupapa ; 
tupoupou. 

Stop up, V, Arai; pa. See 
Block up. 

Store, *. Tea, 

Stork, 8, Matuku ; kotuku. 

Storm, 8, Marangai ; pokaka. 

Stouthearted, a, Manawanui, 

Straggle, v, Marara ; wa- 

wara ; whakawawa. See 

"Wander. 
Straight, a, Tika; totika ; 

mahora. 
Straighten, v. Whakatika 

whakatotika. 

Strain, v, Riaka (w,). 

Strained, as the eyes, a. Ma- 
tatoua {w,) ; waia. 

Strange, a, Tau ; ke. 

Strange tribe, 8, Tauiwi, 

Strange land, 8, Tauwhenua, 

Stranger, 8. Tauhou; tau- 

^rewa ; pakeha ; putere ; ko- 

nene ; manene. • . 

Strangle, v. Nonoti, 

2 n 



STR 



( 302 ) 



sue 



straps by which a load ib car- 
ried on the back, «. Kahaki; 
katoe» 

Straw, *. Tata witi. 

Stray, r. Marara; whakū' 
wawa. 

Stream, 8, Au ; ia ; roma. 

Street,*. Ara; huarahi; huch 
nui. 

Strength, «. Kaha ; ngoi ; 
aria ; koiwi (jE. c.) ; ngohe ; 
rutunga. 

Strengthen, v, Whakakaha ; 

whakamaroro. 
Strenuous, a. TJaua, 

Stretch out, r. Toro ; who' 
toro ; whatinotino ; wkaka- 
ngeingei ; wharoro ; whatai 
{e, c.) ; whakamaro. 

Stretched, to be, v, Maro; 
rena. 

Stricken, to be, v, Tutuki, 

Stride, r. Hikoi. 

Strike, v, Patu; patukituki; 
kopehupehu (Ng?) ; whaka^ 
Tuke ; ike (jt,) ; paike (r>); 
tahitahi (^.). 

Strike with the fist, v, Kuru ; 
moto. 

Strike out, as in swimming, v. 
Sokaikai, 

String, 8. Aho ; nape ; fau. 

String of anything, 8. Tautau, 

Strings of a mat, 8, Hukahuka. 

Strip off, V, Horehore ; huku ; 

hut; okaoka (w.) ; tihore ; 

piokaoka (tt.) ; mahxhore. 

Strive, V, Whakauaua; whaka- 



taetae; oke ; taiango; tmh 
tvhainga ; iohe. 

Stroke, «. Whdunga ; paiWÊgā, 

Strong, a, Kaha; maroro; 
ngohengohe; pakaha; ma- 
rohirohi. 

Struck, to be, r. Tu ; wharu; 
pa. 

Struggle, V. Oke. 

Stubborn; a, Keke; whaka- 
keke ; turi; tutu. 

Stumble, v, Hirori; turori- 
rori. 

Stump, 8, Tumu ; kotumu. 

Stunted, a, Hurutete; mo- 
ioio ; putokitoki {w^ ; pu* 
totu 

Stupid, a. Rare; wairangi; 
kuare. 

Stupid person, «. Moho; kuare, 

Stupify, V, Whakahaurangi, 

Subdued, to be, v, Wmkauere; 
waikorohuhu. 

Subject to, to be, v. Ekengia. 

Subside, v. Ririu (w,) ; ta- 
ngangao; heke. 

Subtle, a* Tinihanga ; hianga ; 
maminga. 

Subtract, v. Tango, 

Succession^ next ii^ a. Pa- 
nuku. 

Succour, V, Awhina. 

Such,^ro». Pera; pena. 

Suck, V, Motni ; mote (2. €,) ; 
ngote (ir.). 

Sucker, «• Twruki (s. €.}, 



SCIO ( 31 

Suffer, *. Mamtu; itgawki 

{w.}. 
Suffident, a. Ranea; naiteai 

roaka; rauaia (m.c). 
Suffocste, V. Nmoti. 
SuitaU^ to be, p. Ta%. 
Sulky, to be, ». Pokeke; «ha- 

katamaraii; wkakatmanvi ; 

turi. 
Sulphur, a. Whanarikis ku- 

Sammer, «. Ra»mati. 
Summit, t. Keokeonga: tei- 

tei; tiki; toitoi. 
81UI4 t. Bat namarn; ko- 

mam. 
Sonbeam, a. Bihi,- toko. 
Suoday, «. Ra tapu. 
Suiuise, «. Wkitwga o te ra; 

putanga o te ra. 
Buperior, a. Two pai; pai 

gher, a. O rw 



nga. 
Supple, a. Ngormgore; ngore- 

notl; ngohengohe {e.cI). 
Support, ». Tokomango; uekaj 

mhakawhirinakitanga , 
Support, V. Whakau; pupuri. 
Suppose, V. Whakaaroi ki; 

Suppurated, to be, v, Pe; tai- 

matuku. 
Sure, to be, e. U ptt te who- 

kaaro. 
Surf, i, Suka tai; tai whati. 



8WB 
ê. A runfftt, 
Sonuune, a, Ingoa. 
Surpriae, expression of, «. Ke- 

tekete ; ngetengete (e. c.) ; 

tamkakore; taukiri; taukuri 

(I. c). 
Surprise, v. £bmutu; kopu. 
Surrender, t. Tuk*. 
Surround, p. Mtti; akv. 
Suryivor^ *. Momohanga ,■ 

morehu. 
Suspect, T>. Tupato, 
Suspend, p. WAakatoerewere ; 

whakaieki. 
Suspicious, to be, v. OkMH 

(s. c.)j Aihira; kahae; atea; 

tupato. 
SwaUow, p. Haro; tamikH. 
Swallowed up, to be, p. Who- 

kangamia (fi.). 
Swamp, «. Hui maata; mato 

(W.); ngaeki; or»; repo; 

korepo. 
Swajrm, p. Heke. 
Swear, 0. Oati. 
Sweat, s. Kakawa; iota; 

tokakawa. 
Sweep, p. TaAi; puruma. 
Sweet, a. Reka. 
Sweeten, e. JFAakareka, 
Swell of the sea, *. Amat; 

kuamo («^O- 
Swell^e. Matakoma; pupaki; 

puku ; letere ; touwka ; 

wkakoahu. 

8. Puktti uruumu. 



1 



Swift, to be, e. Bohmv ; tere ; 

tipi. 
Swim, p. Kau ; kaukau ; /can- 

hoe. 
Swing,». Morere; iopivpiu 
Swoon, V- Hemo. 
Sword, ê. Hoari. 
Symptom, «. ToAv. 



T. 

Taljeraacle, «. TapenaJcara. 
Table,*. Paparahua (R-)i te- 

Tack,e. Waihape. 

Tiul, »■ Waero; Mawero ; 

hiawaero. 
Tail of a fish, *. Sika. 
Take, v. Tango. 
Take cace of, »■ Ro^oa; ti 

aki. 



TEE 

TaateTmpleaBantly,e. Taioaha. 
Taste,». Pakai; wharakai. 
Tattoo, J. Betiki; moko. 
Tattoo, V. Ta. 
Teach, t. Jio ,- whakaaho. 
Teachable, a. Ngaviari H U 

ako. 
Teacher, ». ' Kai «ihakaako; 

jmkenga. 
Tear, ». Boimata. 
Tear, P. Saekae; ttgcAae. 
Tear up the earth, v. Puken. 
Tease, v- Ttmai; Kkakaloi 
whakatenetme ; maminga 
aweke i ntakoi ; raweke, 
wkakangari; wkangawkatuja 
(f.). 
'easing, a. Nanakias porta- 
tea (E.C.); autaia;wkakatm- 
Teat, *. U. 

Tell,». .Kt'- korero; mea. . 
Temple, ». Temepara. 
Tempt,». Whaiawai; viha- 
hamatau ; whakapakqaake. 



Take up, ». ^o^i l »<"'"■'«. I ,j,g^pt^tion^ ,. Whakauiainga ; 
Take up by handfula, ». -^" ! whakamataumnga. 



Hauhake. 



kapung< 
Take up a crop, 
Talk, 0. Korero. 
T^, a. Roa; teitei; hita- 

wetawe. 
Tame, a. Rarata. 
Tame, 6. Whakararata. 
Tap, s. Korere. 
TaBte, s. Ha. 



Ten, a. Tekau: ngakuru; 

hokotahi (w.) ; ngawiri (k.). 
Tender, a. Ngawari; ngohe- 

ngoke. 
Tendon, ». Uatta. 
Tent, *. Teneli. 
Termination, «. Mutunga ; po- 

ronga ; whakaotinga ; porO' 

tutukitanga. 



tER 



( 805 ) 



THO 



Terrible» a, WeM; mataku. 

Terrify, v, Whahamatahu ; 
whakawehu 

Terror, 9, Wehi; mataku, 

Testament» «. Kawenata. 

Than, eonj, L 

Thank, v, WhaJcapai; wha* 

kawhetau 

I ibank you ; Ka pai ; E tika 
hoki. 

That,|>ro». la; tena; tera; 
taua; raua {e, c). 

That, (in order that), ^a— 
at. 

Thatch, 9. Tapatu; ato; tu- 
ruki. 

The, art. Te. 

Thee» pron, Koe ; man ; mou ; 
nau ; nou. 

Theft, ê, Tahae ; haia ; keia ; 
wkanako (jb, c). 

Their, pron. To ratou ; ta 
ratou. 

Then, ad. lanei. 

Then, (at that time), ad. Ko 
reira ; no reira. 

Thence» ad. I reira. 

There, ad. JS!b; kona; rei' 
ra ; ra; na; koina ; raina ; 
raka ; rara; rerei (jf^»); 
fohakako (fl^.). 

Thereby, ad. Ma reira; hei 
reira; ko reitja. 

Thetetote^ eonu Ema; mo 
rdra, ] 

These, pron. Jl^nei; anei. 



They, pron. Ratou ; ratau 
{e, c). 

They two, pron. Raua. 

Thick, a. Matotoru; mata- 
tengi ; pupuru ; totoka. 

Thief, «. Tahae; wkanako; 
kaia {e, o.) ; keia (tt.) ; tO' 
he (n.) / whenako. 

Thieve, v. Tahae ; whanako. 

Thigh,*. Huwha; kuwha{E. 
c). 

Thin, a. Tupuhi ; hauaitu; 

tokoroa ; tuoi ; hauarea ; hi' 

roki; honia ; ngongo; pa^ 

koko. 
Thin, to be, as a board, v. 

Rahirahi ; angeange. 
Thine, pron. Tau ; tahau (e, 

a). 
ThiDk, V. Mea ; tnahara ; hua i 

whakaaro ; ki (w,); ngara-- 

hu ; tohu. 

Third, a. Tuatoru ; toru. 

Thirst, s» Matewai ; hiainu ; 
wheinu (r.). 

Thirteen, a. Tekau ma toru. 

Thirty, a. Toru tekau / Ao- 

kotoru (^O* 
Thither, ad. Ki reira., 
This, pron. Tenei. 
Thistle, ê. Pororua; puwha. 
Those, pron. Ana ; ara ; ena ; 

era; aua. 

Thou, pron, Koe. 

Thought, *. Mahara ; wha' 

kaaro; ki (jr) ; ngarahu. 
Thousand, a. Mano. 

2 n a 



THR 



( 306 ) 



TOM 



Thrash, v. Whiu, 

Thread, s, Miro, 

Thread worm, s, Iroiro. 

Threatening, a. Whakaweti ; 
whakawehi. 

Three, a. Torn; tengi ; ma- 
tengi (/?.). 

Threshold, s. Paewai, 

Thrice, ad. Tuatoru. 

Thrill, r. Ihiihi ; koikiihi ; 
wanawana. 

Throat, s. Korokoro ; kaki. 

Throb, V, Kapakapa ; tapore- 
pore ; panapana. 

Throne, s. Torona. 

Throw, V. Maka ; pang a ; 
akiri ; epa ; ho a ; kohiri ; 
pana ; pin; porowkiu; tiri. 

Throw down, v, Whakataka ; 
whakahoro ; ruke. 

Thrust, v. Turaki ; pumuka. 

Thrust in, v. Kokomo ; tiho- 
ka {b. c). 

Thumb, s, Koromatua, 

Thump, V, Kuru ; moto. 

Thunder, s, Whatitiri; whaU 
tiri (jE. c). 

Thursday, «. Tairei. 
Thus, ad, Penei, 
Thy, pron. Tau ; ton ; au ; ou. 
Tickle, V. Whakakoekoe, 

Tide, 8. Tai ; konhirihi (ft.) ; 
ngaehe (n.). 

Tie, V. Here ; hoHki (b. c.) ; 
houwere {e, c.) ; niko ; po' 
na ; taui ; whitiki ; wha- 
whau {fv) ; whitoU (w.) ; 



runa ; ruru ; taroi ; roirai 
(w,) ; hohou. 

Tie in bundles, tr. Pupu, 

Tie, as a rope to a piece of 
timber, v, Putiki» 

Tie up raupo, v. Nati, 

Tie reeds, v, Tautari. 

Tie, in a bunch, v, Tautau. 

Tiger, *. Taika. 

Tight, a, Mau; kiki. 

Tighten, r. W/iakakiki ; wha- 
kamau ; tokapuru. 

Till, prep, Taea noatia. 

Tilt, V, Whakatitaha ; honga 

Timber, 8, Rakau, 

Time, *. Wa, 

Timid, a. Wehi; mataku. 

Tinder, 8, Whakaka. 

Tingle, v, Titi ; tioro ; paoro* 
oro. 

Tip, 8, Matamaia ; koinga ; 
keokeonga. . 

Tired, a, Ngenge ; mauiui ; 
hoha. See Weary. 

Toy prep, Ki; ko. 

Toast, V, Tunu, 

To-day, ad. Aianei ; inaia- 
nei; nonaiat 

Toe, 8, Matihatu 

Together, ad, I Tahi; tcpuni. 

Toil, 8. Mamljahi ; whakauaua. 

Token, 8, Mênmai; maioka. 

Tomb, 8. Urifpa; rua tupa- 
paku. 



TOM 

To-morrow, ad, Apopo; ake- 
ngokengo (/?.). 

Tongue, s, Arero, 

Too, ad, Nui atu. 

Tooth, 8, Niho ; rd. 
Toothache, 8. Nihotunga, 
Top, 8. Fotaka, 
Top, the, 8. Rung a. 

Topknot, 8. Reke ; tikitiki ; 

ngoi ; ngoungou. 
Torch, 8, Rama ; roheroke. 
Torment, v, Whakamamae, 
Tom, to be, v. Tarerarera. 
Toss, r. Akiri ; piu ; maka. 

Totter, V. Ngaueue; oioi ; 
ngarue (jE, c). 

Touch, V, Pa; whakapa. 
Tough, a. TJaua ; maro. 
Tow, V, Toto; kukume. 
Towards, prep, Ko ; ki. 
Tower, s, Taumaihi, 
Town, 5. Kainga ; taone. 
Toy, *.. Whakapataritari, 
Track, *. Ara, /S'eeEoad. 
Track, v, Takitaki, 
Trade, v, Soko. 
Tradition, s, Tukunga iko ; 

whakarerenga iho. 
Trample upon, v. Takahu 
Transient, a, Tuao, 
Translate, r. Whakamaori, 
Trap, *• Rore, 
Trap, vJ Karapiti. 
Travel, ». Haere. 

Travel tprough bushes, r. Mu- 
hu. ' 



/ 



\ 
/ 



( 307 ) TUM 

Traveller, «. Tangata haere. 

Treacherous, a, Konihi, 

Tread, v, Takahi. 

Treasure, s, Taonga, 

Tree, s, Rakau, 

Tremble, v, Wiri; hungoi- 
ngoi; huoioi. 

Trial, 8, Whakamatauranga, 

Tribe, 8, Sapu ; iwi ; ika ; 
pori ; pu. 

Trickle, v. Soho ; heke ; ko» 
reto ; toto {je, c — /r.). 

Trinity, s, Tokotoru. 

Troop, 8, Matua ; ika. 

Trouble, to have, v^ Mahi ; 
raru. 

Troublesome, a. Taitahae ; 

autaia (je. c); whanoke (e. 

c). 
Trough, s, Kumeti ; oko. 

True, a, Pono, 

Trumpet, 8. Tetere, 

Trunk of a tree, s, Tinana ; 
takahi. 

Trust, 8, Whakapono, ' 

Truly, ad. Kola ; koa ; ina ; 
ahua; aheiha (Ng.); ana- 
koia (^.) ; katiramata (s. 
q.). 

Truth, *. Pono ; pononga (w,). 

Try, v. Whakamatau; tohe. 

Tuesday, *. Turei. 

Tuft, 8. Purekireki ; pure- 
pure; pureirei. (fF,), 

Tumble,». Singa; taka. 

Tumour, 8» Puku, 



THR 



( 306 ) 



TOM 



ThrasL, ». Whiu. 

Thread, s, Miro, 

Thread worm, s. Iroiro. 

Threatening, a. Whakaweti ; 
whakawehi. 

Three, a. Torn; tengi ; ma- 
tengi (/?.). 

Threshold, s. Paewai, 

Thrice, ad. Tuatoru. 

Thrill, r. Ihiiki ; koihiiki ; 
wanawana. 

Throat, s. Korokoro ; kaki. 

Throb, V, Kapakapa ; tapore- 
pore ; panapana. 

Throne, 8. Torona. 

Throw, r. Maka ; panga ; 
akiri ; epa ; hoa ; kokiri ; 
pana ; piu ; porowkiu ; tiri. 

Throw down, «. Whakataka ; 
whakahoro ; ruke. 

Thrust, V. Turaki; putmika. 

Thrust in, v. Kokomo ; tiho- 
ka {b. c). 

Thumb, J. Koromatua. 

Thump, V, Kuru ; moto. 

Thunder, 8, Whatitiri; whaU 
tiri (a. c). 

Thursday, 8. Tairei. 
Thus, ad. Penei. 
Thy, pron, Tau ; tou ; au ; ou. 
Tickle, V, Whakakoekoe. 

Tide, 8. Tai ; korihirihi (ft.) ; 
ngaehe (n.). 

Tie, r. Here ; hotiki (e. c.) ; 
houwere (e, c.) ; niJco ; po- 
na ; taui ; whUiki ; wha- 
whau {fr.) ; whitoki {w.) ; 



tuna; ruru; taroi; rairai 
(w,) ; hohou. 

Tie in bundles, v, Pupu, 

Tie, as a rope to a piece of 
timber, r. Putiki, 

Tie up raupo, r. Nati, 

Tie reeds, ». Tautari, 

Tie, in a bunch, r. Tautau, 

Tiger, *. Taika. 

Tight, a, Mau; kiki. 

Tighten, r. TT/iakakiki ; wha- 
kamau ; tohapuru. 

Till, prep. Taea noatia. 

Tilt, V, TFhakatitaha ; honga 

Timber, *. Rakau, 

Time, 8, TFa, 

Timid, a, Wehi; mataku. 

Tinder, 8. Whakaka. 

Tingle, ». Titi ; tioro ; paoro* 
oro. 

Tip, 8. Matamata ; koinga ; 
keokeonga, . 

Tired, a, Ngenge ; mauiui; 
hoha. See Weary. 

'Toy prep, Ki; ko. 

Toast, V, Tunu» 

To-day, ad, Aianei ; inata- 
net; nonaianei. 

Toe, 8. Matimati. 

Together, ad,{ Tahi; topuni. 

Toil, 8. Mamiahi ; whakauaua. 

Token, 8. Mênmai; maioha. 

Tomb, 8. Urhpa; rua tupa^ 
paJcu. 



TOM 



( 307 ) 



TUM 



To-morrow, ad. Apopo; ake- 
ngokengo (r,). 

Tongue, s» Arero. 

Too, ad, Nui atu. 

Tooth, *• Niho ; ret. 
Toothache, *. NiJu)tunga, 
Top, *. Fotakui 
Top, the, *. Runga, 

Topknot, *. Reke ; tikitiM ; 

ngoi; ngoungou. 
Torch, *. Rama ; roherohe. 
Torment, v, Whakamamae. 
Tom, to be, v, Tarerarera, 
Toss, V, Akiri ; piu ; tnaka. 

Totter, V, Ngaueue; oioi ; 
ngarue (s, a). 

Touch, V, Pa; whakapa. 
Tough, a, Uaua ; maro. 
Tow, V, Toto ; kukume. 
Towards, prep» Ko ; hi. 
Tower, *. Taumaihi. 
Town, ^. Kainga ; taone. 
Toy, *.. Whalcapataritari, 
Track, *. Ara, See Eoad. 
Track, v, Takitaki, 
Trade, v, Soko, 

Tradition, s. Tukunga iho ; 

whakarerenga iko. 
Trample upon, v, Takahi. 
Transient, a, Tuao, 
Translate, v, Whakamaori, 
Trap, 9. Rore, 
Trap, r.' Karapiti, 
Travel, k Saere, 

.Travel tprough bushes, r. Mu- 
hu, f 



Traveller, «. Tangata haere. 

Treacherous, a, Konihi, 

Tread, v. Takahi, 

Treasure, *. Taonga, 

Tree, s, Rakau, 

Tremble, v, Wirt; hungoi- 
ngoi ; huoioi. 

Trial, a, Whakamatauranga, 
Tribe, *. JIapu ; iwi ; ika ; 
port; pu. 

Trickle,». Soho ; heke ; ko- 

reto; toto (e, c. — fF.). 
Trinity, s, Tokotoru, 

Troop, 8, Matua ; ika. 

Trouble, to hare, v, Maki ; 
raru. 

Troublesome, a. Taitahae ; 
autaia (b. c); whanoke (e. 
c). 

Trough, s, Kumeti ; oho. 

True, a, Pono, 

Trumpet, s. Tetere. 

Trunk of a tree, s, Tinana ; 
takahi. 

Trust, 8, TFhakapono, ' 

Truly, ad, Koia ; koa ; ina ; 
ahua; aheiha (Ng,); ana- 
koia (fr.) ; hatiramata {jb, 
q.). 

Truth, 8, Pono j pononga (^.)* 

Try, V, Whakamatau ; tohe, 

Tuesday, *. Turei. 

Tuft, 8. Purekireki ; pure- 
pure ; pureirei, (fF,), 

Tumble, v, Singa ; taka. 

Tumour, ^. Puku, 



TUM 



( 308 ) 



tJND 



Tumulty i. Nganga ; nganga- 
re. 

Tune, 8, Rangi. 

Turkey, *. Pipipu 

Turn, 8. Noni ; piko ; kokeke. 

Turn, V, Tahuri; wairori ; 
kuri ; kohure; papare. 

Turn about^ v, Kopikopiko; 
tiutiu ; neinei ; paihareke 
{b, c); tatau; rara (s,c,). 

Turn adrift, v, Whakatere, 

Turn aside, ». Hipa {w,) ; 
pahika (r. — i». c.) ; peau ; 
tohipa; whakahipa(fF,), 

Turn awaj from, v. TFTtaka- 
ninihi. 

Turn back, v. Whakahohi. 

Turn inside out, r. Huriko- 
aro. 

Turn one way, ». Arotahu 

Turn round, ». n. Jmiomio ; 
arohirohi ; koumuumu ; po- 
taitaka ; takamingondngo. 

Turn towards, v, Aro; aro- 
nut. 

Turn upside down, v, Huri- 
poki. 

Tumip; «. Keha ; horuhoru ; 
korau (ir. — e. c.) ; nanu 

Tusk, «• 22et ; niAo. 

Twelve, a, Tekau ma rua. 

Twenty, a, Rua tekau ; hoko- 
rua. 

Twice, ad. Tuarua. 

Twilight, a. Rikoriko, 
Twin, 8. Mahanga. 



Twine, 8* Aho. 

Twinkle, v. Kotamutamu. 

Twirl, V. Hurihuri, 

Twist, V. Miromiro ; karure. 

Twitch, v. Takiri, 

Two, a. Rua ; rie («.) ; rie- 
nga (i2.). 

Two, by, ad, Takirua; pu- 
rua. 



u. 

Udder, 8, U. 

Ugly, a, Ahua kino. 

Ulcerated, a, Komaoa; kiko- 
hunga. 

Umbilical chord, *. Tangae" 
ngae; pito ; uho (e,c,). 

Umbrella, 8, Marara. 

Unawares, ad, Whakarere, 

Uncle, 8, Matua keke. 

Uncooked, a, Mata ; kaim<h 
ta ; torouka (e. c.) ; tonga' 
nga ; weo ; whdkarae {s, c). 

Uncover, v. Sura / makitra. 

Uncover by scraping} a;wa7 the 
earth, v, Huke, 

Under, prep. Raro. 

Underdone, a. Kan^hi., See 
Uncooked. 

Underneath, prep. 

Understand, v. Mat] 
hio. 

Understanding, a. 
mohio; matanga. 



UND 



( 309 ) 



VAL 



Undone, a, Kaewa; paheno. 

Unevenness, *. Ta, 

Unfinished, a, BMkahuka, 

Unfiniitful, to be, t». Tatakau; 
hua kore. 

Unintelligible, a, Ngaro» 

Unite, ». Whakakotahi» 

Unity, *. Kotahitanga» 

Unjust, a. He, 

Unless, conj» Ki te kore. 

Unpaid, a, Tarewa, 

Unperceived, ad, Toropuku; 
puku. 

Unpleasant to the taste, a. 
Kawa. 

Unravel, ». Wevoete; whaka- 
matara. 

Unrighteous, a. Sara; kino; 
he. 

Unripe, a, loio. 

Unseasoned, as timber, a. To- 
rouka. 

Unsettled, a, Tarewa; ka- 
huirangi; tirangi ; taurewa 
{e, c) ; tingei (e, c) ; ti- 
rengi (Ng,) ; titengi {w,) ; 
tuarangaranga (jr,) ; wha- 
karoiroL 

Unsteady, to be, «?. Titaka;tau- 
taka ; paihoreke (e, c). 

Unsuccessful in fishing, a, Mu- 
hore ; puhore. 

Untie, V. Wewete. 

Untied, to be, v, Mawete; 
maweto ; hareto ; maheno 
(ii.) ; makowha ; matora {e. 



Until, prep* Taea noatia. 

Unto, prep, Ki. 

Untouched, a. Tikitu ; toitu ; 
urutapu. 

Untwisted, to be, v, Matara 
{e. c). 

Up, prep, Runga, 

Up, to be, V. Maea ; mora* 
nga ; puea. 

Up to, prep. To, 
Upon, prep. Ki runga. 
Upper part, s. TJpoko; a runga. 
Uppermost, a, Runga rawa. 
Upright, a, Tu tonu. 

Upset, to be, v, Tahuri, 

Upward, ad, Ake; whaka* 
runga. 

Upwards, in niimber, ad, 

Tuma ; ngahoro. 
Urge, V, Akiaki (e, c.) ; tene ; 

whakakoro; tohe ; hotu. 

Urine, 8, Mind, 

V^tpron, Tatou; matou. 

Us two, pron, Taua ; tnaua. 

Use, s. Pai, 

Uvula, 8, Tohetohe ; mirami' 
ra (w,). 



V. 

Vacant, a. Ate a ; watea ; ta* 
koto noa, 

Yain, in, ad, Maumau ; noa ; 
kahurangi. 

Valley, s, Awaawa; kakari' 



TUM 



( 308 ) 



tJND 



\ 



Tumulty 9. Nganga ; nganga- 
re. 

Tune, 8, Rangi, 

Turkey, *. Pipipu 

Turn, ê. Noni ; piko ; kokehe. 

Turn, V, Tahuri; wairori ; 
hurt; kohure ; papare. 

Turn about, v, Kopikapiko; 
tiutiu ; neinei ; paihoreke 
{b, c); tatau; rara (b,c,). 

Turn adrift, v. Wkakatere, 

Turn aside, r. Htpa (w,) ; 
pahika (r. — b, c.) ; peau ; 
tohipa; whakahipa (fr,). 

Turn away from, r. Whaka- 
ninihi. 

Turn back, v. JFhakahoki, 

Turn inside out, r. Huriko- 
aro. 

Turn one way, »• Arotahi, 

Turn round, r. n. Jmiomio ; 
arohirohi ; koumuuntu; po- 
taitaka ; takamingondngo. 

Turn towards, v, Aro; aro- 
nuu 

Turn upside down, v. Hurt- 
poki. 

Tumip; 9, Keha ; horuharu; 
karau (w. — b. c.) ; nanu 

Tusk, «. Ret ; niho. 

Twelve, a. Tekau ma rua. 

Twenty, a. Rua tekau ; hokth 
rua. 

Twice, ad. Tuarua. 

Twilight, a. Rikoriko, 
Twin, 9, Makanga. 



Twine, «• Aho, 

Twinkle, v. Kotatnuiamu, 

Twirl, V, Hurihuri, 

Twist, r. Miromiro ; ka rure. 

Twitch, ». Takiri, 

Two, a, Rua ; rie («.) ; rU' 
nga (r,). 

Two, by, ad, Takirua; pu- 
rua. 



u. 

Udder, «. U, 

Ugly, a. Ahua kino. 

Ulcerated, a, Komaoa; kiko* 
hunga. 

Umbilical chord, s. Tangae- 
ngae; pito ; uho (b. c). 

Umbrella, s, Marara. 

Unawares, ad, Whakarere. 

Uncle, 8. Matua keke. 

Uncooked, a. Mata ,* haimū' 
ta; torouka (b. c.) ; tonga' 
nga; weo ; whakarae {b, c). 

Uncover, v, Sura ; makura. 

Uncover by scraping away the 
earth, v, Huke, 

Under, prep. Raro. 

Underdone, a. Kanewha. See 
Uncooked. 

Underneath, prep. Raro» 

Understand, v. Matau; mo* 
hio. 

Understanding, a. Matau / 
mohios matanga. 



UND ( 3i 

Undoiie, a. Kaewa ; paheno, 
UnevennesB, a. Ta. 
Unfinished, a. Sukakuka. 
Unfruitful, to be, v. Tatakau; 

hua kore. 
Unintelligible, a. Ngaro. 
Unite, V. WkakakotaAi. 
Unity, a. Kotakitanga. 
Unjust, a. He. 
Unless, conj. Ki te kore. 
Unpaid, a. Tarewa.- 
Unperceived, ad. Toropuku; 

Unpleasant to the taste, a, 

UnrsTel, v. Wewete; tekaka- 

matara. 
UnrighteouB, a. Sara; kino: 

he. 
Unripe, a. Iota. 
Unseaaoned, as timber, a. To- 

rouka. 
Unsettled, a. Tarewa; ka- 

kuirangi; tirangi; taurewa 

{ī, c); Hngei (e. C.) ; ti- 

'■«"i" (JVJO' iil«ngi {w.) ; 

tuarangaranga {if.) ; wha- 

iaroiroi. 
Unsteady, to be, p. Tiiaka; tau- 

taka i paihorehe (e. c). 
UiisucceB8fuliDfiBhiDg,a. Mv 

kore jmkore. 
Untie, o. Wetoele. 
Untied, to be, c. Maxete; 

mawelo ; kareto ; makeno 

(b.) ,■ makowha ; tnatora (s. 

C). 



Until, prep. Taea noatia. 
Unto, prep. iS. 
Untouched, a. TiUtti ; toitu ; 

urulapu. 
Untwisted, to be, v. Matara 

(E. a). 
Up, prep. Runga. 
Up, to be, p. Maea ; «om- 

nga ; puea. 
Up to, prep. To. 
Upon, prep. Ki runga. 
Upper part, «. Upoko; a runga. 
Uppermost, a. Runga rawa. 
Upright, a. Tu tomt. 
Upaet, to be, e. Tahuri. 
Upward, ad. jike ; whaka- 

Upwards, in number, ad, 

Tuma ; ngahoro. 
Ui-ge, V. Jkiaki (s. o.) ; tene ; 

lohakakoro ; tohe ; hotu. 
Urine, t. Mimi. 
JĪB,pron. Tatou; malou. 
Ub two, pro». Taua ; maua. 
Use, ». Pai. 
Uvula, a, Tohetohe; mirami- 

ra (w.). 



Vacant, a. Atea ; walea ; to- 

koto noa. 
Tain, in, ad, Maumau; jtoa; 

kahurangi. 
Valley, a. Awaawa ; hahiay- 



VAL 



(310) 



WAL 



tanga; hapua (»^.)> «mi^* 
warua ; mato (w.) ; taioro- 
rua ; tawhati (w^.). 

Value, 8. Utu. 

Vapour, 8. Mamaoa; koro' 
whanake. See Steam. 

Variable, to be, v, Haurohu- 
roku {w,) ; put a ke. 

Variegated, a. Kotingotingo, 

See Spotted. 

Veil, 8. Kopare. 
Vein, 8, JJautt, 

Verandah, *. IVhakamahau; 
mahau ; koihi ; rueke ; hau' 
rangi (if.) ; kangatungatu 

Verse, *. RarangL 

Vertebre, s, Iwi tuararo. 

Very, ad, Ki ; tino ; wetO' 
ngotango. 

Vessel, s, Oko. 

Vestige, «. Un. 

Vexation, 8, Whakafakariri; 
whakarikarika ; inati. 

Vexed, to be, v, Whahataka' 
riri ; karangirangi ; tinia ; 
konohonoa {e. c). 

Vibrate, v. Piupiu ; ngateru 

Vice, *. Kino ; he* 

Victual, «. Kau 

Vie, V, Tohe ; tautohetohe* 

View, 8, Tirohanga, 

Vigilant, a. Tupato ; mata» 
ara. 

Vigorous, to be, ». Kaha ; ma' 



tomato; pukiptihi; tupm; t^ 
perepere. 

Vile, a. Kino ; weriweri. 

Village, 8, Kainga ; pa. 

Vine, *. Waina. 

Vineyard, «• Mara waimt. 

Violent, a. Pakaha; taikdka; 
tuanui (ir.) ; tuperepere. 

Virtue, *. Pai, 

Viscid, to be, v. Tataki. 

Vision, *. Kitenga, 

Visit, r. Toro ; nohonoho. 

Visitor, 8. Manuhiri. 

Voice, *. Reo ; waha. 

Voice, supernatural, 8, Iri' 
rangi. 

Void, a. Atea ; kautahanga. 

Volcano, s, Puia, 

Vomit, ». Ruaki, 

Voyage, «. Rerenga. 



w. 

Wade, V, Kau, 

"Wages, *. TJtu, 

Wail, V, Aue ; tangi. 

Waist, *. Sope, 

Wait, V. Tatari; whanga; 
whakananawe; whakaririka. 

Wakeful, a, Ara; mataara; 
matatu. 

Walk, V, Haere, 



WAL 



(311) 



WEE 



WalkiBg-stick, *. Tokoto^o ; 

turupou* 
Wall, *. Pakitara; patu; 

tara {m. c.) . 

"Wallow, V. Titakataha ; oke. 

Wander, v, Marara ; atiu' 
tiu ; kaewa ; kokewa ; kone- 
wha; korara ; koroiroi (e. 
C.) ; whakaroiroi ; wawa ; 
wawara. 

Wandering, as a dream, a. Tu- 
toro. 

Wane, ». Riko, 

Want, 8, Onge. 

War, 9. Pakanga ; whawhai; 
whainga. 

Ward off, v, Papare ; kakaro. 

Warm, to be, v, Mahana; 
wera ; puwera ; ahuru. 

Warm oneself, v, Inaina ; pa- 
ina ; whakaahuru. 

Warmth, *. Werawera ; ma- 
hana ; pumahu. 

Warn, r. Wkakafupato, 

Warp, «. Whenu. 

Wash, V, Sorou 

Waste, V, Maumau, 

Wasted, a. Maumau. 

Wasted away, to be, r. Koeo ; 
kohl ; kohiakiko ; ngongo ; 
honia» 

Watch, V, Mataara; hiwaji 
whanga. 

Water, «• Wat ; honu ; katao, 
(n.) ; mote (jv.) ; ngongi 

Water^ as the mouth, v. Mtmai, 



Water, v. Whakamakuku. 

Water, as the eves, r. Tori- 
wai; towawahi (w,). 

Watercourse, s. Macro. 

Waterfidl, «. Rere; taheke. 

Watertight, to be, v, Maru; 

pihu 
Wave, *. Ngaru. 

Wave, Mnall, *. Papata (n.). 

Wave, V, Piupiu; rutu. 

Way, «. Ara ; huarahi ; hua» 

nuL 
We, pron. Tatou; matou; 

tatau (e, c); matau (s, c). 
We two, pron, Taua ; maua. 
Weak, to be, v, Ngoikore; iwi- 

kore; anewa (w.). 
Weaken, v. WhakaruMruhL 
Wealth, «. Taonga, 
Weapon, ê, Patu; ringaringa. 
Wearisome, a. Whakahoha, 

Weary, to be, ». Hoha ; nge' 
nge; marohirohi; rore; mam" 
ui ; rowhea {Ng,) s ruwka; 
waea; waitau. 

Weather, «• Rangi, 

Weave, ». Whatu; nape (jl.). 

Wed, V. Marena, 

Wedding, e, Marenatanga; 
tangohanga. 

Wedge. Makahis mataora; 
ora (jB. c). 

Wednesday, s, Weuerei» 
Weeds, «• Otaota; tmru. 
Week,*. Wiki. 
Weep, #• Tangi. 



I 



WEI 



(31 



"Weigh down, v. Whakatai- 
maha. 

Weight, s. Taimaha; tauma- 
ha; toimaha ; tami; uaua- 
tanga. 

Well, a. Ora, 

Well, *. Poka wai. 

West wind, s, Sauauru ; hau- 
araki ; kapekape {e, c). 

Wet, a, Maku ; rari ; make- 

ngo. 
Whale, «. Tohora ; pakake 

(e. c.) ; tohoraka («.) . 

Whalebone, «. Parana» 

What, pron. Aha, 

What, int. Are ; ha. 

Wheat, 8. Witu 

Wheel, s. Porowhita. 

When, ad. Ana; ina; no; i. 

When, interrogative, ad, 
Ahea ; inahea ; nonahea ; 
tainawhea (e. c). 

Whence, ad, Nohea; ihea. 

Where, ad. Kohea; keihea; 
tea (r,); tehea (r,). 

Whereas, conj. Notemea. 

Whereat, ad, Noreira; mo- 
reira. 

Whereby, ad, Mareira, 

Wherefore, conj, Koia; mo- 
reira. 

Whereupon, ad. Na; no* 
reira ; % reira. 

Wherewithal, ad. Ma te aha. 

Whether, conj, Ahakoa; ne; 
oti; ranei ; raina (l?, c). 



2 ) WID 

Which, ^won. Tehea; ehea. 

Which, in the oblique cases, 
pron. At. 

While, ad. Kei ; keiwha. 

Whine, v. Uene. 

Whip, V. Whiu. 

Whip, 9. Ta ; whiu. 

Whipping-top, s. Kaihotaka. 

Whirl, V. Tawhiri; tawMth 
whiu; kowhiri ; karawhiu; 
koumuumu; riporipo. 

Whirlpool, *. Riporipo; ho- 
roripo, 

Wbirlwind, s. Awhiowhio. 

Whisk, V. Powhiriwhiri, 

Wliisper, v, Kowhetewhete ; 
kohumuhumu. 

Whistle, V, Korowhiti; whio. 

White, a. Ma. 

Wbite clay, *. Uhui; uht 
(e. c. — w.). 

Whither, ad, Kohea, 

Whizz, V. Mapu. 

Who, pron. Wai. In the 
oblique cases, ai. 

Whole, a. Katoa, 

Whose, pron. Na wai; no 
wai. 

Why, ad. Se aha; na it 
aha. 

Wicked, a. £ino ; hara» 

Wide, a. Whanui; wharaki,- 

Widow, *. Potiaru ; takahore. 

Widower, «. Pouaru; taktt" 
hore. 



WID 



( 313 ) 



WOR 



[i, 8. Whanui ; wharahi. 

8, Wahine ; hoa, 

a. Maka. 
3rness, s. Koraha. 

s, Siahia ; pai, 

[, 8. Hau ; muri ; ko- 
gihengi (w.); kotenyite- 
; matangi (»".). 

. ahead, 8» Hautumu, 

[, V, Pokai; takatakai. 

[ about, V. Kokeke ; ko- 
ojaiko, 

ling, a. Awhiowhio ; tai- 
hio, 

low, 8. Matapihi ; koto- 
i; mataaho, 

f, «. Farirau ; pakau ; 
kaukau ; paihau (je. c). 

J of an army, «. Kauae, 

ly V, Kamokamo, 
low, V, Kowhiuwhiu. 

QTy 8, Hotoke; hutoke 
c); takurua, 

J, V, Muku; ukui; muru, 

om, 8, Matauranga; mo- 
tanga, 

, a. Mat an ^ mohio ; 
tanga. 

I, V. Hiahia ; amene ; mi- 
niha. See Desire. 

h, 8, Wahine makutu. 

hcraft, js. Makutu; what- 
aia (s/c); taurarua, 

I, prep4 Kei, 



Wither, v, Memenge ; poke; 
ngingio; ngonoghe; paroparo. 

Withhold, V. Meko. 

'WithiTi, prep, Roto; ro. 

Within a little, ad. Mekari ; 
mekore. 

Without, ad. Waho. 

Witness, 8. Kai whakapono. 

Woman, s, Wahine. 

Woman, old, s. Kuia ; rum- 
hi; ngoingoi ; ruwahine ; 
kui ; hakui {e, a) ; hupeke 
(r.). 

Womb, 8, Kopu. 

Wonder, v, Miharo ; miha ; 
mihi {e. c.) ; maharo {w.) ; 
monoa (e.c); umere. 

Wonderful, a. Whakamiharo. 

Woo, V. Aruaru ; whai. 

Wood, 8. Ngahere; tawhao; 
nehenehe (w.) ; weku (n.). 

Wood (timber), 8. Rakau, 

Wood, isolated, 8, Motu ra- 
kau ; kari (w.). 

Wood, half burnt, 8. Mounga; 
motumotu (w.) ; momotu {e. 
c.) ; ngotungotu (tt.) ; ngou- 
ngou (^.). 

Wood coal, 8. Kapoai. 

Woof, 8. Aho. 

Wool, 8, Suruhuru. 

Word, 8. Kupu ; korero. 

Work, 8, Hanga ; mahi. 

World, 8, Ao. 

Worm, 8. Toke ; noke (e. c); 
ngunu (jL.). 

1 ^ 



WOR 

Worn out, a, Petapeta ; onge- 
onge; ngawhewhe ; ngawhi- 
ngawhi, 

"Worse, a. Nut atu te kino. 

Worship, r. KaraJda. 

Worthy, a. Pai. 

Wound, 8. Tunga. 

Wrap up, V, Tahai. 

Wrath, 8. Riri; aritmita. 

Wreath, 8. Pare; kopare. 

Wrecked, a. Paea; pakaru. 

Wrench, v. Tango. 

Wrest, as words, v. Whaka- 
Tiro. 

Wrestle, v. Wkakataetae, 

Wriggle, V, Korikori; tita- 
kataka ; keukeu (s, c.) ; 
tautaka; turetireti {w»)* 

Wring, V, Whakamri. 

Wrinkle, 8. Korukoru (fr,). 

Wrinkled, to be, v. Rehe (je. 

c). 
Write, V, Tuhituhi. 

Writhe, v. Kapekapeta; oke» 
oke. 

Wrong, a. He. 



Y. 

Yam, 8. Uwkikaho. 
Yawn, V. Kohera. 
Ye, pron, Koutou. 
Ye two, pron. Korua, 



( 314 ) ZIG 

Yea, ad, Ae ; koia. 

Year, 8. Tau. 

Yellow, a. Pungapunga. 

Yelp, V. Tau. 

Yes, ad. Ae ; ina ; koia 
ana {w.). 

Yesterday, ad. Inanahi ; no- 
nanaki; tainahi. 

Yesternight, ad. Inapo; no- 
napo. 

Yet, conj. Ano, 

Yield, V, Ngaeki ; ngaeri; 
oru; taoru. 

Yield, let go, v. Tuku. 

Yonder, ad» Na ; ki ko. 

You, prmt. Koutou. 

You two^pron. Korua. 

Young, a. Kuao ; punua. 

Young of birds, 8. Hukari; 
pi. 

Younger relative, 8, Muringa, 
teina; taina (js. c). 

Youngest child, s. Whakao 
tinga ; potiki. 

Your, pron, Ta > koutou ; t 
koutou; ta kort^a; to korua 

Youth, 8. Taitamariki; maiti 
iti (r.). 



Zeal, 8, Tohe ; t^aua. 
Zigzag, a, Kopihpiko, 



THll liTSD 0"E ^^Q0-&1> ^liS.'l, 



SENTENCES 



a 

7 



A SELECTION 

OF 

COLLOQUIAL SEXTEXCES. 



I. 

Where do you come from ? . No hea £>r r 

When did you come ? . . NonaLsa £ :e : i 

What are you come for ? . He aLi k:»r : LfcrTr ::-u u - 



• • • 



Are you married ? . . . . He Tilnjr n-. r 

Have you any children ? . . He taizuhrj:. t. r 

Is this your child ? . . . Xa'i t*:i.r: ^Lr,l.:. - 

Have you been baptized ? . Ka o-:: k>r ^* -.-_-. r 

Who is your Missionary ? . Ko tv v,- V ■>-•. > -«^ - 



f E zZiA'ja.^ ir-i njLi:'. 



Do you know how to read ? . J , **-* *^- n^r". * 



£:•*•- 



Do you understand how to E maiar^ ti-i j::»r i_ "- -^: - 
write ? t-iL; r 



Have you never been to Kah-yre tr.: i -»i , .i*- i 
school ? kum r 



Do not your children go to Kahor^ i u.::-u-.x. r -ii--^- § 
school ? te k'^iTb. ': 

Send them, ^lau e i»:-!*: i_ .-r _i 

Is there no school in your KaLort Ir t-tl . t. i... .-l • 

village? 

Doyouknowhowtosew? . J-^,-^*-^- ^^ ^" * ' 

Mend this hole, .... Tuia :^ i:..**: jj-.. 

2 L 2 



ri 



I 



■ t 

!|: 

■!'•' 



'1 



A SELECTION 



OF 



COLLOQUIAL SENTENCES. 



I. 



Where do you come from ? . 

When did you come ? . . 
What are you come for ? 

Are you married ? . . . . 

Have you any children ? . . 

Is this your child ? . . . 

Have you been baptized ? . 

Who is your Missionary ? . 

Do you know how to read ? . 

Do you understand how to 
write? 

Have you never been to 
school? 

Do not your children go to 
school ? 

Send them, ...... 

Is there no school in your 
village? I 

Do you know hoW to sew ? . < 

Mend this hole, 



No hea koe ? 

Nonahea koe i haere mai ai ? 

He aha koe i haere mai ai ? 

He wahine tau ? 

He tamariki au ? 

Nau tenei tamaiti ? 

B^ oti koe te iriiri ? 

Ko wai to Mihanere ? 

S E matau ana ranei koe ki te 
i korero pukapuka ? 

E matau ana koe ki te tuhi- 
tuhi? 

Kahore ano koe i tae ki te 
kura? 

Kahore o tamariki e haere ki 
te kura ? 

Mau e tono ki reira. 

E^hore he kura i to kainga ? 



E matau ana koe ki te tui 
kakahu ? 

Tuia te kore nei. 
2 E 2 



318 



A SELECTION OF 



II. 

"What a dirty child you are, . Katahi te tamaiti pam ko toe. 



If veil desire to come here, 
you must be dressed in 
clean clothes, 

I allow no person to come in- 
side the house clothed in a 
blanket, you must sit out- 
side, 

Wash your clothes, • . . 

Here is some soap, . . . 

It is better to buy soap and 
not tobacco, 

Throw away your pipe, . . 

It is a bad habit, .... 

I am ashamed to see a woman 
smoke, 



Ka hiahia koe ki te haere mai 
ki konei, kia kakahuria he 
kakahu ma. 

Ekore e tukua e au te tanga- 
ta kakahu i te paraikete 
ki roto ki te whare, me 
noho koe ki waho. 

Horoia o kakahu. 

Tenei he hopi. 

Engari me hoko he hopi kaua 
he tupeka. 

Maka atu to paipa. 

He ritenga kino. 

Katahi taku mea whakama 
ko to wahine kia kai paipa. 



III. 

Have you a Testament ? . . He Kawenata tau ? 

Read with me, Taua ka korero pukapuka. 

You w411 tell me if I read Ki te he taku korero puka- 



wrong. 

What is the meaning of that 
word ? 

I do not understand what you 

say, 

Repeat it again, .... 

Speak slowly — ^you speak too 
fast, 

Let us read verse by verse, . 

Do you understand the mean- 
ing of this ? 

When do you go back to your 
village ? 



puka mau e ki mai. 

He aha te tikanga o tena 
kupu ? 

Kahore au c matau ki to ko- 
rero. 

Whakahuatia mai ano. 

Kia ata korero — hohoro tonu 
to korero. 

/ Kia hikohiko ta taua korero, 
■j mau tetahi rarangi maku 
(. tetahi. 

E matau ana ranei koe ki te 
tikanga o tenei. 

Ko ahea koe hold ai ki to 
kainga ? 



COLLOCITJIAL SEITTENCES. 



319 



Come and see me again before Hoki mai ano kia kite i ahau 
you go, keiwha haere koe. 

Come often, Kia hono te hoki mai. 

Ton must teach me, ; . . Mau ahau e ako. 

E mea ana an kia ako i te reo 
maori. 



I want to learn maori 



i, . .| 



IV. 



Do you want to work ? . . E pai ana koe ki te mahi ? 

Do you know how to fence ? [ ^ T*^»* i^'»* ^°^ ^ *« ^"^S^ 
^ ( taiepa r 

Eence this piece of ground, . Taiepatia tenei wahi. 



Let it be firm, lest the cattle 
break it. 

You must not be idle, . . 

You must work from sunrise 
to sunset, 

You must bring your own 

food, 
I shall pay you when your 

work is done, 

You must dig up all this, . 

Do not leave the roots of the 
fern in the ground, . . . 

Gather them and burn them. 

Hoe this piece of land, . . 

Break the lumps of earth, . 

Do not break my hoe, . . 

Bring it back to me when you 
have finished. 

Where is my spade ? . ; . 

I will lend it to you, . . . 

Have you not an axe ? . . 

Cut down this tree, . . . 

Chop some firewood, . . » 



Kia u, kei pakarua e nga 
kau. 

Kei mangere koe. 

Me maid koe no te putanga 
o te ra, a po noa. 

Mauria mai he kai mau. 

Ka utua koe ina mutu to 
mahi. 

Keria katoatia tenei wahi. 

Kei waiho nga roi ki raro ki 
te whenua. 

Me kohikohi ka tahu ai. 

Haua tenei wahi ki te kaheru, 

Patupatua nga keretu. 

Kei whati taku kaheru. 

Whakahokia mai ki ahau ina 
oti te mahi. 

Kei hea taku puka ? 

Ka tukua e au ki a koe. 

Kahore o titaha ? 

Tuakina tenei rakau. 

Tatakia he wahie. 



820 



Ā. SELECTION OF 



Sow this seed, Suia tenei purapura* 

Leave a space between each Me whai takiwa nga moa i t 
bed, tahi taha i tetaM taha. 

Dig a trench, Kena he waikeri. 

Widen the ditch there, . . \ "Wha^uia te whanui o 

' i waiken na. 

Plant this tree, Whakatokia tenei rakau. 

Carry some earth to this Kawea he oneone ki ten 
pait, wahi. 



V. 



Will you go and be my com- 
panion (on the road) ? 

You must carry these things, 

Do you know the road ? 

Is it a good road ? . . . . 

Is it by the coast or inland ? 

Are there many swamps ? . 

Is there much forest ? . . 

Shall we find a canoe at the 
river? 

Will you take me across ? . 
Is the river deep ? . . 
Is the wind fair ? . ♦ 
Take down the sail, . 
Bow the canoe, . . 
PuU away, . . . , 
It will rain presently, 
WiUitrain? . . . 



Ekore koe e haere hei ho 
moku. 

Mau e pikau enei mea. 

E matau ana koe ki te ara ? 

E pai ana te ara ? 

Kei te akau te ara kei utarane 

He maha ranei nga repo ? 

He roa koia te ngahere ? 

Tera koia e rokohina he wal 
ki te awa ? 

Mau pea ahau e whakawhit 

Ka hohonu te awa ? 

E tika ana te hau ? 

Turakina te ra. 

Hoea te waka. 

Kia kaha te hoe. 

Meake ua. . 

Tera ranei e ua te rangi ? 



Take care lest the things get 1 -rr - i 

, & & c ^ei maku nga mea. 

Pitch the tent, Whakaturia te teneti. 

Make the pegs fast, . . . Kia u nga tia« 

Light a fire, Tahuna he kapura. 

Eetch more firewood, . . . Tikina atu hoki he wahie. 



COLLOQUTAL SENTENCES. 



321 



Go and fetch some water, . 

Put water on the fire for tea, 

Cook our potatoes in a native 
oven, 

Call me at day-break, . , . 

Strike the tent, 

Take it to the back of the house, 

Pack up the bundles, . . . 

Mind that nothing is left, . 

Let us travel quickly, . . . 

Eoast the potatoes, the oven 
takes too long a time. 

Is not the food cooked yet ? 



Haere kawea he wai. 

Maka he wai ki te ahi mo te ti. 

Me tao a tatou kapana ki te 
umu. 

Whakaarahia ahau i te atatu. 

Turakin a te teneti. 

Taria atu ki tua o te whare. 

Takaia nga pikau. 

Kei mahue etahi o nga mea. 

Kia hohoro ta tatou haere. 

Tunua nga kapana, he roa 
rawa te umu. 

Kahore ano i maoa no a te kai? 



VI. 



Are you sick ? 

What is the matter with you ? 

"Where is your pain ? . . . 

How long have you been ill ? 

Have you had any medicine ? 

Did the medicine do any good? 

Put out your tongue, . . . 

Is your throat sore ? 

Have you not a cough ? . . 

Is your cnest sore when you 
cough r. 

Do you pe|*spire much in the 
night? 

D o you feel pain when I press 
this part J ? 

Have you bVeen sick ? . . . 

How long jjias that tumour 
been forwing ? 

What food }.Vave you eaten ? 



E mate ana koe ? 

He aha to mate ? 

Kei hea to maemae ? 

Ka pehea te roa o to mate ? 

Kahore ano koe i kai rongoa? 

I pai raifei te rongoa ? 

Kia whatero to arero. 

E mamae ana to korokoro ? 

Kahore he mare ? 

Ka mamae to uma ina mare 
koe. 

Ka puta te kakawa i to kiri 
i te po? 

Ka pehia e au te wahi nei ka 
mamae koe ? 

I ruaki koe ? 
\ Nonahea te puku na ? 



5 



He aha te kai i kainga e koe? 



820 



Ā. SELECTION OF 



Sow this seed, Buia tenei purapura. 

Leave a space between each Me whai takiwa nga moa i 
bed, tahi taha i tetahi taha. 

Dig a trench, Keria he waikeri. 

Widen the ditch there, . . { ^hal^uia te whanui o 

' i waiken na. 

Plant this tree, Whakatokia tenei rakau. 

Carry some earth to this Kawea he oneone ki te: 
pait, wahi. 



V. 



Will you go and be my com- 
panion (on the road) ? 

Tou must carry these things, 

Do you know the road ? 

Is it a good road ? . . . . 

Is it by the coast or inland ? 

Are there many swamps ? . 

Is there much forest ? . . 

Shall we find a canoe at the 
river? 

Will you take me across ? . 

Is the river deep ? . . 

Is the wind fair ? . ♦ 

Take down the sail, . 

Bow the canoe, . • 

Pull away, . . . . 

It will rain presently. 

Will it rain? . . . 



Ekore koe e haere hei h 
moku. 

Man e pikau enei mea. 

E matau ana koe ki te ara 

E pai ana te ara ? 

Kei te akau te ara kei utaran 

He maha ranei nga repo ? 

He roa koia te ngahere ? 

Tera koia e rokohina he ws 
ki te awa ? 

Man pea ahau e whakawhi 

Ka hohonu te awa ? 

E tika ana te hau ? 

Turakina te ra. 

Hoea te waka. 

Kia kaha te hoe. 

Meake ua. . 

Tera ranei e ua te rangi ? 

Take care lest the things get 7 i^ • i 

. e> & L xei maku nga mea. 

fttch the tent, Whakaturia te teneti. 

Make the pegs fast, . . . Kia u nga tia« 

Light a fire, Tahuna he kapura. 

Petch more firewood, . . . Tikina atu hoki he wahie. 



COLLOQUTAL SENTENCES. 



321 



Go and fetch some water, . 

Pat water on the fire for tea. 

Cook our potatoes in a native 
oven, 

Call me at day-break, . . . 

Strike the tent, 

Take it to the back of the house, 

Pack up the bundles, . . . 

Mind that nothing is left, . 

Let us travel quickly, . . . 

Eoast the potatoes, the oven 
takes too long a time. 

Is not the food cooked yet ? 



Haere kawea he wai. 

Maka he wai ki te ahi mo te ti. 

Me tao a tatou kapana ki te 
umu. 

"Whakaarahia ahau i te atatu. 

Turakina te teneti. 

Taria atu ki tua o te whare. 

Takaia nga pikau. 

Kei mahue etahi o nga mea. 

Kia hohoro ta tatou haere. 

Tunua nga kapana, he roa 
rawa te umu. 

Kahore ano i maoa no x te kai? 



VI. 



Are you sick ? 

What is the matter with you ? 

Where is your pain ? . . . 

How long have you been ill ? 

Have you had any medicine ? 

Did the medicine do any good? 

Put out your tongue, . . . 

Is your throat sore ? 

Have you not a cough ? . . 

Is your chest sore when you 
cough ? 

Do you perspire much in the 
night ? 

D you fee" pain when I press 
this part ? 

Have you been sick ? . . . 

How long has that tumour 
been forming ? 

What food have you eaten ? 



E mate ana koe ? 

He aha to mate ? 

Kei hea to maemae ? 

Ka pehea te roa o to mate ? 

Kahore ano koe i kai rongoa? 

I pai ranei te rongoa ? 

Kia whatero to arero. 

E mamae ana to korokoro ? 

Kahore he mare ? 

Ka mamae to uma ina mare 
koe. 

Ka puta te kakawa i to kiri 
i te po? 

Ka pehia e au te wahi nei ka 
mamae koe ? 

I ruaki koe ? 
\ Nonahea te puku na ? 



5 



He aha te kai i kainga e koe^ 



822 



Ā, SELECTION or 



Take this medicine in the 
morning and in the evening, 

Take it morning, noon, and 
night, 

Take some of this when the 
cough is bad. 

Rub this ointment on the part 
every night, 

Rub some of this on the eye- 
lids every night,-let it be 
a very little. 

Wash your eyes several times 
a-day with cold water — 
with warm water, 

Do not walk about till you 
are better, 

Do not lie continually in the 
house, but when the sun 
shines come outside and 
walk about. 

Do not smoke, 

Is he better ? 

Is the pain less ? . . . . 

Did you take all the medicine? 

Did the medicine pain you? 

Do you cough. less? . . . 

Can you sleep at night ? . . 

Come early to me — I cannot 
wait at home all day. 

Is your child sick ? . , . 

Tou must wash it all over in 
warm water every day, 

If it be washed it will be soon 
well. 



E!ainga te rongoa nei i te ata, 
i te ahiahi. 

ILainga i te ata, i te tino awa- 
tea, i te ahiahi. 

Ka tohe te mare ka kainga 
tetahi wahi o tenei. 

Fania te wahi na ki te hinu 
nei i tenei po i tenei po. 

Pania tetahi wahi o tenei ki 
nga kanohi i tenei po i tenei 
po, kia iti noa. 

Kia taki maha nga horoinga 
o nga kanohi i te ra tahi ki 
te wai matao— ki te wai 
werawera. 

Kaua koe e haereere, kia ma- 
tutu ra ano to mate. 

ILaua e takoto tonu i roto i te 
whare, otiia ka whiti te ra 
kia puta mai ki waho haere- 
ere ai. 

Aua e kai tupeka. 

Ka ata haere tona mate ? 

Ka iti haere te mamae ? 

Kua pau katoa te rongoa ? 

I mamae koe i te rongoa ? 

Ka iti haere to maiVe ? 

Ka moe koe i te p(^ ? 

rHoki mai koe ki la au i te 
< ata, ekore au e nioho tonu i 
(^ te whare i te roa o te ra. 

E mate ana to tamiaiti ? 

Me horoi tona tinaiia katoa ki 
te wai wera i/ tenei ra i 
tenei ra. 

Mehemea ka horoia meake 
ora. 



{ 



COLLOQUIAL 

Does it suck still r • . . £ Lc 

Do not feed it with the hod 'Kx::^ * -rhi 
food. 



.•.E^«. 



Bring it to me again to- \r":i±īai:«.ii zii. * i. - 
morrow, i-;i~, ic* ;:•. 

Farewell, H=l ii-jc'- n. 



r:y: 



G. NORMAX, PBI>TE.fe, 1Ia:1£> Ijs. - 1 



I, I 



ll 



{: 



. '